Jan. 2010

So, instead of doing ” post per post” I throw all posts of a whole month in one post, the whole point being to give it a change to be indexed and searchable… AND …to keep it out of the clutches
of CTTM….

 

Jan. 4, 2010 (#484)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 4, 2010:

A Rose is Still a Rose — Anti-Communist Prose:

 

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 4th 2010. For newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down, see all the other sites I have up there, bookmark them for future use because when the big sites go down as they have in the past, you can always get the latest shows if you have these other sites bookmarked. These are the official sites: [listed above]. As always, in starting off the New Year with the right foot of course, I always tell the people the TRUTH right off the bat, that you are the audience that brings me to you. No one sponsors me here. I’m not fronting for any company that sells stuff. The ads you hear on the show are paid directly by the advertisers straight to RBN for their air time and for broadcasting this particular program. It pays for their bills and their board men, their operators and all the rest of it. So it’s up to you to keep me going by buying the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale at cuttingthroughthematrix.com or donating to me. You can find out how to do it on the web sites. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those that get the disks burned and passed to them and listen to the talks at meetings and so on, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

It’s amazing as times goes on, you’d often think that you won’t be around in the next year or 10 or 20 years and these years do roll along. Here we are, 2010. At one time, especially when you are small and silly and naïve you kind of look forward to the new year but now, after experiencing all the things that are happening and you know the agenda, you tend to cringe and say oh no, roll it back because you know darn well the next year is going to be worse than the last one since there is a big agenda. Still, we’ve got to be stalwart and face up to it and face up to the awful people with their combinations and monopolies that are all working together to bring in this brave new world scenario through perpetual war. That’s what it is, perpetual war. No one put it better than Professor Carroll Quigley who was the historian for this particular world group, the Council on Foreign Relations. He said that basically corporations will bring in a new feudal system with the CEOs being the new feudal overlords… and we’re really here, private/public partnerships. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. 2010, I think the US government and the Canadian government and the Mexican government all sign the last part of the agreement for total merger. I do believe this was the last year for it so that will happen some time in the summer. Once everything is on the books they will implement more and more phases of total integration, through catastrophes of course, like financial meltdowns, terrorism and all this stuff to make it happen and seem kind of plausible to the non-thinkers out there and that’s about 87%. It’s interesting that marketers did that study back in World War I and it’s pretty well still the same today. 87% of the public will believe what they are told and go along with anything. Sad but true. That’s why they like democracy. See, they understood that when they gave us democracy. It’s so easy to guide them.

 

Perpetual war. We saw it with the Bush regime and now it’s into the Obama regime. It’s the same regime as far as I’m concerned with the same people behind the front men going on with the same world agenda, perpetual warfare. We found that from the mentor of Rumsfeld and Cheney and these guys who talked about perpetual war and how it was so necessary to keep the people in obedience basically, a man who taught at MIT. MIT is a very important place for all of this stuff. It’s the equivalent of Tavistock you might say for the US. Leo Strauss was the guy who taught the different Bush regime and this present bunch, that perpetual war was needed to get to the end of the agenda. You couldn’t give the public a breathing space at all.

 

If you notice since 9/11 happened, it’s been one crisis after another. Again, that ties in with a study done from World War I. They realized that most folk can handle one or two main crisis or fear, or fears within their heads at the same time. It’s kind of like a computer; you get overloaded with a third terror, fear, whatever it happens to be, financial chaos so you have to make room for one, so you throw one of them out of your head to make room for the new one. You make space for it basically, like hard disk space. That’s why they adapt so quickly to each new crisis that comes along. That’s all they talk about. They forget they just got over the last one, or nothing happened. We are run by people who understand us. What I’m saying here is baby language to them basically. Methods and science and technique run the world. They know exactly where they are going and they know exactly how the vast numbers of the populace will accept and adapt to ANYTHING they are told to adapt to.

 

It’s interesting, I keep thinking of 1984. It was so well done when Orwell said, when they changed their gun sights from one country to another, the people down below could be so easily convinced that they had ALWAYS been fighting the NEW enemy and they would forget all about the old enemy. I gave an example of this many times, the same example. When after the inquiry into 9/11 and what happened after it in the Iraqi war, George Bush was on worldwide television saying that he’d never claimed that Saddam Hussein was behind the 9/11 attacks. He’s an utter liar of course because he had said it when he was drumming up the war drums for it. But a study was done in Canada on the US. Remember, they first attacked Afghanistan. That’s where supposedly the caveman was hiding that did all of this. Then they swung their guns to Iraq. The Canadian studies showed that the US press had, within a few months, convinced the majority of the American public that it had ALWAYS been Iraq that was the problem and not Afghanistan. In fact Afghanistan was out of their memory… that fast… just with repetition and propaganda from the mainstream.

 

Techniques are used all the time on the public and they don’t KNOW it’s even happening to them. They all adapt to the new stories, the new crisis at the same time. They’re all FED the same crisis at the same time. As I say, they throw out the old crisis because they can’t handle too many in their heads at once. This is exactly what Strauss was advocating with perpetual warfare and CHANGE. Remember what Quigley said too, you can change so much; you can get more done in 5 years of warfare than you can in 50 years of peace on a SOCIAL change level and with adding more and more governmental departments OVER society.

 

We’ve all heard this farce of this lone man who was going to blow up the airliner on Christmas day with his Calvin Klein underwear, whatever he was using. Utter nonsense of course; the whole thing stinks. As we all know, anyone who thinks at all knows it stinks completely to high heaven with all the security that’s out there, never mind all the strange surrounding circumstances BUT remember, they always say, who benefits? Who benefits? Well, immediately Brown and all the rest of the characters are in to we’ve got bring in these full body scanners. That’s one. WHO owns these scanners? Go and check them out. Find out who the owners are. It’s fascinating to find that most of the cameras in Britain and elsewhere and these body scanners are all made by the same companies… who are always lobbying government for more and more sales. Apart from that, it dehumanizes us. Each time that we bend over to get prodded, you are being dehumanized. When you hold up your pants because you have to take your belt off, you are being dehumanized. You are being TAUGHT to be subservient to your master, like any slave. Now of course, they can see you fully nude, frontal, back, whatever. That’s another sign of the same thing. How far will it go? As far as you can bend… before breaking your back. It’s up to you in other words.

 

It’s so wonderful when you read the systems and the techniques that Carroll Quigley pointed out in his book, Tragedy and Hope and the Anglo-American Establishment, the companion to it. He was showing you that they always use a crisis to their advantage. In fact, they need the crisis to happen which obviously makes you think, well obviously they needed this to happen so did they actually make sure it did happen? I prefer to believe that. I don’t believe in the ACCIDENTAL VIEW OF HISTORY. These guys would have to win the lotto every month. They always get what they want through crisis… always. See that’s impossible by the laws of averages. It’s impossible to always get what you want.

 

From the Raw Story; Raw Story is quite a good web site. I’ll put these links up on by site at the end of the show.

 

9/11 commission chairman says would-be plane bomber ‘did us a favor’

By John Byrne / Monday, January 4th, 2010

 

(Alan: This is what I’m saying about how they always turn it to their advantage.)

 

The Republican chairman of the Bush Administration’s 9/11 Commission declared Sunday that the would-be-terrorist who tried to blow up a plane en route to Detroit “probably did us a favor.”

 

The GOP chairman’s quote raised eyebrows; by his logic, the Sept. 11, 2001 attackers may also have “done us a favor” by drawing US attention to extremism in Afghanistan.

 

Thomas Kean, a former governor of New Jersey, made the remarks on CNN’s State of the Union Sunday talk show.

 

The onetime governor said Umar Farouk Abdul Mutallab, the 23-year-old Nigerian who failed to detonate an incendiary device on a passenger plane, probably did us a favor.

 

We had an administration which was not focused, as it should be, on terrorism and that’s understandable, Kean told CNN. They were focused on health care and global warming and the economy. That’s very understandable.

 

“Secondly, we weren’t really focused on Yemen and the terrible things that are happening there,” Kean added. (A: So, they weren’t really focused on Yemen, like they didn’t notice it right? Utter liars these guys are. Utter liars. Mind you, you’ll see the photograph there and you’ll see something above his head that is his master. This is the master of this character in the photograph. You can look for yourself. He’s an utter liar because on the BBC news, they talked about this on the 24th of December BEFORE the bomber was caught.)

 

Yemen: New frontier in US ‘war on terror’

By Humphrey Hawksley / BBC News / Thursday, 24 December 2009

 

The increased violence in Yemen is a clear indication that military campaigns to crush al-Qaeda-inspired violence extend far beyond the borders of Afghanistan and Pakistan.

 

It also shows up hostile fault-lines within the Middle East, pitting mainly Shia Iran against Sunni Saudi Arabia, who condemn each other for taking sides in Yemen’s long-running civil war. (A: This is what Kean said they missed. They didn’t NOTICE what was happening here right?)

 

Yemen is one of the poorest countries in the Arab world with almost half its 24 million people living below the poverty line and an authoritarian government that has failed to win the trust of a substantive part of its own population. (A: So they’re building up the reasons for attacking. It also says here that… )

 

The US has invested some $70m (£40m) in military aid in Yemen (A: The one that Kean said they hadn’t really noticed what was happening there. Utter liars… I love the jokes they give us in the news; it’s a good tickle, as they say… it’s a good tickle.)

 

It’s a good tickle. It really is as we go into this incredible farce, this farce, this communistic worldwide, sovietized FARCE that we go through and it was a farce during the Soviet era if you lived in those countries. You had to say that black was white and blue was brown and whatever they told you to say; you had to say it and pretend to mean it. You couldn’t even write poems without going up in front of the Politburo for micro-examination to see if you were trying to get a message across to the people covertly. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. They are really hyping up… They keep telling you that this is not a war on Islam, which is rubbish. You see, there really ARE organizations out there that DO work with 50 year, 100 year plans, 150 year plans, to take down existing structures in order to dominate them. They did promise to take down existing structures that held society together no matter what people thought of those structures, be they good or bad.

 

They simply demolished Christianity in the West; incredible war against Christianity. Again, it’s inevitable because any organized group that has a tiered structure where people give allegiance to humans above them, instead of their deity, are going to be taken over and led astray, obviously, and used for other purposes. Just like Bush put millions of dollars out to get what they called the Fundamental Christians on their side for the war. So that’s a problem with any big group. As Bernays said, the first thing you do when you want to alter society, is you get the phone book and you look for existing societies that are already there to be used.

 

Now they’re after Islam, as I say. There’s no doubt about it, they are STANDARDIZING the world… in order to dominate the world. It is a war on Islam. Unfortunately, like every other target down through history, they’ve studied their enemy well and they know how to get the different groups of Muslims FIGHTING EACH OTHER. They never learn. Lawrence of Arabia talked about it too, how they used the same tricks back then in his day to split them up and get them fighting so that Britain could come in and take over, which they did.

 

Here is a General on Fox News.

 

US general urges strip search of Muslim men

Sun, 3 Jan 2010

 

Lt. General Thomas McInerney spokes to Fox News about what he called pending terror attacks on US airliners.

 

A retired US general and member of Iran Policy Committee (IPC) (A: These are the guys who obviously are all helping work toward demolishing Iran.) says all 18 to 28 years old Muslim men should be strip searched at airports as “one of these bombers” will explode an airliner in the coming days. (A: In the coming days, mind you. I wonder if this is the same guy that said there was a nuke that was going to go off in New York harbor after 9/11? I wonder.)

 

Thomas McInerney, a retired Lt. General with the US Air Force, told Fox News television on Saturday that within the next 30 to 120 days, “there is a danger of high probability” (A: Danger of high probability… that’s beautiful…) awaiting US airliners.

 

“If you are an 18 to 28-year-old Muslim man then you should be strip searched. And if we don’t do that there’s a very high probability we’re going to lose an airline,” he said. (A: I guess he meant an aircraft.)

 

The retired general went on to say that US officials should profile all Muslims. (A: Whenever they say something and target a group, you know they mean to spread it across the whole population, as they already did with 9/11. After 9/11 there were grey-haired, blue-eyed old ladies getting stopped, immediately, at crossings and airliners and stuff. Hardly a target that you’d expect would you, coming from a Middle Eastern or Asian nation.) “We have to use profiling. And I mean be very serious and harsh about the profiling.”

 

Asked if such a racial approach would not “generate more hatred and violence towards the West,” McInerney said he did not want “a racial profile.” (A: Of course it will, but they want this, you see. They want hatred generated toward the West because they want to keep this going on as long as they can. You see, if they don’t get a backlash from people, and young people will, they will backlash, there’s no doubt about it. If they don’t get the backlashes, it’s all one sided, the US and Britain and so on are ‘over there’ occupying their countries. So they’ve got to get the public to forget they are ‘over there’ as an invasive force and make it seem all one sided that there’s all these aliens attacking you from ‘out there.’ Forget about the fact you’ve got armies in their countries occupying them.)

 

“I want to profile on that group that we have enough evidence from 9/11, and other [high-profile] cases that we know what we are looking at,” he said.

 

The suggestions made by the US retired general comes on the heels of a purported bomb attack on a US transatlantic airliner on Christmas Day by Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab, a Nigerian who allegedly received al-Qaeda training in Yemen. (A: See how they tie it all in? How fortunate they could tie it all in when they’ve just spent $70 million fomenting trouble in Yemen by the US. [Alan laughing.])

 

Lawmakers and congressional leaders in the US have echoed similar sentiments by urging President Obama abandon or suspend his plan to shutter the Guantanamo Bay Prison.

 

Around half of the remaining Gitmo detainees are from Yemen, and of those, about 40 have been cleared for release. (A: The rest of them probably will be too, because we hear that they’re just doing mass grabs of people and pulling them in. If you’re just in the wrong place at the wrong time, it’s just tough luck for you.)

 

As I say, this new Sovietized system, people forget… and most folk have forgotten what communism was. Towards the end of the Cold War, most folk didn’t really know what communism was, just THEM with their system. That’s how it was given to us, them with their system and it was bad, we were told and that was ALL that we were told. I’ll go on about this when I come back from this break.

 

Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning how if you study communism you realize that they were to take over power by all means and every means possible and to lie and lie and lie to get everything that they wanted done to achieve their goals. In fact, they had a disdain for the ordinary people because they were so easily talked into anything and led along by the nose.

 

Communism was a system run by elitists, not by working people. In fact NONE of them involved with the revolution – even in the Soviet Union – had probably ever lifted a spade in their life and dug a hole. Even for the people they had assassinated, they had other folk dig the holes for them. The INTELLIGENTSIA were the ones behind it. They believed in Darwinism and they often put Darwin’s portrait alongside that of Lenin. They believed that Darwinism gave validity to the whole idea of Marxist ideals and communism. They taught in all their books and all their lectures to lie and lie and lie and here we are going through this farcical global warming nonsense, as Europe is frozen to a standstill with the LOWEST temperatures in Britain for 25 years and a massive thickening of the Arctic ice and the Antarctic. In Canada here, it was literally about minus 40 yesterday and the last 2 or 3 days with the wind as well. So it’s an utter farce but lies are okay because it’s to take over the world and its resources, and to take all your rights and freedoms from YOU, and to get you subservient to THEIR system. We see the redistribution of wealth coming through it as well. So they get what they wanted by lying.

 

It’s hitting different countries in different ways. Here’s an article from Australia. After this I’ll go to the callers. This is from ABC News, the Australian Broadcasting Corporation.

 

Hundreds rally for hunger-striking farmer

Jan 4, 2010 / ABC News : Vivienne Nunis

 

Rally: Farmers are calling for a Royal Commission (A: Good luck to them. These things last for years.) into vegetation laws. (A: What are the vegetation laws?)

 

More than 300 people have rallied outside Parliament House in Canberra in support of hunger-striking New South Wales farmer Peter Spencer.

 

Mr Spencer has spent 43 days without food on top of a tower on his property at Shannons Flat near Cooma, in protest against state laws which stop him from clearing vegetation on his land. (A: In the US, they are so used to having the greenies – that are all paid for and given salaries and pension plans by the big foundations – going on land and saying that they’ve got a spotted owl and so on. In fact, they are told to do this and to lie and lie and lie. Then folk have land they can’t use anymore by order of the government. In Australia, they are saying to the farmers, you can’t take the weeds out because they are acting as CARBON sinks. This is the farce they are using there to put the farmers under. Remember, in this brave new world, it’s to be the big, international corporate farmers only.)

 

He wants the Commonwealth to compensate farmers whose land has been used as ‘carbon sinks’.

 

Mr Spencer’s daughter, Sarah Spencer, told the rally her father will not give up his hunger strike until he meets with Prime Minister Kevin Rudd.

 

“He has strong resolve. He will hold true to his word,” she said.

 

“He’s short of energy, he hasn’t got as much energy as he normally has and things like that,” he said.

 

“But he appears to be hanging in there.”

 

(A: It goes down and down and down and it says…) Nationals Senator Barnaby Joyce also addressed the crowd, calling for a Royal Commission into vegetation laws.

 

He says the state laws have robbed farmers across Australia of their assets. (A: It’s true. Here you are, owning all this land, you’ve got to pay taxes on it but you can’t grow and you can’t weed the thing.)

 

“It might have been legally possible but it was totally unjust,” he said.

 

Senator Joyce says Mr Spencer should cease his hunger strike but the fight for justice should continue.

 

“This is obscene,” he said.

 

(A: Now listen to this… somebody’s actually got it here… which gives me hope. Somebody actually has got it.)

 

“The Government became the thief of an asset and when the Government becomes a thief of an asset – when the individual is divested of an asset without payment – there is a word for that and unfortunately without being too dramatic the word is communism.”

 

That’s it! That’s it. So here’s a Senator who actually understands what’s happening. Under all the farce of greening and carbon offsets and global warming and ya-da ya, it’s COMMUNISM because WHAT do they do under all this? They TAKE all your property from you. And what did communism do when they took over the Soviet Union? They STARVED MILLIONS of people because they killed off most of the small farmers. They always do that. They did the same thing in the Ukraine; millions of them starved to death BY LAW. They couldn’t even keep enough seed to feed themselves… BY LAW. China did it too. They killed off millions of their own, starved them to death… BY LAW. If it walks like a duck and quacks like a duck, YEP, it’s the same darn duck. It doesn’t matter what they want to call it, global warming, climate change, carbon footprint; it’s the same lying rubbish that they’ve been using for 100 years. What did they achieve? Look in there. Look at the Communist Manifesto. Look at the planks of the Communist Manifesto. They have achieved almost all of them, including the destruction of the family unit thanks to their big culture creators in Hollywood.

 

I’ll go to the phones now and there’s Lucas in Vancouver. Are you there Lucas?

 

Lucas: How you doing Alan? I just wanted to thank you actually for bringing attention to the Lenin/Mao statue that was put up in my home town of Richmond which is a suburb of Vancouver.

 

Alan: So you and your tax money will to be paying for it.

 

Lucas: Yep. You know, there’s never, ever been any sort of outlet, public outlets for the arts in Richmond. It’s just funny that this is the first art, the first thing that Richmond has to do with art ever and it’s not even Canadian artists. They are going to bring in another statue by the Gao brothers that’s Mao’s jacket.

 

Alan: Oh really?

 

Lucas: I don’t know where they are going to put that one up.

 

Alan: It’s disgusting. They’ve got them in Toronto too. They’ve had them in Toronto for years. I’ve seen some in the parks there. You just stumble across them and you say what’s this doing here?

 

Lucas: Right! The one in Richmond is hidden out of the way. Incidentally, it’s on the same plot of land as the ICBC building which is the Insurance Company of British Columbia. There’s a little hint for you. I also wanted to let you know that public reaction was pretty good. I went down there and I talked to teenagers, a teenage kid who was working at Tim Horton’s. When I was there taking pictures, a car with 2 older gentlemen stopped. They stopped traffic just gawking at this thing in disbelief. Let me tell you, they weren’t happy about it. People don’t… people aren’t happy about it.

 

Alan: Well at least, obviously, it means that some people have an understanding of what it means.

 

Lucas: Yeah. I was pleasantly surprised. The young man that I spoke to in Tim Hortons, I was asking for directions and he told me that he knew, he knew it was Lenin and that it scared him. I said, good boy because it scares me too.

 

Alan: Yes. Darn right. Absolutely right. What gets me too is that there is hardly a so-called – and I call it a so-called – artist, being a novelist or a scriptwriter for CBC or a sculptor that doesn’t live on grants from the federal government. It’s disgusting.

 

Lucas: Yep. Well, I’ll hand your show back to you Alan and thanks for talking to me.

 

Alan: Thanks for calling.

 

As I say, it’s just astonishing what’s really happening and how people don’t even know what they are seeing or looking at anymore. They are so brainwashed by the adaptation into ever increasing modernity of culture, as they tend to call it; they can change it every week in fact, up the spokes, push the envelope until you are into a NEW era of culture creation and we adapt and adapt and adapt.

 

Here is what they’ve put out from Southern Poverty Law Center, which was labeled a communist group recently, you know, not so long ago. It always was, always pretending to stand up for some minority. That’s what is taught to communists; always find a minority that you can stand up for to get them on board. Once you’ve got 1000 groups of minorities, you now have a big massive group to demand what YOU want, not what the minorities want. That’s what the Southern Poverty Law Center was all about, well funded by the big foundations too. This article is from The Telegraph.

 

America’s armed militia on the rise

Extremist “patriot” groups and other armed militias have undergone a dramatic resurgence in America, their numbers more than doubling in the past year amid growing Right-wing fears over expanding federal power and gun control.

By Tom Leonard in New York / 31 Dec 2009

 

(A: Now they release this every year and this is just a release to the media.)

Such groups – a mix of libertarians, gun rights advocates and survivalists – appeared to be in terminal decline before the election of Barack Obama, according to monitoring bodies. (A: Monitoring bodies… they call the communist groups.)

 

The Southern Poverty Law Centre, which tracks extremist organisations, says it has so far counted more than 300 patriot groups this year, at least double last year’s total of 150. The real total will be much higher as many groups do not go out of their way to publicise their existence.

 

A similar wave of anti-government groups, (A: Anti-government groups… now that’s the term that the Soviets used on anyone who complained about any of the policies of their government. It’s also the same term that the communized Economic Union Parliament is using, anti-government. That must mean that every opposition party is anti-government since they do the most complaining about whoever is the majority.) some of whose members dress in camouflage gear and conduct military training at weekends, sprung up during the Clinton administration.

 

However, SPLC researchers said there was a new race factor reflecting President Obama’s ethnicity and immigration fears. (A: Utter rubbish. Utter rubbish.)

 

(A: There’s an article again in the Telegraph.

 

Those Evil Right Wing Extremists who would DESTROY America

By James Delingpole / April 15th, 2009 / telegraph.co.uk

 

I’ll put that link up as well to show you how this guy tears apart this whole farce of a handout – and this is a handout – to this particular newspaper. He actually tears it apart and shows you how farcical all of this is. How farcical it all is. But in the same article here it says…)

 

One of the new patriot groups is called Oath Keepers. Its members, like those in other groups, look for guidance from America’s Founding Fathers.

 

Formed last spring, Oath Keepers’ members – limited to current or former servicemen and police – swear to obey the US constitution rather than politicians. (A: Aaaah, ooohhhh!)

 

Stewart Rhodes, the founder, told The Daily Telegraph that the situation was a “potential powder keg”.

 

He said: “The one thing that would probably lead [groups] to armed resistance is if the government did try to confiscate weapons, but that was what finally led to fighting in the American Revolution”.

 

Mike Vanderboegh, a former militia leader and founder of a vociferous gun rights group called the Three Percenters, pointed to a huge increase in sales of ammunition, many of it to new gun owners.

 

“This is far larger than Obama. It speaks to an existential fear of societal collapse,” he said.

 

He said group members were looking for “practical self-defence”, whether from “predatory government or street-level crime”.

 

If the government carried out “another Waco” – the 1993 storming of a cult’s (A: They keep calling it a cult; it was a church, one sect of many Christian churches.) Texas ranch, in which 76 occupants died (A: Were burned to death by the government) – “you’d see a reaction bloody beyond belief”, he added.

 

Heidi Beirich, a co-author of the SPLC’s militia research, said the groups were characterised by “a lot of conspiracy mongering, gun nuttery and fear of a new world order that they think is controlling the US”. (A: No kidding. [Alan laughing] I love how they call anybody who still believes in a country and a nation a ‘right wing extremist.’ That’s standard communist prattle, STANDARD COMMUNIST PRATTLE… and the folk can’t recognize it anymore. Why? Because they’ve been trained they need the media to tell them so. If the media tells them so, they’ll suddenly get it. But the media is not there to tell them. The media is there to SERVE THE WORLD STATE. It’s an essential arm of government.)

 

Many people have talked about the effects of Wi-Fi and microwave radiation. There’s actually a syndrome now to do with excessive radiation from cell phone towers and all those relay towers across cities that are everywhere you look. They’ve had articles on television in Canada showing you the spiky waves these things give off. Incredible bursts of energy to all the passers-by down below. People have gone through all different means to prevent them from being attacked by it. I’ve always said what you really need is a faraday cage. A faraday cage works very much like your microwave oven, if you have one. You can see through the door in the microwave through these little holes. Well, they are spaced the exact size that will stop that particular frequency of microwave from coming through. So rather that have something that’s a complete solid piece of lead or something, they can actually use wire, hexagonal-shaped wires, just like honeycombs in a bee hive. Here’s a great thing here that’s come out. It’s a Wall Street Journal article. It says…

 

Culprit in Wi-Fi Failures: Chicken Wire

DECEMBER 31, 2009 / Bay Life / By GEOFFREY A. FOWLER

 

(A: Chicken wire… very cheap too.)

SAN FRANCISCO BAY AREA – Two things beloved by San Francisco resident Galen Pewtherer just couldn’t get along: his Edwardian-style house and wireless Internet access.

 

In 2008, Mr. Pewtherer tried to replace his old-fashioned cable Internet connection with a Wi-Fi network that he could share with other tenants in his building. “It turned out to be impossible,” says the 38-year-old program manager at Cisco Systems Inc. “We couldn’t get signal in or out of one room.” (A: Due to chicken wire that stopped the signals. Back with more after this break.)

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning that chicken wire there that stops the microwave and the Wi-Fi stuff coming through. That’s from the Wall Street Journal. I’ll put that link up too and you can read it for yourself. Now we’ll go to the phones again and there’s Sam from Sydney there. Are you there Sam?

 

Sam: Hi Alan. Happy New Year.

 

Alan: The same to you.

 

Sam: I was just calling up about the article you were reading about earlier, about the farmer Peter Spencer. It’s amazing the way the Australians…. People should actually go and have a look at this guy. There’s a video out by an ABC program called The Australian Story on a guy called Peter Andrews. This farmer’s been fighting the Australian bureaucracy for decades now. What he’s actually done was a way to rehydrate the land basically by using natural practices, basically by planting native plants, looking how the land retains the water. One of the biggest problems we have in Australia is basically water. The land… it’s the way that common practices are practiced here. The land doesn’t retain water and basically the soil just tends to die. You should have seen the dust storms here in the last 20 years. In Sydney, I don’t know if it’s been in the international press, but basically they were predicting the end of the world for us, you know, it’s just red, all the red soil. Now, [inaudible] claim that it’s global warming, which is absolute rubbish. It’s basically due to the fact that we have the worst farming practices, enforced by the government.

 

Alan: That’s what happens.

 

Sam: So it’s amazing.

 

Alan: They cause the problem and then they come down on the farmers and they say now you can’t cut your weeds or anything because it’s a CO2 sink. Well it’s the same con in Canada and the States. Oh, we’ve found a spotted owl that might be here on your land and you can’t use it from then on by law. You can’t use your land. It’s the same trick. Thanks for calling.

 

Sam: Thank you.

 

Alan: There’s Steve from Colorado there. Are you there Steve?

 

Steve: Yes. Hello Alan. I wanted to point out that you and I have talked before about your knowing the Olympians, the highest level of the secret society and they have just opened Monday, in Dubai, the Dubai Towers which is a spiral motif building very much like the Tower of Babel. I believe it is their new Mount Olympus. I believe that’s going to be the headquarters for anyone who wants to participate and live there at the New World Order Mount Olympus. What are your thoughts?

 

Alan: It’s very possible. They’ve actually got 3 major cities on the go right now with the same structures. In fact, not only that, Maurice Strong has his own spiraled tower down at the Baca Grande Ranch in the US. He’s got all the new agers there and different priests and monk sects and all the rest of it. They do their walk up the helter-skelter. Of course that’s what helter-skelter really means in the pop music industry. Sure, they love these towers and the cycle of reincarnation and life and all the rest of it that supposedly make them superior people, and that’s what part of it symbolizes.

 

Steve: I hear the music. I think at 2600 plus feet in height, I believe that is the new Mount Olympus. Thank you.

 

Alan: Thanks for calling.

 

They do love their symbology and in my first book I showed you the photograph of one of the oldest spiral ones and it’s in Iraq actually and they are copying that one across the world; a very old, old, ancient religion. And sure enough, it’s the old Babylonian Tower concept.

Jan. 5, 2010 (#485)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 5, 2010:

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 5th 2010. For newcomers to the show, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down and look at all the other sites I have up there. Bookmark them for future use because the big sites go down once in a while and if you’ve got them bookmarked you can always download the latest show. These are the official sites: [listed above].

 

You are the audience that brings me to you. I’m probably the only person out there who doesn’t live off advertising. The advertising you hear on this show is paid directly from the advertisers to RBN for the air time and the broadcasting and satellite and so on. It pays for their staff and their bills. Therefore it’s up to you to keep me going. You can do so by looking into cuttingthroughthematrix.com, see the books and CDs and DVDs that I have for sale or you can donate to me as well; it’s up to yourselves. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who just get the disks burned and passed to them who don’t like computers – it’s true enough, it’s there to track us all and get personality profiles and all the rest of it – they play them on their CD players, you can write to me at [address above].

 

What a confusing world we live in. It’s confusing by design, mind you. I’ve gone over it so many times how mind control tends to work, at least on the superficial layers of it. It’s very simple for the majority of the public because the tests they’ve done since about the 1917 or so, even before that in fact and onwards, have proven that 87% of the public really never question what’s happening in the big world around them. They BELIEVE the media. Since the media is there to give you crisis after crisis and they can only handle so many crises at one time in their head; and just like a computer it gets overloaded, they take out or delete the last crisis, as they go into the new one, so they can handle it. They forget all about the last one, which happened say, last week or last month. They do tend to believe the media. They can’t believe that anyone would go to such trouble to convince them of a different reality. They can’t believe it. They can believe the small lies, the little white lies they tell each other, but they can’t believe that anyone would do such incredible worldwide lies and back it with such money… but that’s exactly how you run the world isn’t it? It’s by deception, big money and paying a lot of liars to make sure that we all get lied to and we believe properly. It works every time… for most folk that is… 87% of the public. I’ll be back with more with tonight’s topics after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I like to talk about mind control often because it’s everything. It’s your daily nonsense from the media. It’s the same media who got you into wars in past times, run by big moguls at the top. It’s the same media who back up the pharma industry because they get a lot of advertising from pharmaceutical products and how they had us all pay through the nose for worthless vaccines just recently. It’s the same media that covers up the tracks of politicians, except the ones that are safe to go after and they’ve been told are on their way out.

 

The media is an essential arm of the government. It’s the ‘middle’. The media is the ‘middle.’ They peddle the nonsense from the top down to us, down at the bottom. Therefore you can get a whole society, a whole world saying the same stuff from the media. And because everyone has the same opinion as you, which is given to you by the media, you all think you’re sane. That’s how it works on the basic level. Everyone thinks the same thing; therefore we all must be sane in that case. So anyone with any other opinion must be crazy.

 

I’ve talked before about how in the world as spooks as I call them, the spies, the security services, the top… there are so many above even the ones that you’ve heard of that you can’t count them all. Even the different ones are so compartmentalized that they don’t know what the rest of the departments are doing. Everything is run by secrecy and people who take oaths and higher oaths; they are tested all the time to make sure they can keep their mouths shut. Their phones are bugged as well to make sure that THEY don’t let anything slip. They get tested in bars, with a few drinks and something slipped in it. They test these characters. So the ones who get to the top really are absolutely tight lipped about whatever they do because the public must never be allowed to know what’s really happening to them and who’s paying for it and whose governments are doing it.

 

If you want anything to happen within the public realm and panic, you cause the panic to happen. It was like the so-called bank crash that came on queue when George Bush Jr went on national television. Now, here’s the President. The number one rule in economics is never panic the public. So they get the top man to tell you TO panic. See, it was PLANNED that way. He actually said that this is going to be a depression worse than the 1920s, he said. The top man, the cardinal rule of economics, don’t tell the truth, always pad it and make it sound… give them a soft landing, make it sound okay. You see, all the stock market is, is trust and belief. It’s a belief system that everything is going to get better all the time, so people gamble all their money in it. You tell them it’s going to crash and they all pull their money out of it and it crashes. The same media kept it all going. You’ll find the same big media in all major countries but some countries have smaller media associations and something slips out once in a while.

 

It’s back to the world of spooks and spies and all the different things that they get up to. They are famous for setting people up as patsies, FAMOUS FOR IT. That’s why, and I’ve told people over and over again, young people of all creeds and groups, DON’T EVER, EVER ALLOW YOURSELF TO BE TALKED INTO DOING A TERRORIST ACT; you’re being set up by the authorities. Every sting operation has been I think so far in Britain and Canada and elsewhere, it’s always announced that someone was setting them up, someone who belonged to the security services. If you have nothing happening, you’ve got to get youngsters riled up enough, give them a leader who’s very persuasive and taught certain techniques of control and they will do anything for him. They will believe him. Then they get left holding the baby and they take the can.

 

We saw this nonsense too. They want to get all this new security equipment coming through. What do you do? You create a situation, you yell, oh my God, there was almost an explosion and bang, everybody sits back while their government spends billions of dollars on further dehumanizing us all by saying well, we’ve got look through your clothing now. And you know it’s not going to end there. You know it’s not. Look at all the drugs that supposedly came in years ago, supposedly with guys swallowing condoms full of it. They had them in their rectums and all the rest of it. What’s next? I’m not kidding; I’m not kidding about this. You KNOW what’s coming next.

 

Here’s the sort of stuff that security companies and agencies do. This is from Ireland, from RTE News, southern Ireland.

 

Explosive reached Ireland after failed test

Tuesday, 5 January 2010 / Ireland / rte.ie

 

A quantity of explosive, found in a flat on Dorset Street in Dublin this morning, was brought into Ireland following a failed security operation in Slovakia. (Alan: This is how they’re presenting it to the public. At least they present it over there. We never hear about it over here, unless they just grab the patsy and point to him, oh my God, a terrorist.)

 

The explosive was one of eight pieces of contraband planted by the authorities in the luggage of unsuspecting passengers (A: Wow. Don’t you have confidence in the airports now and the airlines?) at Bratislava Airport in Slovakia last weekend as part of a test of security procedures.

 

Seven were detected by airport security, but the eighth – 90g of research development explosive or RDX – was put in the luggage of a Slovakian electrician who lives and works in Dublin.

 

The 49-year-old unwittingly brought the material to Dublin when he returned from Christmas holidays.

 

Gardaí (A: The police.) were eventually alerted this morning following a call from police in Bratislava and the flat on Dorset Street was sealed off.

 

During the operation, the adjoining homes and businesses were evacuated as the Army Explosive Ordnance Disposal unit removed the explosive for further analysis.

 

Both Gardiner Street and Lower Dorset street were closed off for about an hour.

 

The Slovakian man (A: Poor soul, eh? It could have been any of us… any of us. And believe you me, if they wanted to set you up as a patsy, there is nothing you could say or do that would convince the public otherwise.) was arrested at the scene, but gardaí are now satisfied that he is innocent and he was released from custody this afternoon. He will not face charges.

 

The Department of Foreign Affairs said the Slovakian Minister for the Interior has conveyed his Government’s profound regret (A: No kidding.) for this incident to the Justice Minister Dermot Ahern.

 

Minister Ahern said he was very concerned about the fact that the gardaí were not alerted for three days and has asked for a full report. (A: I guess they just thought it went missing.)

 

Garda Commissioner Fachtna Murphy has appointed Detective Chief Superintendent Martin McLaughlin to establish the full background to this incident. (A: They will never get it all. In fact, this might be the last you will hear of it because obviously it took ALL of MI-6 and a whole bunch of European equivalents to be IN on this practice.)

 

The Slovakian Minister has told Minister Ahern that his government will cooperate fully with the Garda investigation.

 

So that’s what really happens and poor schmucks are caught. The media generally points the finger at them, well, he was caught red handed; see, there it is, it’s on him. You’re standing there sputtering it wasn’t me, honestly and you knew nothing about it and then you’re in the slammer and some bigwig in some foreign country gets to sell his new equipment to all the airports. Mind you, he greases the palms of the politicians who are in on the act. That’s how it really works in the real world. Again, it sort of dehumanizes us as we get used to being dehumanized. We’re always being dehumanized. Bend over and all the rest of it.

 

It’s interesting too. Total Recall was the movie that Schwarzenegger was in, where they can actually give you an implanted holiday in your memory but you don’t go anywhere apart from the seat in the science lab. In the movie they had some action in there where he runs through a security guard check at the airport and you see through his clothing then; you could even see his skeleton, meaning x-rays and all the rest of it. This stuff they’re dying to sell to all the governments and again, to train us further into humiliation and actually dehumanization. I think that came out 20 years ago, that movie. The movie itself came from a novel written in 1966. It was called We Can Remember It For You Wholesale. That was the name of the novel by Philip Dick, 1966! That you would go through airports one day and be x-rayed and they can see through your clothing and all the rest of it.

 

Everything programs you and believe you me, the futurists – as I’ve told you before – they do that with the sci-fi writers. They bring select ones in and they say this is what you are going to write about, make it a good story, and make sure you get these incidents and these topics IN this story. And you’re being programmed for what’s to come constantly. It’s not because they’ve got great imaginations and they come up with good stories out of thin air. That’s how Wells worked too, HG Wells; he was given a lot of stories to write about. That’s how it is, really. The world is really, really like that.

 

Can you imagine being a patsy and being caught? Because they could have just picked this guy and say you know, maybe they even had a little conference about, should we let this guy take the heat… because he could never, ever have convinced anybody that he was innocent. In What’s Up With That, there’s an article here about Viscount Monckton that spoke about the climate change. He’s been heavily attacked. I’ll read it when I come back from this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. The Viscount Monckton of Brenchley who’s been in the media quite a bit recently with his opposition to all the climate change nonsense, using facts of course, which makes him a very dangerous man because facts are not to come in to these arguments. It’s supposed to be EMOTIONAL arguments. They get upset when you bring in facts, awfully upset. In What’s Up With That, he puts a letter that he sent off to the Prime Minster of Australia.

 

Climate change: proposed personal briefing

Whatsupwiththat.com / Jan 3, 2010

 

A letter sent from: The Viscount Monckton of Brenchley

 

1 January 2010

 

His Excellency Mr. Kevin Rudd, (A: That’s the Prime Minster and that’s what you say in British Commonwealth countries. We are so far advanced in the 21st century, you call them Excellency… His Excellency Mr. Kevin Rudd.)

Prime Minister, Commonwealth of Australia.

Prime Minister,

 

Climate change: proposed personal briefing

 

Your speech on 6 November 2009 to the Lowy Institute, in which you publicly expressed some concern at my approach to the climate question, has prompted several leading Australian citizens to invite me come on tour to explain myself in a series of lectures in Australia later this month. I am writing to offer personal briefings on why “global warming” is a non-problem to you and other party leaders during my visit. For convenience, I am copying this letter to them, and to the Press.

 

Your speech mentioned my remarks about the proposal for world “government” in the early drafts of what had been intended as a binding Copenhagen Treaty. (A: That’s true. I have this initial draft and it does say world government TWICE.) These proposals were not, as you suggested, a “conspiracy theory” from the “far right” (A: See, anybody at all who objects about anything going on in the world right now is called a far right nutcase. Anything at all that you could object about… by the lefties and these are commies. These are real communists, believe you me, and the Fabian Society, like Mr. Rudd there. His name is red, rud, like Adam, rud, ruddy, they called it, Adam. And he speaks Chinese.) with “zero basis in evidence”. Your staff will find them in paragraphs 36-38 of the main text of Annex 1 to the 15 September draft of the Treaty. The word “government” appears twice at paragraph 38. After much adverse publicity in democratic countries, including Australia, the proposals were reluctantly dropped before Copenhagen.

 

You say I am one of “those who argue that any multilateral action is by definition evil”. On the contrary: my first question is whether any action at all is required, to which – as I shall demonstrate – the objective economic and scientific answer is No. Even if multilateral action were required, which it is not, national governments in the West are by tradition democratically elected.

 

Then he goes on to explain it all and he’s got lots of facts and figures down below and you can go on and on with it. He talks about carbon taxes and all the nonsense that’s taken over, and to replace basically all of the other economies, which it is. That and security, I think the whole weather nonsense and security for the world are probably about the only 2 ongoing, working economic systems we have left at the moment, apart from what’s happening in China where they do all the manufacturing. Remember, these links I’ll put on my web site at the end of the show and you can read them for yourself.

 

It’s interesting, as I say, how things are really, really happening. There’s an article from the Boston Globe here on doctors and physicians who are really in… if you don’t understand, it’s true what Jacques Ellul said about television programs and fiction and dramas and movies where they glorify the police or medical staff. It’s to get YOU to believe that they are infallible. They are systems of authority, you understand. Health Services started off as health SERVICES and now they are health AUTHORITIES. So they must make you believe that they really know what they are talking about and they have authority to make you do or comply with what they want you to do. So many of them are on the take; I’ve mentioned this for years. They’re ON the take. They don’t go into medicine because they want to help people. They go in to it for number one, the ego and the status along with the cash, the loot that it rakes in. People will mortgage their homes and their granny’s homes to save little Johnny when he’s sick. That’s why they go in to medicine, to get lots of loot. That’s the reality. They make mistakes galore amongst the population. Not like the TV stuff where they all seem to know what they’re doing. They can run along corridors and that stethoscope never falls off their neck – it must be superglue or something – and not a hair out of place. It’s all farce and drama to brainwash you. The Boston Globe…

 

MGH parent curbs fees to staff from drug makers

By Liz Kowalczyk, Globe Staff | January 3, 2010

 

High-ranking physicians and executives at Partners HealthCare, which includes Massachusetts General and Brigham and Women’s hospitals, can no longer receive stock or unlimited fees for sitting on the boards of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, under new rules that took effect Friday. (A: That’s how you pay them off legally. You give them stock shares. It’s the same with politicians. I remember when Mulroney left Canada as the Prime Minister and I think it was Reagan too who did the same thing and then Bush Sr did the same thing. They all got boards. They all got seats on God knows how many corporations for ramming through the NAFTA deal. That’s how you pay them off. They don’t even have to attend and so many shares. That’s how it’s done. So they can no longer receive stock or unlimited fees, UNLIMITED fees for sitting on the boards of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. And they’re really ticked off about it. They will only be able to get now $500 per hour for sitting on their gluteus maximi and fudging statistics. Back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about how doctors and hospital executives get big payoffs for sitting on the boards of biotech and pharmaceutical companies. This new rule is coming into effect in some of the US states and so now they will be limited, it says here. It’s from the Boston Globe.

 

Partners estimates that the policy affects roughly 25 vice presidents, clinical department heads, and other top executives who are directors for some of the nation’s leading drug companies. The rules limit their pay (A: Before that they were getting a lot more money for that. Of course, what they do is make sure that those particular pharmaceutical products are sold throughout their hospitals and prescribed by the bucket load basically. That’s what they do.) to $500 an hour, (A: Poor souls, how will they manage?) or $5,000 for a typical 10-hour day attending a board meeting; (A: Of course they get a couple of good lunches there and a round of golf in between it as well.) the rules ban executives and high-level physicians outright from taking company stock as compensation.

 

The new limits at Partners underscore just how intertwined academic medical centers and pharmaceutical companies have become. (A: They’ve always been that way because it was the Rockefeller boys who set up the pharma industry and the medical industry in the US and decided what would be taught. It’s still the same today in fact.) They are part of a national push by state regulators, Congress, and hospitals themselves to make these relationships more transparent and to counter industry’s influence over the drugs and treatments doctors prescribe.

 

Mass. General and Harvard Medical School, with which the hospital is affiliated, are among dozens of institutions and organizations nationally that have come under scrutiny from congressional investigators over their relationships with pharmaceutical companies. (A: They never say bribery and stuff. That’s left for the people at the bottom. … and graft. If you think that’s going to stop them… NO. There’s a hundred thousand ways they can pay them off, as they always have in the past too. Holidays in the Bahamas, or on big luxury yachts and stuff like that. There are always ways to pay them back; no problem at all. But it looks good for PR. Public relations, it looks good for that. It makes us think that something’s actually happening about corruption. This corruption is the NORM. It’s the norm.)

 

I’ve got to laugh too. It’s got an article here from CBS News. Crimesider it says here.

 

Do New Airport Body Scanners Violate Child Porn Laws?

(A: Now, the TRICK of putting something new into your mind is to divert you from the natural argument into the SIDE argument. It’s always done in the first sentence.)

Do New Airport Body Scanners Violate Child Porn Laws?

(A: Technically, it should violate EVERYBODY’S privacy laws; but NO, they put it as child porn laws.)

Brits Balking at US Security Demands

by Edecio Martinez / January 5, 2010

 

NEW YORK (CBS/AP) British airports are largely in a holding pattern over the introduction of full body scanners, amid concerns the technology may breach child pornography and child protection laws, (A: What about the adults? Don’t they care? There is someone seeing you stark naked.)

 

You know something, we’ve been so degenerated over the last 3 generations really, thanks to Hollywood and all the TV companies working together in the Culture Industry, knowing where they were going with it all a long time ago. But they were not embarrassed about anything anymore. There are people who just soak up what really is just mild pornography under the guise of entertainment today. Nothing shocks us anymore so when they say, yeah we’re going to see you in the full nude, you’re sitting there chewing the stuff that makes you all fat and obese, well, yeah, you know, I’m used to that anyway, I watch all the TV and so what, what’s the big deal? …they will tell you.

 

You know 30 years ago, they could never even have attempted this. They could not have attempted it. There would have been a massive outcry and child pornography, they wouldn’t use that as an excuse. It would be PORNOGRAPHY PERIOD and the violation of human rights PERIOD, but we’re so degraded now. These so-called reality shows, when they came out with them and they stick a bunch of youngsters in a house and they’re wearing very little and telling them to have a good ole time with themselves. Of course they’re being directed, although the public is not supposed to know that. The next thing you know, they’re all having sex with each other. This is entertainment now. Nothing shocks them. This is the same generation who has been taught that you don’t need privacy. What’s privacy? It’s an old-fashioned concept.

 

We’ve been SO degraded step by step by step. I’ve said this, there has been a war going on that knew exactly what it was doing and where it was going. It was intergenerational and they published books and books and books about HOW they would do it. Incredible. This is radiation. This is x-ray by the way. They’ll say oh, it’s a mild x-ray. it just bounces off the surface of the skin. What utter rubbish! It will penetrate the body. There’s no such safe limit for x-rays, no matter what they tell you. It’s ACCUMULATIVE, to the damage. Everyone is different. Some people could take more radiation before the cancers break out; some people less. They’ve had documentaries on CBC in Canada to do with mainly young women who had lots of x-rays – more than the average – because of health problems when they were children and all the cancers they ended up with when they hit 20, 30, 40, multiple cancers. And here they are, trying to tell us this is safe. Never mind that, anybody who doesn’t mind seeing themselves starkers, knowing darned well – I’ll guarantee you – they will sell this stuff across the internet and to all the sickos out there… probably in Parliament and stuff like that, or law enforcement. They will be selling all that stuff across the world; it’s just inevitable.

 

You know something? It’s true to an extent too, the people GET WHAT THEY DESERVE. Because guess what? They bully will push and push and push until you are flat on your back and if you don’t start pushing back you will be flat on your back. I can’t believe they just accept it and accept it. Disgusting! Tyranny is tyranny. Look at your history books. If you don’t look at your history books, you’re done for, because this has been tried over and over again. All these techniques to keep you safe as they humiliate you and train you to obey, obey, obey. We can’t go much further you know; can’t do it.

 

It’s started with again, a long time ago, with women’s rights they said, which is nonsense. Communists always picked minority groups and pretended to help them. Then when communism came in in certain countries those folk thought they were going to have a utopia and have rights were the first ones to get bumped off. They don’t want troublemakers in communist dictatorial tyrannies. Years ago they started saying well, you know, you don’t really want pregnancy; it’s just a fetus; it’s just like having a wart removed; that’s all it is; we’re all just here by happenstance; it’s just evolution; we could have been monkeys or butterflies or something else but here you are; you are nothing special. They dehumanized us, exactly what Julian Huxley said they would HAVE TO DO, dehumanize us and they have, starting with abortion.

 

Now they’ve drugged all children pretty well who have an IQ worth noticing; they drug them because they don’t want future leaders. It’s okay for governments to DRUG them to almost death and some of them do die. But here they go, a war on drugs for people who smoke marijuana and stuff like that. Utter nonsense. Utter rubbish. It’s the psychiatric industry that wants to champion Darwinism – and championed Marxism and championed Nazism – go right at it again. Psychiatry… Lenin said the same thing. He says, these services – like the health services, child services – will become authorities. That was their PURPOSE in introducing them in the first place. So when they are finished with all of that… They are drugging the children, they are aborting healthy babies, as they tell us at the same time there are too many people, while they open the flood gates to immigration, and at the same time tell us – the same time, here’s for double, triple, quadruple-think – they tell us that the people in the West are becoming sterile and not enough children are being born to native Brits and native French and native so on and so on it goes and that’s why they have to open the flood gates. Then they open the flood gates and then they say oh, there are too many of you. This is BEYOND double-think, but it’s not meant to be rational. It’s meant to get emotional things going. Then they go for the elderly. They also go for the physically unfit. You know that’s coming. They’ve already discussed it in many high levels.

 

There’s Obama’s social health care system which is not what the people think it is. It’s NOT what they think it is. It’s ways of cutting back on all the stuff the ones who can’t afford it get for free right now. It will be an utter authority. They’ve already worked out with the RAND Corporation how they can cut back on life prolonging drugs and stuff. You can’t get certain drugs in Canada or the Britain that you can get in the US that prolong your life for maybe 6 months. They say it’s not cost effective. When governments run your health care system – and yet I know all health care systems that are private are corrupt as well and ridiculously expensive – but when governments run it remember, REMEMBER it’s a political agenda. Don’t ever forget that.

 

So from The New York Times…

 

Montana Ruling Bolsters Doctor-Assisted Suicide

By KIRK JOHNSON / January 1, 2010 / NYTimes.com

 

DENVER — The Montana Supreme Court ruled on Thursday that state law protects doctors in Montana from prosecution for helping terminally ill patients die. (A: And that’s how they start it. That’s how they start it. The same thing happened remember in Holland years ago. They’ve killed off a lot of people since then including nuns that did not want to be terminated. Oops, it was a mistake. There are lots of mistakes, believe you me, but they’re not really mistakes when you’re going to cost the government money.) But the court, ruling with a narrow majority, sidestepped the larger landmark question of whether physician-assisted suicide is a right guaranteed under the state’s Constitution.

 

The 4-to-3 decision, in a case closely watched around the nation by physicians and advocates for the disabled and terminally ill, was a victory for the so-called death-with-dignity movement. (A: Another front movement.) But it fell short of the sweeping declaration advocates had hoped for.

 

And by avoiding the question of constitutional rights entirely, the court kept the debate in the Montana Legislature, where passions over the issue run high and where tinkering with existing laws is much easier than changing the Constitution. (A: I’ll put this link up as well for you all to have a gander at as they say.)

 

These things are all connected. All connected because… and I’ve even mentioned it a few times. Julian Huxley, I read from his own book. He was the first United Nations’ UNESCO CEO put in to create a world culture and start brainwashing a WORLD generation of youngsters through National Education Associations all connected to UNESCO, a COMMON curriculum of SOCIAL CHANGE. Dehumanize the people… until we accept that well, yeah, we’re just beasts; there are too many of us beasts and so what; what’s the point in keeping someone with palsy alive; let’s get rid of them too. It’s the same stuff that was done in the Soviet regime and in the Nazi regime and they were BOTH SOCIALIST by the way. And here it is, under different guises and the people are so ignorant today they can’t connect it… when it’s never been so OPEN as today.

 

Look at all the people appointed behind Obama. Look at them all. Look at the books they wrote in the past. These are the same types of characters that were in the Nuremburg Trials… even though that was rigged as well and pre-scripted by Hollywood by the way, by another Bernays. These are the same characters too that did the slaughtering in the Soviets… and they think it’s justified, to bring the population down by ANY AND ALL MEANS POSSIBLE, and make it economically feasible. In other words, you only treat the people that you deem WORTHY to treat with medicine. It’s amazing.

 

Remember too, when the so-called crash came that Iceland that was a haven for them. They promised incredible return on investments. Then we found out that gee, even little townships were investing your tax money in this Iceland. No one knew that they had money to invest; they were always crying broke. Lots of townships in Europe, especially Britain, had lots of cash invested there, so much so, that Tony Blair, before he left, said that they might even have to go to war to make Iceland pay up. I read that article too. Well, from the BBC…

 

Iceland leader vetoes bank bill

Iceland’s president has refused to sign a controversial bill to repay

$5bn (£3.1bn) to the UK and the Netherlands.

Story from BBC NEWS: Tuesday, 5 January 2010 / By Ingibjorg Thordardottir, BBC News

 

Olafur Ragnar Grimsson: “The participation of the nation in the final agreement is the only viable outcome.” (A: They are refusing to pay their debt of $5 billion or £3.1 billion to the UK and the Netherlands.)

 

President Olafur Ragnar Grimsson said he would instead hold a referendum on the bill, following public protests. (A: It’s amazing to see a little country like that where the public are demanding what they want… to an extent that it’s frightening the guys at the top. It appears at the moment they’re at least thinking of complying. We’ll see how it turns out.)

 

The legislation was designed to compensate governments forced to bail out their savers with Icesave accounts following Iceland’s banking (A: …melt down. I put that in there because there’s a good little joke in there.) collapse.

 

Opponents argue the terms of the payments will unfairly hurt Iceland and its recovery from economic crisis.

 

Some reports say those opponents form a large majority of Icelanders – some 70% are said to be likely to vote “no” in a referendum. (A: Well I wonder if it’s anything like Ireland where they will just run over their heads anyway and get what they want. We’ll see.)

 

It seems that the IMF is heavily involved. You understand, these are the heavies who come in and take your country over when you are in debt… the IMF. They’re putting the heat on Iceland as well to pay back their debts. This strange private organization of the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund and by the way, all it is is the same bunch that’s in the World Bank. It’s a group of international world bankers… PRIVATE ORGANIZATIONS. That’s what runs the UN; it’s a private organization too. I’ll put this article up as well at the end of the show.

 

Alan: We’ve got Mo from California there on the phone. Are you there Mo?

 

Mo: Hey, Alan. First I wanted to say thank you for all you’ve done for humanity while you are on earth. I have a lot of respect for you. You have opened my eyes definitely to a lot of things I didn’t know.

 

Alan: I tell you, hang on and I’ll get you after this break.

 

I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix talking to Mo from California, so resume, Mo.

 

Mo: Alright, Alan. We’ve got about 5 minutes left. I wish I had a little bit more time. I know some of the questions that I have for you would definitely take more time for you to answer but I’ll cut it short. First I’d like to say that anybody out there that is listening to Alan that hasn’t bought anything of his, the books or CDs, definitely to go to his web site and get them and listen to them. Understand everything he is talking about beyond current events because that’s what it’s about. It’s about an ancient plan that is coming to fruition and I believe that we are at our end stages of this fruition and the new world order that I believe is here and has been here. People claim that it’s not because it’s not on some type of constitution or paper or some type of announcements on corporate media news but I believe it’s here and it’s been here and nothing is going to stop it. Something I’d like to ask you in regards to media. You touched on a lot of things that are really close to my heart. Media is definitely controlled. I am worried about the alternative media now, not such as yourself, but other people out there that are, I feel telling the truth but they are not giving more to the people that seek knowledge. One of those people again, that I know you’ve been interviewed and so forth and that doesn’t mean that you are involved in his operation or anything, is Alex Jones. I feel he is misleading people by not giving them information, half-truths, chaos. You talked a lot about this in a show where it’s all just this organized chaos and out of chaos comes order. I feel strongly, 100%, with the investigations that I’ve done on Mr. Alex Jones, that he is part of this. Again, you don’t have to comment on that but if you can comment on alternative media, what’s going on there, the new world order being here, that would be great… in the last couple of minutes.

 

Alan: The problem with me is that I never have time to listen to anyone else during the days. Now years ago I used to listen to different ones mainly when it was on short wave radio. I got into short wave radio and an article appeared in the Toronto Star back in the late 80s, early 90s. It mentioned the history of the Patriot Movement in the US and how the CIA had started it up in the Cold War back in the 60s. At that time they funded Christian movements as fronts against communism at that time. The guy who wrote the script hinted at the fact that they’d never let up. Now it’s true, all media, even if it starts off genuinely, will either be infiltrated or incredible offers will come to you and if you go for them you end up being a slave to a master.

 

Mo: Correct. That’s what I want to say out there and again, it’s nothing against you. You’ve been in his videos and so forth but he knows a lot, more than he’s letting out. It’s obvious. When someone has a little bit higher IQ than the norm, who is turned on to what’s going on, when they listen to him they obviously know after about 2 weeks, if they do their own research, that this guy isn’t letting everything out there. It’s just organized chaos.

 

Alan: It’s possible too that that’s how he does see things. I know he’s far more… how do you say it… he’s far more upbeat than me and he covers a lot of topics.

 

Mo: Yeah. A lot of facts he puts out there and he’s probably opened more eyes than anybody out there but you know if you look into his past, all his ancestors were Freemasons and he doesn’t disclose it. He does a video on George Washington who was one of the first Presidents of our country and he was a grand master Freemason. So I just don’t understand why he is not giving more information on the ancient history of the new world order and what’s really happening and why the United States was created. Both you and I know, to bring in the new world order.

 

Alan: I’m pretty certain of it by the founding fathers’ own statements. Thanks for calling in. It doesn’t mean that I necessarily agree with it. People have their different ways of putting things over.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Jan. 6, 2010 (#486)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 6th 2010. For newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there for future use because the big sites go down once in a while and that way you can always download the latest shows for free. These are the official sites: [listed above]. As always, I keep reminding you that I am probably the only person out there who isn’t paid directly by the advertisers. The ads on this show are paid by the advertisers straight to RBN to put the show out on satellite and so on. It’s got nothing to do with me. That pays for RBN’s air time, staff, board operators, bills and so on. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by going into my web site. Everything up there for download in the audios and transcripts are free and you can help me by buying the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale. That’s about all that keeps me going. It just trickles in and I trickle along, believe you me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can always get in touch with me at [address above].

 

What a brave new world we truly, truly live in. I was on a show today, Alex Jones, and he asked me if I’m ever shocked about what’s coming down. I say, no I’m not shocked because when you have studied the agenda and you’ve studied their books, they always tell you years in advance what they want to implement in this world society, this new global managed, reduced society. They pretty well tell you every single part of it. I can remember watching so called experts from Israel talking to the US governmental officials on a program on television back in the 80s. They did the same thing at the same time in Britain from Israel, because they were the world’s experts on terrorism and airline traffic and ways of searching and monitoring people and all the rest of it. So they told us then that in the future because the way of war was changing, that would be the way of the future. We are simply living through it right now. Back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning how really nothing shocks me because I expect each part of the implementation scheme to work out according to some kind of schedule in some kind of system, which it always does.

 

Years ago they talked about the changing face of war. Why did they know it was going to change? Because they were talking about a global society that would be here NOW… 20, 30 years ago they were talking about it in think tanks. AS we got into this global society, the structure of the world would change, the powers would change, and you’d have – recently-emerging nations that would have to be suppressed or guided into the global system. They already had it designed then who they would ALLOW into the global system and who they would allow to go through the period of national liberation, as the communists call it. You see, there was no real difference between those who already ruled the West and those who ruled the Soviet system. Through the two of them and through their conflict and the dialectic, become the third way; they come to the merging of the outcome, the resolution, the synthesis. That’s what they were always after.

 

How do you get the world to go from here, with this kind of morality, this kind of cultural structure and so on, to there? How do you do it? You get up all the minority groups, you fund them to the hilt, give them lots of publicity and they demand to be heard and they have the ear of governments. Then governments change the laws and all the rest of it to suit them. Then the structure of society is suddenly changed. Then they go for the next phase and the next phase. Then the government literally is in charge of every facet of your life. They destroy the family unit in the process; that’s one of the big intentions because you must be on your own. HG Wells mentioned this back in the early 1900s that the government won’t be happy, WE won’t be happy, he said, until government can literally talk right down to YOU, one on one. There is no one around you to stand up for you. There’s no minor clan or family to step in between and give you support. That isolates you. It terrifies you when government comes down to you. It’s much easier for government too because they don’t have to go through the niceties of placating family members or extended family members before they can get to you. That used to make them back off you see, they’d get bad publicity. Now it’s straight down to the individual and no one cares. No one cares. That was all part of it. There is nothing new.

 

They talked about the emerging nations. You can see why Chechnya for instance, has been hammered. They’ve not been allowed to have a country of their own mainly because they are Muslims. They don’t want Muslims in that area having a power base. Don’t kid yourself for a minute that they haven’t had a war on Islam. For all their PR (public relations) and public perception distortionists and experts they come out with, this IS a war to destroy one of the biggest, strongest religions in the world. You can’t have strong religions in the world where the people follow a particular dictate outside of their governmental system. You can’t have that if government is to be all powerful, especially world government. They wrote about that over 100 years ago too, in their own books. We are just living through a long-term script, as were your parents and your grandparents; they didn’t know it either. Long-term script.

 

I’ll tell you why you know it’s a long-term script. Apart from the fact their old books are still out there for collection and reading, if you care to read through dusty old books. You can’t predict all this stuff and have global meetings where they want this and this and this, then have it all happen over a period of 50-100 years, by chance. It doesn’t happen by chance. It’s done by human work. Foundations, as Quigley and others have explained, foundations can work in CENTURIES because they are set up with a MANDATE. They hire and work and retire and hire and work and retire generations after generations ALL WORKING on the same agenda. They can work in CENTURIES and pull it off. That’s exactly what they have been doing. The foundations are really the big part of what’s called the Parallel Government. The CFR is part of the parallel government. The Royal Institute of International Affairs, the parent body, is part of the parallel government, the one that Carroll Quigley talked about, and the one that Margaret Thatcher even referred to. She said, I belong to a parallel government now that I’m retired. She says, I know all the old politicians, all the heads of state, and we who are all retired form a parallel government. We can get things done and not be responsible to the public. For democracy to work, there’s too much arguing that goes on, it takes so long to get anything done, whereas they can get their jobs done behind the scenes, carry it through, there’s no call back from the public, they don’t have to answer to them, and they have more POWER than elected politicians that are really just there to throw tomatoes at. That’s their job.

 

Carroll Quigley mentioned this parallel government that had been on the go he said, and running the US – they had already been running Britain for a long time – but it was running the US in his day – when he wrote his book Tragedy and Hope and The Anglo-American Establishment – for 60 years and those books were printed in the 1960s. They knew exactly where they were going WITH a global government and not just a global government where they would share an American system with the world. No. The US was to be USED as basically the big engine to force the rest of the world INTO this new socialist system and then they would force what was left of American into it as well, at the end. That’s what we are living through right now.

 

They printed lots of books about this. It wasn’t to be a great liberation of the world where people for the first time would have some property of their own and maybe have a little farm of their own with very little government interference. No. It was to be a planned society for the entire planet. The boys at the top came out of the most elitist circles you could ever imagine. They believed in Darwinism. They believed that they were the offspring of people who were highly evolved, more evolved than all the peasants at the bottom. Eugenicists, all of them.

 

They planned also to bring in ways to bring down the generations at home. That’s why 85% of all males in the West are pretty well sterile. It’s not by accident. They don’t say my goodness, here’s the statistics for this year, the male is down by 85% of the sperm count of 1950; oh dear, this is a crisis. They would say oh dear this is a crisis IF it truly was out of their hands. There is no comment on it… at all. Except, it’s a good thing actually; it’s just nature working its way out so that we don’t have too many people. Utter rubbish.

 

We’ve been run by sciences; we’ve been run by big pharma for 100 years… working closely with government departments that are NOT answerable to the public. Now we are going in for the big kill of course, because not only when they were talking about ways to modify food, to genetically modify it in the early days, they harped on about how they could alter it to produce drugs. Of course that wasn’t a new idea. Where do you think opium comes from and some of the most powerful drugs in the world? From plants obviously. Under the guise of getting bigger crops and yielding greater crops, they could literally drug the population, one of the REAL purposed of GM, or grand master, genetically modified foods, discussed at high levels of the United Nations in fact, back in the 60s. Also at the United Nations they talked about ways of putting something in there that would also sterilize the males, in certain crops. I think rice was one of them. Rockefeller himself came up with his Golden Rice project to feed the world.

 

Here is a man who has talks up on YouTube, at 94, about vastly reducing the world’s population by every means possible, wanting to help feed the world. You know, any idiot who can watch these people talking – going further than Hitler or Stalin even went in public – and then think at the same time that they are out there as benefactors to the world, well you need your head looked at. In fact, check first and see if you’ve got one. We have heard speeches in the past few years from these guys – actually many years with Rockefeller – that should curl the hair on our heads. These aren’t just little nobodies making a speech in Hyde Park on a soap box. These are guys who are INVOLVED IN the CIA; that came out in the book, America’s Cultural Cold War. Everything happening in the CIA, the Rockefellers know what’s going on. They funded part of it. When these guys speak and they have their big foundations with multi-trillions of dollars at their disposal, with thousands of non-governmental organizations – which is just their land army – they can pull this off. They can DO what they want.

 

We hear them talking about drastically reducing the populations and it doesn’t penetrate. Because why? We are taught that we are so civilized. We are civilized now; nasty things happened in ancient times. Since World War II, we all became civilized, just like that. A great leap forward in evolution or something must have happened because NOW we are civilized. No, no, no. These same characters and creeps like the Rockefellers are alive today. The same Rockefellers that had pushed for mandatory sterilization throughout the US for years and got their way and many states followed suit and sterilized THOUSANDS of what they called ‘the unfit.’ I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, when President Wilson was put in there as the little puppet man on behalf of the Royal Institute of International Affairs and his handler was Mandell House, they also had, later on, Bernard Baruch join them. Very powerful people because Mandell House had the full backing of the British Empire you might call it. This CLUB that ran the British Empire, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, no one elects them; they are a PRIVATE organization with a Royal Charter, a very elitist organization, all funded by private bankers, international lenders. They are not just a little local bank, but international lenders. They became the Royal Institute of International Affairs with the CFR as the American branch. They have run the US ever since. You find when Presidents get in trouble, just like Bill Clinton; he doesn’t go in front of the public and apologize, he goes FIRST to the Council on Foreign Relations. Check it out yourself. That’s what he did. So they are answerable to the CFR before they are to the public, the electorate. We know it’s all a farce, the elections and that. I’m just saying what happened.

 

Baruch was very important because he used to talk to everybody in a park. He was so weary of being bugged – and this is BEFORE the tape recorder as we know it was even in vogue – that he’d meet people in parks and on park benches. He was called ‘The Park Bench Politician’ although technically he wasn’t in politics, he just told the politicians what to do. Baruch was a guy who got a lot of the big bankers in the US to put money together to give massive loans to Japan back in the early 1900s. That built up their army and their navy in time and told them, part of the agreement was to attack Russia, the Sino-Russian War. The stress of that war cost so much that the communists were fomenting revolution because of the heavy taxation there was in fighting this war. Then after that they were told to go into China, which they did. That’s all come out in the Fugu Plan and that’s in the Congressional Records. The Japanese kept records of all these loans and all the stipulations that had to go along with the loans. Baruch was the top man, living in the US, and that funded them all up right into World War II.

 

It’s no coincidence that Carroll Quigley said about this group that put in Presidents, he said that they were all powerful. They always made sure, regardless of the party, that they put their own men in at the top. So it didn’t matter who you were voting for, which party – the party game nonsense – you would get one of their boys; therefore the same agenda would continue intergenerationally… which it did. Baruch also said, for everything you hear in government and politics and policies, there’s always a good reason – meaning a PLAUSIBLE reason for the public – and then there is the REAL reason. That’s the reason the public are NEVER told about.

 

I’ve mentioned the GM food. It definitely has more functions than just feeding the people. If anything, our health is going backwards since it was introduced and they know this at the top. They will not make it a crisis… as folk die off left, right and center with cancers and become even more sterile. But it does make people VERY EASILY MANAGED because of the various chemical drugs IN them. Exactly what you’d want when you’re taking down the planet and taxing people into the dirt. You don’t want them rebelling. No. We’ve never had such a great population across the world. Even the people in utter poverty have got masses of entertainment, free entertainment, cheap entertainment, and cheap gadgets to watch it all on and PLAY their games. And so much porn, everywhere… porn, porn everywhere. And sports. Another tactic you see. Beautiful conception isn’t it though? To give them all of this while you are taxing them into the dirt and putting out agencies every week, new agencies that are going to control more facets of their life, right into their home. They don’t mind. It’s like the pied piper and the children following him, happy as can be… all drugged or something. That’s what they’ve created right now. Beautiful warfare strategy. There’s always the real reason… a plausible reason for the public, a good reason, but there’s always the real reason. This GM food nonsense is the same as the global warming nonsense. It all covers for other things.

 

The Guardian Newspaper in Britain is awfully politically correct. In fact it talks on behalf of the Guardian Class basically. They’re all for the global warming agenda, etc., but they’re also a PR… Newspapers are PRIVATE remember. They get paid big bucks from big corporations for advertising. A lot of their stuff is really nothing more than advertising and getting paid for it obviously, especially when it comes to GM food and stuff like that. They’ve been pushing and pushing and pushing for that, never mind the lobbyists. The lobbyists pay as much money to the newspapers as they do to the politicians, as a payoff to get what they want. This article is from January 6, ‘Britain must launch GM food revolution, says chief scientist.’

 

Again, how they word it, it’s all done in advance by ghost writers. In fact, I think we live in a virtual world. We should do away with politicians since they always tell you what they’re going to announce the next day and then they read it verbatim. You can read it beforehand or stand and watch the goof actually read it on television. So we should get virtual politicians and virtual scientists; it would be a lot cheaper. Back with more after this break.

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just reading an article from The Guardian newspaper which is just a promo for the GM food industry and how they government, who are all in bed with Monsanto, etc, want to plug their stuff to the public, all the stuff that kills you, sterilizes you, and makes you very PLIABLE. It says here…

 

Britain must launch GM food revolution, says chief scientist

John Vidal and Felicity Lawrence / The Guardian, Wednesday 6 January 2010

 

Britain must embrace genetically modified crops and cutting-edge developments such as nanotechnology (A: They’re already putting nanotechnology in the foods. I’ve got articles going back to the Nanotechnology Food Association for the last few years. Quite interesting to see what they’ve been putting in it already.) to avoid catastrophic food shortages (A: Another catastrophe. Now they’re flogging everything as crisis.) and future climate change, the government’s chief scientist will warn today. (A: All ghost written probably by Monsanto for them.)

 

In the clearest public signal yet that the government wants a hi-tech farming revolution, Professor John Beddington (A: He’s one of the main ones. He’s going to be an awful rich man if he’s not already.) will say UK scientists need to urgently develop “a new and greener revolution” to increase food production in a world changed by global warming and expected to have an extra 3 billion people to feed by 2040. (A: Even though the population is dropping like a stone. He says, in a world changed by global warming, here they go, global warming. This is out today, this newspaper, right; it’s out today. Here is The Mail Online… right. You’re in double-think. You’re in la-la land and schizoid land. We all are. The Mail Online…)

 

Extreme Weather Warning as the MET Office Forecasts 16 inches of Snow across Southern England Tonight.

[Article unavailable as of 1/7/10]

 

-Fears Britons could run out of gas after a surge in demands to heat homes.

-Entire bus networks suspended.

-The garbage men diverted to gritting duties.

-Truck drivers killed.

-Thousands caught up in tailbacks.

-Two people die in frozen lakes.

-Men are missing.

-Shoppers begin panic buying winter food and salt to clear paths.

-Thousands of people are told to stay home as snow shuts schools.

-Business leaders warn of economic impact as staff fail to turn up.

 

An extreme weather alert was issued for Southern England today as snow and ice brought transport networks to an abrupt halt. Heavy snow fall is expected across Southern areas of England that have not seen snow so far during this cold spell as freezing conditions persists across the county. (A: It’s the coldest it’s been in 25 years by the way. I’m just contrasting this with this hype, fear, nonsense that I read before from The Guardian of the reasons for bringing in GM food because of the global warming, it says.)

 

The heavy snow that’s affecting Scotland and Northern England is moving south and the heaviest falls over the next 24 hours are expected across parts of central and southern England and southeast Wales. (A: It brought the country to a standstill. A standstill. Amazing eh? But global warming…)

 

What did I say a long time ago? I says, I don’t care if you are up to your eyes in SNOW, I don’t care if Jesus Christ comes down and tells us it’s all a con, they will carry on persisting with the nonsense because they can’t turn back. They never turn back from their propaganda. They can’t. They’ve got everything counting on this global warming scam to make you pay and pay and pay and change your whole way of living, your WHOLE WAY OF LIVING. I mean that, your whole way of living.

 

Ontario just passed a thing called Frugal Canadian Living, A Canadian’s Guide to Living a Frugal, not ‘cheap’, Life. It’s got Ontario’s Eco Fee Charge. They’re going to put ECO fees on all products that you buy. This is actually from June 7th, 2009. It’s a private corporation apparently that the government is in bed with to pass another tax – which they have done – on everything that you purchase called an ECO FEE. An eco fee. Now, don’t forget you’ve still to get your carbon FEE on top of that yet, for all the energy that goes into making that thing that you just bought. STEWARDSHIP Ontario, they are the stewards of the planet because they CARE about you and they love money more than anyone else on the planet; that’s how you become a steward. I’ll put all these links up on my site at the end of the show. Stewardship Ontario.

Ontario’s Eco Fee Charge

Sunday, June 7, 2009

 

What private bunch… Who even gives local governments or state governments or provincial governments the right to just pass these laws like that, that are going to whack us all for every penny we’ve got, what we’ve got LEFT, as we’re getting taxed to the hilt for all their bank bailouts and everything else… and their stinking high salaries? I’ll put these links up for you to see for yourself. What’s HERE is coming out across the whole of the Americas. We’re all ONE now, you understand. We’re ALL one. I wouldn’t call it one big happy family, be we’re supposed to THINK that we’re one big happy family.

 

I mentioned too, how they start with abortion. They always start with a minority group, funded to the hilt for the rights of somebody, and these ones at the top; the Soviet style always did that. Pick some minority, pick lots of minorities, stand up for their rights… you don’t give a darn about their rights, it was to CHANGE society that you were really after. Then you would be an order over society once you’ve done it all. That was the tactic. It worked. We have agencies now over every facet of life. You dehumanize the human being in the process; that was part of it. How can we complain about Hitler? I’m only picking Hitler because he’s the one most folk know about. Stalin was worse. They did the same thing in Mao Tse-Tung’s China. MILLIONS and MILLIONS were slaughtered to bring in these regimes. But Hitler could never have dreamed of all these chimneys, in every major hospital, popping off baby smoke every darn day as just a matter of course; it’s normal. It’s normal to do it. So how can we be hypocrites and criticize Hitler when this is normal fare? We’re all paying for it. That was to dehumanize us, not to help some poor girl in distress. It was to dehumanize all of society. Now they end up selling baby parts across the planet. They’ve got baby cells in cosmetic creams and different stuff like that. Money, money, big bucks. That’s how you dehumanize life.

 

Then you go to the other part. Remember, the United Nations has a definition, an official definition – I’ve read it on the air before – of a perfect world citizen. A world citizen, under the UN’s decree, is a good PRODUCER AND CONSUMER. It means you’re in the workable age. You pay taxes, you CONSUME but you see that means when you retire, you are only a consumer. You are bad, you’re not a producer AND consumer. So you dehumanized the young and you can just kill as many off as you want and call it abortion. And you are going to see not only full term abortions shortly – and I mean that, I’ve read on that – you are going to see POST birth abortion, as they’re going to call it. In fact there’s been a group pushing for up to 2 YEARS OLD. They’ve been pushing for that for a few years. I know who they are. I know ALL about them. Very powerful group. But then they go for the elderly.

 

They’ve already destroyed the family units and sure enough, the governments have taken over all the jobs that the family used to do. We don’t take care of the elderly anymore. No. You throw them in an old folks home where they can get drugged with Halidol, they start to salivate, excessive salivating, they last a few months if they are lucky on the rotten food they have there, all that packaged stuff, and they die of inhalation pneumonia, from breathing IN, inhaling the excess drool that is created by the drugs. The government, by the way, GRABS their property to pay for it all. That’s standard in Ontario and across Canada and all the British Commonwealth countries. They grab everything that you worked for to pay for it. Here’s an article today to do with something similar, how far they are going with dehumanization. Once more it’s from the flagship for the world global society, it’s the Guardian again in Britain, the UK.

 

Care homes forcing elderly to have feeding tubes fitted

(A: If you want to get in to a home, you’ve got to have a feeding tube fitted.)

Thousands of dementia sufferers told they must have surgery to gain entry

Sarah Boseley, health editor The Guardian, Wednesday 6 January 2010

 

Many care homes will not take a patient until they have a feeding tube fitted. (A: For admission.)

 

Thousands of elderly people are being forced to have tubes fitted so they can be artificially fed if they want to be admitted to a care home, a major report warns today. (A: We get lots of warnings, nothing is ever done.)

 

There is no evidence that tube feeding prolongs life, and it deprives patients of the pleasure and social contact involved in normal eating and drinking, (A: No kidding. Oh, they’re bright at the top. I can see that.) says a Royal College of Physicians working group which recommends that artificial nutrition should only be used as a last resort.

 

The report found that many care homes across the country are making it a condition (A: Oh, it’s our policy, you see.) of residence that people, often in the advanced stages of dementia, have a tube fitted into their abdomen. (A: How would you like that? How would you like that? You work and pay taxes all your life and they just want to put you on the cheap and get you out of the way as fast as possible.)

 

“This is an invasive procedure with a risk, so it should not be undertaken lightly,”

 

Well believe you me, it’s NOT going to be… once it starts… it’s already started… it’s not going to stop with just dementia. It’s for ANYBODY going in. I call them EXIT homes; that’s what these places are. They are EXIT homes. Disgusting! It’s DISGUSTING! Doesn’t it tell you too, how they know how dumbed down and degenerate we are now as a people? To even see this stuff printed in major media? You know something? Folk will turn on their TV and go goo-ga-ga-ga and forget all about it, just like that. Sick. Sick, sick, sick! But that’s the agenda. If you don’t care about things like this, believe you me, one day YOU will be stuck in there with a tube stuck in your abdomen… as they dope you up… and leave you lying in your own feces and urine… until you die.

 

Now there is Kevin in Ontario on the line. Are you there Kevin?

 

Kevin: Yes I am Alan. I’m down in North Bay, just down the road from where you are. You know, everything that we talk about, everything that’s been done, all the pharmaceuticals that are out there, the mind control, the propaganda, the fake terrorism and everything else, it’s all leading to one thing and that’s this one global government. It’s not a bunch of conspiracies, it’s just one conspiracy and it’s one for world government. They are using every trick. These global elite are using every trick at their disposal to sell this world government to the people to get the people to beg for it.

 

Alan: Absolutely. Absolutely. I’ve read articles here FROM some of the elites themselves who have said we shall use fear and terror to make the people comply and demand that we come in and help them. That’s exactly what they’ve been doing all along, for ages now.

 

Kevin: Alex Jones, he talks about the scientific dictatorship and they are using science too. They are using this HAARP technology now. In a forum on a [inaudible], I’m one of the administrators of one of the rooms called the Wake Up Project. I’ve been doing a lot of stuff with the HAARP system. I did a lot of broadcasting of that and Dr. Nick Begich, his documentaries on that and how that could be used also to get people to be complacent.

 

Alan: It is being used. It is being used because I did articles a long time ago about that with the HAARP technology and went back to even Brzezinski’s own book. He was the head of the NSA in the 1970s. In his own book, Between Two Ages, in the chapter the Technotronic Era, he said, shortly techniques will be used on the public. He was talking about HAARP technologies where WHOLE CONTINENTS could be bathed in waves basically that would make the public very compliant, very complacent.

 

Kevin: Not only that but you also get into the pharmaceutical science also. I actually attended our college, I’m sure you know where that is. I’m a student there of radio broadcasting. We were in the psychology course. They started getting into pharmacology and I decided I’m going to speak up on this here. I told them, look at these pharmaceutical companies. The one pharmaceutical company bankrolls hundreds of billions of dollars just in 2008 alone. I looked at them and I said, do you seriously think that these people who produce the vaccines, the same people that produce the cold medications, the same people that produce the anti-depressants and the cancer medications, do you think that these companies really want you to get well? Do you think they really want to prevent you from getting sick? One of them called me paranoid and said that I didn’t know what I was talking about. You know? I had a couple of them, they started nodding their heads. It’s like yeah. You know?

 

Alan: It’s true. We don’t realize that the whole medical establishment for the Americas and Western Europe was established by the Rockefeller Foundation. The format for medical training, their belief, their merger with the whole pharmacology industry was all from the Rockefellers who were one of the biggest players in the foundations for running this world government and helping get the United Nations set up as it is. A very powerful family. Trillions are at their disposal, literally, just through their foundations, tax-free foundations, to get all of this through. Here is the same guy who’s got a share, controlling interest, in every major pharma industry across the planet. Do you think this man, who TELLS us we’ve got to drastically reduce the population by BILLIONS, wants to help you at the same time with his pills? You see? This is DOCUMENTED stuff of who’s running all of this stuff.

 

Kevin: Also what’s documented with the Rockefellers and their monopolization of the pharmaceutical industry is they were also… JD Rockefeller was also the one that was instrumental in making a lot of the natural medicines, very potent natural medicines, illegal in the early days of pharmacology.

 

Alan: That’s right.

 

Kevin: Hemp oil, like the THC in hemp oil, ingestible or as a topical ointment, is one of the most potent medicines out there. And what happens? The THC is made illegal.

 

Alan: Meanwhile all the opium and opiate derivatives for painkillers, in your terminal phases, go through the Rockefellers companies.

 

Kevin: And yet opium, what kind of medical benefit does it have other then make people stupid. It does kill the pain but it makes you dependent on that drug. You do not get any dependence on the hemp seed oil. That’s why they can’t use that, of course.

 

Alan: The reason they don’t want you to use it is because anybody can grow it. [Laughing]

 

Kevin: That too. Anybody can grow it, which means that that’s not going to make the pharmaceutical company any money. It’s not going to make the medical industry any money either. So if people can cure themselves without ever having to see a doctor, without ever having to go to the pharmacy, good lord…

 

Alan: You’ve got to understand too, illness and medicine is to do with keeping people dependent. When you have people who are sick you now have authority over the people. When you stand up there and say we’ve got the antidote or we’ve got some kind of medicine that will alleviate the symptoms, you have POWER over the people and medicine is a powerful institution, an authority now remember, a health authority over the public. Back with more after this break.

 

I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix and we’ll go to Jeff from Massachusetts now. Are you there Jeff?

 

Jeff: Yes. A powerful image I saw was a 51 second YouTube video on the movie A Scanner Darkly where it’s a fictional movie. Alex Jones was doing what Alex Jones does which was speaking on a bullhorn and this black van pulls up and 3 people dressed in black come out and one of them tasers Alex and takes him away. That image is very powerful though it’s fiction. That image stuck in my mind. You could do a whole movie just on that image alone and that’s the new world order in a nutshell.

 

Alan: It is, actually, it is. You’re right.

 

Jeff: No trial. No jury. If I was to do that movie A Scanner Darkly, it would not be a black van; it would be a white van where you have a surgeon in the back of the van removing the body parts.

 

Alan: You’re right. It’s just like China. Just like China, that’s right.

 

Jeff: And then discarding the corpse, no trial, no jury, no body and that’s it. And then I would add that the secret police would have a list of dissidents to pick up during the week and ship them away and that’s the new world order. That’s where the elites, the communists, the neo-cons, where everybody wants to do, and they are just licking at the chops for some sort of false flag attacks to be able to do that, with body scanners and totalitarianism and that’s what this is all about.

 

Alan: You’re right. I mean, just study the Soviet era and that’s exactly what they did. Even when they went into a new country to take it over, when they were expanding the Soviet Bloc, traditionally, even from the beginning, the very beginning, they come into another country, they already had the records of every citizen of that country and their histories, their personal and family histories, they already had it, and they called all the main people or people with leadership abilities in the community, one by one, into a basement and each one was shot in the head. They knew who they were going for and this time it’s going to be worse. They’ve got complete tabs on everybody that they want out of the way. The time will come, you are quite correct here, where these guys will be unleashed on the general public and we’ll just get snatched off the street… Which one of these? By the way, those vans where they do that in China, they whisk you off the street, they kill you in the van, execute you in the van and remove your organs. I noticed in a newspaper article, those vans are now up for sale by China.

 

Jeff: Wow.

 

Alan: Remember, China is THE MODEL STATE FOR THE WORLD according to the United Nations.

 

Jeff: And you know what? I’m not surprised with that because I do security work for a living and I also took an EMT course so I know a little bit about both worlds and you know what? In the security world, the computerized security will be so sophisticated that you won’t be able to go through the grid. Remember, in Nazi Germany they identified every single Jewish inmate and the non-Jewish inmate that came through the concentration camps. That’s why you have the number of 6 million Jews that got killed in there because we provided the computers to the Nazis to do it.

 

Alan: It was IBM. It was IBM that did all that. They came up with the numbering system and the tattoos and all the rest of it.

 

Jeff: Yeah. We in American provided that to the Nazis and you know what? The computer systems today are 10 times more sophisticated than the Nazis and the communists.

 

Alan: Absolutely.

 

Jeff: And we provided their technology for them.

 

Alan: And were any of these guys taken up and tried for crimes against humanity, these big corporations? None of them.

 

Jeff: Of course. They’re immune. Thanks for the call Alan and have a good one. Bye.

 

Alan: Bye now.

 

Well that’s it from Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

 

 

Jan. 7, 2010 (#487)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 7, 2010:

Organism Organizing the Body Organic:

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 7th 2010. For newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Bookmark all the sites I have up there for future use because the big ones go down quite often. If you bookmark them you can always pull down the latest shows from the alternate sites. The official sites are: [listed above]. As I say, I don’t scatter my tin can – my tin can… I come out with my begging can – throughout the show. I generally do it at the beginning and get it over and done with so I tell the public, which is true, you bring me to you. You are the listeners that bring me to you. No one sponsors me. I’m not selling any products here. All I sell is what’s on my web site cuttingthroughthematrix.com and that’s my own books, CDs and DVDs. That just helps me to trickle along basically. It’s not a job. It’s more than a vocation. It’s a MUST BE. That’s why I’m doing it because believe you me, you don’t get in the cash unless you are pushing advertising all the time. The ads you’ll hear on the show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN for this air time. That pays RBN for their staff, bills, board ops and all the rest of it. So it’s up to you to keep me going. Buy the books and disks I have for sale on cuttingthroughthematrix.com or donate. You can do so by [ordering and donation options listed above]. It’s up to you how you want to do it. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them at meetings, who don’t like computers and play them on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. And that’s the tin can part out of the way.

 

There are so many ways to see reality. Very few people really see what reality is. They see what’s presented to them. Every so often I go off tangent, from just reading what they’re doing to us because I believe that if you just keep telling the public what they are doing to us, it tends to FREEZE us in panic and fear and in a sense that helps them do what they want to do. So sometimes I take a break away from just that and mix in some other ways to view what’s really happening. Because people lack, and no wonder we lack the knowledge, the facts of what is happening is kept from us. It’s no wonder there are so many different theories out there as to what’s actually happening and we’ll go into that when I come back from this break.

 

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just going off on a bit of a tangent tonight just to show what we all go through, all the different tangents of thought we go through. When most people wake up, it’s generally because they’re being hit personally by laws enacted, things like airport hold-ups, body searches, and stuff like that. Most folk never complain until they personally are hit by anything. That’s just the way it is.

 

That’s why we also allow people to use our money and go off to wars across ‘there’ somewhere. It’s always ‘over there,’ like the song says. As long as it’s over there, it’s too remote to be real to us; too remote, so we’re not really concerned, especially when they are using techniques. They do use techniques in the media to give us such an overload of useless data coupled with entertainment that everything becomes surrealistic and bizarre and therefore NOTHING is really real at all. One minute you’re watching a movie where the big, tall guy with the blond draped over his arm and the big gun is blasting his way through some city and killing everybody. All the bad guys can never shoot straight, you notice. And it’s fiction. The next minute, you’re seeing bombs go off or unmanned drones explode in some Pakistani village on the news and they tell you that 40, 50 civilians were just blown up and stuff like that. It doesn’t register to the public because it’s not at your back door. That’s why big things like this are allowed to happen. Even when wars have broken out in the past in Europe, as long as it’s some other country and not your country, especially if there were one or two countries between you, you didn’t take it too seriously. It was again, over there somewhere. But when it eventually came to your own back door and YOU become the refugee, then you start bitching and complaining and asking what’s been going on. What’s been going on is what’s always been going on. It’s just that you didn’t notice it. Now it’s come to you.

 

People tend to panic when they first wake up because they’ve been given a set reality from birth. Generally kicked off by their parent or parents, it’s all different now. You used to have standard families and it’s all kind of strange families now. They call them the nuclear family. I call them the new clear family because the government knows everything about them. A parent or parents will indoctrinate them with what THEY were given as reality. That starts everything off. So the child asks questions, what’s this, what’s that, what does it mean, why is this happening? And they’re told pat answers and that satisfies the parents. The parents themselves think they are quite sane because those around them all get the same information given to them.

 

This is the beauty of the information age; everyone gets the same downloading daily from the same Medias across the world. So as long as you bounce off what you think is real and reality to each other, you all think you are sane and no one questions the validity of the information that’s been given to them. They have no reason to suspect that that man on the news, it’s generally an older guy, a father figure that they keep until he’s falling off his seat because you’ve grown up with him and he’s a DADDY, you see, and daddy would never lie to you. Every night at 6 o’clock, there he is, staring right at you, as you sit there munching away on whatever frozen foods you have or whatever fast foods, and he’d never lie to you. Why should he lie? It doesn’t dawn on us, why would they pay sometimes $800,000 a year to someone to read a dummy board? That’s all they do… is stare at the camera, look very convincing as though they know what they are talking about but they really are just reading a dummy board. It’s because YOU, his job is very important. HE’S the big daddy that you’ve grown up with. We’ve seen it in the past, especially in the US, where people would give you the news and they say, that’s the way it is… and everybody believed him. And when they retire, then it comes up – it’s even up on YouTube – they all belong to the World Federalists Society. World Federation… and yet they’ve been taken for generations as being the nationals, the ones who decided they are leading YOU as a national and a sovereign nation.

 

Everything is deception, but they’re not doing it by themselves, obviously. It takes incredible coordination and organization to make this work. This technique is not a new technique at all. It’s certainly better today with instant communication between those who control and different departments that control. You can go back into the 1700s especially, when organization was REALLY making itself FELT. People were moving from the old feudal system into industrial systems with organization and managerial classes rising up. With the managerial classes came DATA COLLECTION and statistics and planning, long-term planning. It didn’t take a lot of people, who were well educated and well indoctrinated into a particular agenda, to guide a country, often from behind the scenes. It hasn’t changed today.

 

It’s interesting that the old sci-fi movies for instance, even the old Star Trek ones, and I have articles here from William Shatner who can’t keep his mouth shut at times; he’s pushing that ego as he always did. He admits that many of their stories were taken from NASA and that Roddenberry, as I’ve said over the years, Roddenberry was a member of NASA. What’s NASA got to do with science fiction? Well it’s because NASA is part of the Military-Industrial Complex that works towards not exploring just space but controlling the whole planet through a series of communications satellites, tracking, all that kind of stuff. That’s what they are really all about. Roddenberry was in there and they were working towards a global society, a post-sovereign nationhood type society. Therefore they wrapped the stories IN to the Star Trek series. We saw them always meeting different aliens and this was the multicultural society, that’s what they were showing you. You always found out too, the Star Trek Enterprise, it’s interesting they have the ‘God Bless Us on this Enterprise’ on the seal. The Enterprise, you’ve got to wonder whose enter-prize? Who’s entering for the prize? Who? We’re all going along with it. We won’t get the booty but somebody’s going to get the prize. We’ll get the boot. Anyway… In Star Trek, they would meet all these different kind of aliens and the ones who would eventually JOIN the great FEDERATION – which is the United Nations of course – were good guys. Sometimes a bit odd and strange and humorous, but they were all good guys. However, the ones who stood up for their own planet were always the bad guys, like the Klingons. They clung on to the old way, so they called them Klingons. They were self-sustaining. They didn’t need to be involved in somebody else’s trade system or I guess global or galactic taxation system for that matter either.

 

We’ve been programmed all down through these years. In some of the shows they showed you something that was shown much, much earlier and it came from an idea that did not come from HG Wells but HG Wells wrote about it. What he was doing was telling people in a sense, that a group, a small group of men already ruled the world in the early days of HG Wells and had done before he came along. We know this is so from the writings of the funders, just like today, that there were foundations back then that had already funded the revolutionary societies and coordinated the different revolutionary societies in different countries across the whole of Europe and the Western world. Very wealthy people, often the same people, really descendants… We have descendants today who own the foundations, who fund the non-governmental organizations that have taken OVER from these old revolutionary societies. But still it’s the same format.

 

In the Star Trek series, they’d often show you a planet where 3 or 4 brains were hooked up together, or maybe 5 brains of the elders, this kind of stuff. Wells talked about it too; he called it The World Brain. They talked about the world brain, how a small group… and he inferred basically that through SCIENCE they would be timeless, ageless, and deathless basically. They would be immortal but they could rule the world with all the wisdom of the world, hooked up to this global brain. Then we see in all the futurist articles the same things coming out to do with the world brain, where everyone’s going to be hooked into this world computer society, this new virtual reality, and we’re going through a paradigm shift – they love that term paradigm shift. What you’re going through today with the velvet glove off the iron fist, the gloves comes off. They are using brute force and the threat of brute force to make everybody, to ENSURE everybody just goes along with this new totalitarian phase while they work out all the rest of the agenda of depopulation over a 50-year period to bring in the NEW phase where the ones that they’ve basically picked out, from their DNA, will be allowed to breed in the future, after the year 2050 and go on with a much smaller, more reduced population.

 

Always remember, as they are hooked into this global mind you might call it, always remember that the big boys themselves, like Charles Galton Darwin who talked about things like this himself. He said we the elite must never alter ourselves; we have to alter everyone else’s ability for self-preservation. Because when the State is taking care of ALL the decision making, the people won’t need self-preservative abilities. However, the elite who are guiding the ship of earth, we the elite, he said, must be natural, we must be wild, he said. So they will NOT chip themselves. In other words, you are looking at literally a complete takeover not of just the world and its resources… but during the process of this they are taking over the MINDS of every one who will work TOWARDS what they want before we are all killed off. I’ll be back with more on this theme after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just going off again on a tangent tonight to show you how we can have our reality given to us, reinforced by school, and reinforced by ALL entertainment. The is nothing you can watch out there for entertainment that does not contain politically correct messages of how you SHOULD perceive a particular thing, object, person or whatever inside of it.

 

Getting back to HG Wells, HG Wells was picked out of school. He was a real people-pleaser. He wanted to be UP with the elite but he was literally the son of a drunk who play professional cricket – they got hired in those days to play professional cricket – going around as an extra on the team. His mother was a maid for a very wealthy family. So he despised the working people that he saw passing, going on their way to the factories every day. He was terrified of joining them. That was generally the worries of those who played Upstairs, Downstairs and stepped under the kitchen tables; the helping classes, they were called, for the elite. He was picked out because of this insatiable desire to get up the ladder. He was made a propagandist. He was picked out and he joined the Red Tie School class, for revolution. He was picked out by Sir Thomas Huxley, the best friend of Charles Darwin. He was personally coached by him and picked out to be a propagandist, eventually for the Fabian Society as a founder, and also as a member of the Royal Institute of International Affairs, a private Bilderberger type organization, very big, very powerful, with the CFR being the American counterpart, actually it’s the sister.

 

He talked about the coming new world order in a book called, The Open Conspiracy. They tell partial truths. It was an open conspiracy, the data is there if you want to go into the old books written by bureaucrats and high-level civil servants who retire and write their biographies, but they don’t tell you all of the story of course. It was open to an extent but all the details were kept hidden from the public. He did say that thousands, thousands will die fighting the new world order, but, he says, it’s inevitable that we’ll win. He also said in another book where he met the funder of the Fabian Society – maybe the founding-funder – and it was the rich people who came over from New York to live in Britain called the Astor’s. It was Lady Astor who invited him and many others to a party and she said, we can’t fail. She wasn’t saying, we CAN’T fail or my goodness sake. She was saying we CAN’T fail because they had already the sciences of controlling the minds of millions of people. They already had made inroads into a World Educational Society at that time. You condition one generation of people across the world, of children into the same format and really, you’ve got them from then on; the same things that Lenin talked about.

 

It’s an open conspiracy to an extent. He wrote another book called A Modern Utopia; well worth the read… very boring but worth the read. He tells you how they’d get rid of all the useless eaters. Not by just killing them off like Lenin and Stalin and the Nazis did, but by sterilizing them and allowing them to live out their lives. That was more humane he thought. The world would be a sort of controlled world society, everybody would have a function in it, and there would be a particular class system with the Samurais, of all people. The Samurais, another name for the Guardian Class that Plato talked about. That was his favorite book, by the way; Wells’ favorite book was Plato’s Republic.

 

So there’s nothing new under the sun. It’s just that the public always think we are living on the cutting edge and things like this have never happened before. That’s what we think; that’s what we were TAUGHT to think. Of course the last thing they want you to know is hey, you’re just living through a script here. Now the big boys themselves who are doing everything they opposed during the Cold War, which was… During the Cold War, they expected the communists to try revolutions within the countries. The communists hoped to start revolutions off. They hoped that the governments would OVERREACT by being totalitarian on all of the citizens with security and Gestapo-like tactics or KGB tactics and that would FURTHER the cause of revolution and then the people would rise up and over throw their government. That’s what the communists hoped.

 

Why is it that the governments ARE doing those very things – which they know about because they wrote about these techniques, they understood the communist technique – why are they doing those very things today? Coming down with the iron fist on their own public? Why are they bringing in an age of chaos? Well they’re bringing it in because it’s TIME to bring it in and out of that GUIDED chaos, they will go through – they hope – into a new world order, into a global society, under initially the United Nations. Once the vast bulk of the population are dead in about 50 years or so and they’ve brought in their transhumanist society and their better robots and all the rest of it, better cloning techniques, they will branch off into Super City-States across the world which will be very, very high tech. What’s left of the old man that didn’t perish in the wars and the starvation that’s to come, dies off, out in the country side. Back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Again, going back to HG Wells’ day. He like many of the authors and novelists of his time, admitted to by the way in the book Americas Cultural Cold War where the CIA RAN the Cultural Industry for the United States and a good part of Europe too, through the 50s, 60s, 70s and 80s. That’s where the book ends because everything was declassified up until then. They never gave up, of course. What people thought in fact with all the stuff that was coming out in the 60s and 70s to do with promiscuity, the strange art that was nihilistic and all that stuff, they thought it was the communists that were doing it then. It was actually funded by the CIA. Your own secret services were bringing you down. Why? Because they were working for their masters, not the public, to bring in a global society.

 

They don’t see the peasants of one country as being any better than the peasant of another, something that HG Wells already knew long before that. He knew too that his masters funded the wars across the world. The big bankers funded wars everywhere. The big bankers funded the setting up of the Soviet system that could not have gotten off the ground never mind continued without its constant aid from the West. We fed the Soviet Union right through the Cold War until the Berlin Wall symbolically came down. That’s all it was, was symbolically. Remember, a wall divides two people. It doesn’t just stop people from getting in; it stops people from getting out. The symbolism from the Soviet, the high Soviet side, as Gorbachev pretty well said, was to let them go OUT and expand into the next phase of JOINING with the West into this new system, not quite Capitalist, not quite Communist. This new SOCIALIST order, exactly what the big boys always wanted, a regimented, planned society.

 

We’re just going through the chaos now and it will last quite some time, this chaotic period. Even if we’re still on the airwaves in 4 or 5 years time, or allowed to be on the airwaves, we’ll still be giving you latest ‘what they are doing to us’ stories that are churned out all the time as we go through the changes and we are trained to go through the changes. Until they have a generation, a young generation who are already 10, 12, whatever, who will be 15, then 20 years of age who will see things ENTIRELY differently from the way that we see them today because of their indoctrination; scientific indoctrination that I’ve gone on about many times over the years. Then we are bypassed. That was always the technique to be used. Get the children, indoctrinate them, alter their view points and everything and then they grow up and bypass the parents. The parents then are of no use, they are no threat, they are bypassed. That’s what we are going through, changes, massive changes. Chaos. To the person from the inside not understanding what’s happening or why, it seems to be a sort of a chaos but it’s an ORGANIZED CHAOS. Out of the chaos is the guided order, the NEW order of things, the THIRD WAY, as they also call it.

 

There will be a vegetarian society who will be vegetarian. Do you really think the attack on wiping out most of the meat industry of Europe over what appeared to be one cow and one scientist’s opinion on things; do you really think that was just because there was a prion suddenly loose? …all over the place? It’s only a few years ago but I can remember seeing the photographs from Britain and through the newspapers, pyramids – I’m not kidding you – pyramids of cattle and pigs and everything were burning. Pyramids, thousands of them. AS they flew in – in military operations – they flew in troops right into the farm yards and gunned down all the animals and took off and left it all to the farmer to deal with, one after another. Then you get Alvin Toffler with his Third Wave, the book that Newt Gingrich was giving to every Congressman. In the book it said, from Toffler who has always been a total communist, it said, that the system we are bringing in will be a vegetarian society. Sure enough, a lot of people went vegetarian because they were terrified to eat meat after that. Then you have the H1N1. Oh, they’re killing all of the chickens off across Canada, all the hens. Hens have always had the H1N1, always. So this is another part of your protein diet next gone. In Holland a lot of people went there to breed goats instead. 300,000 goats were ordered to be destroyed recently because of another different kind of disease, they claim, that has broken out there. They are telling you not to eat fish, Oh, it’s full of mercury, they say; just eat our modified vegetables.

 

Everything is going to a plan. Everything is going to a very old plan in fact. Just like I started off the show, these ELDERS, they always have the elders of a group running their part in their time of the world, just like they show you in the sci-fi movies. Another movie to see is Millennium; I think Kris Kristofferson is in it. It’s an older movie. It’s the same sort of idea of a future society with elders living underground. The elders are living in these sort of glass tubes; again, like the Star Trek episodes that they show you. They are kept alive by high technology, very ancient minds with lots of wisdom; that kind of stuff, you see.

 

The public haven’t really a clue what’s behind what happens. They’re told be worried, be very, very afraid. Every day they are told that by the media… allegorically of course. But that’s the message; be VERY, very afraid; the government has declared, the government has decreed… one thing after another. Your bank bailout was all part of it too, to put you further in to LEGAL – this is the whole point about it; it’s very legalistic, this system – legal debt where the next few generations probably won’t be able to pay off the interest on the debt, which means they are all going to be slaves and do what they are told.

 

I’ve said form the beginning, any country that started off borrowing money from another or from a banker outside its own country… In fact why any country has to borrow money AT ALL when it has the power to tax to keep itself afloat – it should live within its means – but if it has to borrow at all outside of that, then you just lost your government and that happened a long time ago… everywhere. Because the bankers want that; they encourage it. I used to wonder why socialism, which is what the banking elite and the communist elite want, I used to wonder why socialism always wanted well, let’s spend out way out of depression. Now they mean spending it by using tax money and using money which is borrowed from the bankers to spend your way out of it. How can you spend your way out? It’s like having a temporary reprieve after you’ve bought a lot of stuff on a credit card and then you can’t use the card again. This is so dumb and stupid.

 

Slavery was defined by Jefferson when he said that when a generation is born IN to a system where they have to pay off a previous generation’s debt, they are defacto slaves. And yet it’s taken as normal today. Do you realize how small all governments would be if they had to live within their means just from their taxes only? …with no ability to borrow from banks at all? Why should they be borrowing from banks? …at all? It’s because those who OWN the governments you see – and yes they are owned; it’s not owned by the people – have their own agenda and as I say, it’s a very OLD agenda. They know where they are going. They know where they’ve been. They know where we are now. They work through think tanks every possible reaction that we could have, and different sects of society could have to everything they introduce into society right now. They know how our reactions will be and how to counter every one. It’s all done through think tanks working with massive computer systems like the RAND Corporation.

 

During the Cold War remember, everyone in the Western world, every citizen, with all the census reports and data and births, marriages, death, everything else, and places of work, was entered as a number into the RAND machines and they ran us all under Game Theory. I’ve gone through Game Theory before. Why? It was for PREDICTABILITY purposes. They know how every single individual will react because they have their TOTAL PERSONALITY PROFILE on them, on YOU. For them to be safe at the top, everyone must be 100% predictable in ALL of their dealings and their actions. Someone who’s NOT predictable is a threat to them. Someone who understands what’s happening and can convey it to others is a threat. That’s why Lord Bertrand Russell stated in his own book and I’ve read it on the air, the actual pages from it, who worked for this global socialist system. He said, we shall have to bring over those ones, those children that they catch at school, they CATCH you. That’s what he says, they catch at school and give them grants and give them scholarships to get into OUR system to work for us and once they’re in it they’ll get used to the status, the fact that doors will be opened for them and they will belong to an upper elite. He said, they will be ours; If we can’t, if they will not go along with that and if they won’t leave their family and their own way, their old way behind them, meaning their bonding to a culture or a people or a class, he says, we shall have to annihilate them, eliminate them. Because that person, that lone person could convey his knowledge to someone else or to the people in such a simply way they understand it. That’s the greatest threat that they have. That’s why Mao Tse-Tung said he wasn’t scared about bombs or bullets. He says he was scared of someone with an idea.

 

That’s why the United Nations has stated that INDIVIDUALITY is their greatest threat. That’s why they go on with all this terrorist stuff about THE LONE WOLF and they are telling everyone, if there is someone in your area who’s very solitary, please let us know; they could be a danger. So a solitary person, a person who likes time to perhaps read and think is a danger. Can you believe that? You are danger to the biggest military forces on the whole planet. Isn’t that something? Isn’t that what you would call overreaction? Or is it overreaction? These guys know from previous experiences in theirs history along their course towards their unified, planned society, the planned society, we’re just going through the external phases of the PLANNED SOCIETY, we’ll eventually go into the planned BREEDING system and all the rest of it. That’s still to come. But they know from previous experience that IT’S THE INDIVIDUAL THAT MAKES THE CHANGES and upsets them, throws them off, delays them here and delays them there in their actions. Therefore they have to demonize people by saying, yeah, they’re ANTI-SOCIAL, they don’t want to join in the communitarian events.

 

George Bush Sr. was the first one to tell the Western world that the way of the future was COMMUNITARIANISM. He didn’t say communism. No. Just changed it a little tad, just like Orwell talked about the constitution of the animals in Animal Farm; just change something at the end or a word or a vowel or a letter here or there. Communitarianism… If you’ll notice, all your local TV and local newspapers are all going on about community events. Everything is a community event. One day if you don’t turn up at these silly community events they will be around to see you, to see if you are ANTI-SOCIAL… why aren’t you coming to the community event? This is all still to come as big brother gets harder and harder trying to get us all under the same system so that we are 100% predictable.

 

Therefore all the stuff that the media churns out every day and I read a lot of it here too, others do as well, without understanding where it came from, where it’s been, where we are now and where we are going… without understanding that, all the data will do is further terrify you. When you understand what’s happening, the fear leaves you… because you can PREDICT where they are going to go and what they would do in this area next and that area next and that area next. That’s why I’ve said over the years what would happen next. I said at 2001 when that happened, I said – I think it was even that night – you are going to see everything that you see in a normal warfare, ID cards, totalitarian sort of movements by the government for security, but I also said you’ll even see your rationing coming in, food rationing, all those things and even people getting moved from one area to another will happen. And folk would think oh, that’s crazy; all it was, was the towers went down, the whole country isn’t… Oh yeah, really?

 

Look what happened at New Orleans. FEMA came in and for the first time people were disallowed from HELPING each other; it was VERBOTEN to help you neighbors in distress. You had to wait until FEMA came in to deal with it. The reason they gave is you’re not trained in rescue. So during that period waiting for FEMA to get moving, God knows how many folk died and drowned and came off the roofs and all the rest of it, into the water. That was also a training exercise for the public. Day after day we saw helicopters going past them and over them and no one was dropping them food, water, or anything. That was all designed that way to make the viewer ALSO feel helpless. Helpless. All the school buses from all over the state traveled there routinely in practices to get people out. They were stopped by FEMA from taking people out. They were turned back 3 times. And what did they do with those people? They moved them all over the US; that’s refugees, folks. That’s refugees.

 

If they could have gotten the ball rolling with their fake flu, and they wouldn’t have to have a real flu, just a fake flu… give you a few pictures on the television with someone in those white suits with the oxygen masks carrying a stretcher off with some plague victim. Show that a few times and just like that ONE mad cow they said was mad. The same cow they showed time after time for over a year, going across the same farmyard. The same photographs of someone on a stretcher and say my God, it’s a plague and everybody would do exactly as they are told. Seeing is believing. Watch Wag the Dog.

 

Perceptions. Bernays talked about propaganda. He liked the term propaganda. He gave America its culture of consumerism for the whole of the 20th century. He was taught this by much higher forces than him, much, much older too… of how people can be manipulated EN MASSE using techniques that appeal to UNCONSCIOUS DRIVES. Well, they are still doing it today and it works very, very well. Back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Tonight I didn’t know where I was going to go at all. I had all these stories up and I thought, they’re all scary stories as always put out by the mainstream, which is meant to terrify us into stasis and immobility to an extent. So I thought I’d give it a bye and then I went off on a tangent because we have to go off on a tangent at times to see an overview of things and realize we are only living through one generation of an ongoing designed system that knows where it’s going. Guys wrote about it in the times of my grandfather and before. They are still working it today.

 

They know themselves that out of this… this is why they love the symbol of the phoenix. Out of this chaotic period as the OLD system dies off – don’t think for an instant that this is all just to keep the system and those in power – all this security stuff and totalitarian measures, it’s not just to keep THAT system in power. Far from it. It’s to manage the public as they bring us THROUGH into a new system. That’s what it’s about. It’s not your own sovereign governments doing this. They are doing this across the whole planet in concert with each other. Planned chaos, there’s always a guide who comes THROUGH the chaos. They have many names for the guide in esoteric stuff, just as allegories basically, but THEY are guiding us through the chaos. They know where we’re going. Of course out of this the new phoenix will be born, their lovely utopia with a decimated population, a good genetic stock to breed with or else clone as workers, and high, high technology. They have total faith in science that they will have so much science then they won’t need all of the types of human labor they have in the past. So WAR was declared on the public an awful long time ago. An awful long time ago.

 

It was so odd to be brought up in a socialist country like Britain and to fathom out for yourself that these socialists actually – when you read the intelligentsia of the socialists – were nothing to do with the working people whatsoever. They used all the minority groups they could as an excuse for revolutionary purposes and to complain and bitch about the old system. But they really wanted to bring down the populations. As I say, HG Wells is a classic figure for that. One of MANY of these classic figures who wrote openly about the need to drastically reduce the population, the ‘useless eaters’ as LORD Bertrand Russell call them. I think he was a 3rd or 4th or 5th generational Lord, Bertrand Russell, and here he is, a PEER of the British realm, a blueblood, who was supposedly socialist. Why would he, with all his dough and his loot and his castles, be interested in the workers? Well, he wasn’t. He wasn’t at all. He had an incredible disdain for the workers and for most other peoples, other classes. The elite also HATED the middle class by the way, and still do. That’s why he came out with so many comments and said people would rather die than think; in fact most do. That’s another comment that he made; so many different comments.

 

These were the socialists’ leaders, the guys who went over to watch ‘the experiment’ as they called it, their other one. The US was one experiment and the Soviet system was their other, their second experiment. In Dodd’s Commission, Norman Dodd’s Commission for the Reece Commission that Congress put together, said that their job was to bring both systems together, the Soviet and the West. They have done it. We are going through the mayhem into the next phase of the plan.

 

So if that makes any sense to you, it’s off the top of my head as I say; nothing was planned tonight. I haven’t read the articles I was going to read but I hope that gives a little break to see an overview of what’s really going on.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

 

Jan. 8, 2010 (#488)
Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 8, 2010:

 

Hi folks,

I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on the 8th of January 2010. For newcomers, look into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website, bookmark all the other websites I have up there for future use because sometimes the big ones go down and that way you can always download the latest shows with the alternate sites. Now remember there’s www.cuttingthrough.jenkness.com, www.cuttingthroughthematrix.net, www.cuttingthroughthematrix.us, www.cuttingthroughthematrix.ca, www.alanwattcuttingthroughthematrix.ca and www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu.

The ‘sentinel’ site has all the same audios for download. It also has the transcripts for download as well on a lot of the talks I’ve given over the years and you can choose from the various languages of Europe, download them, print them up and pass them around. And I always tell the people too that you are the listeners who bring me to you. No-one backs me here. The ads that you hear on this actual program, on RBN, get paid by the advertisers straight to RBN for the airtime, for the staff and their bills and their equipment for the broadcast itself and that’s big bucks in itself too. So it’s up to you to keep me going by buying the things I have for sale by going to www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website and buy my books, discs and so on or you can donate to me. Remember too that you can always purchase the books as well through the donate button and Paypal button. Send me a separate email if you do so. And from the US to Canada a personal cheque is good. You can also get an International Postal Money Order at the Post Office in the US for Canada and you’ve got to stress the International one or they’ll give you the internal-only one. The internal one is green so you’ll know you’ve got the wrong one if it’s green. The International sort of Communist one is a pinky red colour so you can’t mistake them. And you can also use Paypal or cash or Western Union and I think they may have Moneygram in the US as well. Outside the Americas, same thing, Moneygram, Western Union, cash, Paypal. It’s up to you how you want to do it. And for those that get the discs burned and passed to them, you can write to me [listed above].

 

As I say, it’s up to you to keep me going and this is what I call my ‘tin can’, ‘tin cup’ 5 minutes of begging on the air, which is a bit ridiculous to do because I could get an awful lot of money if I just brought on the advertisers as guests. That’s how most of the hosts make their money, but I don’t and this is the way I go.

 

Now, this incredible New World Order, it’s not so incredible at all. It’s just that we’re not taught the basics of the techniques that are used to bring in the ‘large’ society, the ‘great’ society. Many names for the same idea over the last couple of hundred years, well written about, and they use a word, a very simple word for all the methods and strategies that are used, and it boils down to something called ‘technique’, something that would drive you nuts if you tried to study what they mean at the top by ‘technique’. They literally mention it in every second sentence for big thick books. It’s so important to them.

 

It kind of boils down to, and this is a rough, rough idea really, of mine. What it boils down to is if something can be done, it will be done; if it’s economically feasible and it serves a ruling elite basically, it will be done.

That’s why it’s mandated that we all get ration cards eventually, ID cards and all kinds of cards and then eventually, of course, your ID chip. We’re being trained for the chip if people don’t really get that point yet.

 

Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks,

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix just mentioning how they go on and on in the high economics fields, the really high economics fields, with something called ‘technique’ and even Lenin went on about it too about techniques, everything is technical in nature, and even organisation itself is technically produced and managerial classes are technical as well as they solve problems.

 

He also went into the material creation of things, distribution of things and how eventually they’d have to basically come into a new system for the whole world because the Capitalist system which funded him would overproduce and not everyone would be able to afford to buy things that they actually made, whereas under his idea, the new combined Socialist system, that we’re going into right now, of Communism and Capitalism, and that was always the idea, as I say, that’s why the Capitalists funded the Communist system, their antithesis, to bring in ‘The Third Way’, Socialism, world Fabian Socialism and that way supposedly they wouldn’t get all the waste. And right now we’re going through a period where we’ve to cut back on what they call waste, you see, as we get trained into the Socialist system.

 

Now, you’ll find that there are substitutes for war and war also gets rid of what they call surplus, the surplus funds in government and keeps them borrowing from banks. Therefore the power structure is held together through again, the same ‘technique’ by substitutes for wars. We have wars on terror, wars on obesity from the UN, wars on drugs, wars on poverty, wars on everything under the sun. These have really taken over because they’re very expensive to run, regardless of what they do or don’t do or what they claim they can do or they actually can do and what the real reasons are, are really irrelevant to the whole object of it because the object is to simply have what appears to be a war, a very expensive war on a whole bunch of things. That’s what all the crisis creation is partially about, training a generation into a new way.

 

In 2001, and I’ve said this quite a few times, when the towers got hit, I said you will see the whole warfare scenario. People moving around like they did in New Orleans eventually, like refugees being scattered across the country, resettled, people who will be on rations eventually and here it is in the news.

 

Now the BBC, the British Broadcasting Corporation, is owned by the British government but really it’s higher than just the government. It’s the British establishment, the government’s a front. It’s always been a front for the British establishment, the very wealthy, elite families that prefer to keep their names out of newspapers.

 

And I know at one time all recruited for the BBC were people from Eton to make sure that a particular class ran all propaganda and that was the function even when BBC radio started up, if you read its history, was for propaganda purposes especially in World War I.

 

They actually pioneered strategies along with the Tavistock Institute to try and get people into the war, young men into the war. H.G. Wells was recruited again by them. He worked for the Fabian Society at the same time and then The Royal Institute for International Affairs.

Wells was the guy who came up with the term ‘The Hun’ to demonise the enemy so they called them ‘The Hun’ and they came up with the drawing of a big helmet, that’s all you saw was a helmet, a dark face like Darth Vader and a big bayonet and out came the slogans; ‘The Hun in the sun’ and ‘Down with the Hun’ and all that stuff. That was all propaganda to demonise the enemy by the BBC with the aid of people like H.G. Wells.

 

H.G. Wells also, being a good propagandist, found ways of getting young men to go into the military to get mowed down, generally on their first day in combat because whole regiments and whole areas, they’re all recruited in their own areas, were mown down often in their very first contact with the enemy because they had to march across muddy fields, very flat, and it was hailing machine gun fire, just hails, constant hailing of machine gun fire and most of the regiments got wiped out in about 15 minutes. That was the ‘great war’ they called it. It was great for depopulation purposes.

 

H.G. Wells also wrote stories. One of them was about the white feather and he told every young girl out there, who had a fiancé or a boyfriend, to wear a white feather if their boyfriend would not join the military and go fight for Britain.

 

All these techniques, along with, say, the help of the Tavistock Institute, were used. Psychology was used to get people to go into the military. That was an awful, awful war. All wars are awful but we don’t realise that we’re never told the real truth for going into wars, never ever told the real truth until maybe a hundred years after the event and by that time other generations have grown up and they don’t care.

The BBC as I say, have always been in the lead for propaganda purposes. That’s their function whether it’s entertainment, it’s full of politically correct updates, what’s now politically correct and what’s out and all that kind of stuff.

 

Here’s an article here from the BBC news, January 7th by Finlo Rohrer. It says;

 

“It’s 70 years since WWII rationing…”

(A: Here you go, see. This is a trial balloon to get you to get it into your head.)

“… was brought in and many pass comment on the contrast between the current obesity epidemic and those healthier days of dearth.”

(A: Healthier days they call them.)

“But how did people handle rationing and could we use the lessons to fight obesity now?

On 8th January 1940, the UK tightened its belt and entered a period of privation that was to percolate through every layer of the national consciousness.

 

As the system gathered momentum, the ordinary ration came to encompass meat, cheese, butter, margarine, bacon and ham, tea, preserves, sugar and cooking fats such as lard.

There was also a separate points system for canned food, dry goods and other groceries. Clothing and petrol were also rationed.

But it is perhaps the food ration that looms largest in the nation’s memory.

 

Every week the nation’s housewives would queue with their ration books…”

 

(A: Just like they did in the Soviet Union by the way, if you wonder at the similarity of it all. Everything works together getting you trained.)

 

“… at shops they had registered with…”

 

(A: You had to register at a shop by the way to use your ration cards just there and then you’d get them maybe.)

 

“…to buy their allowances of groceries.

The man charged with making the nation accept the idea of eating less was Lord Woolton, a department store boss brought into the government as minister of food.”

 

(A: Minister of everything, exactly from ‘1984’, George Orwell. In fact George Orwell, in his own biography, mentions the fact that he was employed by the BBC. They brought him in to work in the food department on propaganda, for the Ministry of Food and he said that his job was to convince the ordinary housewives that the rubbishy food they were given, the stuff that wasn’t fit to eat, was actually healthier for them and the scripts were all written for him to read off.

So here they are at it again trying to tell us that it’s best to go back this way.)

 

“Social rancour”

“Woolton had this genius for publicity,” says Terry Charman, a historian at the Imperial War Museum who helped create the forthcoming Ministry of Food exhibition. “[The ministry] had a wonderful PR organisation…”

 

(A: Public relations, Bernays type.)

“…which thought up Doctor Carrot and Potato Pete.

“People welcomed the advice that was given…”

 

(A: They welcomed it of course.)

 

“…although some of it today looks very patronising.

Set against World War I, when there was often an atmosphere of social rancour over the idea that some people were doing well out of the conflict…

 

(A: Were they ever!)

 

“…the rationing of the next war (WW II) had a binding effect.

By and large it was accepted as part of the war effort.”

 

(A: You see, they need these things for ‘war effort’, so we’re in a war scenario, against ‘terror’ you understand and the flu and bankruptcy. What others terrors do we have coming down here?)

 

“It was a way of bringing the nation together.”

 

(A: Oh, it’s to bring the nation together through starvation.)

 

“Rationing meant that there was no avoiding the war,” says Stewart Ross, author of Rationing: At Home In World War II.”

 

And then the article goes on and on and on about, ‘should we bring it back?’ to fight obesity you see because the UN declared a ‘war on obesity’ and they go through all the pros and cons of bringing it back.

 

This is a trial balloon, predictive programming to get the idea into folks’ heads that it’s coming, and it is coming folks, it is coming. Not because we’re short of food but because they want to eradicate; they’ve almost finished off every small farmer there is because they said that years ago they’d have to bring in a world of corporations, corporations and corporate farms only, the big boys, the big five.

 

Once they take over all the food supplies, then they’ll have their wars with food you see, in short supply, which is also used remember as a punishment or reward idea according to the UN. They’ve said they used food before for warfare purposes, rationing food, and they’ll do it again. That’s what the UN said.

 

So, I’ll put this article up at www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com at the end of the show just to let you read it for yourselves.

 

I keep stressing that there’s not an article out there, that’s there for you just to enjoy or for your actual intellectual titillation or education even. In a sense it’s education, it’s indoctrination and it’s getting you ready for what’s to come.

 

Now I’ve also mentioned about the ‘new age’. The new age used to be the name of the free Masonic magazine for the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry back in the 1950s. It was called ‘ The New Age’ and in one of their magazines they said it was their job was to bring in the ‘new age’, you know, the ‘brotherhood of man’ with a new spirituality and theosophy was right in with it too.

 

And the UN has its own unit for theosophy in there. They accept theosophy. Rockefeller’s deeply into that himself (as are the) Rockefeller families. It’s to encompass different religions, but mainly a form of Hinduistic, Buddhistic type religion with some Pantheism tucked in with it, even Wiccanism’s ok now.

 

It’s harmless you see, it’s harmless to governments because you won’t have a united people standing up who have tenets of belief with their own laws of a God who’ll fight them. So they love the ‘new age’, they created the ‘new age’, for this very time and I’ll show you how it’s being taught in Quebec schools when I come back after this break.

 

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

 

It’s such a long, long, long, long war being waged against the old institutions that at least gave people some kind of cultural identity, a reason for living, being to get through the hard times, all that kind of stuff but especially the old religions that kept the families together which is so important because we all go through incredible crises in our lives and when you don’t have a family to turn to you’re really on your own.

 

Of course today they give you guidance counsellors and all kinds of counsellors and grieving counsellors and counsellors galore. They’re so ‘new agey’ that a lot of the counsellors and psychologists today are really into the ‘new age’ and they burn incense and all that stuff and waft the smoke in your face and call down the good spirits and all that stuff and they call it psychology.

But this is all, we don’t realise that during the time of, I think it was one of the Russian Premiers that was in, they actually set up a team to go across America and Europe, a team of spies, you know, just quiet spies who observed things and one of their jobs, it was during Khrushchev’s term, part of their job was to see how the ‘new age’ movement and the drug movement and all the rest of it, how it was taking off. Was it really taking off properly in the west? It was very important to them.

 

People will think, ‘Well why wouldn’t the Communists be pushing Atheism?’ You see they do once they have conquered, but during the conquering process, they will use other religions even including the ‘new age’; they were really behind that to bring down the old religions to replace them.

 

There’s an old saying that you can take religion out of people but you can’t take people out of religion, or vice versa. In other words, people will look for something else to believe immediately and they go shopping for religions and that’s why the ‘new age’ is there with all the different stores if you’re inclined this way, that way or that way, it’s like giving you a manual of all the different things that they have, or a catalogue and you choose the one that suits you best. And of course in the ‘new age’ too there’re no real rules to follow which means there’s no cohesiveness against anything and that’s why they promoted the ‘new age’. It’s all kind of self-centred, everything spins around you and it’s all about you. You won’t stand up because you have no deity with, ‘here’s the rules, here’s the laws’ and when your government contravenes those laws, you’ll stand up together and now you’re a threat and a force against the governments, they might just have to back off. Therefore the mainstream religions have been under attack for an awful, awful long time, longer than you can ever imagine.

 

Here’s Quebec and this is from last year. It’s from MercatorNet. It says, Thursday 15th January 2009.

 

“Quebec kids to learn Orwellian spirituality.”

 

(A: Listen to this now.)

 

“An often-quoted Jesuit maxim boasts, “Give me a child until he is seven and I will give you the man.”

 

(A: Then it goes on to say.)

 

“Only seven? Amateurs! Since September all Quebec students from primary school entry to high school graduation, whether enrolled in public or non-funded private schools, must attend Quebec’s new Ethics and Religious Culture course (ERC). And teachers, regardless of their beliefs, must teach it.

 

Jonathan Gagne, a courageous teenager at the Joseph-Hermas-Leclerc secondary school in Granby, Que., has just been suspended, and will likely be expelled, for boycotting ERC. He is a hero to thousands of angry, mainly Catholic, Quebecers who consider compulsory submission to ERC a violation of their human rights.”

 

(A: Of course it is, but again it’s the UN mandate under Unesco. It says;)

 

“The ERC curricula are mandated to introduce students to Quebec’s rich diversity of religious tenets and “facilitate the spiritual development of students so as to promote self-fulfilment.”

 

(A: Now it goes on to say here something. People have to have it pointed out to them sometimes to make them think. It says;)

 

“Since when does the state “facilitate” spiritual self-fulfilment?

 

(A: Is that the job of government? “Since when does the state “facilitate” spiritual self-fulfilment?)

 

“To parents who take religion seriously, this is a chilling intrusion into what all democratically inspired charters of rights designate as a parental realm of authority.”

 

(A: And that again is what they’re destroying, the parent’s authority under the rights of the child again from this wonderful Communist organisation called the United Nations who are funded by the foundations and the bankers who rule them.)

 

“ERC was adopted by virtual fiat, its mission to instil “normative pluralism…”

 

(A: This is what it’s called now in schools “normative pluralism”.)

 

“…in students. “Normative pluralism” is gussied-up moral relativism, the ideology asserting there is no absolute right or wrong

 

(A: It’s Cabala you see, Jewish Cabala actually. That’s where it comes from.)

 

“…and that there are as many “truths” as there are whims. There were no public consultations.

 

The program is predicated on the worst possible educational model for young children: the philosopher Hegel’s “pedagogy of conflict.” As one of the founders of the ERC course, put it, students “must learn to shake up a too-solid identity”

 

(A: When you think, when you’re starting to feel you know who you are, what you are, they’re there to make sure they throw you right back again. ‘I don’t know what I am, oh God I don’t know..’ and that’s what you see today. And it’s part of what they’re promoting too. You don’t know what your sexual, you think you know what your sexual identity today is until they bring in these courses to tell you, ‘Oh what’s wrong? You might just be…if you haven’t tried it, don’t knock it. You might be homosexual or maybe you really want to be a transvestite or maybe you really, really want to be a woman’. You see? And that’s what all this is about. There are no truths anymore you see, except what the government promotes. Amazing isn’t it and here they are bringing in their own version of spirituality, government has banned everything else.

 

Back in a moment after this break.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix just reading an article to show you how, the ‘new age’ as they call it, this stuff, this thing that everyone thinks they understand but they don’t really understand. They don’t even know who promoted it, who created the ‘new age’, who mandated it from the top, what big foundations were behind it, even the fact that those in the foundations have a completely different religion from the one they’re promoting for the public. It’s quite something really but this is how you work and run and rule over nations and this is particularly to do with Quebec but it’s for the rest of Canada too and the States as well.

 

In fact they’ve been teaching the visualisation. They start with visualisation. Parents don’t think do they? ‘Oh that’s not too bad, not so bad. They all sit there and visualise. Well six months later they’re visualising their ‘power animal’ coming down or their ‘spirit guide’ or something, then they’re told to talk to them.

So here they are talking to an entity from wherever and then ‘let it come into you’ and all this stuff. It’s just the same thing.

 

It doesn’t matter what particular brand of the ‘new age’ they call it, it’s all to get to the same end. You’ll find that always. It’s like ‘be possessed’ in other words, bring down your ‘power animal’ or your ‘power spirit’ and all this kind of stuff.

 

They used to lock folk up for talking to themselves. Now of course you’re told to bring something down and chat away to it. Anyway, this has been done through the school to destroy all the old religions that used to stand up.

 

You see, people don’t realise that all, all institutions become corrupt eventually, including religious ones, including religious, no doubt about it, they become powerful institutions. But at least with Christianity, it gives the individual a lot of rights that no other system ever gave them. It also had to bow to the fact for the first time, especially Christianity, that each individual was technically sacred.

 

That had never been thought of before, ever, ever, ever. You were at the whim of all the Gods. Prior to Christianity the Gods played with you, you were just playthings and suddenly you got rights and suddenly you have a God given spirit from God himself within you with all these rights. It’s like the charter of it all laid out, with a charter of rights.

 

And governments went to incredible lengths to get people and go for people and whole communities, whole countries would stand up behind people and say ‘you can’t do that, this person’s got God given rights’. That’s what God given rights means. So their idea was to demolish all those rights over a while, give you this mishmash instead and have you obey government that must be the only true power eventually, you see.

To go on with this article here, it says;

 

“The program is predicated on the worst possible educational model for young children: the philosopher Hegel’s “pedagogy of conflict.” As one of the founders of the ERC course, put it, students “must learn to shake up a too-solid identity”…”

 

(A: You mustn’t have an idea of who you are. If you do have, it must be shaken and shattered, and it says;)

 

“…and (they must) experience “divergence and dissonance” through “le questionnement.”

 

“ERC is to the grasp of authentic religion and spirituality as Esperanto to the comprehension of Spanish and English — both are useless adornments, artificial rather than organic constructs. Worse, they may deflect forever the desire to acquire meaningful knowledge. “

 

“Reading ERC manuals and activity books, one finds a superficial mishmash of trendy theoretical platitudes whose cumulative effect will be to convince children that belief is fungible, and that all religions — including pagan animism and cults — are equally “true.” The curriculum is strewn with politically correct material that openly subverts Judeo-Christian values. In many of the manuals, ideology and religion are conflated. Social engineering is revealed as the heart of the ERC program; in the most recently published activity book, for example, Christianity is given 12 pages, feminism gets 27 pages.”

 

(A: Because, see, ‘feminism’ is a religion.)

 

“No religious leaders are solicited for their views in this text, but Francoise David, the radical-feminist leader of the Marxist party Quebec Solidaire is “interviewed.”

 

(A: She’s the only one that gets interviewed.)

 

“Beside a large picture of Mme. David, benignly smiling, face upwardly tilted in the old Sovietic mode, the question is posed: “What would you say to those adolescents who don’t feel concerned about feminism?” David replies: “[Adolescents] need a feminist analysis in their life.”

 

Paganism and cults are offered equal status with Christianity. Witches “are women like any other in daily life;” “Technologically [the Raelians] are 25,000 years in advance of us.”

 

(A: That’s the guy who’s a race car driver who was talking to all the aliens and he wants to get a pure-breed bred scientifically on earth to go off into space. Again, eugenics in another guise eh?)

 

“And considering that of the 80,000 ethnic aboriginals in Quebec only 700 self-identify with aboriginal spirituality (the vast majority of ethnic aboriginals are Christian), aboriginal spirituality (falsely equated with environmentalism)…”

 

(A: And it’s true too that Indians were not the keepers of the environment.)

 

“…is accorded hugely disproportionate space and reverence.”

 

And I’ll put this article up as well for you to read. See, this is part of an ongoing, very old war, because they must break down anything that gave you at least, at least, personal dignity and personal rights where the state couldn’t just pick you up, cut you up and sell off your organs like they’re going to do very shortly, just like in China.

 

I’m not kidding folks, and as I say, Khrushchev sent out whole teams, these passive spies who just…and that was their job. That was their job to see how the ‘new age’ was taking off, along with all of the ‘rock’ phenomenon and the drug culture in the Americas and the western hemisphere to see if it was doing well because they were all part of it. And mind you, their pals in Hollywood were certainly helping it along and that’s what Hollywood’s job was and still is by the way, to guide us. They call themselves the ‘culture creators’ in Hollywood amongst themselves.

 

Onstar. Onstar, everybody hailed Onstar through its own PR when it came out, Onstar satellites. They could literally unlock the doors of your car and do all this stuff and tell you where you were like ‘yeah, where am I? Oh why you’re in the driving seat of your own car Mr. Smith’, and that’s hailed as a wonder to the world. And what they can also do too is lock you in your vehicle and keep you there until some special security guy has come.

 

I’ll put their site up here because now they’re coming out with new things as well. It says they can also slow down your car, in case it’s stolen, mind you. It also means they can slow it down if you’re driving it and they can stop it from moving at all, just cut off the ignition from a satellite.

Well you know who’s going to use all of that don’t you?

 

Can you imagine when people eventually want to get out of the cities because there’s another big fear, a coming pandemic or something, whatever, and what will they do? They’ll just turn everybody’s cars off, and there you are. It’s amazing how everything will just fit together by chance, isn’t it, on behalf of the big controllers at the top.

 

And you know all these x-rays that they’re using now for these body scanners now that they’ve set up the incident, and that’s what it was, it was a set up incident to get them all sold out to the public. There are concerns about cancers and all the rest of it but, ‘Oh no, let’s put that to the side, it’s too important’. They’ve got to be able to see everybody in the bare scud, as they say, which is in the total nude.

 

This article here is from Technology Review from MIT, Friday October 30th 2009.

What they use when they bombard you are ‘terahertz waves’ as they’re called, ‘terahertz waves’, and it says here;

 

“A new model of the way the THz waves interact with DNA explains how the damage is done and why evidence has been so hard to gather”

 

(A: This is from last year, so they know this. They are going ahead with it anyway.)

 

“Great things are expected of terahertz waves, the radiation that fills the slot in the electromagnetic spectrum between microwaves and the infrared. Terahertz waves pass through non-conducting materials such as clothes, paper, wood and brick and so cameras sensitive to them can peer inside envelopes, into living rooms and “frisk” people at distance.

The way terahertz waves are absorbed and emitted can also be used to determine the chemical composition of a material. And even though they don’t travel far inside the body, there is great hope that the waves can be used to spot tumours…”

 

(A: There you have the other medical side of it.)

 

“…near the surface of the skin.”

 

(A: Mind you they always promote something when they’ve got something on the go, again, ‘technique’ right? If it can be used, it will be.)

 

“With all that potential, it’s no wonder that research on terahertz waves has exploded in the last ten years or so.

But what of the health effects of terahertz waves? At first glance, it’s easy to dismiss any notion that they can be damaging. Terahertz photons are not energetic enough to break chemical bonds or ionise atoms or molecules, the chief reasons why higher energy photons such as x-rays and UV rays are so bad for us. But could there be another mechanism at work?

The evidence that terahertz radiation damages biological systems is mixed. “Some studies reported significant genetic damage while others, although similar, showed none,” say Boian Alexandrov at the Center for Nonlinear Studies at Los Alamos National Laboratory in New Mexico and a few buddies. Now these guys think they know why.

Alexandrov and co have created a model to investigate how THz fields interact with double-stranded DNA and what they’ve found is remarkable. They say that although the forces generated are tiny, resonant effects allow THz waves to unzip double-stranded DNA,…”

(A: They ‘unzip’ your double-stranded DNA

 

“…creating bubbles in the double strand that could significantly interfere with processes such as gene expression and DNA replication.”

(A: Which means folks, that you’ll come down with cancers. It says;)

 

“That’s a jaw dropping conclusion.

And it also explains why the evidence has been so hard to garner. Ordinary resonant effects are not powerful enough to do this kind of damage but nonlinear resonances can. These nonlinear instabilities are much less likely to form which explains why the character of THz genotoxic effects are probabilistic rather than deterministic, say the team.

This should set the cat among the pigeons.”

 

Meaning the scientific community, but we know it’s not going to really because they’ve already gone ahead with it anyway because of some guy’s dirty underwear, so we’re told, so we’re told.

 

Now, I keep telling people how the police forces have for years have been built up, these internal armies and dressed them with combat boots, still called police mind you. They gave them black ties. They used to wear blue ties and light blue shirts in Canada when they were the ‘thin blue line’. Now they’re the ‘black executioners’ and that’s not by chance because black has always been the colour of the king’s executioner. They wear the black hood, the black everything. Black symbolises death. It’s meant to make you afraid. And it was back in the late ‘90s, suddenly across Canada and the States, all cops started wearing combat boots, black outfits, black ties, black shirts and even black gloves and black sunglasses too, of course, just to look ‘cool’.

 

Well then they started calling the people civilians, not citizens anymore, you’re civilian, meaning they’re obviously part of a military establishment, which they are. Things have changed so quickly and I can remember when I first saw four of these cops walking down a little town in Ontario and I’d read it in the local paper that shortly people would see their local police trying out and familiarising the people, civilians sorry, with their new outfits. And I did, I saw four of them walking down the street and chatting away to each other and all that and what surprised me as I stood and watched, was that none of the locals were looking at them as if there was anything wrong. Then I realised that they’ve seen so much of this on TV in all the fictional stuff they’re showing us, that they didn’t notice the transfer. They did not notice the transfer. That’s when your mind goes (Alan does the Twilight Zone intro) and you wonder where you are. Am I the only person who can see? But no-one else gave it a look.

 

Anyway, they get a completely different indoctrination as police now. They’re told to be scared and paranoid of the public, sorry, the civilians, and they also treat them like…you see, the cops also watch all these shows on television. They’ve been raised watching these shows and they really do believe they are the law, like they are THE law.

 

This article here is from the Los Angeles newspaper. I’ll put this link up too. It says here;

 

“TSA Agent…”

 

(A: That’s the guys on the airport.)

 

“…Arrested at LAX”

 

(A: It says here, January 7th 2010.)

 

“They are the first line of defence in airport security but two troubling incidents involving TSA agents at LAX are raising concerns.

A TSA agent was arrested on January 3rd in Terminal One at LAX, a source told NBCLA. He had just gotten off duty and was behaving erratically, saying, “I am god,…”

 

(A: I am God, I am God, I am in charge, this sucker! I added the last part but he probably watches all those movies too. That’s what he was telling them all. ‘I am God, I am in charge’ he says.)

 

Meanwhile, a TSA Internal Affairs investigation turned up evidence of LAX TSA agents using drugs at an after-hours party.

 

(A: All these guys, including the cops, are on steroids and uppers and downers and anything they confiscate, by the way, they pop themselves. Well known, well known. So what they disallow the public, they do to the extreme themselves, believe you me. So here’s the TSA agents using drugs at after-hours parties and they’re normally on duty the next day and acting like Schwarzenegger in a movie. That’s exactly what they’re doing, isn’t it?)

 

“TSA officials say a videotape of the party was of poor quality…

 

(A: Oh of course, suddenly whenever you want to see something it’s a poor quality like Bin Laden. Is this really the fuzzy Bin Laden? It says;)

 

“…and the employees were not in uniform, but 4 employees were tentatively identified.”

(A: I guess they were the latest additions to the crew. They always go first.)

 

“All 4 were tested for drugs. One came back positive and that employee was fired.”

 

And then of course they released their PR, public relations spiel to try to convince the public that everything was ok, ‘we’re zero tolerance’ and all that stuff, you see, which is just PR as I say, public relations.

 

Public relations now, remember it used to be called propaganda from Bernays who was one of the masters at it. Not The master but one of the big masters. He was taught as well by the same folk who taught the basic stuff to Freud, and Bernays of course was a nephew of Freud.

 

The new name really is ‘public perception’. You bring in management teams for ‘public perception’.

It doesn’t matter what reality is, here’s how to make the public perceive this reality that you want to give them. That’s their job, to find out how to get it across to the public to give a different…remember what Marshall McLuhan said. He said “Perception, perception is reality”.

 

However you perceive something becomes your reality. You think it is reality, even though 90-odd percent from the media, 95% maybe even 98% of what we get from the media and television and entertainment too, but mainly through the mainstream media, is really spun stuff, spun to leave you with a particular perception on different topics. It’s just scientific socialism.

 

It’s quite fantastic too. Now the US, again constant warfare right, we’re in constant warfare mode, constant crisis now. It’s a way to divest the countries of their excess money, keep them borrowing from the banks, in the absence of full-scale wars and the HHS, the health service of the US has delivered its first security strategy to the public.

 

Back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. I’m going to put these links up to this press release from the HHS, it’s actually called the National Health Security Strategy for the US. It’s just been released and I’ll also put up the PDF link as well. That gives you the actual, all the stuff that they’re putting through there, perpetual war’s all in it basically.

 

Every possible scenario that could happen is going to be covered. Perpetual war from now on, that’s the message until the ‘brave new world’ has come through its changes to get depopulated and all the rest of it up to 2050 and then they bring out their next phase of their super cities across the planet with the vastly reduced population. No nations anymore after that.

The UN itself will only be in existence for about 50 years once it’s at full power.

 

Now we’ll go to Sam in Sydney on the phones if he’s there. Are you there Sam?

 

Sam: Hi Alan, looks like you could do with some global warming up there.

 

Alan: Well actually I’ve got a whole bunch of people together since we’re going to pay such high taxes for global warming, I demand my share of it because I’m under all this snow, 20 below zero temperatures, I demand my share of global warming.

 

Sam: There’s an amazing satellite shot of England at the moment. It just looks like it’s an appendage of Antarctica. It’s pretty incredible but it’s interesting what you say about perception is reality.

When I first went to university, the first year that I went to university, I remember the lecturers were really pushing this idea of ‘post modernism’ and it was incredible because you know, at the time we were also being a member of Generation X being told that we were the most apathetic generation that’s emerged and it’s amazing to see the link between the two things when you don’t have a truth, when everyone’s truth is just as valid, as opposed to the perceptions of truth and just one truth and that somehow the truth itself becomes diluted.

 

Alan: In other words, it’s just like there’s no right or wrong, good or evil, then they’ll say there’s no truth.

 

Sam: Yeah, absolutely. It’s interesting at the moment, talking to a friend in England because he was complaining about how cold it is over there. He believes in manmade global warming and he basically said “look it’s called climate change now”, he’s come back with this, “it’s called climate change now”.

I had to point out to him that ‘climate change’, the term was actually created during the Bush administration to soften the whole thing…it actually came from the right and was actually to soften the whole idea of global warming and now it’s been adopted by the left to explain how the climate keeps changing.

 

We all know the climate keeps changing. It’s like ‘well, what is the truth now’.

Is it about CO2 in the atmosphere or is it about the fact that we are polluting it? They seem to want to muddy up the whole thing.

 

And this is another thing. I’ve got a friend that grew up under…he escaped from communist Poland as a teenager and he was telling me a story about the fact that members of the Politburo would drive around in Mercedes outside of Poland but they had all these little mechanic shops within Poland itself converting these Russian made cars with [inaudible]. And I asked him about…how do you feel about Communism now? And his thing this was “look, it’s just business and I thought that really that just summed it up. All of this is just business, isn’t it?

 

Alan: It’s just a more efficient form for the elite to control the world. It’s far more efficient for them to be in control in a totally controlled, dominated society. That’s right, that’s why the bankers of the west funded the whole darned thing. Ha ha ha!

 

Sam: Absolutely. Bye Alan.

 

Alan: Well, thanks for calling. There’re even places in Britain now that haven’t been cleared of snow for 3 weeks or ice and they can’t get anybody through to give them food. No kidding.

Climate change has always been here. Fifty years of cold, fifty years of warming, up and down like a yo-yo. It’s NORMAL.

 

From Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

Jan. 11, 2010 (#489)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 11, 2010:

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 11th 2010. For newcomers to the show, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. My official sites are listed on the front page and they are: [listed above]. I always mention that you are the audience that brings me to you. I’m probably the only guy out there who isn’t getting paid directly by the advertisers so it’s up to you to keep me going. The ads you hear on the show are paid by the advertisers straight to RBN; I have nothing to do with it at all. That pays RBN for their air time, their staff, their board ops, for the equipment and their bills. It’s up to you to keep me going. I’m not pushing any particular products except my own books and CDs and DVDs which you can see at cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. That just helps me sometimes to trickle over from week to week but not always. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] That’s my tin can moment, as they say. My tin can is out rattling there and it’s sounding very tinny, not much in it, so it’s up to you to keep me going. I don’t have to be here and often I don’t want to be here. There are so many things to do. What I’m doing here is more than a job; it’s more than full time even and it’s not 5 days a week either. You would be surprised what’s involved in just trying to live and get the general things done plus keep up with everything that’s going on around me. Those who get the disks burned and passed to them because they don’t like the computers and they play them on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. That’s that out of the road.

 

I tell you, one of the biggest problems I have is uploading because XplorNet got the word to cut me back. I upload through satellite. You pay through the nose for it. I’m on the higher speed not the low speed but they are giving me less than the low speed now because they want me off. That’s why they are doing it. No amount of complaints that I have put in have helped that at all. So anyone out there who wants to think about getting XplorNet satellite to help them in the rural areas, FORGET IT. Forget it; these guys are utter con men. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. The matrix is the big illusion that you grow into thinking it’s all real. You believe that policemen are really there to serve the public. You believe that politicians are there to make sure YOUR country is going to be well looked after on behalf of you. You think that the big agencies that are out there are all out there because they have your best interests at heart and that they never dare do nasty things to the public because it would hurt their profit. We think that politicians, when they stand up there and give their spiel that’s never written by them themselves – there are always staff behind them that do all that stuff – we think that’s all real too. We think that the rubbish they feed us on Hollywood is all real; I’m talking about both entertainment and documentaries on the so-called stars.

 

We are living in a fantasia, a Disneyland but it’s not happenstance either; it developed over a long period of time. It’s also run by sciences and specialists and psychology and mass psychology and sociology and a whole bunch of -ologies, all working together. That’s part of what I was talking about last week, about TECHNIQUE as a sort of independent force, you might say, that collects data, works together, amalgamates all data and then directs the action. As I said last week, if it CAN be done it WILL be done. Under the same old guises of keeping the public safe and secure, they can take EVERY BIT of liberty away from you and actually put you into slavery. I hope you realize that where it all ends up always… as slavery. It’s never called slavery in modern times, but slavery nonetheless.

 

When you think about simple things like what is money, and the con of money, and why is it only that a certain people can be in charge of money across the world? And it’s so secretive they don’t have to tell any central bank or the public how it’s actually done. And we accept that. Isn’t that weird? We accept that. There’s no hullaballoo. There are no revolutions to overthrow it when we get broke and plundered and we get put down on the tab. We are put down as the guarantors for the next loan for the governments of the country. They are always borrowing money from abroad because they spend more than they take in, always. Until you realize that this is the GAME OF PERPETUAL SLAVERY. As Jefferson said, if you are born into a generation who is put down as guarantor of the previous generation’s debt, then that new generation are in fact slaves. Slaves. Old biblical concept; the one who can not pay back what they owe is put into slavery and their children, into so many generations and all that stuff.

 

We think it’s all normal. In the mean time, we can get taxed into the ground. We can watch a world order develop as we live through a part of this process and think it’s all quite normal because we’ve never had so much entertainment to take our minds off things, NEVER in history, with the technology is there so much free entertainment. It’s abundant. It would be kind of odd to go down into history saying this whole people just died off, diminished, because they were playing themselves, like children, with massive entertainment, while they were killed off.

 

It’s amazing too that we have a certain capacity for crisis. Most folk can’t hold more than 2 or 3 – 3 at the most – in their head at the same time and cope without breaking under the stress. It’s even worse when the crises are always remote; it’s outside YOUR personal control. What can you do? Nothing. Therefore, you are depending on other people and so-called specialists to take care of it all for you, at a cost… a big, big cost. But the feeling of helplessness in a crisis or life and death scenario is what really does you in. What can I do; nothing. Maybe put a handkerchief over your face when you’re walking in the street, that kind of stuff.

 

Again, it never dawns on the public, even though each person in their lifetime will probably see so many different houses of Parliament or houses of Congress change, and they keep voting for the left and the right, and the left and the right, and the left and the right. It’s always the same policies that go ahead regardless, exactly what Jefferson said. You will know you are under tyranny, he said, when you see certain patterns or policies CONTINUE between the houses… Technically, IF the left and the right were at war with each other, then say, the right took over from the left, they would scrap all the stuff, all the damage the left had done and vice-versa. But they don’t, do they? It never happens. It never happens. The left/right paradigm is simply a show for the public. As Quigley said, they always put in a man from the CFR, or a woman, at the top, plus a few of the cronies at the top, as long as it’s the top bunch – it doesn’t matter about all the rest of them who are allowed a certain amount of competition, according to Quigley. The lesser ones are allowed to really get their talons out and scrape and scratch to get up there, but the top ones are always spoken for.

 

We never learn. Folk will go their graves often… and this used to surprise me when parties would put out little minivans throughout the countryside areas and take folk by the busload into vote. It doesn’t matter if they’re on a stretcher or whatever, as long as they vote; that’s what they’re after. Democracy can only have a pretense of working if people DO actually go and vote. If no one votes, what are they going to do? They’d have to stand aside and let the real master come forward for the first time. You know, the ones that we don’t see, the ones who are ruling but are never elected. That’s why I generally advise people, don’t bother voting; wait and see the face of the monster appearing and you’ll be surprised, things will continue the same way.

 

Corruption is, I would say, a normal state of affairs among psychopaths. What is corruption? It can be defined BY those who are corrupt in a different way and It’s always a pleasant way. A psychopath will always give you a definition of their actions and their motivations to suit their own ego, no matter how horrific their crimes have been. We’ve had a series over centuries of what they call serial killers who like to be so cunning and all the rest of it and think that they’ve got the cops beat. When they get caught they can’t wait to tell the public, through the media, how clever they were and how they did it. They always rationalize, even their victims, as having made them do it. That’s how crazy they are. It’s the same with the politicians. To be a politician, if your whole life is going to be dug up and the closets are going to be opened and all the skeletons are all over the place, you have to have a thick skin and it’s a SUPER EGO that they have. Nothing makes the blush. Nothing makes them stammer. Nothing makes them run off the stage and blush and hide their heads and stay out the limelight. They can not stay out of the limelight; they’ve got to get back in. That’s a psychopath. That is pretty well all politicians, especially the lifers, are psychopaths.

 

It isn’t just them you see; it’s all through business as well because in this world that we live in and most are not necessarily intelligent, but they are incredibly CUNNING. There’s a big difference between cunning and intelligent. You could have people who are regarded as mentally subnormal who still have incredible cunning, incredible cunning. That could maybe be classified as a separate type of intellect. It’s also a psychopath’s ability for personal self-preservation and survival over the rest, like a TOP predator. Most criminals, real criminals, don’t wear jeans or baggy pants. They wear suits and ties, very expensive suits and ties, and they go to all the big functions. They like to be appreciated for who they are, their title or whatever title they get. They like power.

 

In this real world, we have the same type getting up in all business areas. The more lucrative the business, such as the pharmaceutical industry, the more psychopaths will get up there. You get incredible self-benefits from high-pitch sales. Can you image the guys who pitched in and got the deals made by governments to buy all their rubbishy, non-working drugs for this fake flu season? Do you image the kind of commissions those guys got? Like 5 year deals. Guaranteed. You’d better believe it, like all other types of business at that level, money crosses hands under the table. They also call it a backhander… or they put ‘silver in the palms’ of their hands, many expressions for the same thing. And it’s always been that way. Always been that way and there will never be an inquiry into their dealings. Never has been in the past. Not just them but all the other ones, the big guys who make the military-industrial complex work with their massive lobby groups.

 

Everything is lobby groups. Politicians, when they’re running, get backed by God knows how many lobby groups… often from money from countries so that you will promise to look the other way when that country does something that they shouldn’t. This is common, common stuff. They never say they are compromised. They never say I took money from so and so, I’m compromised. NO. I’m impartial. They always say they are impartial but the facts always speak for themselves when you go into the history and what happens afterwards. I’m going to go into some of this stuff tonight to do with the compromised guys at the top and how it really works, after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. As I said before, the matrix is this big world, the system that’s really a multitude of systems all working together that we are born into and it gives us what we think is our reality but in fact it’s not your reality at all. You have to have ALL the facts on everything to come to conclusions about reality and you are never given access to all the facts on anything at all.

 

Now and then, when big things crop up, myself and others will talk about the cons that are going on and the vast fortunes, as the economy is plundered and your tax money is plundered by crooks and sharks who’ve gone to incredible lengths over the last 50 years or so to promote the medical profession as some sort of angelic service from God, mainly through fiction. As Jacques Ellul said, it’s all propaganda. Any drama about police or the medical establishment is nothing more than pure propaganda to make you BELIEVE that’s what they’re really there for, and that’s how they really fight, and they’re on the up and up, and they have your best interests at heart. Nothing is further from the truth.

 

The police are really a paramilitary organization there to protect those who are called the establishment that rule over countries. Every country has its establishment. They’re also there to ensure that lots of money rolls in all the time to the coffers of government, local, federal, provincial, state. That’s their job. That money in fact, from all those tickets on the highways and all the rest of it, is actually EXPECTED by governments when they draw up their costs for the coming year and what they expect to bring in. So they expect X-amount of millions of dollars in, for instance, traffic fines or parking tickets. If everyone truly didn’t park in the so-called wrong spot they would be screaming in the provincial governments because they need that money. They count on that money coming in. So crime definitely pays… for them.

 

We watch all the farce to do with the pandemic that never was and how they drummed it up. The same techniques… everything runs by a technique. Plato said this over 2300 years ago, that if you know the formula of how to get a people to do something by studying what they actually have done in the past, if you reintroduce the same formula, in the same manner, A-B-C-D-E-F etc, the people will behave in exactly the same way as they did before. In other words, if you’ve done it in the past and you could make people do something, you can make them do it again. That was ANCIENT KNOWLEDGE back then.

 

We’ve watched the farce about pandemics and oh, you’re all going to die; you’re all going to die; don’t worry, we’ll save you. This con, over and over and over again, isn’t it. They had the first swine flu scare that wasn’t even there at all. One person, they say, MAY have had it. ONE person… who dropped dead on a forced march after getting told to get out of the hospital bed; that would probably kill anybody with a slight cold. But they made a great deal out of it. There is COLLUSION between the lobbyists and the politicians. Even back then too, back in the 50s, they wanted to give millions of shots, paid for by the tax payer. It actually CRIPPLED more folk then you’d imagine. Crippled them, killed a lot as well, of young people… quadriplegics, paraplegics, the whole thing; that’s what came out of it. The only difference being is they were allowed to sue, the families were allowed to sue the drug companies. This time of course, the same sharks who are in still in charge and who keep all this kind of history, introduce a new pandemic that never was and get governments to shield them from any lawsuits. And you think you are living in fair and just democracies? What a joke. What a joke.

 

This article is from The Mail Online.

 

The ‘false’ pandemic: Drug firms cashed in on scare over swine flu, claims Euro health chief

By Fiona Macrae / 11th January 2010 / The Mail Online.

 

The swine flu outbreak was a ‘false pandemic’ driven by drug companies that stood to make billions of pounds (Alan: and dollars) from a worldwide scare, a leading health expert has claimed.

 

Wolfgang Wodarg, head of health at the Council of Europe, accused the makers of flu drugs and vaccines of influencing the World Health Organisation’s decision to declare a pandemic. (A: You see, the World Health Organization is utterly corrupt, as is every institution within the United Nations. They all get money as well, thrown at them by the lobbyists.)

 

This led to the pharmaceutical firms ensuring ‘enormous gains’, while countries, including the UK, ‘squandered’ their meagre health budgets, (A: They’ve been slashing them like crazy over many years.) with millions being vaccinated against a relatively mild disease. (A: It’s probably killed more than it’s actually done any benefit to, if there was any benefit, which I am very dubious of.)

 

A resolution proposed by Dr Wodarg calling for an investigation into the role of drug firms has been passed by the Council of Europe, the Strasbourg-based ‘senate’ responsible for the European Court of Human Rights.

 

An emergency debate on the issue will be held later this month.

 

Dr Wodarg’s claims come as it emerged the British government is desperately trying to offload up to £1billion of swine flu vaccine, ordered at the height of the scare. (A: Which they can’t use. Back with more after this break.)

 

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Since I’m wailing tonight, I though I’d let that guitar wail a little bit too. You’ve got to wail once in a while when you see the farce in which you live and that they call reality, normalcy and respectability. I’m reading from an article from the Mail Online to do with the pandemic non-event, the utter scam of it all. It says here…

 

Dr Wodarg’s claims come as it emerged the British government is desperately trying to offload up to £1billion (A: £1 billion worth. I don’t know how many billions of dollars that is.) of swine flu vaccine, ordered at the height of the scare. (A: That’s a great sale isn’t it? …for utterly useless nothing. They even admit themselves it wouldn’t have done anything anyway except maybe cripple you.)

 

The Department of Health warned of 65,000 deaths, (A: …remember…) set up a special advice line and website, (A: …that was just lying empty because nobody was phoning in and they were playing cards.) suspended normal rules so anti-flu drugs could be given out without prescription (A: That was a big killing that they made at the pharma for that one.) and told health and local authorities to prepare for a major pandemic.

 

Planners were told to get morgues ready for the sheer scale of deaths and there were warnings that the Army could be called in to prevent riots as people fought to obtain drugs. (A: Amazing eh?)

 

But with fewer than 5,000 in England catching the disease last week and just 251 deaths overall, (A: Even that’s questionable.) Dr Wodarg has branded the H1N1 outbreak as ‘one of the greatest medical scandals of the century’. (A: It’s a pity. We’ve all said the same stuff but you need someone like him before people take notice of it.)

 

He said: ‘We have had a mild flu – and a false pandemic.’

 

He added the seeds of the scare were sown five years ago, when it was feared the much more lethal bird flu virus would mutate into a human form. (A: It’s not lethal either, by the way. Over in the third world countries they like to drink the blood of the chickens after they kill them so the virus was getting right it. You can’t just get that naturally. You cook the darn thing and don’t drink the blood, and then you wouldn’t get the virus.)

 

The ‘atmosphere of panic’ led to governments stockpiling the anti-flu drug Tamiflu and putting in place ‘sleeping contracts’ (A: Sleeping contracts they call them, with the pharma.) for millions of doses of vaccine.

 

Dr Wodarg said: ‘The governments have sealed contracts with vaccine producers where they secure orders in advance and take upon themselves almost all the responsibility.

 

‘In this way the producers of vaccines are sure of enormous gains without having any financial risks. (A: What a deal! What a deal eh?)

 

‘So they just wait, until WHO says “pandemic” and activate the contracts.’

 

He also claims that to further push their interests, leading drug companies placed ‘their people’ in the ‘cogs’ of the WHO (A: That means on the board folks.) and other influential organisations. (A: The World Health Organization is utterly, utterly corrupt, always was, and every other part of the UN to boot and that’s just the facts of it.)

 

We are never told any truth as I say, even with the farce with the airport scanners. This terrorism is great for business. Terrorism, terrorism, what a great business and all these companies that are selling all the things that will see through your clothing and so on, are making fortunes out of it as they hype up the fear and all that nonsense. Mind you, eventually you will probably get a colonoscopy because they’ll put a guy out there – and I mean they will PUT a guy out there – who has something stuck up somewhere it shouldn’t be and terrify the public again. See, they can do anything they want… anything they want. Like all the other guys, they always catch the ones like zombies; they don’t even feel pain when they’re on fire. They are zombiefied. There’s something wrong here; something is going on. I can remember when scares went on between the different pharma companies. It was one of the major pain killers – what they called a pain killer; it doesn’t work very well apparently, a common thing you take like ASA – and they were finding, I think they said there was cyanide found in one or two bottles. Oh, so they cleaned them all off the shelf, in goes the competitor’s stuff and that’s selling for months until the people forget about the cyanide scare. That went on back and forth back in the 70s and 80s as the big pharmas did their dirty tricks on each other.

 

Well it’s the same dirty tricks when they put some schmuck out there in a plane and pretend he’s going to blow it up… to sell their gizmos. I’m not kidding you. This is actually happening. It’s happening. They told us the airport scanners can’t store and won’t transmit images. Well, here’s from Wired Magazine.

 

Airport Scanners Can Store, Transmit Images

By Kim Zetter January 11, 2010 | Wired

 

Contrary to public statements made by the Transportation Security Administration, full-body airport scanners do have the ability to store and transmit images, according to documents obtained by the Electronic Privacy Information Center.

 

The documents, which include technical specifications and vendor contracts, indicate that the TSA requires vendors to provide equipment that can store and send images of screened passengers when in testing mode, according to CNN.

 

The TSA has stated publicly on its website, in videos and in statements to the press that images cannot be stored on the machines and that images are deleted from the scanners once an airport operator has examined them. The administration has also insisted that the machines are incapable of sending images.

 

But a TSA official acknowledged to CNN that the machines do have these capabilities when set to “test mode.”

 

The official said these functions are disabled before the machines are delivered to airports. (A: But they won’t say if the TSA can then reset it. Well of course they can. You know what it is? It’s called a switch folks, on and off; simple as that. [Alan laughing])

 

It’s amazing isn’t it, just amazing the cons that go on. They’re bringing us into an age where everything that was held in secret will be shouted from the rooftops. That’s what they meant in Revelations, the great plan that they put out an awful long time ago. This guy Zuckerberg that’s credited with bringing in Facebook and so on, he said…

 

Zuckerberg: I know that people don’t want privacy

by Chris Matyszczyk / January 10, 2010

 

He apparently had a TV interview recently. I’ll put all these links up on my site and you can look into it for yourself. He says, I know that people don’t want privacy. On another site, he actually has more of them, and he says, if he were starting all over again, he’d ensure that all the public, no public, none of the public would have any privacy at all because they don’t really want it; they don’t need privacy now… when big brother is managing you. Isn’t that nice? Did you know that you don’t want privacy? That’s what he says; I know the people don’t want privacy. Really? Mind you, they are training the children, be in your own reality show, put all your details out there folks. Exactly what governments down through the ages… oh, they have salivated for this opportunity and here it is. Here it is.

 

And talking about mind control and how they can put patsies out there for anything at all, anything at all. Old stuff. This article here was from a National Geographic documentary and I’ll put this link up as well.

 

CIA Secret Experiments

A National Geographic Documentary

 

One of the best documentaries exposing top secret government mind control programs is National Geographic’s CIA Secret Experiments. To view a five-minute trailer of this disturbing, yet incredibly important video visit the first link below. For the entire 45-minute film see the second link. For an even more revealing documentary on the same topic by the History Channel, click here.

 

http://channel.nationalgeographic.com/series/inside/3313/Overview – Trailer (click on “Video”)

 

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=5712544616311773685 – CIA Secret Experiments full film

 

I’ll bet you anything the stuff they will disclose will be from about 30 years ago. They will never give you what they can really, really do but you can go into it and look at it for yourself.

 

Now the people don’t realize it, but the UN works with every country on the planet towards a global government; that’s its JOB. That’s why every government has an ambassador TO the UN to make sure they’re all on board and up to date with all the different policies and going along on the right path and all that stuff. Part of it too is a WORLD POLICE FORCE, which starts with the bloc countries, as they call them. That was the term that they used from Karl Marx. He talked about the three trading bloc, starting with a United Europe, then a United Americas, then a Pacific Rim region. That’s why you also had Soviet bloc countries. That was ALL from Karl Marx. We’re living through that time now, where they have the big blocs. Europe is a big bloc. They’re even calling it ‘the bloc’ now. Part of it too was to have this amalgamated police force and an amalgamated army. I think it was 2 years ago they brought in the TETRA system for police communications where cops in Britain could literally talk to any cop across in France or any other European country. They are very high-powered radios on a different frequency from the general public and their cell phones. Very powerful and there have been complaints about them before because of these incredible microwaves that they give off. They’ve even had cautions about allowing the public to come near you because they can be affected by it too. This article is from the UK News.

 

POLICE FORCE SUED BY OFFICERS WHO CLAIM THAT ‘RADIOS’ ARE MAKING THEM ILL

Police suing over radio health risks

Saturday January 2, 2010 / By Daily Express reporter

 

They claim that radiation emissions from the Airwave police radio network has left them with a range of ailments including nausea, headaches and stomach aches. (A: I think the general population has got all that now with all this Wi-Fi.)

 

Lancashire Police Authority is now seeking legal advice and speaking with its insurers over compensation claims brought by officers who claim the terrestrial trunked radio (TETRA) technology is not safe. Civil claims have been made against the force and the suppliers of the controversial equipment have since made changes to prevent “audio anomalies”. (A: I wonder what they did to them? Did they have to lower the frequency or drop the power or something?)

 

The Constabulary has paid £20,000 to minimise the risk of future problems.

 

Airwave is the name of the system used by officers to contact each other via their TETRA radios.

 

Lancashire was the first force to pilot the new Airwave technology and TETRA radios in 2001. At the time, the federation’s local branch reported 176 users had gone sick. The Health and Safety Executive was called in but declared there was no link. (A: That’s because money passes hands. When there is no inquiry, money has passed hands, folks. Standard procedure.)

 

The Government spent £2.9billion introducing the system to the 53 forces in England, Scotland and Wales.

 

I like to mention and go back to some of the older writings of the big player who spelled out the future for all of us at the bottom, the cattle at the bottom, and Lord Bertrand Russell was one of them. He thought that the world should be tidied up a bit with people like himself, you know, the SUPERIOR types managing it all and ordering us what to do because we are all to stupid and simple at the bottom to do it ourselves, you see. All the big problems that they claim we are facing, over population, this and that; they’d solve all of it and REDUCE the population to this manageable FARM of DRONES that would serve the elite, THE WAY IT SHOULD BE, you see, according to evolution. I’ve read this particular phrase before from his own book on the air, and it says, diet, injections and injunctions (Diet – remember your food and what’s been done to it all – injections and injunctions) will combine from a very early age to produce the sort of character and the sort of beliefs that the authorities considered desirable – the authorities consider desirable – and any serious criticism of the powers that be will become PSYCHOLOGICALLY IMPOSSIBLE. Why? Because you’re brain cells ain’t working right; diet, injections, and injunctions you see. Remember they used to say that you ARE what you eat. What do they give you? GMO stuff that’s completely altered. What did they say when they first made GMO? We can make these plants produce certain chemicals which are in fact drugs. DRUGS folks. Yep. Drugs. Then they douse it with incredible amounts of pesticide because it’s made to withstand their own pesticide, of the manufacturer, and you come down with all these cancers, which helps bring down the population rate but it also makes you dumber too; dumber, physically sick, obese and all the rest of it. But he says, even if all are miserable – the population, right – even if all are miserable, all will believe themselves happy because the government will TELL them that they are so. How’s that eh? And it works today.

 

I was watching ads that the Canadian government puts out about its wonderful health care system. They spend $40-45 million a year to tell us how wonderful our system is. I can’t get any system up here. They can’t even keep a doctor up here. It takes them 10-12-15 years to get on a doctor’s waiting list. But not according to the government. No. They’ve got all these wonderful ads out there all the time telling you how wonderful it all is. I’ll go back to Russell here, even if all the people are miserable, all will believe themselves happy because the government will tell them that they are so. How’s that? How is that folks. Isn’t that nice.

 

The Wise Up Journal.

 

BBC: Polio Vaccine Gave Cancer Causing Virus To Millions

(A: … of British people.)

Wise Up Journal / 07.01.2010 / By Gabriel O’Hara

 

As of to-date the British government BBC news archives have two mentions of SV40 (A: …that was put into the polio vaccine, only 2 mentions of it. This great government institution that talks about fairness of its investigative reporting and what you need to know. That’s one of theirs, you need to know.) and over seventy articles on C class celebrity bimbo Anna Nicole Smith. (A: So here you are, something that kills millions of folk and is still killing them by the way. The Simian Virus 40, they’ve only had 2 articles on it but they’ve had 70 articles on the bimbo Anna Nicole Smith.) The verdict seems to have been made that the public should be more informed about topics such as Anna rather than one of, if not the most, significant medical delinquencies known outside of the scientific community.

 

The initial BBC mention, out of two, regarding SV40 was as late as 2002. The institution released the following article on Friday midnight, the 8th of March:

 

BBC – http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/health/1860042.stm / Friday, 8 March, 2002

 

“Vaccine virus ‘cancer link’

 

“Batches of polio vaccine tainted with ‘simian virus 40′ (SV40) were given between 1955 and 1963. (A: That was quite a number of years.)

 

“This was because monkey kidney cells were used in the jab’s production process. (A: Even the guys that were around Salk admitted that. They knew they were going to give it to the public and they said it was worth the risk.)

 

“It is conceded that SV40 was present in the early vaccine – and the latest research, published in the Lancet journal, has linked it to non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. (A: That’s a type of cancer you get; you get tumors coming up through your lymphatic glands. It’s the non-Hodgkin’s type so they can definitely tell it’s SV40.)

 

“This is a cancer of the lymphatic system, which has a role in the body’s fight against infection, and affects mainly the over 40s.

 

“The researchers looked at hundreds of tumours taken from various cancer patients, and compared them with 68 samples taken from non-Hodgkin’s patients. They found genetic ‘footprints’ of the virus in 43% of the non-Hodgkin’s tumour cells. (A: 43% of the folk died because of the injections. Back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Everything now is done by pilot projects. They always have an area for pilot projects. There was one city in Ontario in fact, that was used for the pilot project for the cashless society where they tried to get everyone to take cards in the city and just us the cards for all their purchases. That way they can iron out the bugs when they want to go nationwide with it and worldwide with it. It’s the same with the police as I say, with that wireless system they are using for radio. They chose one place for a pilot project and spread it across the whole country and they iron out the bugs in the process.

 

We should all get our hackles up. It’s like war you see. War is waged upon the public constantly. They know how we think, which is very, very shallowly. That’s how we think. We think shallowly about things. Most folk don’t really stop and listen and think about what they are hearing; they just believe it and it’s kind of vague in the back of their mind and it doesn’t concern them. But anything that’s a pilot spreads to YOU. That’s the whole point of pilot projects; it will come your way. It’s like war. War always comes back home. When you’re over there slaughtering people, it doesn’t matter what century you’re in, eventually it comes back home to you. Everything comes back home. This is the same as this article I’m going to read. When you hear about a pilot project in one area, it’s going to come everywhere. It’s from thisislondon.co.uk.

 

Jobless could lose benefits if they refuse drugs test

Sophie Goodchild, Health Editor / 11.01.10 / thisislondon.co.uk

 

Unemployed Londoners will be the first in the country to face drug tests under government plans to get people off benefits (A: That’s when you get unemployed.) and back to work.

 

The capital has been chosen for a pilot scheme in which jobseekers will be quizzed on their drug history by jobcentre staff, put into rehab if necessary and even tested (A: Here’s the key to it. It’s testing everyone for drug use.) for drug use. (A: I wonder if they test all the employers that are asking to test you.)

 

New laws have given benefit centre staff unprecedented powers to share information on jobseekers with the police and probation services. (A: Oh, wonderful integrated system we live in isn’t it?)

 

They will be allowed access to records on people who have been arrested for abusing drugs or have been treated for addiction. (A: Is that what your potential employer should be given? Supposing it was years ago. Supposing you went through rehab years ago. Stigma comes back eh, stigma, restigmatized.)

 

Jobseekers will be expected to declare whether they have a drug issue when they are interviewed.

 

Anyone who does not declare a problem and is suspected (A: See, that’s the dangerous part.) of misusing drugs will be asked to have an assessment.

 

If they refuse, their benefits could be withdrawn for up to 26 weeks. (A: Blackmail always works. You know, they always coerce you with threats. That’s how government works. Law actually works with that too. Law works with the threat of force and then the actual use of force. That’s how governments control the little animals down below; that’s all of us.)

 

An estimated 100,000 “problem drug users” claim benefits but are not in treatment.

 

Jobcentres in Westminster, Marylebone and Kentish Town are among those taking part in the pilot which is expected to begin this spring.

 

It will initially cover heroin and crack cocaine users but this could be extended to cover people with alcohol problems. (A: On and on it goes. It’s amazing.)

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 12, 2010:

The I, Eye, Aye is Deceiving When You’re Believing:

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 12th 2010. For the newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, bookmark the other sites I have listed because you will need them in the future when the big sites go down occasionally and that way you can get the latest shows. These are the official sites; anything else is not mine. [Listed above] This is tin can time. I always put the tin can out at the beginning of the show rather than bother you throughout the show and lose our train of thought. So it’s up to you to keep me going and toss a few coins in that tin can once in a while. You can do so by [ordering and donation options listed above]. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. There’s a rush job for the tin can and it’s still rattling if you want to throw something in there; it’s up to you.

 

This is not a job and it’s more than a vocation. It’s a must-be, something to share. It’s the only way you can do it today. If you have knowledge you’ve got to share it. You’ve got to get it out there and try and at least get through to the people who are LOOKING for answers. You might not bring them all the way up to scratch but you can start the process for them, hopefully. We are going through the greatest changes in history, really, IN HISTORY, into a SCIENTIFIC type of world dictatorship where everything, EVERYTHING… We’ve all been studied. All communities, all groups, all ethnic groups, all peoples across the planet have been studied so meticulously well for an awful long time. So many experiments have been done UPON the same peoples and data collected to see how they can be managed to the ultimate extreme with the ultimate authority.

 

We are going through that phase right now. Most folk haven’t got a clue. They think that wars just pop out of nowhere. They think that everything they see on TV is real. They have no idea how special security, intelligence services work. NO idea at all that they are ALL working together, that they DO set off terrorist attacks here and there and everywhere as preludes to war and invasion because it’s geopolitics. You’ve got to get a purpose, a pretense, for invading countries and they use geopolitics, a very old technique. Every country has done it, especially the big empire countries. Britain was very good at it for an awful long time and the US has taken over from Britain. Everyone is involved at the top. A long time ago, they decided which countries would LEAD the new world order into the amalgamation.

 

To the public, to us at the bottom, we must think it’s all happening quite naturally. We always say, well what else can they do, they have to go the next step, they have to bring in a common currency because the banks are failing… There’s always an excuse that’s PALATABLE, at least palatable to most of the general public, who don’t notice much, as long as they can go out and buy and buy and buy and play and play and play. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning how we’re so well understood. We are looked upon as a collective. Down below, we see ourselves as individuals, at least we think we are individuals, although most folk are doing what everyone else is doing. They dress like everyone else too, according to their age group and to the current fashions and their income brackets and all that kind of stuff. Even their topics of conversation are given to them, for every group.

 

You’ll find the cocktail party types, the bureaucrats, where they go and chat, they always stand and chat and mingle; they love to mingle and sip their wine. You’ll find they always simply talk about the latest books and paperbacks that are out there by different philosophers or people who are into techniques of governing. They love to brandish the names about with each other to show that they are UP in their class with what’s going on and if you don’t know the name of a particular guy or a quote, you’re just kind of OUT THERE, you’re kind of strange. Every class is governed in the same way. At the bottom, you’ll see the youngsters with their baggy pants – of course made popular by Madison Avenue and the fashion designers and Much Music – thinking that somehow it’s THEIR generation and what they sing and what they copy and repeat is really from themselves. They really believe that and every generation before them thought the same thing too.

 

We are SO well understood because it’s all to do with obedience; obedience to a group, even your own peer group at school, that’s obedience to the group. It’s a FORM of natural systems of getting along with each other. Governments count on that. That’s why we take and bear so much FROM governments. It’s to do with authority as well, OBEYING AUTHORITY. In the old days, in ancient times you would obey the tribal chief. He would be the guy who would dish out punishments and fines or whatever else there was to dish out in those days and keep everyone in line but with the consent of the governed. He was also easy to overthrow if he overstepped his mark or got big boots and wanted to get his family to take over and have you worship him. It was much easier to get rid of one guy and a couple of his men around him than it is today. That’s why governments today have massive armies behind them. It’s not really to protect the country; it’s to protect the SYSTEM that they rule over, for themselves. That’s the reality of governments. This is discussed in very, very high quarters, the big ivory towers where the think tanks sit and look down upon us all.

 

It’s all to do with perception management. It’s a word that’s now used in place of propaganda. Bernays went into the art of propaganda. He liked the word propaganda. He thought it was a nice clean word but of course, because it was used so much to alter perceptions, especially during times of war to get people IN to the military and to go off and get killed off in droves, then it got a bad name. It got a bad rap, especially after World War I when they found out that guys like Bernays had dreamed up the systems to motivate young men into the military and also that all the reasons for going in, especially for America, were all lies in the first place. That’s how it’s done. It’s always lies. It doesn’t matter after the event; they can come out and admit the lies. They don’t really care. Generally by that time another generations is growing up and they are so involved in what’s happening in THEIR lifetimes, it’s like ancient history, who cares. That’s how we’ve always been ruled.

 

Perception is so, so important. Now they call it perception management. That’s the guys you call in when you want to sell a product. They are not selling the product; they are giving their customers a PERCEPTION OF SOMETHING that’s unreal, not the product itself. When you think of spending millions of dollars for a particular toothpaste, it’s just a toothpaste. That’s all it is. All toothpastes are much the same. They’ve got sodium bicarbonate in them, some kind of cream or other, and then they add all that fluoride stuff to make you dumb and stupid. It works. The advertising works on the public because everyone who brushes their teeth with this stuff is SO HAPPY on television. So happy that they’re overjoyed… because they’ve got this toothpaste, you see. It works so well. It works with everything else too. If you notice with the car ads that are flooding the market right now in fact, there’s not one ad that will tell you what its fuel consumption actually is, or how long the transmission guarantee is for, or anything that counts. What they give you is a computer-generated road with NO traffic on it, long and winding and big hills on either side, and the only car on the road is the one that YOU’RE going to buy, that one there. They sell you a fantasy, a happy fantasy of escapism.

 

So it’s perception management and all governments have been using the art of perception management for an awful, awful, awful long time. When governments want to do something like invade a country, they take maybe a year, two years sometimes to plan it all. There’s nothing that happens ever, ever spontaneously. Often they’re planned YEARS ahead to do with geopolitical strategy. They will do in maybe 20 years time, we’ll have to take this country out. Winston Churchill, after they divided up the Middle East an awful long time ago with Britain and its war capacity after World War I, they just drew lines on the map and said, you’re now this country and you are now that country. He said at the time, eventually the oil to the north of Iraq will be so important, we will have to go to war over it. That was before World War II.

 

Folk don’t know so they go along with the current reasons that are given, although all the botched jobs – they’re kind of botched – they kind of work in a sense. The attacks on the tower, all the ridiculous excuses we got, the floating down passport that they eventually denied ever existed but it was a big propaganda piece at the time. All this stuff is just like a Hollywood movie. Just like Wag the Dog, fantastic movie to see, fantastic movie. When they went into Bosnia, they actually FOLLOWED THE SCRIPT of Wag the Dog right down to the little girl running through the village that was all afire, with her head scarf on, with a little dog in her arm. That was in Wag the Dog … which was released a year before they went into Bosnia. Incredible stuff. And they get away with it! …and they laugh up their sleeves. They really do.

 

Remember what I’ve mentioned before, that some of the top players like Bernard Baruch and others have said that whatever happens in government and in politics, whatever they tell the public, there’s always a good reason, how they present it, a good reason, whether it’s a tax increase or a war or anything else, they always give you what seems to be a GOOD reason. He said, then there’s the real reason. The public are NEVER allowed in to the real reason.

 

Jumping from there, let’s go back to Karl Marx and Abraham Lincoln. What do they have in common? They actually wrote to each other; that’s what they had in common. There are Pentagon papers in the records there where Marx actually telegraphed Lincoln congratulating him on creating a centralized government, which was a PRIME PLANK of the Communist Manifesto… centralization of government. As we drift along playing – we’ve never had so much entertainment and data thrown at us so cheaply as today, even though there are ones losing their homes, they can always still watch all the cheap stuff on television or the computer – we find that there are Executive Orders just flowing out of the White House and no one cares about it. Centralization of government remember.

 

Obama just – I think it was yesterday – out of the White House came a press release at WhiteHouse.gov. It’s says here…

 

President Obama Signs Executive Order Establishing Council of Governors (Alan: A council of governors. C-O-G, cog.)

WHITEHOUSE.gov | Free Republic | Posted on Tuesday, January 12, 2010 by Cindy

 

The White House

Office of the Press Secretary

For Immediate Release January 11, 2010

 

President Obama Signs Executive Order Establishing Council of Governors

 

Executive Order will Strengthen Further Partnership (A: See, it’s not a takeover or a merger of big brother. It’s a ‘partnership.’ It’s like that word ‘harmonization’ when they bring things together; we’re harmonizing your taxes with other taxes. It’s HARMONY. That sounds good, we’ll all sing in unison. Harmony is a good word. But this is a PARTNERSHIP. Partnerships are good right? Again, psycholinguistics.) Between the Federal and State and Local Governments to Better Protect (A: They always use that one.) Our Nation. (A: Protect… protect is a good word isn’t it?)

 

The President today signed an Executive Order (attached) (A: I’ll put these links up on my site at the end of the show.) establishing a Council of Governors to strengthen further the partnership between the Federal Government and State Governments to protect our Nation against all types of hazards. When appointed, the Council will be reviewing such matters as involving the National Guard of the various States (A: Well, they’re centralizing all the military at home because trouble is coming along, if you can’t quite get the message and reason for it.); homeland defense; civil support; synchronization and integration of State and Federal military activities in the United States; and other matters of mutual interest pertaining to National Guard, homeland defense, and civil support activities. (A: I’ll be back with more on this order after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an Executive Order that Obama has just put through. It’s to do with basically a Council of Governors being erected to take care of all problems at home, obviously. They don’t say problems at home but since it’s all to do with home and military activities IN the United States, that they are expecting something big. That’s what it really is. That’s what it is; something big is going to happen. It says…

 

Federal members of the Council include the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, the Assistant to the President for Intergovernmental Affairs and Public Engagement, the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Homeland Defense and Americas’ Security Affairs, the U.S. Northern Command Commander, the Commandant of the Coast Guard, and the Chief of the National Guard Bureau. The Secretary of Defense will designate an Executive Director for the Council.

 

It’s like the whole kit and caboodle is in there. Something big will come out. We’ve watched all this crisis creation. We’ve watched all these con games with the sinking of the banks and then got paid for doing it and the taxation of the public is STILL to follow. It hasn’t hit the prices just yet; not completely. It’s just starting to, you’re starting to see the inflation. But big trouble is coming. Big, big trouble is coming and it was planned that way a long time ago. Every scenario that could happen even by accident is practiced over and over in simulations YEARS AGO, over and over again. Nothing is happening by accident at all, nothing.

 

When they went into Iraq remember, I said at the time, apart from the farce of it all, they wanted an excuse to go in. They already had the military amassed and ready to go in before the 9/11 attack came on, long before it. Before the twin towers went down they even had planned to go into Iraq. They were still really putting it under sanctions at that time, with the no-flyovers and that kind of stuff through the so-called UN and NATO forces. Then we had the big push to go in and Bush said at the time openly, that he believed that Saddam was supporting the guys, the terrorists, who took down the towers. Afterwards he denied that during an inquiry, remember. He said, I never did say that at all. He said I never, ever said Saddam had anything to do with taking down the towers… but that’s what politicians are paid for. This article here is from the Mail Online and it says…

 

Invasion of Iraq had no legal basis, finds damning Dutch report into war

By Mail Foreign Service / 12th January 2010

 

The Dutch government supported an invasion of Iraq that had no legal mandate, the country’s inquiry into the war announced today.

 

The scathing 551-page report said U.N. resolutions in the 1990s prior to the outbreak of war gave no authority to the United States and Britain to invade Iraq.

 

And it said that the Netherlands gave political support to the war just so it could support its NATO allies the US and Britain, who led the invasion.

 

Dutch ministers (A: That’s politicians.) were further criticised in the report of the Davids Commission, which sat for ten months, for using intelligence from Britain and the US that showed Iraq had weapons of mass destruction (WMD), rather than the ‘more nuanced’ assessment of its own secret services. (A: Which of course they knew they had NO weapons of mass destruction.)

 

And it heavily criticised the Dutch government for letting politics override law when it supported the 2003 U.S. invasion of Iraq, and ignoring intelligence that downplayed the threat of Saddam Hussein’s weapons program.

 

When we jump from there to the next article – and it’s from the Mail Online – it’s about the same thing only from Britain right, because the inquiries are going on there too. It says here…

 

Shameless, unrepentant and STILL lying: Alastair Campbell ‘stands by every word’ of 45-minute dodgy dossier that took us to war with Iraq

By Tim Shipman / 12th January 2010

 

Alastair Campbell (A: He was in charge of it all at the time.) was accused last night of peddling a shameless litany of lies at the Iraq Inquiry.

 

In a provocative six-hour display, the spin doctor denied doing anything to ‘beef up’ the case for going to war. (A: Actually, he told everybody beneath him to “sex up” the dossier. “Sex it up,” those were the words he used.)

 

And he dismissed the overwhelming evidence of government papers and his own diaries that he pressured spy chiefs to harden Tony Blair’s ‘dodgy’ dossier on Iraqi weapons.

 

He put Sir John Scarlett – the former chairman of the Joint Intelligence Committee – in the dock over the dossier, saying he ‘held the pen’.

 

Yet Mr Campbell’s own diaries show that he ‘bombarded’ Sir John with at least 15 suggestions on how to improve the dossier, which led to assessments of Saddam’s nuclear weapons programme becoming more alarmist. (A: In other words it was outright lies; they knew.)

 

Yet he insisted yesterday that ‘not a single one’ of his team ‘sought to question, override, rewrite, let alone the ghastly “sex up” phrase, intelligence assessments in any way, at any time, on any level.’

 

The former No 10 communications chief then defied critics of the war by insisting he was ‘very, very proud’ of his role (A: That’s a good psychopath, you see.)- and made clear that Tony Blair will do the same (A: Because he’s a good psychopath too.) when he testifies later this month.

 

He added: ‘I defend every single word of the dossier, I defend every single part of the process.’ (A: That sounds like the Nuremberg Trial; that’s what they all said during it too, the same sort of stuff. That’s what psychopaths do. They will lie to the bitter end to save their own ego. No matter what they’ve done or who’s been slaughtered, it doesn’t matter. It’s all irrelevant to them. It really is. Remember, that means we are also completely irrelevant as well and WE’D better get that through our thick skulls very quickly. Big things are planned you know, big, big things are planned for the world. We’re just going through some of them right now; bigger ones are to come. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Jumping back to Karl Marx and Lincoln, just put that in context with Obama’s Executive Order and his further centralization of power. That’s the whole point I’m trying to make you think about… very, very important point.

 

Not only that, you see these treaties they have for the UN and NATO and all the rest of it, that’s FURTHER centralization of power over the planet. They don’t say, what will we do next once we centralize? No. They already know where they are going to do next and next and next, to the next 50-100 years. They really do. When you have unlimited budgets and countless think tanks paid full time, generation after generation, on PARTICULAR areas of humanity and society, how can they go wrong? How can they go wrong, especially when they’ve trained an obedient, docile public to just obey, obey and believe, and play and keep playing, play, play, be entertained and play. They’ve got it made. They’ve got it made as the cage is being put around everyone; they’ve got it made.

 

This article here is from AP Impact and it says,

 

United Nations cuts back on investigating fraud

By JOHN HEILPRIN, Associated Press Writer / Tue Jan 12

 

(A: That’s odd because just yesterday I mentioned that the UN was rotten with fraud, always has been. You’ll never find where all its cash goes, never find it at all. They get funding from the same big lobbyists across the planet and different national countries give them lobbying money as well, so they’ll go easy on them.)

 

UNITED NATIONS – The United Nations has cut back sharply on investigations into corruption and fraud within its ranks, shelving cases involving the possible theft or misuse of millions of dollars, (A: These are the guys that want all our dough to help save the environment.) an Associated Press review has found. (A: Remember after the big scandal with the Oil For Food, when they were starving the Iraqis to death under Madeline Albright, that wonderful woman who said it was a good technique. At that time, it was about half way through it, I think 500,000 were officially dead; men, women and children from lack of food and medications. All their plants for medications and pharmacies had been destroyed by the bombers; that was part of the strategy by the way, of total war. That’s what they do when they go after you. Food, water, medications, all that stuff is destroyed. They had an investigation into it because they found that it was the UN Secretary General’s son apparently, this is who they put the blame on, who also worked at the United Nations for doing this okay, we’ll sneak some stuff through to you but at an awful price and they were lining their pockets with it. So they set up this board of inquiry to look into their own corruption. It’s kind of like the fox guarding the hen house isn’t it? It was SHOW, in other words, SHOW.)

 

At least five major cases in Afghanistan, Iraq and Africa are among the inquiries halted as the U.N. scaled back on self-policing over the past year.

 

The world body was rocked in the past decade when more than 2,200 companies from some 40 countries colluded with Saddam Hussein’s regime to bilk $1.8 billion from a U.N.-administered oil-for-food program for Iraqi humanitarian relief. (A: It’s amazing how they missed the fact that the Secretary General’s son and himself – he said he had no idea it was happening – were actually the guys who ran it and pocketed the money. You’ve got have a memory to put things together because these lying sods won’t tell you the truth.)

 

In response, it established a special anti-corruption unit, the Procurement Task Force, (A: I know they were procuring prostitutes too, and children, for sex, for the UN. That’s been all over the world. Everywhere they go that happens.) in 2006 that over the next three years uncovered at least 20 other major schemes affecting more than $1 billion in U.N. contracts and international aid. (A: Isn’t the charity business wonderful?)

 

But at the beginning of 2009, the United Nations shuttered the agency and diverted its work to the Office of Internal Oversight Services’ permanent investigation division.

 

Since then, the number of cases opened, pursued or completed has dropped dramatically and the division has let go most former task force investigators, the AP found in an examination of U.N. documents, audits and e-mails, along with dozens of interviews with current and former U.N. officials and diplomats.

 

Over the past year, not a single significant fraud or corruption case has been completed, (A: They’ll start them and then they’ll say, oh we can’t go there; the public will go wild so they don’t complete them.) compared with an average 150 cases a year investigated by the task force. (A: Previously.) The permanent investigation division decided not to even pursue about 95 cases left over when the task force ceased operation, while another 80 unfinished cases have languished. (A: Well, are you surprised? I’m not surprised. Study the UN. Study the creeps that go into it. Study what they’re all about. Study who OWNS them because they’re all owned, you know. Study who set them up and who created the United Nations, if you want to. If you can break away from playing and being entertained you might learn something.)

 

It doesn’t matter how often and how many years you spend telling the public about things and using documentation, which they know at the top, again, obedience to authority. Most folk will simply go along with the authorities. They will take the shots that they get and they get autism. They are all amazed that it’s skyrocketed since about 1960 especially onwards and especially in the last 15-20 years, it’s just gone through the roof. Now it’s a NATURAL phenomenon. It’s all quite natural now, like everything. Cancer is natural now too. 40 years ago doctors were trained with completely different statistics and many of the cancers that are common today were UNKNOWN then, pretty well unknown, incredibly rare. So was autism but never mind the truth and facts. What does that matter with the current propaganda that we get from the Medical Associations?

 

This is from the Daily and Sunday Express UK. Now the first ones who go obediently and get their shots are the ones who are threatened to lose their jobs and that’s generally government employees or people who get paid by government, at the bottom. That’s no pun, by the way.

 

NEWSFURY AT VACCINE SCANDAL

Sunday January 10,2010 / By Lucy Johnston / express.co.uk

 

HUNDREDS of public sector workers who claim their lives have been wrecked by vaccines say the Government has abandoned them.

 

Up to 200 doctors, nurses, firefighters, prison officers, police officers, forensic scientists and binmen (A: That’s the garbage men.) say they have developed serious physical and mental health problems after injections essential for their work over the past 10 years. All have given up their jobs and some are now 60 per cent disabled.

 

Last night it emerged they are to miss out on payouts, prompting furore among campaigners. More than 150 Members of Parliaments have lent their support to demands for a better deal for the victims. (A: They should also give them the same shots or no shots at all like those MPs get. But that won’t happen.)

 

Olivia Price, of the Vaccine Victim Support Group, said: “These people have given their lives in the service of looking after others and this is how they’re repaid. (A: Well, we’re just cattle at the bottom aren’t we?) They’ve lost their careers and are a burden to their families. It is very degrading.” (A: No kidding. Getting crippled can be very degrading.)

 

Frontline health workers, social workers, prison officers and binmen have to be vaccinated against hepatitis B as a condition of their employment.

 

This is to (A: Here’s the word ‘protect’. It’s like the anti-terrorism bill, this is to protect… You just say ‘protect’ and that’s it. Psycholinguistics.) protect them from contracting potentially fatal conditions from infected blood through needle injuries or physical assaults.

 

Although they are not legally forced to have the vaccinations, without them they are not allowed to work. (A: They’re not forced… you’ll just be unemployed and penniless on the street. You know, there’s your blackmail for you. Oh, it’s our policy. That’s not the law, it’s our policy. Well you can’t work if you don’t get these shots. Believe you me too, all these authorities get kickbacks from big pharma. You’ve got to understand that, in the real world kickbacks are normal. Big bucks pass hands.)

 

Experts believe the injections caused the health problems, which include chronic fatigue (A: Very common; it wipes them out.), muscle pain, weakness and cognitive problems (A: That’s mental problems; they actually start to lose memory, lose long and short term memory.), because illnesses developed soon after vaccination. In one case Steve Robinson, a previously fit 43-year-old father of three, was vaccinated six years ago against hepatitis A, B and polio, tetanus and diphtheria as part of his work as a forensic specialist.

 

Two days later he became ill and developed muscle weakness and chronic fatigue. (A: Very common.) Mr Robinson, from Morpeth, Northumberland, is now 60 per cent disabled, which an industrial injuries tribunal put down to the vaccinations. (A: The tribunal actually put it down to vaccinations. Well, at least someone is getting the message. But you know something? All they have to say is oh, plague, plague and the people who hear the show will be running off to get the little children stuck with it, poisons, again. Sad that, isn’t it? But they know us at the top, they really understand us VERY well. Mooooo.)

 

He has also been diagnosed with macrophagic myofascitis, a disabling condition which may be caused by the aluminum in vaccines. He also suffers from problems that cause him to fall with no warning. (A: It’s true; loss of balance and they collapse.) He said: “Before I had the vaccinations I was very healthy, a keen mountain biker and enjoyed walking and keeping fit.

 

“Now I have very poor mobility and walk with sticks, I am constantly tired.” (A: That’s very common. Mind you, most doctors will say, oh, it’s in your head; it’s in your head; here take these amphetamines and it will speed you up.) In up to 10 of the 200 cases, Government officials have already ruled, on the balance of probabilities, that the vaccines caused the damage. (A: Well, that’s generally how you do a court case. It’s the preponderance of evidence. How were you before the shots? Fit as a fiddle. How were you after the shots? I’m dead; I’m crawling. You see? Case closed.)

 

Campaigners say these victims should be entitled to payouts of up to £120,000 through the Government’s Vaccine Damage Payment Scheme, like other people who have suffered side effects, but the hepatitis B vaccine is excluded so they get nothing. (A: I wonder how they managed to exclude that one.)

 

Payouts are restricted to the industrial injuries scheme but this is a long and difficult process and, according to campaigners, results in “paltry” sums.

 

Generally what governments do is wait until you die off. They have inquiries that will last 20 years in the British Commonwealth countries. Famous for them. That’s what they did with the tainted blood scandal when Clinton signed the deal with Connaught Laboratories in Canada to import all the blood products from the prisons. They knew they were infected. You know, they even had the documentaries in Canada where they talked to some of the ex-prisoners who said that they actually would hook themselves up to the blood machines; they didn’t even have staff to do it. Do you have HIV? No, no, I’m fine. They killed off pretty well the whole population of hemophiliacs in Canada. So the government then went into about 15 years of inquiry and having about 3 of them left, I think maybe 1 of them got the payoff. That’s what they do. Because why? It’s simple economics folks. That’s how it is treated, simple economics.

 

Here’s an article from CNN.com.

 

The future of brain-controlled devices.

By Anne Hammock, CNN / January 4, 2010

 

(A: They’re talking about chips, starting with headsets and going to chips of course.)

 

(CNN) — In the shimmering fantasy realm of the hit movie “Avatar,” (A: Apparently that’s what they are all into today.) a paraplegic Marine leaves his wheelchair behind and finds his feet in a new virtual world thanks to “the link,” a sophisticated chamber that connects his brain to a surrogate alien, via computer.

 

This type of interface is a classic tool in gee-whiz science fiction. But the hard science behind it is even more wow-inducing.

 

Researchers are already using brain-computer interfaces to aid the disabled (A: Oh, I love that. DARPA was the one who said we can get a guy who sends emails to his friends by thinking about it. He’s a quadriplegic. DARPA, the big military-industrial complex boys are really out there to HELP the people, the poor sick people. That’s why they do all this stuff. That’s why they abort all the babies for their cells and stuff; their little cells they can get, to help other sick people. This is the BS we get all the time. Isn’t it? It always works.), treat diseases like Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s, and provide therapy for depression and post-traumatic stress disorder.

 

Now, what’s really behind it? Let’s jump to the next link. It’s the Pentagon. Well, no kidding. No kidding. This is going back to May 14th 2009.

 

Pentagon Preps Soldier Telepathy Push

By Katie Drummond May 14, 2009 / Wired.com

 

Forget the battlefield radios, the combat PDAs or even infantry hand signals. When the soldiers of the future want to communicate, they’ll read each other’s minds.

 

At least, that’s the hope of researchers at the Pentagon’s mad-science division Darpa. (A: You know, the ones that help the poor paraplegic; big PR campaign, we helped this guy. This is where all the BILLIONS go. It’s to help this guy here, see, we care.) The agency’s budget for the next fiscal year includes $4 million to start up a program called Silent Talk. The goal is to “allow user-to-user communication on the battlefield without the use of vocalized speech through analysis of neural signals.” (A: That’s just signals from the neurons in your brain.) That’s on top of the $4 million the Army handed out last year to the University of California to investigate the potential for computer-mediated telepathy.

 

Before being vocalized, speech exists as word-specific neural signals in the mind. Darpa wants to develop technology that would detect these signals of “pre-speech,” analyze them, and then transmit the statement to an intended interlocutor. Darpa plans to use EEG (A: Electro encephalograph machine.) to read the brain waves. It’s a technique they’re also testing in a project to devise mind-reading binoculars that alert soldiers to threats faster the conscious mind can process them.

 

The project has three major goals, according to Darpa. First, try to map a person’s EEG patterns (A: Your brain pattern.) to his or her individual words. (A: That’s been done. We’ve seen the articles from Japan on that recently where they can show you on a computer the certain words that someone is thinking of. See how it all ties together? It all ties together. What’s the first reason for it all? Military purposes, always military.) Then, see if those patterns are generalizable — if everyone has similar patterns. Last, “construct a fieldable pre-prototype that would decode the signal and transmit over a limited range.”

 

The military has been funding a handful of mind-tapping technology recently, and already have monkeys capable of telepathic limb control. Telepathy may also have advantages beyond covert battlefield chatter. Last year, the National Research Council and the Defense Intelligence Agency released a report suggesting that neuroscience (A: That’s the big word they’re using now, the big key is always neuroscience.) might also be useful to “make the enemy obey our commands.” (A: Just think about it, if YOU become the enemy, folks.)

 

Let’s just jump from here to Zbigniew Brzezinski and his book Between Two Ages, the head of the NSA and all the rest of it. He is still active yet in destabilizing parts of the world. He admits that himself by the way; he’s up on YouTube talking about it. He said in the chapter, The Technotronic Era, they will be able to influence the behavior of MILLIONS of people with the technotronic – that’s HAARP, EMP, all that kind of stuff – and they won’t even know why they are making decisions or why they are doing things, “make the enemy obey our commands.” Whole continents, he says, could be done this way. Back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. It’s astonishing when you just tie these things together; that’s why I picked these particular articles tonight. What I do is pick them up before the show, different ones, to see what’s relevant to anything and how they string together. You’ll find there is always, I call them, strings of articles published around the same time. They can tie together. There is always a reason for this and it’s not by chance. This article is from CNN.com.

 

Audiences experience ‘Avatar’ blues

By Jo Piazza CNN / January 11, 2010

 

(A: Doesn’t the make you… oooh, what a shame, eh?)

 

“Avatar” is on track to be the highest grossing film of all time, but some viewers say it leaves them depressed. (A: Oh, oh dear. They’ve got drugs for that. Big pharma will help you.)

 

(CNN) — James Cameron’s completely immersive spectacle “Avatar” may have been a little too real for some fans who say they have experienced depression and suicidal thoughts after seeing the film because they long to enjoy the beauty of the alien world Pandora.

 

On the fan forum site “Avatar Forums,” a topic thread entitled “Ways to cope with the depression of the dream of Pandora being intangible,” has received more than 1,000 posts from people experiencing depression and fans trying to help them cope. (A: Ooh, ooh… God.) The topic became so popular last month that forum administrator Philippe Baghdassarian had to create a second thread so people could continue to post their confused feelings about the movie. (A: Oooh. You see it was so beautiful they want to be in the movie. See, they are ready for their brain chip, so DARPA won’t have any problem with those guys. I can guarantee you that.)

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Jan. 13, 2010 (#491)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 13th 2010. For the newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down the front page and have a look at all the other sites I have up there and bookmark them for future use because once in a while the big ones go down and that way you can always download the latest shows from the alternate sites. These are the only official sites I have and that are actually mine. There are copy ones out there too; sometimes you’ll see sites with my name on it but it’s not mine. The official sites are: [listed above].

 

I always start the show, rather than bother you most of the way through like most people do, with the tin can time. This is when I put out the tin can and I tell you that you are the only people who support me. The advertisers that pay for the show pay directly to RBN and I’ve got nothing to do with it. I don’t even communicate with the advertisers. That pays for the air time, the staff and the broadcasting on RBN. It pays for their board ops and their bills. So it’s up to YOU to keep me going here. Generally hosts take money from advertisers and they promote the advertisers, bring them on as guests and all that. I like to get on with the news or what’s really happening.

 

So it’s up to you to support me, you the audience, and you can do so by buying the books and CDs and DVDs that I have for sale at cuttingthroughthematrix.com. You can also donate to me. [Ordering and donations options listed above.] For those of you who don’t use banks, you can use the international postal money order, from the US to Canada. It’s a prepaid money order and remember to STRESS international. Don’t come away with the green one; that’s the one that is safe inside the US. The pink communist one is for international and that gets to me. Canada is, believe you me, a very socialist, communist country. You can also send cash. That’s one thing the banks always do; they accept cash from everywhere. Mind you, they also take quite a whack of a fee but not as much as some of the big wire companies that wire the cash across. For those that get the disks burned by people with computers to people who don’t have computers who play them on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

As I say, it’s important that you keep me going because I could go the other way and bring lots of guests on that are really just advertisers that will terrify you and then they will push their product. That’s generally how it goes. A lot of them are very good and they are up on their fields but they DO want to sell, so I try to just stick to the basic news. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. Some people have written to me that the show seems to be breaking on them and they can’t catch up. I don’t know if it’s a feed from RBN, and maybe an increase in bandwidth would do, I don’t know. It may be the ones on the highest speeds don’t get the same problems because they can buffer and perhaps they can catch up. I myself can’t download my own show. I’ve got problems also with XplorNet satellite company because I’m in a rural area. They punish me for using the satellite. They cut me back to the bottom speed even though I’m paying for high speed. Somebody gave them the nod, probably from the government, and they punish you basically. They have no competition; there’s nothing else in this area you can use. Yet I think too, maybe the bandwidth is a problem. People are finding that if they are on a medium speed they can generally download audios. I think a lot of folk go into the show and it starts cutting out the bandwidth and then you can’t catch up with the buffer; that’s a possibility. I get lots of email sent to me, but you have to tell RBN, because I really can’t do anything with it at this end.

 

Crisis… Crisis is the greatest trick of all tyrants down through history. It wasn’t an uncommon practice in ancient Rome for the Caesars to unleash the troops on their own citizens once in a while to keep them in line, to ‘protect’ them because there was some terrible thing going on, or could go on, or a possibility of going on, etc, etc. The same stuff as we have today. We’ve seen how, in the last century for instance, that the FEAR of the unknown basically was used to hype up various wars and it still is today. You can’t have a government going off to war without trying to come up with a least a plausible explanation to the public. There’s always a GOOD reason for what they do to the public and then there is always the REAL reason, which is always geopolitical and economical in nature and in long-term planning and strategy. Nothing happens by chance.

 

Governments do NOT go off to war on the nod of their leaders, at the drop of a hat, because they want to help some poor country that’s in a mess. We saw that with Rwanda when a small contingent of soldiers was there, led by a Canadian general, who were left in the lurch. They got no help given to them. They KNEW there was going to be a massive slaughter. France had paid, apparently, and trained and equipped the rebel forces, as they called them. This was all fed to the UN and the UN sat back and told the general to sit back and do nothing and lots of people were slaughtered. Financial reasons were behind it too. Never mind the massive coffee production that they do there. Lots of things go on that we are never told about – the real reasons – to go off to war. So they left that one alone. It wasn’t worth too much money to them. They will go into Yemen because they want to put pipelines all over the place, all through there, and that’s the reason they’re going into Yemen. It’s the same with Afghanistan and in geopolitical terms; it’s essential that they have that all under their thumb, the big boys, the big powers, so they can get all their oil pipelines going through. They will bribe who they have to bribe because the ones at the top are used to bribery; that’s how their ancestors got up there. That’s the world we live in. That’s the REAL world that we live in; we are never given real reasons.

 

Since 2001, we’ve had pretty well every right stripped from us. Lots more… well, there’s not many left to go, but lots of rights have been stripped from the average person under the guise of keeping you safe, the oldest, OLDEST trick. As I say, it’s THOUSANDS of years old; it’s the oldest trick in the book. There’s no end to keeping us safe. Literally, if you were to go by the mandate of the police psychology and all the lectures they get, if they’re going to prevent crime they would literally have to lobotomize us all and chain us all to the chair, then they would know where we were at all times. They’re doing it in another way. They’re doing it by using computerization and cell phones and tracking and all the rest of it to make sure they know where everyone is at all times and it’s to go much, much further until it’s mandatory with your ID card, as it already is in some countries in Europe. You’ve got to have your ID card with you in Holland and different countries even to get on a bus or a taxi or on a subway. They can track you with all of this, you see.

 

Never believe the PLAUSIBLE nonsense that the government dishes out to the press that then reiterate it and put it across to you. You’ve got to think for yourself, read your history as Aldous Huxley said. The most important thing in the world is history because you will see these patterns being used over and over again. In good historical books they will tell you… it’s okay to tell you what happened in the past 100, 200, 300 years ago, 500 or 1000 years ago because those people are all dead now and they accomplished what they wanted under the guise of crisis. They don’t tell you about the recent things. That’s up to you to have a memory and think for yourself and check into things. It’s the only way you’ll know what’s going on.

 

It’s no different from this whole world amalgamation stuff that we are going through since 2001. They stepped it up. They used that not just as the excuse, I think they did it themselves to bring it on; they simply did nothing to prevent it. Since then we’ve had crisis after crisis. We’ve had more crises in the last few years then they have in the last 100 years and all of course unforeseen. It’s all bogus. All bogus. When they tested out the Y2K nonsense back in the year 2000, you’ll notice a technique that’s used by the press. Every media, every television media would go around to the ‘man and the women in the street’ and they would say to them, do you BELIEVE in Y2K and that all things will come to an end because all the computers are going to stop? They didn’t say, what do you think of this? Or what’s your opinion? It was, do you BELIEVE… so it’s a faith based thing. They will always do that with a CON. I don’t know if it’s a legality that they have but they will always give you that little clue. Of course it was a big con and billions of dollars were spent by governments on computers who found out that once the clock turned after midnight that nothing crashed and the old ones that hadn’t been updated were okay as well. It was one of these cons. Then we had 2001 and the so-called terrorist attack. Then we’ve got the war OF terror on the world and the public as they strip our rights away until we’re doing ridiculous things at airports and elsewhere. Police are strutting around like the military, which they actually are now. We’ve had the banking collapse of course. We had the avian flu that flew away in some other direction, out into outer space, which was going to kill millions of us. Then we had the swine flu and that’s when pigs might fly and that flew away as well. I said that it would; as soon as the press stopped talking about it, it would fly away. Then the financial crisis took over. They stopped talking about it and boom, it disappeared because it wasn’t really there.

 

This goes on and on and on. I can remember years ago listening to some politicians as they were prattling on about another great scam. Of course these politicians all get BIG lobbying money given to them by the lobbyists for technology, etc. They wanted to put massive radars and satellites into space to detect incoming asteroids. Oh, fear of asteroids are going to smash us all to pieces. That was one of the big cons as well. They’ve actually got projects on that right now and the politicians that promote that got awfully well paid from the technological companies that are selling their stuff. The greatest thing to sell anything is CRISIS. Crisis, crisis, crisis, it’s never ending.

 

It never will be ending either because they can wheel out as many paid experts as they want. You would not believe how many PROSTITUTES are up near the top, especially in science because if you can’t get your name in the history books of science, you’re nobody. You don’t get grants and they LIVE on grants. Scientists ALL live on grants. To be honest with you too, if they go and work with the military-industrial complex to make killer diseases, THEY WILL DO IT. There are no qualms there. There are no moral qualms whatsoever. They put it down to well, it’s research for science and we have nothing to do with morality or politics. That’s how they rationalize it to themselves… to get these big fat paychecks.

 

It’s the same with the weather nonsense and the fiascos with that, that’s going on right now. You’ve probably all heard about the solar shield. This just hit the papers. There’s nothing new in it but there’s time to roll out this one to see if we’ll swallow that too and pay for all this nonsense. Before I go through this article which is from the Telegraph, we’ve been getting sprayed by aircraft since about 1998. In 1998 they stared doing it frequently across Canada. They tested it out in the US and different places and Canada and Britain SINCE THE 1950s, different sprays on the public, partly for warfare purposes which they DID admit in declassified information later on. They can also use the technique that, I think it was Teller who it put forth, the inventor of the H-bomb who worked for the Pentagon. He wanted to put all this stuff into the atmosphere like a big shield of metallic particles substances NOT to stop sunlight but so that they could use the HAARP technology, HAARP EMP [electromagnetic pulse] technology and literally put electronic signals across a much more electrified or conductive atmosphere. That’s the same thing that Brzezinski talked about in his book Between Two Ages, the chapter The Technotronic Era, where they could use this across WHOLE CONTINENTS and alter their behavior, their thinking, and so on. So it’s not a new idea but they’ve been doing it.

 

Here they go, and before I mention this article, go and see Highlander 2 the movie. It’s IN the movie. It was done years ago, the solar shield and even that was a con in the movie, as you would see. Back with more after this break.

 

I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the solar shield nonsense that’s coming up now, a big money maker for all the big high-tech boys and the big usual corporations that are involved in the military-industrial complex. Back in the 50s they said themselves of the changing face of war that eventually they’d have to go into security for home and all that stuff. That’s what they’ve been doing for an awful long time.

 

The Highlander 2 movie had the solar shield in it. At that time the hype and hype and hype from the UN and NASA, another part of the military-industrial complex, was the ozone hole. The hole in the ozone layer that ONLY NASA could detect with their special high flying aircraft, no one else had the equipment so you took their word for it. Even if there was a hole there, near the North Pole or the South Pole, maybe it’s normal. I mean, if you just find something, discover it, has it ever occurred that it might be normal? Of course that was never mentioned. The whole idea was to terrify you and terrify you and that was it. Well that’s the reason they did it in the actual movie Highlander 2. It says here in this article from the Telegraph…

 

Solar shield on agenda at climate summit

(Alan: The climate summit is a farce in itself. All the leaked emails, we know all that’s an utter con, crisis creation and domination of the public for political and sociological reasons because they want to vastly reduce the population and get us all on rationing, the way that good Fascists love to do it.)

Emergency measures to slow global warming, such as a ‘solar shield’ to block the sun or artificial trees to soak up CO2, will be discussed at a ‘geo-engineering’ conference.

By Alastair Jamieson / 13 Jan 2010 / The Telegraph

 

(A: Remember the IPCC at the United Nations, most of them aren’t even so-called experts at all. They’re all communists up there, but they’re well paid communists, well paid by the big businesses. I read that article last night about all the corruption within the United Nations. They won’t even investigate themselves anymore as billions of dollars just go missing routinely.)

 

One proposal is for a fleet of ships that would spray seawater into the sky that would leave behind salt crystals to brighten clouds. Photo: NASA. (A: NASA’s idea.)

 

The summit of climate scientists, to be held in California in March, will examine drastic techniques for slowing climate change that are controversial and have been described as “geo-piracy”. (A: Have you seen the satellite photographs of Britain and parts of Europe that are utterly frozen and at a standstill? Have you seen it? It doesn’t matter, as I said, if Jesus Christ himself came down, or Buddha or whoever else came down here, they’d still deny it and carry on with the agenda. They dreamed up this agenda an awful long time ago and they don’t change their plans; they never change their plans.)

 

Among the possible measures to be discussed will be ocean fertilisation, which would see iron dumped into the sea to boost plankton growth (A: That was tried donkey’s years ago in experiments and even in labs.), and artificial trees that use a chemical process to soak up CO2. (A: Like CO2 is the problem. CO2 follows climate change. It follows it. It doesn’t cause it. It’s caused by the sun, either sunspots or lack of them.)

 

Most techniques focus on ways of reducing the sun’s rays by blocking them using mirrors orbiting in space (A: That was discussed by the Soviets back in the 50s, if you go look into the old magazines of the time. They were going to use it also so they could get people working night and day; they would reflect sun down to all the darkened parts for all the robots here, right.) or by spraying sulphur compounds into the high atmosphere to reflect sunlight away from earth.

 

One proposal is for a fleet of ships that would spray seawater into the sky that would leave behind salt crystals to brighten clouds, reflecting more sunlight back into space.

 

The conference, reported in The Guardian, comes amid concern that such techniques may be the only way to prevent average temperatures rising. (A: Which it hasn’t been anyway.)

 

Mike MacCracken, a global warming expert (A: He’s an EXPERT.) at the Climate Institute in Washington DC (A: Who makes his living on all this nonsense.), who is organising the conference’s scientific programme, told the newspaper: “Most of the talk about these geo-engineering techniques say they should be saved until we get to an emergency situation. Well, the people of the Arctic might say they are in an emergency situation now.” (A: We’ve read all the articles on this particular show of the fact that the ice is thickening over the last few years now in the Arctic, the same in the Antarctic as well. They tell you nothing but rotten lies over and over and over, even when these characters are exposed by their cons and even in their emails. That’s how the world is run, by lies.)

 

Scientists at the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs say the techniques should not be ruled out but that more evidence from experiments is required. (A: Well, they’ll get all their grants for that.)

 

The Swedish Society for Nature Conservation recently described geo-engineering an act of “geo-piracy” and warned that the “the world runs a serious risk of choosing solutions that turn out to be new global problems”. (A: Have you any idea of the folk that are already killed off, since they were spraying heavily since 1998? That’s when every pharmacist will tell you that antibiotics skyrocketed… bronchial problems, people couldn’t get rid of it… children, elderly, all age groups. People get asthma now in their 40s and 50s; it never happened before and now it’s common, since 1998, a common diagnosis… because we are breathing this crap IN and they KNOW it at the top. But they’d rather let it… see, it solves a lot of problems. It kills a lot of people off, depopulation, as they also tax all the rest, the survivors, into poverty for all these con games. As I say, the military-industrial complex NEEDS alternate ways of making cash, especially as we get closer and closer to a truly global society where there will be no nations to fight each other. Again, that was thought up by think tanks back in the 50s.)

 

However, some geo-engineering techniques are already being used on a large scale. (A: No kidding.) The Chinese government is thought to use cloud-seeding on a regular basis to encourage precipitation in areas hit by drought. (A: This Chinese stuff is actually antique stuff but they don’t go on about what’s been happening over the Americas, Europe, Sweden, Denmark and everywhere else for years. Back with more after this break.)

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Just to mention too, that the articles I read in the past as well, about the possibility of eventually spraying the skies with all this stuff, which they’ve already been doing for 11 years now could have terrible repercussions on the health of the public. Well, no kidding. How do they know that? Because they are monitoring the health of the public and have been as they’ve been spraying us for 11 years; that’s why.

 

Crisis creation, crisis creation… again, here’s a good write-up on crisis creation and it’s from the Mail Online.

 

After this awful fiasco over swine flu, we should never believe the State scare machine again

By Christopher Booker / 12th January 2010 / The Mail Online

 

So the Government, as the Daily Mail has revealed, is trying to get rid of £1billion-worth (A: That’s about 2 or more billion dollars.) of unwanted swine flu vaccine (A: So is Canada.) – because the deadly epidemic they were promising us all last year never materialised.

 

Several things are shocking about this revelation, not least the charge by the Council of Europe’s head of health that major drug companies might have leaned on the World Health Organisation (WHO) (A: It didn’t just lean, they spilled a lot out of their pockets towards the World Health Organization.) to stoke up last year’s scare by warning that swine flu could be a worldwide ‘pandemic’ killing tens of millions. (A: Remember? Remember… we forget so quickly as we rush into the next crisis that’s fake as well.)

 

Certainly, those companies have made vast fortunes (A: Have they ever.) out of selling the vaccines which, at our expense, are now having to be flogged off at give-away prices.

 

But in a way most shocking of all is that this scandalous waste of public money – and the wild over-reaction which gave rise to it – was entirely predictable.

 

I can say this with confidence because I predicted it on this very page of the Daily Mail in April last year, just when our government, led by the Chief Medical Officer Sir Liam Donaldson, was cranking up the scare-machine to fever pitch by predicting that swine flu could be as bad as the Spanish flu epidemic of 1918 which killed 50 million people worldwide.

 

Even then it was clear that governments all over the world, led by the WHO (A: AT the United Nations.), were in the grip of a hysterical panic over swine flu.

 

Our own government was holding emergency meetings in its ‘crisis bunker’ (A: That’s the underground bunker.) off Whitehall. (A: In London.)

 

The BBC Today programme wheeled on a WHO ‘expert’ to predict that 40 per cent of Britons would catch swine flu, while citing another unnamed ‘expert’ as predicting that up to 1.2 million of us could die.

 

A similar panic had seized politicians in America, when just one child died after a family holiday in Mexico (A: One child.) – even though this compared with (A: And they give the wrong statistics because I read the article too that you never get 36,000 people dying a year. They always say the same thing when they’re trying to flog the flu shot.) the 36,000 Americans who die each year from more conventional strains of flu.

 

Yet eight months later it was being reported by scientists that swine flue is only a tenth as virulent as ordinary flu (A: It’s milder than ordinary flu. Most folk don’t know they’ve even had it.), and only one-100th as virulent as that Spanish flu at the end of World War I.

 

In other words, swine flu – just like the bird flu which we were told by a senior WHO (A: At the United Nations.) official in 2005 was going to kill 150 million people worldwide (the true death toll turned out to be barely 200 (A: And that was all in areas, as I’ve said before, that traditionally drink the blood of the chicken before you cook it.)) – has predictably turned out to be yet another example of that all-too-familiar and very dangerous disease of our time, the ‘scare phenomenon’.

 

Three years ago, with a food safety expert, Dr Richard North, I wrote a book called Scared To Death, a detailed study showing how scare after scare in the past 20 years has rocketed through the headlines, costing us all billions, before it was eventually revealed that they had been blown up out of all proportion and, in many cases, had no real justification at all.

 

Based on years of research, we traced the history of a whole sequence of such panics, ranging from those over salmonella in eggs (A: Remember that one? Oh, you can’t eat eggs now, there’s salmonella in it.) and BSE in beef to the Millennium Bug that was supposedly going to bring civilisation to a halt at midnight on December 31, 1999, as half the world’s computers (A: …were supposed to…) crashed.

 

That particular panic cost an estimated $300billion (A: The Y2K nonsense.) before it was discovered that the countries which hadn’t spent fortunes on sorting out their computers fared no worse than those that had.

 

The purpose of our book was to show how consistently these scares follow an identifiable pattern.

 

They invariably begin with some misreading of the scientific evidence (A: On purpose, I would add to that.), which then gets picked up and inflated into some major threat to human health or well being.

 

But the tipping point of any scare, the moment when it begins to create serious damage, is when politicians and governments get involved, buying the exaggerated threat (A: They are more than buying, they get their pockets filled.) wholesale and responding with a deluge of measures which end up costing us all billions of pounds.

 

Do you remember our health minister Edwina Currie in 1988 setting off that panic over salmonella in eggs, which was supposedly going to kill thousands of people because the bacteria were somehow getting inside the eggs they ate for breakfast?

 

Few headlines greeted the government’s admission four years later that salmonella was not getting inside eggs after all and that whatever else had caused a temporary rise in salmonella poisoning, it wasn’t eggs.

 

But by then the damage was done and more than 5,000 small egg producers had been driven out of business. (A: The same thing happened with the stuff with the H1N1. Chickens carry this stuff; it’s been here for millions of years with them. They killed off millions of hens across Canada, in British Columbia especially, over this panic nonsense. Have you ever wondered why they are going for the food supply? At first they went for the fish; oh, there is mercury in it; can’t eat the fish. The PROTEIN SUPPLY. Then the BSE, remember the bovine problem they were going to have, the brain eating disease, the spongiform encephalitis they called it. That was nonsense as well, after they destroyed the WHOLE CATTLE INDUSTRY; pigs, everything, went up in pyramids of smoke, the most horrific thing. Then they went after the eggs. It’s all PROTEIN folks. They’re bringing in a greenie, vegetarian world, where you’re going to eat Monsanto’s poisonous, noxious stuff and you’ll be much dumber than you are now, believe you me.)

 

In 1996, when the greatest food scare of all exploded over BSE (A: That’s the mad cow disease.), front-page headlines greeted the suggestion by the government’s chief scientist John Pattison that the death toll from CJD (A: Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease.) caught by eating beef could within a few years reach 500,000.

 

A year later, scarcely any attention at all was paid to Dr Pattison’s confession that he had now revised his figure downwards to just (A: maybe…) ‘100’.

 

But by this time a flood of government and EU regulations were costing us all an estimated £7billion.

 

Again and again we have seen this pattern repeating itself, from SARS (A: That was such a fiasco.) and dioxins to the confusion between different types of asbestos, costing more than £100billion in lawsuits alone – and the one lesson which comes out from them all, loud and clear, is that our modern world has become far too prone to getting these supposed threats out of all proportion. (A: It’s amazing. You know we get all these businesses profiting incredibly from it. It’s the greatest trick in the book. Terrify the public, you’re all going to die, but here’s the antidote; we just happen to sell it; it will be in short supply so it’s going to be awfully expensive. Over and over and over again.)

 

Exactly as I predicted last April, the panic over swine flu has provided yet another very expensive example of the pattern, showing features all too familiar from all those other scares which have already run their absurdly damaging and unnecessary course.

 

Of course, governments must be prepared to meet any genuine threat to our health and well-being.

 

But as history painfully shows, we have become far too quick to over-react to dangers which too often turn out either to have been wildly exaggerated or never to have existed at all.

 

The real problem is that too many people have a vested interest in talking up these panics beyond what the evidence can support.

 

It’s not just the economic sector. Definitely they are right up there but there is also a sociological and political agenda behind this as well folks… as they bring you in to their socialized society. Rationing WILL come and mandatory sterilization WILL come with these fanatics at the top. You could go on and on and on about the farce that we think is reality, which most folk take as reality. The farce, you could go on and on and on and on. They’ve no sooner got one panic over then they get you with another one. This is a technique that’s being used against the world, especially at this day and age, this particular time, to give more power to the United Nations and all its departments, like the World Health Organization, as they rise up to be the world government that it was intended to be in the first place.

 

From Raw Story…

 

Obama received $20 million from healthcare industry in 2008 campaign

(A: That’s like big pharma and stuff… $20 million. Of course that doesn’t influence anything folks. It doesn’t either give you the clue that all this farce we’ve been through recently was planned a while ago. Could it be? Oh, no, that would be stretching credulity wouldn’t it?)

By Brad Jacobson / Tuesday, January 12th, 2010

 

While some sunlight has been shed on the hefty sums shoveled into congressional campaign coffers in an effort to influence the Democrats’ massive healthcare bill, little attention has been focused on the far larger sums received by President Barack Obama while he was a candidate in 2008.

 

A new figure, based on an exclusive analysis created for Raw Story by the Center for Responsive Politics, shows that President Obama received a staggering $20,175,303 from the healthcare industry during the 2008 election cycle, nearly three times the amount of his presidential rival John McCain. McCain took in $7,758,289, the Center found.

 

The new figure, obtained by Raw Story through an independent custom research request performed by the Center for Responsive Politics — a nonprofit, nonpartisan group that tracks money in politics — is the most comprehensive breakdown yet available of healthcare industry contributions to Obama during the 2008 election cycle.

 

Currently, the Center’s website shows that Obama received $19,462,986 from the health sector, which includes health professionals ($11.7m), health services/HMOs ($1.4m), hospitals/nursing homes ($3.3m) (A: Which are big business.) and pharmaceuticals/health products ($2.1m). Miscellaneous health donations (from which Obama received $860,411) are also factored into the current total health sector numbers but are not accessible on the site.

 

Health insurance industry contributions, however, are not included within the Center’s current health sector totals. Rather, contributions from the health insurance industry are contained within the site’s finance and insurance sector. Seeking a more complete total, the Center culled health and accident insurance donations from this sector (for which Obama received $712,317) and combined them with his existing health sector total ($19,462,986) to arrive at his healthcare industry total ($20,175,303). (A: Of course this was… there’s no string attached, you understand, in politics. I mean, no, no, no, there are no strings ever attached to anything. It’s just, well, you know, if I get in, if you do something wrong, I might not go along with you; I’ve got be up front about that. I’m sure that’s said VERY frequently by all politicians. What a farce we live in. What an utter, utter farce we live in. They call this living.)

 

The thing is too, why is it up to a site like the Raw Story? Why isn’t in the major media coming out with all this stuff? Well they don’t want you to know. Who do you think they major media works for? Do you know the ads that THEY get from pharma and health and all the rest of it? Media is an ESSENTIAL ARM OF GOVERNMENT because they give to YOU what becomes most peoples’ reality. Perception becomes reality for most people.

 

I was talking to someone in a hospital in New York last night and guess what? They’re already implementing this health care plan. It wasn’t Obama’s idea. Hillary tried to get that through years ago. It was on the agenda obviously. It really is to bring in the bare-bones health care like Britain’s got or Canada where you die before you can get an x-ray, maybe wait 2 or 3 years for something. Mind you, if you want to be sterilized they will do it very quickly; in you go, poom, done… it cuts the population. This particular person in New York, they just closed down the whole surgical floor of the hospital and they’re leasing it out to, what they call a “hospice,” an exit home where you die off. They withdraw your food and your water and if you are lucky and you bribe somebody in the right place they might change the bed linen once in a while as you die off. That’s what they’re doing now. They’re already implementing it. Now there will be a few high-tech hospitals left, very, very ultra expensive, but the rest, we can’t afford to get into but the big boys will. They will make sure that will happen.

 

Remember, the World Health Organization in its own charter says that they guarantee the most basic, BASIC health care to every citizen of the world. Remember, being a SOCIALIST organization, they are EUGENICALLY MINDED. They believe in a high-class system. They don’t like to use the word ‘class.’ It’s your NECESSITY TO SOCIETY they like to call it. Necessity to society, are you UP there or DOWN there? That’s how YOU are LABELED. In Britain, and they’ve had this since about the 80s, that little checklist at the bottom of your bed there, the board with all your little details on it, they mark you down in categories, A, B, C, and so on, about who’s to be resuscitated and who is not to be resuscitated. If two guys in a cardiac ward both go into arrest at the same time, they look at the board and it will tell you which one to try and resuscitate and which one to let go according to their status and their value to society. THAT’S SOCIAL HEALTH CARE.

 

If folk haven’t noticed the totalitarian system we are IN and I don’t know how they can’t notice it, with police wearing combat boots, all given to them BEFORE 9/11 happened. See, everything works and is set up in advance. Now the cops are arresting folk that use their cell phone photography who record the cops arresting folk. Back with more after this break.

 

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix talking about don’t, whatever you do, photograph police arresting people or even interviewing people because you’ll get arrested for doing so. It’s been going on for years. This is one instance that happened about 2 or 3 years ago.

 

Police fight cellphone recordings

Witnesses taking audio of officers arrested, charged with illegal surveillance

Daniel Rowinski, New England Center For Investigative Reporting | January 12, 2010 / The Boston Globe

 

Simon Glik, a lawyer, was walking down Tremont Street in Boston when he saw three police officers struggling to extract a plastic bag from a teenager’s mouth. Thinking their force seemed excessive for a drug arrest, Glik pulled out his cellphone and began recording.

 

Within minutes, Glik said, he was in handcuffs.

 

“One of the officers asked me whether my phone had audio recording capabilities,’’ Glik, 33, said recently of the incident, which took place in October 2007. Glik acknowledged that it did, and then, he said, “my phone was seized, and I was arrested.’’

 

The charge? Illegal electronic surveillance. (A: It’s illegal to photograph police.)

 

Jon Surmacz, 34, experienced a similar situation. Thinking that Boston police officers were unnecessarily rough while breaking up a holiday party in Brighton he was attending in December 2008, he took out his cellphone and began recording.

 

Police confronted Surmacz, a webmaster at Boston University. He was arrested and, like Glik, charged with illegal surveillance.

 

There are no hard statistics for video recording arrests. But the experiences of Surmacz and Glik highlight what civil libertarians call a troubling misuse of the state’s wiretapping law to stifle the kind of street-level oversight that cellphone and video technology make possible.

 

“The police apparently do not want witnesses to what they do in public,’’ said Sarah Wunsch, a staff attorney with the American Civil Liberties Union of Massachusetts, who helped to get the criminal charges against Surmacz dismissed.

 

Boston police spokeswoman (A: That’s public relations or management perception, if you don’t know.) Elaine Driscoll rejected the notion that police are abusing the law to block citizen oversight, saying the department trains officers about the wiretap law. “If an individual is inappropriately interfering with an arrest that could cause harm to an officer or another individual, an officer’s primary responsibility is to ensure the safety of the situation,’’ she said. (A: Right. So you could be photographing the cops, you could be 100 yards away, but are interfering with the arrest and putting the officers’ lives at risk, you see. Utter rubbish. MANAGEMENT PERCEPTION. That’s what they do. They take something that’s really happening and warp it around to alter your perception of something.)

 

In 1968, Massachusetts became a “two-party’’ consent state, one of 12 currently in the country. Two-party consent means that all parties to a conversation must agree to be recorded on a telephone or other audio device; otherwise, the recording of conversation is illegal. (A: So they’re using this.) The law, intended to protect the privacy rights of individuals, appears to have been triggered by a series of high-profile cases involving private detectives who were recording people without their consent.

 

In arresting people such as Glik and Surmacz, police are saying that they have not consented to being recorded, that their privacy rights have therefore been violated, and that the citizen action was criminal. (A: These are cops talking. THEIR privacy rights have been violated. They’re supposed to be working FOR the public, aren’t they? The only watchdog there is, happens to BE the public.)

 

I wonder how long it will be in this world police state before they take reprisals when something happens and they can’t find the culprit and just grab a dozen of us off the street and shoot us. Do you think I’m kidding?

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Jan. 14, 2010 (#492)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 14th 2010. For the newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down and look at all the other sites I have up there, bookmark them for future use because sometimes the big ones go down and that way you can download the latest shows. These are all the official sites I have; anything outside of this isn’t mine. I often get complaints that they can’t get audio and so on. I go through all my audio shows and I find out it’s not my site and someone else is rebroadcasting it. These are the official sites: [listed above].

 

I always go right into the pitch at the beginning because I don’t like to do pitches throughout the show, although it would catch you unawares and you’d have to listen right through; most folk miss the first 5 minutes. This is the tin can 5 minutes where I’ve got to say to you that you are the audience that brings me to you. I don’t get backed by sponsors, etc. The ads on the show are paid by advertisers that I don’t even know and it goes straight to RBN to pay for this air time, their staff, their expenses, and their bills. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by going into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, buy the books, CDs and DVDs I have for sale and you can also donate if you want to. [Ordering and donation options listed above]. The US can go to the post office and get an INTERNATIONAL postal money order. That’s the PINK INTERNATIONAL one, the communist one; we’re all socialist now. The green one is for internal US only so don’t walk out with the green one. For those that get the disks burned and lots get the disks burned and passed to them because they don’t like the computer, and I don’t blame them, it’s an awful hassle, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. Well, that’s my tin can shaking away there. It’s very, very tinny indeed, there’s not much in it so it’s up to you to help fill it up a little bit and I can get some better equipment on the go if that’s the case.

 

Remember too, keeping informed about the feed, I know that some people are on slower speeds and they get breaks on this live feed. I get it with XplorNet although I’m paying for high speed. They’ve cut me back deliberately and they’ve told me so. Anyone who wonders why or that it’s all my fault, or that I haven’t looked into different programs, NO, they have actually told me so, that they’ve cut me back. They said it was unfair use even though I actually put up less today than I have done in the past. So, if you are on a live feed and get breaks and your buffer can’t keep up and it drops, it’s maybe because you are on a lower speed. If there’s anyone on the higher speed and gets the same problem, let me know and I’ll try to figure out what the problems happen to be. I’ll be back in a moment after this break.

 

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. This is the century of change. I keep reminding people that academia and higher politics have been pushing this for an awful long time, that the 21st century would be the century for change. Those in academia and the social sciences and the different disciplines as they call it, knew what it was all about. It was to bring in a new worldwide social system, a planned society, with all the better people running the world and telling everybody else what to do, how to live, and if you should breed and shouldn’t breed, and all the rest of it. It really is coming into a dictatorial type system.

 

We see that already in various new articles. In fact they’re releasing more and more news articles all the time so that we get the message. We do adapt to whatever we’re given. We gradually adapt and everything becomes normal in no time at all. It’s quite surprising. It’s true enough that we are the MOST ADAPTABLE species on the planet; we really, really are. Those at the top know this. The big social movements, if you want to call them that, even though they’re generally funded by the biggest bankers on the planet, planned all of this an awful long time ago and to bring in what they thought would be a tidy system with a REDUCED population. They use what we now call ‘futurists’ to guide them, people who look at trends and where the world could be going and how the economy could be going, and all that kind of stuff, and they even analyze what society is for, what do the populations of the countries really have in common, what’s their purpose.

 

Everything in academia must have a purpose. At one time you could be alive just for the sake of being alive and that was good enough, but not anymore. Now you must have a social purpose in the big machine. That really is what socialism is about. Many people follow socialism and they still think there’s a – they do, they really do – think there’s a war between left and right and because of that they never clue in to the big picture or the dialectic that’s being used to guide us along this path towards a conquered planet, from one point of view, and from another point of view, a tidy planet, all tidied up and neat.

 

If you go into the writings of Karl Marx for instance, he went into all of this, all the different disciplines of economy, economics and the purpose of humans IN the economic system, even working out to an industrial age from an agricultural age, feudalism, all that stuff, all the way up to the industrial times. Then we’re into the scientific times, the technological times now, and right down to what kind of populations should be sustained on the planet. People can’t quite get it through their heads that there is NO left and right wing on this. It’s all one big movement because of the funding they get.

 

Why would the biggest foundations on the planet, that are owned by the big boys like the Rockefellers with trillions of dollars to dispose of to their NGOs – Non Governmental Organizations – why would they be funding what seems to be left wing NGOs? Why? Why would multi trillionaires fund left wing NGOs? It’s because with every law that they get passed, and it’s all to do with laws. (The people who run this world are FANATICAL about all kinds of laws right down to tiny, minute laws and almost sub-laws and all the rest of it.) A world run by laws and rules, going back an awful long time; it’s in the NATURE actually of the organization that runs this. They are very good, very, very good today and have been through the 20th century of ALTERING PERCEPTION.

 

Bernays, who did propaganda and who was supposedly – I don’t really believe that he was solely responsible – but he certainly was big in showing the US Presidents and the commerce how to motivate people through unconscious desires and he helped create the consumer society. Why was that? They had to build up American to be great for a while, while they conquered the world before they were brought down into the system that they helped create. He liked the name propaganda; the term was okay with him and eventually it went into marketing and public relations. You still see today, when they have spokesmen from the police societies or whomever, they always go through a public relations officer, which is just a propaganda officer, someone who can spin it off into an acceptable form for the public’s ears. They also call it perception management. If you’ve got some kind of product that you cannot sell or move, or even an idea in politics, you bring in those who deal with perception management and they will alter how the public will receive THAT perception of whatever it is you are trying to sell to them. Be it an idea or a product, it doesn’t matter.

 

Very old sciences come into play because knowledge is never thrown away down through the ages. It’s COLLECTED by academia and people study it in the sciences today and they USE it on the public. They think that’s okay. It’s like politics, I cannot believe that people sit back and truly believe what they are being told by ANY party. They all use perception management, every party does; they are run by specialists. There is not a politician out there that will give an off-the-cuff speech anymore. All they can do is read the scripts written by professional scriptwriters. And they’re interchangeable; the politicians in front are interchangeable. I think it was about a year ago Steven Harper, the Prime Minister of Canada, came up on the carpet because his scriptwriter – supposedly, this is the story they peddled to the public – his main scriptwriter was short of time and so he borrowed a speech given by the Prime Minister of Australia. Up on YouTube they have a split screen there where you can see both Prime Ministers, the one of Australia and the one of Canada, going through the exact same speech. People really still look for honesty and direction from politics. I cannot figure out why; I really, really can’t. This is the norm across the world, this kind of management of politicians.

 

Our perceptions can be altered gradually or quickly. War time is the best time, as Carroll Quigley said, we can get more done in 5 years of warfare on a social change scale than we can in 50 years of peace using propaganda. During war or this war on terror – it’s the same thing; it’s a worldwide war – then the governments can EXPAND and EXPAND and EXPAND, which they have – if you’ve notice they’ve been doing – until there is so many different departments you’d have to spend a career going through them all just to learn them. That again falls right in line with what I’m talking about with Marx and Engels and all these characters, a planned society where there is an agency dealing with every part of human interaction. That’s what it’s about.

 

From not so long ago, people had for an awful long time believed they had rights. They believed they had rights because they came from a God or a deity or something, whatever they believed in, whatever their religion happened to be. Mainstream religions couldn’t back off because it was the main tenants of their belief system that human beings were spiritual beings and therefore you couldn’t just walk around as Nobility and slaughter folk, which of course was often done. Often too, the religious people turned a blind eye because they were into politics themselves. But at least the IDEA was there where you had rights and freedoms and people couldn’t shove you around.

 

The idea of having private property was pretty novel for the ordinary people. It was a novel concept that came out really during the American Revolution. They knew from going over history that if you didn’t have property then you are at the mercy of landlords who can boot you out at any time and put you on the street, or let you starve, or whatever it happens to be. But if you had property, technically no one could put a lien on it. If you own something, then you own it. You either own it or you don’t own it. You can’t own something AND pay taxes, actually own the house, having paid off your mortgage, and then get kicked out because you can’t afford the taxes… you don’t own it the first place then. So that was got around as well because there didn’t used to be property taxes. That was your safeguard in life. Through depressions you could feed yourself if you had a bit of land and survive and no one could kick you off. Now during a so-called – they call them recessions now, they don’t like the D word, depression – now they just kick you off anyway, whether you happen to have paid off the house of not; it doesn’t matter.

 

Folk can still hold this double-think in their head at the same time. All the real estate merchants keep saying, do you want your own home; oh, look at this wonderful home. It’s always ‘YOUR’… well, it’s not yours is it? If it’s yours, it’s yours outright, bottom line. The government now of course, through all the greening movement – very good con, that one – can come in an inspect, through the United Nations agencies, and every country now has a United Nations agency that goes around areas and inspects rural homes and other homes in suburbs, for upgrades into the proper codes. And they keep changing the codes so no one could possibly get up there. There are a hundred different ways they are using to get you OFF the land.

 

The future they promise to bring in was always to do with no private property. NO PRIVATE PROPERTY. Only the elite would technically have the USE of their big castles and their big mansions and all the rest of it and the public would pay for the upkeep of it. It’s a great deal. So they wouldn’t have to worry about paying the servants or replace things getting stolen or broken like Plato said all that time ago. They all quote Plato on this, with his book The Republic and the Guardian Class. They can simply live like Kings and since they are ruling the public, part of their payoff is to have their massive homes, maybe 2 or 3 across the world, maintained for them. That’s the future they are bringing in. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Our perceptions are managed and we adapt into new systems all the time, all the time. Fashions, music, how we perceive the world, and the fact that we all know we’re global now, although no one really thought through the whole process of what it meant. You just gradually adapt to the repetition that they keep giving you.

 

We listen to all this stuff about the new society, as they call it. The new society. We watched them put up the cameras in all countries. We watched them, in fact they tell us they monitor everything on the internet and really that’s why they gave it to us, so everyone is predictable… everyone is predictable. That’s Google’s main function is to collect data on everyone. We adapt to the new norms of everything. At one time people used to get married to have children and now we don’t. Children are killed; that’s what abortion means, you kill something. See again, something really is what it is or it isn’t. How could it be what it is and it’s spun off into a different viewpoint by perception management? That’s what done it, perception management. It suits the elites’ plan, going back to Marx and all the rest of it, about planned societies, planned populations. Nice and tidy.

 

Folk jump even at the socialized medicine. I know it’s a great idea. If we lived in a real world with decent people running it, sure, absolutely, it would be darn wonderful, but it was never set up to be that. You can’t mix medicine with politics. When politics is involved, you’ve got a social agenda and we know what their social agenda is. They always start off the social medicine in countries, and they’re often very good to start, but within 10 years they cut back and cut back and cut back until all you can get is the social policy ones like vasectomies, abortions and tubal ligations. Now they’re pushing in the socialized countries for end-of-life termination, they’ve got all different kinds of nice phrases for it, because it’s cheaper that way. It’s all economics. That’s the hard truth, it’s economics.

 

We also, again, through years and years of Hollywood distorting and altering the cultures – that was part of what Hollywood was set up for, that was the main part of it – we view everything in a completely different way when it comes to sexuality. Everything, completely turned upside down on its head and we’re supposed to see it the NEW way. Why should we see it, why should anyone want to see a new way? Why shouldn’t you see it by your own conclusions and perceptions? We’ve been trained not to believe in ourselves. We’ve been trained to believe the experts, exactly what Brzezinski said in his own book, his last book they printed. He said that the people will be unable to think for themselves, they will only be able to parrot what the media gives them from the previous day’s news.

 

Here’s how a good spin… It shows you how perception management is put across. It’s from the Toronto Star. Now, the Star always took the part of the con game, the left and the right. They were the left because the ‘rising star’ is the left. It used to be the Sun because the sun, as the brightest light, was the right. Everything is symbolic and it plays a game. That’s why you had a white star on American aircraft up to the present time, the white star. Then you have the red star on the communist ones. Both 5-pointed, by no mistake either. So it’s the Toronto Star…

Take joy in the liberation of new airport scans

(Alan: What a good spin this is, isn’t it?)

Some see an increment of human liberation in new airport security

(A: Do you understand what I’m talking about, how your minds are bent and twisted and all the rest of it.)

January 10, 2010 / Sarah Barmak / Toronto Star

 

It’s an ad any young lad who read superhero comic books before the 1980s will remember fondly.

 

A boy wearing thick black glasses gazes at a lady, lines going from his eyes to her body. Outside his field of vision, the lady is dressed; within his field of vision her clothes have magically become see-through. (A: This is a standard technique by the way, imagine…, picture… They use this in all kinds of cognitive lecturing and motivational courses that they do. Imagine… It’s like in the realm of fantasy and they’re talking about something that’s going to affect you.)

 

“X-Ray Specs! See the bones in your hand, see through clothes!” a slogan would say, alongside an order form.

 

The glasses didn’t work; the x-ray effect was an optical illusion. But perhaps fuzzy, warm memories of the ad surfaced in the minds of some this week as the federal government announced plans to install millimetre wave body scanners in Canadian airports. (A: Is that what you thought? You went back to being a child reading a comic book and seeing through a woman’s clothing and you remembered it very fondly? Is that what really passed through your mind? They’re giving you a concept and a precept to begin the whole thing.)

 

Some have seen the technology, which produces a three-dimensional image of passengers’ naked bodies, including an outline of their genitals, as overly intrusive.

 

But many others don’t seem to care. (A: Many don’t seem to care.) Isn’t nudity an ingrained part of our culture, after all? (A: Well it certainly is now with TV and everything. It didn’t used to be. I’ll read some more of this particular article to show you how the spin is done in perception management after this break.)

 

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Someone just told me that there is crackling on the phone line but I can hear nothing on my end at all so it’s not here; it’s the one that’s being broadcast that’s crackling. Getting back to this article here, it says here about getting us used to nudity; nudity is a good thing now. It says…

 

Isn’t nudity an ingrained part of our culture, after all?

 

A number of naked-friendly phenomena (A: ‘naked-friendly’, you see the terminology that’s used here by marketers? Here’s one that’s naked-friendly…) – YouPorn.com, low-rise jeans, nude beaches, micro-bikinis – have arguably worked to demolish old angst about private parts. At the very least, the angst has shifted from the question, “Does this show too much?” to, “Will I look hot?” (A: Who gave you all that? Remember what Plato says, the culture industry uses drama – that’s Hollywood now of course – it also used, and Plato called it, the fashion industry. All that time ago… INDUSTRY. He says, the people emulate, they imitate, what they see.)

 

The American Association For Nude Recreation has already endorsed the body scans with great enthusiasm. (A: I wonder how much of a kickback they got for that, or is it just bare-faced liars, I don’t know.) A press release they sent this week declared that security is “more important than parochial concerns over a scanned image of a clothed body.”

 

“We here think that it’s a great idea, and not because we’re nudists,” elaborates Carolyn Hawkins.

 

But you are nudists, right? “I think it’s going to change how (people) think about things,” she says.

 

Indeed. Or maybe the scanners are already at home in a more body-conscious era.

 

“My neighbours get a better show from (us) changing with the curtains open . . . clearly we don’t care about nudity much,” said one Facebook user on a discussion thread about the body scans. (A: They can make this up about anybody can’t they… to get their message across.)

 

Some feel that getting a body scan would be less invasive than other security measures that already exist. “At the end of the day, isn’t an agent (and other passengers) seeing all your personal effects on the x-ray just as intrusive?” (A: There’s a bit of a difference between seeing something in your pockets or a woman’s purse than your BODY getting shown off isn’t it?) says Ben Rowlandson, who logged 100,000 kilometres last year in air travel for his work in the technology industry.

 

Even if many Canadian fliers shrug at the idea that an anonymous government drone will see a blue-coloured facsimiles of their genitalia, many certainly will not. (A: Really? Really? I wonder where the poll was for this. It hasn’t been done has it?)

 

“There may be younger people who feel, `Who cares,’ but older people, they may feel uncomfortable,” says professor David J. Brennan, who researches eating disorders and body image at the University of Toronto.

 

Others with stricter standards of modesty, such as Orthodox Jewish and Muslim women, may also balk at the technology.

 

“Knowing and understanding our community (A: Here we go again.), there will be those who will feel very uncomfortable, and will opt for the pat-down if necessary,” says Wahida Valiante, chair and national president of the Canadian Islamic Congress.

 

For others, however, this may just turn out to be another incentive to break out the bikini wax. (A: It’s all fun isn’t it? Maybe they’ll all strip off… Why bother with the machines when you can just strip off and have a laugh at each other? But there you go. There’s one last thing I’ll just read here…)

 

Perhaps the good Government of Canada is unwittingly inspiring whole new genre of porn. (A: Yeah, well, what else is it? But it’s okay; it’s all just good clean fun.)

 

I’ll go to the callers now. I think there’s Justin from Washington. Are you there Justin?

 

Justin: I was calling you tonight to inquire a little bit about the origins of vaccination. I’ve been doing a little bit of research and it’s taken me, so far, back to the early 17th century. I was wondering if you know anything about where it was originally used. I understand Cotton Mather got the idea supposedly from a slave who said that he’d been shot up with the smallpox virus in his home country, and came from it.

 

Alan: If you back even further you’ll find that it was the Moslems, it was Islam that were the most advanced people in all sciences for hundreds of years. They found out the people who had different kind of plagues, if they got a pustule for instance, in the healing phase, when they were recovering, then for some reason – we know now why it is. You’ve got white corpuscles in there fighting the bacterium and you’ve got the bacterium dying and some dead living tissue. They knew that if they scraped that, they could actually scratch someone else with that particular stuff. They didn’t know why. They just knew that someone in recovery had these particular types of pustules or the recovering medium was in their blood and if they took a little scratch of that and scratched it on someone else, that could give someone protection. You find this if you go into the writings of Benjamin Franklin. He was the one who introduced the concept to America. He also backed that up, that it was Islam that had been so far ahead, even hundreds of years before that, that gave them the idea.

 

Justin: Alright. That is interesting. So for hundreds of years they were actually using it?

 

Alan: They knew that. If you go into the era in Islam where there was a massive renaissance in the Middle Ages, they were the leaders of the world’s medicine right up into the 19th century. In fact many of their operations, even on cataracts, were done in the Middle Ages. They gathered data and education, learning from all over the world; it was called the Great Learning Period. They spent incredible money on scribes and people who would get foreign books, translate them – they actually call it the Translation Period in Islam – and they had the most advanced knowledge of all kinds of medicines across the known world of that time. They did use this scratching of the skin method on people who had recovered after fevers or illnesses or plagues and they knew that for some reason there was something in that person’s system now that could help immunize people who hadn’t got the disease. That’s where Franklin got his idea from.

 

Justin: I did a little bit of research and he was keen on a person named… I can’t remember the name; the research was a while back. From what I understand, it seems to me when I was looking at it, that you know how vaccinations and our food and water supply is all used to nullify our higher consciousness. It was my understanding from what I was looking at, that they have been using this practice of vaccination probably as one of the primary ways of achieving this, even going back to the original inoculations, seeing as how they were used in combo with the curing regimens where they feed people mercury for weeks at a time.

 

Alan: That’s the difference. That is the difference from taking someone’s white corpuscles right from their body to another person. They had the KEY of the antidote you might say to that infection. When pharma gets involved that’s in a different genre all together. Pharmacology goes into its own way of doing things and with its mercury and various other things. Big pharma definitely is a big part of the dumbing down process. You cannot look at autism and all the other diseases we have today and look at the charts of introduction of the different inoculations, they skyrocketed from the 50s onwards. Autism from the 70s onwards, skyrocketed. It goes along with the more inoculations they get, the worse and the more problems we end up having. So you are quite right. It definitely is pharmacology as opposed to the oldest methods. The problem with the old methods too, is that supposing you wanted to inoculate an army by this scratch method, if someone had syphilis, you could pass it on to them all.

 

Justin: I understand that during the Civil War the South actually got hit pretty hard because they had a contaminated vaccination supply.

 

Alan: Yes.

 

Justin: They ended up giving some 20,000 total soldiers syphilis.

 

Alan: I’m sure that happened in every country. Big pharmacology, as I say, is such an incredibly big, big business. To be honest with you, I cannot see where health mixes with big money. It just doesn’t go together… or politics for that matter. It’s a thing on its own. It’s a sacred thing, health care. You can’t mix one or the other without it being corrupted.

 

Justin: Which has been the case obviously for a long time now.

 

Alan: Absolutely. Especially when you… There’s a video up there. I might still have the link. It was on the CBC a few years ago. You see Dr. Salk in it with his team on the polio vaccine AND the staff that worked with him. They interview Salk and the staff. They all admitted that they KNEW, they knew that the simian virus 40, its only purpose is to cause cancer; that’s all they could find out about it… that it causes cancers. They knew it was in every shot. What they claimed was they thought the benefits outweighed the risks. Now, how could you possibly say that after giving millions of people cancers? How could you possibly say that?

 

Justin: It’s like you said Alan, they obviously… You can’t let them say that, or play off like well, they just made a mistake or this is the science of today and things like that. They knew that they were going to be killing people and in significant numbers.

 

Alan: Again too, see there is always a tie-in. We must go into these guys’ histories. Dr. Salk was a member of the World Eugenic Society. All of his papers, before he came out as the big hero for polio, had written so many papers on the need to depopulate the planet, drastically with its numbers. He was also into the fittest should survive and all this kind of stuff; he was a total Darwinist. Suddenly, he becomes the champion, he wants to help you… he wants to help you. He actually gave interviews because people quizzed him on that. How come you come from the guy who is advocating killing off all the weak and all the rest of it and the infirm and depopulating the planet, to becoming the world’s savior? Of course, he hums and haws around that particular question. But it’s the same with them all. We don’t quite get it; there IS a eugenics program AT WORK. Bertrand Russell was a part of those teams and he also said the same thing, that we shall use the needle, as well, to make a compliant, obedient population.

 

Justin: That is interesting. I had no idea that he was a part of the eugenics society but it makes perfect sense obviously. I basically presume that anyone who is into the vaccination industry in general, at the top, is big on eugenics.

 

Alan: Absolutely. Absolutely and I’m certain, to be honest with you, we won’t see the effects of all these flu injections for maybe 10 years and suddenly there will be another plague of big cancers and unknown cancers and new types of cancers and they will put it down to well, we’re just stunned, we don’t know what’s causing it. But they will know darned well.

 

Justin: It’s just interesting. There are so many levels that they hit us on. You’ve got the fluoride in the water that’s known to cause bone issues and then look at all the people who come down with arthritis and osteoporosis…

 

Alan: Exactly. Arthritis now, you even have juvenile arthritis as one of the highest climbing diseases of the youth. It never existed before, now it’s common. In fact, once it becomes common, no one questions it… oh, it’s common. You have people getting asthmas in their 40s, all kinds of lung disorders because a lot of these inoculations, especially the adjuvants that are put into them, attack the alveolar tissue especially towards the edge, the outsides of the lungs there. Young children, they don’t even mature those outside parts of the epithelial cells, they don’t even mature into full-blown… so they’re always short of breath, etc. This is from the shots and it’s known. IT IS KNOWN about this. That is a known side effect of the adjuvants.

 

Justin: It really just… It blows my mind, the level on which they are hitting us through these vaccinations presently; it just gets bigger and bigger. I was looking at papers online and they mentioned, can’t remember where they mentioned it. It was for a patent for a infertility vaccine, an injection deliberately designed to cause infertility and they said that 2 of the ingredients would be a polysorbate-80 in addition with the squalene and then what do you have today? Well, you’ve got these 9-year-old girls getting their shot of the Gardasil which has the polysorbate in addition to what’s in the other vaccines and then you get these new flu shots that have squalene in them. That’s one plus one and you’ve got 2 which is…

 

Alan: How could you possibly see a coalition of big pharma and the government – which we’ve had our whole lives by the way – who have a policy of depopulation but at the same time they want to keep you healthy. Personally, I think we should be a little bit suspicious.

 

Justin: They found a balance it seems, because obviously their agenda isn’t or hasn’t been to kill us. It’s mostly just been to kind of cut off a little bit of our higher consciousness and capacity to take in a lot of data and remember it and then put it together and then form action out of that.

 

Alan: Although, when you look at the studies of cancers now… See at one time you could categorize cancers; there weren’t SO many of them. Today there are new types of cancers all the time. In fact the surgeons don’t even bother giving them names; they’ve never seen things like it. Every day there is something new. This again, is part of the process so there are people dying off. An awful lot of people are dying off because of all this stuff. I’m sure it’s right on queue. They probably knew exactly how many years that they would take to die and it’s bringing down the population. That is part of the plan. The World Health Organization screams every year, too many people, got to depopulate. Then they tell you how infertile… that’s another side effect of it by the way, is infertility of males. Not just the bisphenol-A but also the inoculations as well, which the big boys talked about using for sterilization 60 years ago.

 

Justin: It really does, all of this, it’s just mind bogglingly intelligent, the forces behind it. It’s sad. I try to understand it’s a little bit of abstract, almost, appreciation for what has occurred over the past couple hundred or since the beginning of time probably, is how it’s working out but…

 

Alan: Again too, see, when they have wars on terror, wars on poverty, wars on… these guys mean it. They have a war on something… When they had the League of Nations they said that the greatest threat to the world – and their plan by the way, which was to be a socialist ordered society – was overpopulation and they set up the Department of Population Control back in 1919. That blossomed into the United Nations and they still have the same department. What do we think that they are there for? They don’t meet all the time, full time employees, making wish lists of how to depopulate the planet… It’s more than a wish list, you see.

 

Justin: It’s absurd. It really is because here we are, all these humans, and our leaders are saying openly that they are trying to kill us but we just go about our day to day, whatever, just going to watch TV and try to calm down and…

 

Alan: Well, Bertrand Russell did say that, that they would use the needle and they also said they would make a compliant, obedient population. And every child who gets the measles, mumps and rubella and all the other injections they get at a very early age, they come down with a fever. The fever is centered in the head – in the head is your brain – and when you get a fever somewhere that means that brain cells, the cell tissue is dying off. Now they admit from Porton Down, the big establishment of warfare in Britain, that they can target any part of the brain, through chemicals or bio-warfare viruses, etc, they can target ANY particular part of the brain that they wish to and they’ve had that knowledge for years and years. See, it’s our inability to accept the fact that people would actually go ahead and do it, even though the evidence is all there that allows them to carry on. Back after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. I’m sure the buzz around all the different stations is on about President Obama’s regulatory czar, the guy who is in charge of the Department of Information. We actually have a DEPARTMENT of Information, just like Big Brother, Orwell. So this Cass Sunstein is the new czar and he’s quite a character. You can look him up on Wikipedia and all his theories. I’ll put up a link on my site at the end of the show where you can see a paper he wrote for Harvard a couple of years ago about conspiracy theorists and how they would have to take down all the conspiracy theorists. This article that I’m going to read now is by Aaron Klein, World Net Daily.

 

Top Obama czar: Infiltrate all ‘conspiracy theorists’

Presidential adviser wrote about crackdown on expressing opinions

WorldNetDaily Exclusive / Thursday, January 14, 2010 / By Aaron Klein

 

In a lengthy academic paper, President Obama’s regulatory czar, Cass Sunstein, argued the U.S. government should ban “conspiracy theorizing.” (A: To ban it.)

 

Among the beliefs Sunstein would ban is advocating that the theory of global warming is a deliberate fraud. (A: So I guess they’d lock us all up.)

 

Sunstein also recommended the government send agents to infiltrate “extremists (A: Now, isn’t that a conspiracy in itself? A conspiracy? Here’s a guy up with Obama’s groups, he recommends the government to send agents to infiltrate extremists…) who supply conspiracy theories” to disrupt the efforts of the “extremists” to propagate their theories.

 

In a 2008 Harvard law paper, “Conspiracy Theories,” Sunstein and co-author Adrian Vermeule, a Harvard law professor, ask, “What can government do about conspiracy theories?” (A: Can you imagine asking government what to do? They are the guys who dream them all up. How do we get the public to do this, how do we get the public to do that. It goes on to say…)

 

“We can readily imagine a series of possible responses. (1) Government might ban conspiracy theorizing. (2) Government might impose some kind of tax, financial or otherwise, on those who disseminate such theories.”

 

In the 30-page paper – obtained and reviewed by WND – Sunstein argues the best government response to “conspiracy theories” is “cognitive infiltration of extremist groups.” (A: I’ve told you, they always, through conspiracy, infiltrate groups. These guys are the biggest conspiratorial characters on the planet. Of course, what they’re doing is banning or eliminating all competition of any other source of information or ANY other point of view.)

 

Continued Sunstein: “We suggest a distinctive tactic for breaking up the hard core of extremists who supply conspiracy theories: cognitive infiltration of extremist groups (A: They use the internet galore, chat rooms, all that stuff. I’ve warned folk and warned folk about that before; they’ve been doing it for years.), whereby government agents or their allies (acting either virtually or in real space, and either openly or anonymously) will undermine the crippled epistemology of believers by planting doubts (A: You see, these guys did this with religion too by the way. This is an old technique.) about the theories and stylized facts that circulate within such groups, thereby introducing beneficial cognitive diversity.”

 

Sunstein said government agents “might enter chat rooms, online social networks, or even real-space groups and attempt to undermine percolating conspiracy theories by raising doubts about their factual premises, causal logic or implications for political action.”

 

Sunstein defined a conspiracy theory as “an effort to explain some event or practice by reference to the machinations of powerful people, who have also managed to conceal their role.” (A: Just like Mr. Sunstein here.)

 

Some “conspiracy theories” recommended for ban by Sunstein include:

 

“The theory of global warming is a deliberate fraud.” (A: That will be illegal.)

 

“The view that the Central Intelligence Agency was responsible for the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.”

 

“The 1996 crash of TWA flight 800 was caused by a U.S. military missile.”

 

“The Trilateral Commission is responsible for important movements of the international economy.”

 

“That Martin Luther King Jr. was killed by federal agents.”

 

“The moon landing was staged and never actually occurred.” (A: Etcetera.)

Jan. 15, 2010 (#493)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 15, 2010:Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 15th 2010. For the newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Look at all the other sites I have up there, bookmark them for future use, that way when the big sites go down, which they sometimes do, you can always pull up the latest shows for download. There are: [listed above]. I always start off the show by rattling the tin can and telling you that you are the audience that brings me to you. No one is backing me here. This way I’m not compromised about what I can say and what I can’t say. So it’s up to you to keep me going. The ads on this show are paid directly by the advertisers straight to RBN, which is the radio station that broadcasts the show. It pays for their air time, their staff and board operators, and some of their bills too. It’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by going into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site and purchasing the things I have for sale, the books, CDs and DVDs, or you can donate. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] It’s imperative you keep me going. For those that get the disks burned and passed to them, you can write to me at [address above].

 

This last while I’ve been going on about reality, what we think is reality and how we perceive reality and giving you ideas and clues into the big organizations that work through government agencies working with academia and universities to alter your perceptions, to create the new culture, the culture that is easily managed by those who OWN the countries. The countries ARE owned. Every country has its own establishment, as they call it. The establishment tends to keep out of politics. They own politics. Once in a blue moon their names come up in some big business venture perhaps, but they’re so high up they don’t often get mentioned in business ventures because they have whole teams and layers of people dealing with all of their businesses for them. Yet any one of them can phone up a government’s head, at any time, and get instantly through to them and tell them if they’re unpleased about something and what to do to rectify it. That’s the real world in which we live. It’s quite fascinating really, to realize there are different levels of reality, not just the public perception at the bottom, not just the media representation that GIVES us the perceptions at the bottom, not just the academia itself which is also locked into its own little perception level, it’s much, much higher levels.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about perception and reality and those who create our realities. We don’t realize that every generation has been worked on by professionals who work for governments AND the global government, societies and agencies that were set up over 100 years ago to bring about what they call the greater society, the multi-cultural, all kinds of diversity, society.

 

Really, what it was about – it sounds wonderful when you say multi-cultural and diverse and all the rest of it – it was so that no one would hang on to their particular cultures. Little bits are okay, they can come out at New Year’s time and dress up like dragons or whatever else, but they could not hold on to the VALUES of their cultures. Gradually they would introduce new parts, new types of a new culture for the whole planet which would make the public more easily managed by those who deemed themselves fit and in the right place, the righteous people, to manage them.

 

We live in a society where eugenics rules AND money rules, obviously. We find that Marxist theology is completely tied in with Darwinism and the right of the intellectuals at the top, who have also gained power AND fortunes throughout generations AND held on to it. It all tends to support each part of each other’s theory. That’s why Marx was really blended with Darwinism. That’s why he devoted, I think his 3rd or 4th edition [of the Communist Manifesto], to Darwin. He wanted to devote the second edition to him but it was a bit too early to bring in THAT kind of new theology mixed with the Darwinistic theologies.

 

We find other big players down through the ages who worked for the global system. They did not come from the working classes or the middles classes; they came from the elite classes. We know that the big bankers for instance, funded and founded the Cecil Rhodes Foundation AND the Milner Society that blended into the Royal Institute of International Affairs, a PRIVATE organization WAY UP there, actually a more far reaching and hard working group than the Bilderbergers. They all work together but they do all the think tank work in so many areas of what’s coming up for the big plan. Bankers set it up, not ordinary people whatsoever, and many of them come from long generation of interbreeding, just like the Darwin’s themselves did. I’ve mentioned so often that the Darwin’s, like Charles Darwin, was about the 5th generation of Darwin’s that married in to ONE other family, the Wedgwood’s. Every Darwin married a Wedgwood for generations. They were already doing special breeding, matching up what they thought were winners with winners. You could also say psychopaths with psychopaths because descendants can certainly pass on that particular trait.

 

Lord Bertrand Russell, in one of his many books, talked about the society they would bring in. He loved to boast about it and he wrote lots of books. He said in one of them,

 

“Through DIET (Alan: through the food that you eat or are given to eat or perhaps limited to eat.) INJECTIONS (A: That’s your inoculations.) and INJUNCTIONS will combine from a very early age to produce that sort of character and the sort of BELIEFS that the authorities consider desirable and any serious criticism of the powers the be will become psychologically impossible. (A: Understand that? Any serious criticism of the powers that be will become psychologically impossible.) Even if all are miserable, all will believe themselves happy because the government will tell them that they are so.”

 

I’ve lived through enough of a life to see so much of this happening with the general public. I’ve watched the big culture creators’ move into their shifts to the next part of each part of the society alteration. Yesterday I talked about Sunstein, the Harvard professor who worked really, with the military-industrial complex and complex psychological problems intended to ALTER and DESTROY not just conspiracy theories or different groups that wouldn’t go along with government policies and that’s really what it was, ALL kinds of groups. You understand, he wasn’t just talking about infiltration of conspiracy groups; they are talking about infiltrating ALL right-wings, left-wings, all the rest of it – they did that a long time ago by the way – and to destroy them by making them UNSURE about what they believed in. Yesterday I read some of the articles; one of them was from Information Liberation and there was also World Net Daily and also the stuff from the paper that Sunstein put out himself a couple of years ago at Harvard. Now he’s basically the information CZAR – everybody is called a CZAR now, because you are in communism – under Obama. In one of the articles, it says here…

 

Top Obama czar: Infiltrate all ‘conspiracy theorists’

Presidential adviser wrote about crackdown on expressing opinions

Posted: January 14, 2010 / By Aaron Klein / WorldNetDaily

 

Sunstein: “We suggest a distinctive tactic for breaking up the hard core of extremists who supply conspiracy theories (A: Now, you just take that to your grass roots cultural areas of the world or even parts of a country, rednecks – favorite target – rednecks, red necks. They don’t even know where rednecks came from. It was from the first slaves that came over, they were white guys. Actually they were called redshanks to begin with because they wore breaches and had no stockings coming down to their feet so they were burned; eventually the backs of their necks got burned and they called them red necks. That’s how that came about. First white guys in America were the actual slaves.): cognitive infiltration of extremist groups (A: Now, what’s an extremist group from the government’s point of view? It’s anybody who defies them or any of their policies or any of their cultural changes, as they promote whatever, massive promiscuity amongst pre-pubertal children, whatever. That’s called extremist if you oppose them.), whereby government agents or their allies (acting either virtually or in real space, and either openly or anonymously) will undermine the crippled epistemology of believers by planting doubts about the theories and stylized facts that circulate within such groups, thereby introducing beneficial cognitive diversity.” (A: Now, how have they got this down to a fine art? Well you see, the same people that Sunstein and his predecessors were involved in were attacking the religions that helped give you the values of a unified culture. They’ve been at this for CENTURIES folks, centuries.)

 

Sunstein said government agents “might enter chat rooms, online social networks, or even real-space groups and attempt to undermine percolating conspiracy theories by raising doubts about their factual premises, causal logic or implications for political action.” (A: You neutralize them all. I’ve told you before, there’s not a chat room out there or a forum that isn’t top-heavy with agents. So even if you start off with your facts right, you’ll be infiltrated. Some person with a strong personality – that’s how they will be seen by the others – will start putting good information in and then bend it around in so many different ways and then have you all fighting each other and getting you to attack certain people like me, by the way, which does happen. You’ll get used for that purpose because you’re not thinking for yourself.)

 

In this vein of perceptions, here’s a great article here from a business magazine that works with big pharma. It’s the Fierce Biotech. I’ve read from it before. Here’s exactly what I’m talking about. The same Sunstein technique, the Harvard University bunch, and this comes from Yale University, this particular look into how they are going to alter your perceptions about inoculations.

 

Who’s Afraid of the HPV Vaccine?

By ejones – Published on FierceBiotech (http://www.fiercebiotech.com) – January 13, 2010

 

(A: That’s the Human Papilloma VIRUS that they claim is going to help prevent cancer even though there are hundreds of them that can cause the cancers and supposedly they’ve targeted 2. What we do have in factual data, it’s killed a lot with anaphylactic shock, a lot of people who have got it already. The long-term effects have still to come in… and they will suppress them for years.)

 

View a Webcast with Dan Kahan of Yale University. (A: By the way, this guy worked with Sunstein before.)

 

A new study concludes that people tend to match their risk perceptions about policy issues with their cultural values (A: So you judge your risk perceptions about what you are told by government and agencies with your cultural values, exactly what I’ve been telling you.), which may explain the intense disagreement about proposals to vaccinate elementary-school girls against human-papilloma virus (HPV). The study also says people’s values shape their perceptions of expert opinion on the vaccine.

 

HPV is a widespread disease that, when sexually transmitted, can (A: I like the word ‘can.’) cause cervical cancer. (A: It’s not the only cause. There are a lot of causes.) In October of 2009, the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommended that the vaccine be given to all girls ages 11 or 12. However, the recommendation has been mired in controversy, and so far adopted in only one state and the District of Columbia.

 

An online experiment involving more than 1,500 U.S. adults reveals that individuals who have cultural values (A: Here’s how they word this. Listen very carefully…) that favor authority and individualism (A: What did I tell you… at the UN, the ENEMY to their world state is the individual. Here they’re linking it by association with authority. If you’re an individual and you stand up for say America or your country, you’re nationalistic, you like authority… bad word, you see. They are so clever, so clever. You are dealing with psycholinguistics here.) perceive the vaccine as risky (A: So if you have cultural values that favor authority and individualism, you’ll perceive the vaccine as risky.), in part because they believe it will lead girls to engage in unsafe sex. (A: Well, isn’t that the reason for giving that to young children who are getting told by the state through all their schooling and all the cultural values put out by the media and Hollywood, to engage in unsafe sex? Well, we know that but I’m going to continue to show you how it’s done and put across to you and what they’re going to DO about you after this break.)

 

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Some one just emailed me and they think there is too much compression that’s on the board side, maybe RBN, maybe put the treble up a little bit and less compression because it’s coming across that way. It kind of muffles things a bit. This is live, folks. This is what happens.

 

Reading this article here again from Fierce Biotech as it’s called, showing what they intend to do, how they are going to alter your perceptions. Even in their write-up you know that one of these psycholinguistic experts have put this together to already alter and attack your belief system and your culture and so on, or your stance on something. This one here takes on, in particular, the HPV vaccine that they are pushing on young girls and now they want to push on boys, on behalf of big pharma… because they love us, you understand. It says here…

 

The study was funded by the National Science Foundation (NSF) (A: So there’s your government into it again.) and is being published online this week in the journal Law and Human Behavior. It found that people exposed to unattributed, balanced information about HPV vaccines tended to produce something called “biased assimilation,” a phenomenon in which culturally-identifiable groups draw opposing conclusions and become more divided rather than less divided as they consider evidence.

 

But when biased assimilation was compared to another survey result, researchers were surprised. “An even bigger effect for all subjects was the perceived values of experts,” said Yale University law professor Dan Kahan referring to another part of the experiment in which arguments about the vaccine were matched with fictional experts.

 

I’m going to go IN to this particular site which this Kahan runs to show you. And what is it? It’s the Cultural Cognition Project. You know, the people haven’t a clue, they haven’t got a clue where their opinions, where their fashion, where their mode of action within society, they haven’t got a clue where the ideas in their head even come from or why they are there. You know that? They really, really don’t.

 

The Cultural Cognition Project

www.culturalcognition.net

 

The Cultural Cognition Project is a group of scholars interested in studying how cultural values shape public risk perceptions and related policy beliefs. (A: That’s government policy, folks.) Cultural cognition refers to the tendency of individuals to conform their beliefs about disputed matters of fact (e.g., whether global warming is a serious threat; whether the death penalty deters murder; whether gun control (A: They’re working on gun control too, for the federal government.) makes society more safe or less) (A: They will muddy the waters until you won’t know what you believe anymore.) to values that define their cultural identities. (A: Because the intent is to destroy all the old cultural identities. We are living through it; we’ve been living through it for years.) Project members are using the methods of various disciplines — including social psychology, anthropology, communications, and political science — to chart the impact of this phenomenon and to identify the mechanisms through which it operates. The Project also has an explicit normative objective: to identify processes of democratic decisionmaking by which society can resolve culturally grounded differences in belief in a manner that is both congenial to persons of diverse cultural outlooks and consistent with sound public policymaking. (A: So, sound public policymaking, which is the agenda, is what everything is based on. If you’re not going along with it, they are going to find ways, and they already have the ways to make you quite unsure of where you stand on things.)

 

Below are examples of CCP studies and research projects. (A: That are ongoing.)

 

HPV Vaccine Risk Perceptions

 

Is the controversy over the mandatory vaccination of school girls for HPV a cultural one? Yes, because what and whom individuals believe about the risks and benefits of the vaccine, experimental data show, are shaped by their cultural commitments. This is the conclusion of a CCP study published in Law & Human Behavior. (A: They say that people who are individualistic are therefore also authoritarian, meaning national, meaning you believe in a culture, they are the most resistant to it. In other words, you are a redneck, you see. Whereas people who are really egalitarian, communitarian-minded and egalitarian are more prone to accept whatever is given out as new; they are happy to try new things.)

 

Supreme Court on Use of Deadly Force

 

Based on a video shot from inside a police cruiser, the U.S. Supreme court concluded “no reasonable juror” could find that the risk posed by a fleeing motorist did not warrant deadly force to stop him. But a study by the Cultural Cognition Project published in the Harvard Law Review finds perceptions of risk among persons who viewed the tape varied dramatically with those persons’ cultural worldviews. (A: Now, this Yale guy is also in with The Harvard Law Review, publishing his stuff too, for the law courts, and showing you how people get their particular world views and how to alter, distort or actually destroy them.)

 

Gay and Lesbian Parenting

A majority of Americans believe that custody issues (including adoption placement) should be resolved in favor of the best interests of the child, but they disagree over what impact gay or lesbian parenting has on child welfare.

 

This is where all the stuff gets promoted through. First through academia, working with government policies, and with the UN because they are the masters for the global culture that they are bringing in and then they find ways through media, entertainment, novels and through schooling to get the kind of society that they want. You see, you are plastic, technically you don’t deserve to have a mind of your own, you really don’t. Like the article that I read at the beginning of the show from Lord Bertrand Russell, YOU should have the mentality and the personality and the culture that they’ve given to you, to be a good citizen. That’s what that means. That’s what that means folks. And those that don’t want to go along with it all, what will they do about it? Well, I’ve told you for years that the big boys – the big, big boys – promote and they’ve actually funded The New Age into existence. What is the New Age really? It’s a substitute for the OLD religions that gave you your cultural values. It’s the new communal one. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. Reading articles to do with how we perceive things and that tell you that most people don’t even know that what they think and what they perceive are two different things. The perception itself is GIVEN to you; it’s formulated in a certain way which will give you a particular type of opinion.

 

The New Age comes into this too. The New Age was meant to bring in a wishy-washy multitude of anything-goes religion type thing, no rules, regulations, do as you want, and that fulfills the need for people’s spirituality. They say you can take people out of religion but you can’t take religion out of the people, so they have to give you a substitute and that’s why they came in with the New Age, a massive, well financed, well planned onslaught with a different… It’s almost like a supermarket of the New Age, whatever your personality is, whatever you want and the time, you can go shopping for it and it’s there. However, there’s no cohesion amongst any of them on anything except for being good; feel good, stay of out everything, don’t bother about politics and heavy things like that, leave all the big things to the big boys, it’s nothing to do with you, just be happy and enjoy, wave your hands, in a field, wear gowns, and play flutes and stuff on a nice sunny day. That’s what they give you so they can manage you much more perfectly. We forget that religion in the past was a major force on holding cultures together, where they’d actually stand up and fight for it and any tyrant that tried to take over was immediately put down by mass force from the people themselves. So that’s an enemy of the cultural creators. That’s why they’ve given you this.

 

One of the big women who was in the New Age was Barbara Marx Hubbard. Amazing name that, Marx Hubbard, isn’t it? Out of one of her books she said this, it takes in evolution, it takes in the transgenic movement, how the better ones will move into the next system, the old ones will die off, and must die off, because after all, they were using a sort of Hindu philosophy for their particular religion. In Hinduism they believe that they have WAVES of time, waves of theology and so on, or theosophy. At the end of an age, those who have evolved highest must go on but they can’t bring those who have not evolved along with them. It’s basic… that’s what Darwinism is based on by the way, a very ancient pantheistic belief system. This is what Barbara Marx Hubbard said; I’ll try and impersonate her, because they love to talk in a certain way.

 

“Out of the full spectrum of human personality, one-fourth is electing to transcend . . . (A: Aaaah, transcend.) One-fourth is resistant to election. They are unattracted by life ever-evolving . . . . Now, as we approach the quantum shift from creature-human to co-creative human . . . (A: See, they’re all going to be Gods.) the destructive one-fourth must be eliminated from the social body . . . . (A: I’ll repeat that last part again for the hard of thinking. The destructive one-fourth must be eliminated from the social body . . . .) Fortunately you, dearly beloveds, are not responsible for this act. We are. We are in charge of God’s selection process for planet Earth. He selects, we destroy. We are the riders of the pale horse, Death.”

 

That’s Barbara Marx Hubbard, a woman who had access to all Presidents, Prime Ministers, went to all global meetings, UN and so on. That was from her book, New Age Religious leader, The Book of Co-Creation, written in 1980, Part III, page 59.

 

It’s amazing. Data, there is so much data given out to the public, so much that they can’t keep a hold of it all coming in. 99% of all data that we get on a daily basis is completely irrelevant to us. It is MEANT to overload you so that you don’t think through the processes of what’s controlling you, guiding you, what’s altering YOUR behavior. Remember what Skinner said himself, the behaviorist, that to alter people’s behavior, you must alter something within their environment. The cameras alone that watch you, the CCTV cameras, they also alter the way you behave in public. You’re not spontaneous anymore. A spontaneous, happy act in a little group might be considered some sort of unsociable act by those who are watching; they might send a SWAT team down thinking something is going on. You become more straight-faced, you are on camera so you cannot be spontaneous. Your behavior is already altering and they are using YOU and your knowledge that you are being watched TO ALTER YOURSELF. That’s the technique that’s being used.

 

Remember, what I talk about tonight, all the links will be up on my site cuttingthroughthematrix.com and you can go and check them out. I think the sound is getting better because I had to alter this board on my end here.

 

I really wish that people would understand how altered we are and where they plan to go with it all, until ANYTHING GOES, you will think anything goes and you are all going to be freer but in actuality there’s no cohesion and no cohesive act can possibly happen amongst you then. You are segregated really, from each other. You won’t stand up for any values in common and then you are easily managed by big government. Remember what Orwell said, when they come for you and they speak down to you – in the beginning of 1984 – where the screen in the home looks right down to you, that’s government talking right down to you; there is no one else around you, no neighbor, no relative, no one to stand up as a group FOR you on your behalf. HG Wells said the same thing. When they have that achieved, that situation, then there is no opposition to government policy. Complete alteration of the cultures.

 

We’re all living through it. Most folk don’t even know it’s happening. There is not even a single comedy you can watch, especially comedies, where whatever is the new political correctness is not slipped in there. You cannot sit back and watch a comedy, you’ll find it everywhere.

 

Getting back to this article here on the culture creators from the University, this guy that runs the Yale combined with the Harvard project, he’s got an article here called Synthetic Biology Risk Perceptions.

 

The Cultural Cognition Project

www.culturalcognition.net

 

Synthetic Biology Risk Perceptions

Public consciousness of the promise and perils of synthetic biology is only now beginning to emerge. In a project funded by the National Science Foundation (SES-0922714), the Cultural Cognition Project will conduct a series of experimental studies aimed at anticipating how values could influence synthetic biology risk perceptions and how information should be communicated to assure that public (A: That’s what they call it, you’re being ‘assured’ when they alter your perceptions.) deliberations about the development of synthetic biology are informed by the best available scientific information. (A: Which means perception changers. It’s quite fascinating to go through what they’re really up to. These guys also, by the way, work through the Futurist Society, the novelists, the various author societies, scriptwriters for television, Hollywood; everyone involved in giving you what you think is your normal culture. There is nothing normal about it, around it, in it, at all… hasn’t been for an awful, AWFUL long time.)

 

Pravda put an article out on the false H1N1 pandemic.

 

H1N1, the False Pandemic

13.01.2010 Source: Pravda.Ru

 

Wolfgang Wodarg, Head of Health at the Council of Europe, considers that the A H1N1 scare was a “campaign of panic”, a “false pandemic”, “one of the great medicine scandals of the century” and claims that the vaccines, based on cancerous cells (A: That’s what they’re using.), spell the chilling message “there is worse to come”.

 

For Wolfgang Wodarg, the pandemic of A H1N1, which started as Mexican Flu, then Swine Flu, was no more and no less than a campaign to create a false notion of insecurity for the pharmaceutical companies to cash in. “The great campaign of panic we have seen provided a golden opportunity for representatives from labs who knew they would hit the jackpot in the case of a pandemic being declared,” he declared.

 

Claiming that the “pandemic” is “one of the great medicine scandals of the century,” Dr. Wodarg has called for an enquiry. The resolution he proposed for an investigation into the role of the pharma companies in the A H1N1 story has been passed by the Council of Europe, which is based in Strasbourg. An emergency debate will be held at the end of January.

 

We’re living in the creation of mass panic. We’re in the times of crisis creation with the guys – like the last guy I talked about at Yale University and guys in Harvard – working to help bring this about. Many other Universities too, mind you, have HUGE grants from the big foundations and from governments to work on these particular projects. We are played like fish, we truly are. We’re played like fish who are starving in a pond. These guys have all these kinds of lures for baits and they test different ones to find out which one works the quickest and the cheapest for them, for us all to alter OUR behavior and to take the bait.

 

New Sex Hormone Found—May Lead to Male Birth Control?

A new hormone discovery could help pave the way to a male birth control pill.

Rachel Kaufman for National Geographic News / January 11, 2010

 

(A: New sex hormone, quite an interesting article.)

A new human sex hormone has been found, a new study says. The naturally occurring substance could lead to the long-sought male birth control pill, researchers cautiously speculate. (A: Why do they need it since all the males in the Western world, according to the UN, are becoming sterile anyway? They just don’t know WHY, in fact there’s no inquiry to find out, which means they know what’s causing it because it’s supposed to be that way. [Alan laughing.] So now they’re into the…)

 

Gonadotropin-inhibitory hormone (GnIH)—first identified in birds about a decade ago—was recently discovered in the hypothalamus of the human brain. The hypothalamus produces hormones that regulate sleep, sex drive, body temperature, and more. (A: I wonder what the ‘more’ is? So they’re going into this to see if they can create another way to create a birth control system for males. They won’t need it in the Western countries though because we’ve almost had it here. Again, what was it Russell said? By the needle and the food supply and so on, they shall create the kind of population that they want. Well, they’re pretty well here I would say.)

 

This article here too, it falls in with what I’m saying as well. Interesting too, the guys who are trying to spin your perceptions are working with all kinds of things to promote homosexuality, gay and so on; you’ll see that all on their site. This is from the government, Yale and Harvard working together. It’s mainly to do with depopulation because people who are heterosexual tend to produce children and they don’t want children being produced in this day and age. Julian Huxley who was the first CEO of UNESCO – I’ve read this on the air – from his own book said, they would bring in a society of massive promiscuity but no one will breed children, so you’ll be happy but basically neutered. Well, we’re almost there. They don’t want populations you see. They already know what their ideal population on the earth should be, to suit the new system that Barbara Marx Hubbard was pointing out was coming in and she was promoting. It’s down to about less than 2 billion; some say even 2 million would suit them fine.

 

This is from CNSNews.com.

 

Pro-Life Advocates Plan to Protest Opening

of Largest Abortion Clinic in U.S.

Wednesday, January 6, 2010 / By Penny Starr, Senior Staff Writer / CNSNews.com

 

Pro-life activists and religious leaders plan a rally (A: See, these are the people who’ve got cultural values and probably like authoritarian societies, according to the experts who are working to destroy this. They will. They’ll get in and muddy up what you think was your foundation of your beliefs until you’re not quite sure anymore. That’s what they do.) near a six-story building that formerly housed a bank. The cash-register-shaped building is being renovated into an abortion facility by Planned Parenthood. (A: Margaret Sanger’s bunch, the great hero of the feminist movement. The feminist movement didn’t come from the grass roots; it was promoted from the top, the big foundations with massive money backing it. It wasn’t little peasant women at the bottom either, and it wasn’t even the lower middle classes. It was, again, the rich at the very top who got the whole thing rolling by guys like Bernays in charge of it, who also taught the same women to smoke and drink booze and be like men. It says here…)

 

(CNSNews.com) – A coalition of pro-life advocates and religious leaders plan to gather in Houston on Jan. 18 to oppose what is expected to be the largest abortion clinic in the country.

 

Planned Parenthood is renovating a former bank, turning it into a 78,000 square foot facility that will include a surgical wing equipped to provide late-term abortions. (A: That’s the last trimester they’re talking about here.)

 

“It’s an abortion super center,” Lou Engle, founder of the pro-life group The Call to Conscience, which is organizing the rally, told CNSNews.com.

 

Joining Engle at the “prayer march” will be Tony Perkins, president of the Family Research Council, and Samuel Rodriguez, president of the National Hispanic Christian Leadership Conference. Religious leaders expected to attend include Bishop Harry Jackson, senior pastor of Hope Christian Church; Richard Land, president of the Ethics and Religious Liberty Commission of the Southern Baptist Convention; Star Parker, president of the Coalition for Urban Renewal and Education; and Abby Johnson, the former director of a Planned Parenthood clinic.

 

Engle compared the fight for the rights of the unborn to another critical movement in America. “As Martin Luther King, Jr. said, ‘It is time to subpoena the conscience of America,’” he said. (A: The conscience of America has been almost destroyed by the previous articles and the guys who work in the big academia movements along with government over the last, especially 60 years, to be honest with you.)

 

For those who pooh-pooh just the religions, remember, right now there is nothing else standing up between life and the VALUE of life for YOU. There is nothing standing up against that, against big government and big foundations that want to vastly reduce the populations. And think about it too, what that guy said, Sunstein, how they would go IN and infiltrate different groups, make them begin to question their basic beliefs on anything. You see, these are the same guys, the Sunsteins, who has been at this for an awful long time by the way – if you look at his biography – that helped destroy the cultural religious values the people already had. Do you understand, I hope, what I’m saying? It’s very, very important. I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. It’s hard for most folk to imagine that the system they are born into was created for them by experts. Just like the ones who are being born today are going to grow up into Sunstein’s brave new world, and all the other characters who work at Yale and Harvard and all the big institutions that get masses of government and private money, including money from the Pentagon, to work on modifying human behavior. You see, in a post-war global society they have to bring in a brand new culture of OBEDIENCE, obedient people across the world.

 

It’s the INDIVIDUAL who stands up for rights. It’s the INDIVIDUAL that stands up for what he or she thinks is right or wrong. And that must basically be eliminated. They don’t want individuals at all. Getting back to what I said, the UN has declared that the INDIVIDUAL is their major threat to world peace. Mao Tse-Tung said he wasn’t afraid of artilleries or armies or bombs, he was afraid of someone with an IDEA, an idea that would spread like wildfire. That is what we’re living through. Your parents were born into their phase of it too; the culture was already created for them, which was different from their grandparents. We’ve been taught that we’re somehow evolving along and that culture itself just alters here and there by itself, like some will-of-the-wisp, and NOTHING CAN BE FURTHER FROM THE TRUTH.

 

If you were to look back into the Middle Ages and right up into the 20th century, people were singing folk songs that were sung HUNDREDS of years ago by their great-great-great-great-great-great grandparents. Nothing much changed. During a feudal system – and I’m not advocating that by any chance but the elite certainly are, they want a new feudal system as Professor Carroll Quigley said – nothing much changed. So culture changes because it’s designed and promoted and directed by those who want power or those who have been brought in to create the new system, a world of experts.

 

You should see the movie, if you can get a hold of it, of Brave New World. I think it was made in 1980 or 1982. It’s very difficult to get a hold of. If you do get a hold of it, burn me a copy of it please. You’ll see what the society is supposed to be that they would bring in. Written by Aldous Huxley who sat IN on to think tanks and he did not necessarily go along with it all; he was the brother of Julian. Julian was the utter control freak; that’s why they put him in as the head of the United Nations UNESCO. UNESCO was designed to bring in a common culture for the global society that they said themselves would be drastically, drastically different from any culture that had been before. It meant the elimination basically, of all previous cultural and nationalistic values.

 

We’re living through it now folks and most folk don’t even know how we got here. We’re told to have fun. We have people now who are middle aged and even elderly and all they talk about is what’s on television when they’re in their death beds. They have no wisdom to pass on to anyone because literally, they’ve never had enough peace and quite through their lives. They’ve been entertained their whole lives long and so they have no wisdom that they’ve come up with themselves or insights to pass on to the youth. That’s how you destroy the cultures. That’s why you separate the generations. It’s been very effective up until this moment.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Jan. 18, 2010 (#494)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 18th 2010. For newcomers to the show, I suggest you look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Bookmark all the sites I have up there for future use because sometimes the main site goes down. The official sites are: [listed above]. As always, at the start of the show I mention that you bring me to you… YOU are the listeners, you the audience. I’m not backed by any big foundation or any big company that’s selling products and so on. The ads on the show that you hear are paid directly by the advertisers straight to RBN. That pays for the air time, their staff and equipment and their bills. So it’s up to you as the listeners to keep me going. You can do so by going into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, see the books, CDs and DVDs I have for sale or you can donate to me. You’ll find out how to do it on the web sites. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned of the shows I do and passed to them to play on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. So that’s my tin can moment, as I rattle the tin can for the pennies.

 

I often don’t really pick the topics of the night’s show until the last moment because there is so much to choose from. So much of it too, really, in a sense, is trivia or irrelevant or it will simply get phased out by tomorrow’s news. We are dished out so much news today you can’t keep up with it and that’s part of the technique of data overload, as they call it. With data overloads, it’s hard to retain what’s relevant and hard to even remember what to toss OUT of your mind. Your mind can only hold so much and it gets mixed with trivia and fiction until it’s all a fantasy. Some people like the fantasy, they call them conspiracy theorists. That’s the term that the intelligence services decided to GIVE the people at the bottom to use upon themselves and a lot of them will do that. They’ll say, yep, I’m a conspiracy theorist and they sound like a nutcase right away. The key is, you don’t have to guess about things, as to where the world is going. You don’t have to guess about why things are happening. You just have to read the old books because they TOLD you where it was going a long time ago. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. It’s hard to choose topics to talk about today because we are bombarded with them. Funny to think that in the 1960s, some of the big players who are still going today, are still alive today and working very hard at this emerging world society, although I think it’s long, long past here already, they talked about this phase that we’d go through where we’d become involved in a sort of world communication society. In other words, they were talking about the internet that they were going to give us way back then, before most of us had even tried a computer ourselves, or they had one for sale and even universities were limited on the types that they had. But they knew they were going to bring this in because they had got so advanced during the whole Cold War with computers that they knew they could bring it in and make a collective society. They also knew that people would become more ALIENATED from each other during this particular phase as well. We could all be on the NET so to speak, and yet we’d eventually be trained to talk to voiceless entities across the world somewhere and never really meet people. They thought that eventually we might not need the ability, we’d lose the ability to actually communicate directly with other people.

 

When you think about the effects of television, a lot of that was accomplished even then when whole families would sit and stare at the google box and they wouldn’t talk to each other. They were losing the ability to communicate and interact with each other even then. Then back in the 70s and 80s as more cash through credit cards was available, different members of the family would go off into their own rooms to watch their own television set. That further estranged them as well. The computer is doing much the same kind of thing. As I say, it was all predicted an awful long time ago, before a lot of people were born and long before they came up and told us that they were going to give us this thing called the internet.

 

What I’m truly saying is that we are living through an agenda. The world is simply an agenda. It’s so interesting too, to read the big boys like Brzezinski in his book, Between Two Ages, where he puts out the format to the public, the reader, in the way that I call the ACCIDENTAL VIEW OF HISTORY. Trends just appear, the way the RAND Corporation tends to do its announcements in magazines. Trends appear and according to the trends, they predict that we will be doing down the road and we’ll be doing this by the year so and so and so and so. That’s the way that Brzezinski presented his information and YET Brzezinski and the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission had been working their whole lives, and people before they were born too, were at it DIRECTING THE COURSE of the world and the course of the cultures and the course of technology. So it’s so interesting to see him give you the accidental view but never mention the fact that there were big, big players and powerful organizations SHAPING the direction in which we were told to go. Quite fascinating really.

 

We are supposed to believe in the accidental view. Things just happen by accident, governments get up and try and fix things on the spur of the moment and that’s why it’s so chaotic and that’s why they make mistakes, we’re told. Again, there is nothing further from the truth. The further back you go, reading the books written by the big players, the more evident it becomes that everything that you’ve lived through was predicted by them because they were making it all happen throughout your whole life and where it’s supposed to go, up to the year 2050 and beyond.

 

Sometimes they will call them futurists as well, the futurists who predict trends. Like any world where they’ve trained, or any reality where they’ve trained the public to follow EXPERTS – as Bertrand Russell said they would and they have – they pick the supposed TOP futurists, the ones who will predict the winning trends. They are the winners, they’re always right. Well, it’s not because they’ve got good crystal balls or because they’ve got more of an acute mental range or something. It’s because they are IN on the big plan, the big agenda. There is an old saying they used to use in different religions and they’d say, ‘make it so.’ Freemasonry still says that. Even Wicca, they say, ‘so mote it be.’ If you put up the experts there who are putting out the trends, it becomes that way because they’ve said it’s going to become that way. The big businesses listen them and they get on board and they actually MAKE it happen. That’s how you direct society. Plus big money is always available to make sure it goes off in that direction.

 

In the process, we go through many cons and scams to guide us into the new society of a depopulated planet where children are not only irrelevant almost, they really don’t want them. They really, really don’t like children and they especially don’t like children from the middle and lower classes anymore. Both classes have to go. The world that has been decided that’s to come in eventually is for an elite with a technotronic class, the crème-de-la-crème of the technotronic era will work for them and things will be robotic and eventually even computers will be running operations for them in hospitals and things like that. But they don’t need the massive manpower anymore. They’re looking towards the future where sustainability, as they call it, really, since these guys at the top are always terrified that they’ll die off themselves if there is not enough food to go around, they plan to take down the population first – take out your enemy instead – and make it safe for themselves. In the meantime, WE MUST BE TAUGHT THAT WE ARE THE PROBLEM.

 

WE are the problem. WE are the consumers, WE are the problem. Well, nothing is further from the truth. The same guys – as I say, many of them are still alive today – promoted the consumer age. They promoted it because they needed a strong West. They needed a strong United States of America because they were supplying the tax money and the military force to go across the whole world as the global policeman. Now that the job is coming to a halt – they are right now attacking the last few countries left to be dominated and to be standardized into this system – they will run out of enemies and they won’t need the big military forces. They also know they are going to take down the Western world at the same time as they are finishing off the Middle East and Asia. That’s why the next part of the plan is to bring the military home, a good part of it, integrate it completely and manage the herd as we gradually get taken down the path to annihilation so the elite might survive.

 

There’s an old saying that used to be said, and still is said actually in some religions. It said that the few must perish for the sake of the many. In this case, it’s the many that must perish for the sake of the few. That’s the big agenda. I’m not kidding about it. They are very strong about this. They are teaching children in school that children, their own offspring, will be unnecessary. There are already volunteers coming out after massive indoctrination at school, scientific indoctrination, and asking for sterilization. That is part of the agenda.

 

All meat is to be eliminated, meat consumption. Alvin Toffler, another big futurist there, well funded by the big boys, wrote in his book The Third Wave, that the future will be a vegetarian society and it must be so, he said. He didn’t say why it must be so; he just said it must be so. Now we’re getting articles in the media, from the top again, about the need to stop eating all meat because they say it’s too energy consumptive and they want to give you their GMO foods instead… which are full of toxins and poisons and pesticides. That is not what the elites eat of course. We’ll never get access to their stuff. You could never afford it even if you were given the card to get access.

 

As everything happens there is always another reason for things happening, never the way we are told. This odd thing with Haiti, people forget that the UN has been in that country for years. Canada and the States and other countries have been sending policemen in, with the blue berets for the United Nations. The RCMP goes in there, from Canada, with blue berets. They just never quite seem to get the Haitians to give up all their rights and be dominated and allow all their resources – and there are resources around there, still to be plundered – to give it all away to the big boys. So bang, along comes the earthquake and do they send in massive relief with all the organizations which they have up? No. What they do is they send in the military, masses of military because they have announced that FIRST AND FOREMOST that area of the Caribbean is necessary for the defense of the United States of America, to have hegemony over it. That’s why they’re sending all the troops in.

 

This article is from Global Research.

 

The Militarization of Emergency Aid to Haiti:

Is it a Humanitarian Operation or an Invasion?

By Michel Chossudovsky / Global Research, January 15, 2010

 

Haiti has a longstanding history of US military intervention and occupation going back to the beginning of the 20th Century. US interventionism has contributed to the destruction of Haiti’s national economy and the impoverishment of its population.

 

The devastating earthquake is presented to World public opinion as the sole cause of the country’s predicament.

 

A country has been destroyed, its infrastructure demolished. Its people precipitated into abysmal poverty and despair.

 

Haiti’s history, its colonial past have been erased.

 

The US military has come to the rescue of an impoverished Nation. What is its Mandate?

 

Is it a Humanitarian Operation or an Invasion?

 

The main actors in America’s “humanitarian operation” are the Department of Defense, the State Department and the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID). (See USAID Speeches: On-The-Record Briefing on the Situation in Haiti, 01/13/10). USAID has also been entrusted in channelling food aid to Haiti, which is distributed by the World Food Program. (See USAID Press Release: USAID to Provide Emergency Food Aid for Haiti Earthquake Victims, January 13, 2010) (Alan: I’m going to talk more about the World Food Program when I come back from this break.)

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article from Global Research to do with Haiti and the emergency aid that’s supposedly going in there right now. It’s a massive military invasion when you look at it from another point of view. It talks about how the USAID has been entrusted to channel food aid to Haiti, which is distributed by the World Food Program.

 

The World Food Program is a very interesting program to go into. It’s tied in with the World Agricultural agency at the United Nations because in their mandate when they set up the different parts of the UN, they were set up to be eventually parts of a global structure. That department for agriculture was to be responsible, down the road – which might not be too far – to distribute ALL food to ALL regions; they’ve got the world broken up into regions and that includes the Americas as well, one day. They said at the time, when they set it up, that they will give a set amount of food to every region and you must keep your population down below a certain level because they won’t increase the food. So it’s interesting to see TRAIL runs, in a sense, always being used by the United Nations. That’s what they are, trial runs.

 

The military component of the US mission, however, tends to overshadow the civilian functions of rescuing a desperate and impoverished population. The overall humanitarian operation is not being led by civilian governmental agencies such as FEMA or USAID, but by the Pentagon.

 

The dominant decision making role has been entrusted to US Southern Command (SOUTHCOM).

 

A massive deployment of military hardware and personnel is contemplated. The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Admiral Mike Mullen has confirmed that the US will be sending nine to ten thousand troops to Haiti, including 2000 marines. (American Forces Press Service, January 14, 2010)

 

Aircraft carrier, USS Carl Vinson and its complement of supporting ships has already arrived in Port au Prince. (January 15, 2010). The 2,000-member Marine Amphibious Unit as well as and soldiers from the U.S. Army’s 82nd Airborne division “are trained in a wide variety of missions including security and riot-control in addition to humanitarian tasks.” (A: Do you ever get the impression it’s going to come back home eventually? That’s what it is. It’s a training exercise too.)

 

In contrast to rescue and relief teams dispatched by various civilian organizations, the humanitarian mandate of the US military is not clearly defined:

 

“Marines are definitely warriors first, and that is what the world knows the Marines for,… [but] we’re equally as compassionate when we need to be, and this is a role that we’d like to show — that compassionate warrior, (A: That’s kind of contradictory.) reaching out with a helping hand for those who need it. We are very excited about this.” (Marines’ Spokesman, (A: Remember, that’s Public Relations when you have a spokesman.) Marines Embark on Haiti Response Mission, Army Forces Press Services, January 14, 2010)

 

While presidents Obama and Préval spoke on the phone, there were no reports of negotiations between the two governments regarding the entry and deployment of US troops on Haitian soil. The decision was taken and imposed unilaterally by Washington. The total lack of a functioning government in Haiti was used to legitimize, on humanitarian grounds, the sending in of a powerful military force, which has de facto taken over several governmental functions. (A: Then it goes on with the different ships that are in the area.)

 

TABLE 1

 

US Military Assets to be Sent to Haiti. (according to official announcements)

 

The amphibious assault ship USS Bataan (LHD 5) and amphibious dock landing ships USS Fort McHenry (LSD 43) and USS Carter Hall (LSD 50).

 

A 2,000-member Marine Amphibious Unit from the 22nd Marine Expeditionary Unit and soldiers from the U.S. Army’s 82nd Airborne division. 900 soldiers are slated to arrive in Haiti by January 15th.

 

Aircraft carrier, USS Carl Vinson and its complement of supporting ships. (arrived in Port au Prince on January 15, 2010): USS Carl Vinson CVN 70

 

The hospital ship USNS Comfort (A: ONE hospital ship.)

 

Several U.S. Coast Guard vessels and helicopters (A: And on and on it goes. It’s like an invasion.)

 

But what makes you feel better too, it’s like after the big tsunami, remember a few years ago, where they said that every country would match, every government would match every charity dollar with a dollar of tax money for the relief funds. Billions were collected. Billions of dollars were collected and then after it was all in they announced that they’d put Bill Clinton and George Bush Sr in charge of the fund and that’s the last you heard of it. I said that at the time too, that will be the last you hear of it because those poor guys over there where the tsunami hit will be gathering up bits of tin and wood and knocking back some shacks together again without any aid at all arriving, and that pretty well is what happened. Well, they put the same two boys in charge of the fund for Haiti so we feel much better now, as two men you can truly trust right?

 

This is the farce that we’re living through. It’s geopolitics. Remember what these guys say at the top too, even though they can certainly cause earthquakes; that was even questioned at one point with a ship, a submarine in the area of the last tsunami, because they have submarines which can actually lay bombs, drill them into the fault lines and explode them, going back as far as the 1960s. Regardless of that, the CFR and the Trilateral Commission and all of its members always say they can take some catastrophe and turn it to their advantage, for the geopolitical agenda. That will be done with Haiti regardless of what caused it, natural or otherwise.

 

It’s quite funny to watch the farce between Google… Now Google is one of the top players in collecting all data across the planet for those who rule us. They keep it forever, all data, all kinds of data. I’ve read articles from some of their bosses in fact admitting to all of this. They’re going through this spat with China over censorship because up until now…

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about Google and its spat with China over censorship. It’s kind of like the pot calling the kettle black. Here’s Google gathering data for security services across the planet on EVERY single person on the planet and they’ve been cooperating with China up until recently, supposedly, and censoring their own dissidents. A dissident in China is someone who questions anything in the regime, something that’s going to happen here too; actually it already is happening here. This is from V3.co.uk.

 

Google to end censorship of Chinese searches

Company threatens to pull out of China after human rights hacking

Iain Thomson in San Francisco, V3.co.uk 13 Jan 2010

 

Google has issued a shock announcement that it is to end censoring the results of its Google.cn search engine, after a series of hacking attacks that it says was aimed at human rights activists. (A: Now did anybody ask us about did we mind getting our material kept and snaggled by Google for all the top guys? No. They didn’t ask us, for the top boys to listen to it. But here they are making a pretense of standing up for the human rights activists in China. [Alan laughing.])

 

The company said in a posting on its corporate blog that Google and at least 20 other companies had been the target of a hacking attack in December.

 

Google claims to have seen evidence that the attacks were aimed at accessing the Gmail accounts of Chinese human rights activists.

 

“These attacks and the surveillance they have uncovered, combined with the attempts over the past year to further limit free speech on the web, have led us to conclude that we should review the feasibility of our business operations in China,” wrote David Drummond, chief legal officer at Google.

 

“We have decided that we are no longer willing to continue censoring our results on Google.cn, so over the next few weeks we will be discussing with the Chinese government the basis on which we could operate an unfiltered search engine within the law, if at all.

 

“We recognise that this may well mean having to shut down Google.cn, and potentially our offices in China.” (A: Well we’ll see what happens there. As I say, what a farce. Here they are making a big deal about China when Google admits it’s been collecting data since it set itself up. It’s collecting data on all of us with everything FOR the security intelligence agencies. Such a farce isn’t it.)

 

The BBC has the MET Office, that’s their weather office, a big, big organization for the BBC. It’s totally on board of course with the new world order because the BBC works FOR the British government. It’s paid for by the tax money and it has political agendas, always has had. It was set up in fact, to be the propaganda arm of the British parliamentary system… and nothing has changed. This article is from the BBC to do with its weather department that’s all for the global warming; it’s a rah-rah team for global warming and all that stuff.

 

Met Office rethink on forecasts

By Roger Harrabin / Environment analyst, BBC News

 

The UK Met Office is debating what to do with its long-term and seasonal forecasting after criticism for failing to predict extreme weather. (A: These are the guys who are the experts, right, that are all on board with global warming. They failed to predict the extreme weather that Britain and Europe is going through right now.)

 

Some experts say the Met Office should stop longer-term (A: …statistical projections…) forecasting because it damages the organisation’s reputation. (A: Why? Because they are always wrong. They are ALWAYS wrong.)

 

Others maintain that communication of the forecasts must be improved.

 

The Met Office has been criticised for failing to predict in its seasonal forecasts the UK would suffer this cold winter or the last three wet summers. (A: They didn’t predict any of them.)

 

After being rapped for its now notorious “barbecue summer” (A: That never happened right, they got pouring rain.) press release, the winter forecast was expressed in probabilistic terms, (A: And what they told the public was…) with a 66% likelihood that the winter would be warmer than average (A: Here they are with the worst freezing snow in 20 years.) and a one in seven chance that it would be colder.

 

The Met Office has now admitted to BBC News that its annual global mean forecast predicted temperatures higher than actual temperatures for nine years out of the last 10. (A: 9 out of 10 wrong… [Alan laughing])

 

This “warming bias” is very small (A: This is their excuse.)- just 0.05C. And the Met Office points out that the variance between the forecast and the actual temperature is within its own stated margins of error. (A: So they can police themselves and pop it within its own margins of error.)

 

We live through incredible farces don’t we? That’s what I was saying about what do you pick to read on a show like this when there is so much farce out there, except more farce. Here’s another farce here. See, we’re getting steamrolled over, or railroaded I should really say. It’s railroaded and stampeded into crisis after crisis after crisis, all planned that way mind you, because we adapt quickly in crisis to any crazy change. Any new way of living, we adapt so fast… and they know this too from all their social engineering experts at the top. People have already forgotten that we’ve had a monetary crash supposedly and that they bailed out the banks with billions and billions, maybe trillions of dollars… across the world. They said it would make banking more honest and all the rest of that nonsense, at the time when they were dishing out the tax money to the banks. Well, this is the Sunday Times.

 

Wall Street giants pay staff $100bn (A: This is for bonuses.)

From The Sunday Times January 17, 2010 / Iain Dey

 

Four of Wall Street’s biggest banks will this week reveal plans to pay their staff a total of close to $100 billion (£62 billion), reigniting the row over bankers’ bonuses. (A: Well no kidding. Here’s the big boys too, the guys that started it all…)

 

Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, Citigroup and Bank of America Merrill Lynch are all expected to announce bumper pay awards for staff alongside full-year results.

 

Wall Street’s big payouts come as the remuneration committee at Royal Bank of Scotland prepares to meet this week to determine the size of its bonus pot.

 

RBS — 84%-owned by British (A: The British government, by the way.) taxpayers — has indicated it wants to pay its investment bankers about £1.5 billion in bonuses, even though it will make a loss this year at group level. The figure could creep higher if it attempts to shelter its bankers from the impact of Alistair Darling’s 50% tax on bonuses.

 

Lord Myners, the City minister, has called a meeting of global finance ministers and regulators in Downing Street this month to discuss other levies that could be introduced to prevent future crises. (A: Here they are dishing out $100 billion bucks or something to each other and meanwhile the government is meeting to get a bigger pot to STAVE off really, or cushion the NEXT future crisis. Isn’t there something stinking here? Something awfully rotten? Hmm? You know something, there are no laws to stop these guys from doing what they do. It’s the same when Rothschild’s conned the British people into the Bank of England take over by telling them that Napoleon had won. Nothing has been put in place to stop these sharks from ever doing this again. Nothing. Nope. No one goes to jail for it. You see, it’s legal robbery. They run the legal system too. This is called LEGAL ROBBERY. It’s their due… and we can’t say hoot about it.) George Osborne, the shadow chancellor, said this weekend he would support calls for a new global charge on banks.

 

America’s bonus payouts come days after President Barack Obama revealed plans for a windfall tax on banks in an effort to curb the “obscene” bonus culture.

 

Anger over the huge payments will be heightened by the fact that many of the banks are not profitable. (A: Here they are, they’re not profitable but they’re dishing out millions of bucks in bonuses to the top sharks.)

 

Of the four due to report figures this week only Goldman is expected to post a profit at the net income level, according to a consensus of analyst forecasts. The losses blow a hole in the argument that the bonuses represent pay for performance. (A: Well that’s for sure. [Alan laughing.])

 

However, all the banks are expected to show large gains in their investment banking divisions, which have been boosted by financial stimulus operations orchestrated by governments around the world. (A: And the tax payers paid for it all. Isn’t that just hunky-dory. It makes you feel better doesn’t it?)

 

As we’re being DEGRADED and we’re being dehumanized since 2001 with all the security checks and bend-overs and all the rest of it at airports, and now you get x-rayed and they can look through your clothing and have a good laugh at you. It is admitted now too that they can save that – it is saved – and they can transmit it wirelessly elsewhere. Here’s the next step of it and it’s being tested out in Holland. I’ve got two articles actually on it. This one is from Liberty Forest. The other one I have is from a Dutch newspaper – but it’s in Dutch – but it confirms it.

 

(Holland) Dutch police develop mobile body scans

 

Rotterdam police are trying to develop a portable scanner which will allow them to see through people’s clothing and look for concealed weapons, (A: This is the excuse, for concealed weapons.) the NRC reports on Friday.

 

The force has been given a €500,000 government grant to develop the mobile weapons detector, which would use similar technology to the scanners being introduced at Amsterdam’s Schiphol airport, the paper says.

 

The aim is to develop a prototype ready for production within three years.

 

The paper bases its claim on a confidential document which suggests the scanner could first be used as an alternative to random body searches in high risk areas. The mobile detector would enable the search to be carried out more quickly and would only be used on people suspected of carrying concealed weapons, (A: Well you know that’s a lie. It’s going to be used on streets of people as you pass by. That’s obvious.) police spokesman Paul De Kruijf told the paper.

 

The document also mentions the possibility of carrying out long-distance scans and mass scans on crowds at events such as football matches. (A: That’s soccer matches over there.) In addition, the scan (A: I call it scam…) could be combined with a sniffer detector which would analyse an ‘air sample’ from a suspect for traces of drugs or explosives, the paper says.

 

Giampiero Gerini, a professor at Eindhoven University of Technology told the paper the technology to develop such scans is now mature. ‘The biggest challenge is making it portable and ensuring it can carry out a scan in seconds,’ the NRC quotes him as saying.

 

What does it take for people to stand up and resist this?

 

You know what it takes folks? It would take them cutting off your electricity so you can’t watch TV or play games on the internet… and starvation, pretty well. That’s what it would take before you do anything. Unfortunately, the big boys know that too… they know that too. They’ve done study after study on uprisings and revolutions. They understand that you go to the wall before people retaliate and say enough is enough.

 

This article here is kind of related to what I mentioned earlier about the wonderful vegetarian society that MUST be brought in, apparently, by all the big players. All they’ll have access to, eventually for us, is the GMO food. Now, I don’t care what they’ve said about the GMO, you don’t mix hundreds of foreign genes together into a single organism… to produce a better carrot. You don’t put animal and insect and maybe even human genes in there as well… to get a better potato. There is something else here. They have admitted themselves that some of the top BIOWEAPON specialists worked on all these projects to do with food. BIOWEAPONS, what do you think bioweapons happens to be? Remember, the oldest and BEST drugs still around today COME FROM PLANTS. Plants can produce drugs. What do they want to have in the very near future? They want a very PASSIVE society… while they go through these massive changes.

 

Again, read the Technotronic Era; read Bertrand Russell’s various books on HOW they were going to drug and dumb down and keep happy the population, rather then have mass rioting going on. It’s through the food. They discussed the food. They also discussed injections. I’ve given the quotes many times on this particular show in fact, from the big players themselves. This article is Yahoo News. It’s also the Huffington Post.

 

Monsanto’s GMO Corn Linked To Organ Failure, Study Reveals

Tue Jan 12 / Yahoo News

 

In a study released by the International Journal of Biological Sciences, analyzing the effects of genetically modified foods on mammalian health, researchers found that agricultural giant Monsanto’s GM corn is linked to organ damage in rats.

 

According to the study, which was summarized by Adam Shake at Twilight Earth, “Three varieties of Monsanto’s GM corn – Mon 863, insecticide-producing Mon 810, and Roundup herbicide-absorbing NK 603 – were approved for consumption by US, European and several other national food safety authorities.” (A: We’ve gone through the different agencies before and the people who are on the boards of them, they’ve all worked for Monsanto before. So Monsanto puts them IN to these agencies so that they can pass them.)

 

Monsanto gathered its own crude statistical data after conducting a 90-day study, even though chronic problems can rarely be found after 90 days, and concluded that the corn was safe for consumption. The stamp of approval may have been premature, however.

 

In the conclusion of the IJBS study, researchers wrote:

“Effects were mostly concentrated in kidney and liver function, the two major diet detoxification organs, but in detail differed with each GM type. In addition, some effects on heart, adrenal, spleen and blood cells were also frequently noted. As there normally exists sex differences in liver and kidney metabolism, the highly statistically significant disturbances in the function of these organs, seen between male and female rats, cannot be dismissed as biologically insignificant as has been proposed by others. We therefore conclude that our data strongly suggests that these GM maize varieties induce a state of hepatorenal toxicity…. (A: That’s your liver and kidneys.) These substances have never before been an integral part of the human or animal diet and therefore their health consequences for those who consume them, especially over long time periods are currently unknown.” (A: This doesn’t surprise me because after all, we were not living on pesticide-soaked foods before. This stuff is SOAKED, DOUSED in the heaviest of pesticides. Of course, you have to buy their particular Monsanto pesticide to go with the seeds when you buy the seeds. It kills everything else off except their particular plant. Well, guess what? The plants soak the stuff up as well, in its cellular structure and you are eating it. But that ties right in with the depopulation agenda as well, of course. There are all kinds of cancers that have broken out in the last 20-odd years and 30 years and getting higher all the time. And it’s NOT a crisis, so it’s planned that way. Back with more after this break.)

 

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, so much is presented to the public in a farcical manner – and I mean farcical. When you wake up you start to realize that most of the news is literally farcical the way it’s presented to us and we are never really told the big reasons why anything every really happens. We are given a truth that might be or a reason but never the real reason… never the real reason, never the real truth.

 

I’ve quoted some of the top players of the day, one by like Mandell House who advised, actually he RAN President Wilson’s administration behind the scenes. He said, for everything that happens in politics, there is always a good reason and then there is the real reason. So the good reason, the semi-plausible reason is always given to the public. Even if there is only 5 percent plausibility in their story, we’ll take that rather than go the whole way and say my God, what’s the real story? We don’t want the shock of the truth. Strange isn’t it, how we work as human beings. We really don’t want the shock of the truth. We don’t want to think that the world is a big cruel place out there, even when we’ve watched the machinations of teams of US, British and Canadian and other sources going out to torture people across the world on a war on terror, we’re told, and snatching folk at airports in their own countries and pulling them off to some other country where they can be tortured. This is the real world.

 

We know that they are trying to centralize all military actions WITH police across the Western hemisphere, actually all the way to Australia really. It’s worldwide, this whole regime, this world society that’s coming in. This article is from Global Research.

 

Obama Calls for the Integration of State and Federal Military Forces

Executive Order Seeks to “Synchronize and Integrate”

By Tom Burghardt / Global Research, January 17, 2010

 

In the wake of the Flight 253 provocation, over-hyped terrorism panics, and last year’s Big Pharma and media-engineered hysteria over the H1N1 flu pandemic, President Barack Obama signed Executive Order 13528 on January 11. (A: I read that on the air last week but this is another take on it.)

 

Among other things, the Executive Order (EO) established a Council of Governors, an “advisory panel” chosen by the President that will rubber-stamp long-sought-after Pentagon contingency plans to seize control of state National Guard forces in the event of a “national emergency.” (A: I talked last week about the CENTRALIZATION OF GOVERNMENT, a main plank of the Communist Manifesto. Think about that.)

 

According to the White House press release, the ten member, bipartisan Council was created “to strengthen further the partnership (A: Partnership… here we go. Why didn’t they use ‘harmonization,’ that’s a better word, right?) between the Federal Government and State Governments to protect our Nation against all types of hazards.”

 

“When appointed” the announcement continues, “the Council will be reviewing such matters as involving the National Guard of the various States; homeland defense; civil support; synchronization and integration of State and Federal military activities in the United States; and other matters of mutual interest pertaining to National Guard, homeland defense, and civil support activities.”

 

Clearly designed to weaken the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878 which bars the use of the military for civilian law enforcement, EO 13528 is the latest in a series of maneuvers by previous administrations to wrest control of armed forces (A: under a central command.) historically under the democratic control of elected state officials, and a modicum of public accountability.

 

You can see where it’s all going and you can see what’s coming by all the things that are happening right now. It’s not a pretty sight but you’ve got to stand up and fight it.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.Jan. 19, 2010 (#495)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 19, 2010:Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 19th 2010. For newcomers, I suggest you look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Look at all the other sites I have up there and bookmark them for future use. The official sites are: [listed above]. As always, I start off my tin can rattling because you are the audience who brings me to you. Most of the hosts out there are paid by companies to advertising things and so on. The ads you hear on this show are paid directly by the advertisers right to RBN to pay for their air time and their board ops, their staff, and their bills. Everything is bills these days. So you have to keep me going by going into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site and find out how to buy the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation option listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me by writing to [address above].

 

I never really set up what I’m going to talk about before the shows because as I’ve said so many times before, the media’s job is to just throw out masses of data at us, most of which we can do nothing about, if you notice. It’s generally declarations about what governments are passing, laws that they’ve passed, what they’re thinking of doing, things that are happening across the globe… it’s completely outside of your reach and there is nothing you can do about it. Or else countries are going to war with each other and all of this kind of stuff. We are bombarded with data and it overloads you, so much so that you lose sight of what’s really going on and what will really affect you personally. This is a technique that is used on the public and guys like Brzezinski wrote about it as far back as 1970, that this would happen and around this time. That we would be overloaded to such an extent we would be hard pressed to even keep a hold of basic reality and to things which really affected us personally. Back with more on this topic after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. It’s quite something to get bombarded every day with so many things going on. We’ve got keep sight of the fact that we are living through a big plan, a big plan that big players wrote about copiously in the past in rather dry books. We tend not to like dry books. Once we’re finished with college or university or school, we don’t read very much at all. In fact we prefer visual things and television and internet. This again, was predicted back in the 70s, that this would happen.

 

The big boys, the big players, the Huxley’s, the Bertrand Russell’s, the Brzezinski’s, the Kissinger’s churned out books on the workings of this coming global system, how it was all working together, the different departments, the special areas of psychology that would be used upon the public to bring them through a period of apparent shake up, you might call it chaos to an extent, while they refigured the world into a new world order and the first truly global system. There have been many new world orders in the past. Adolf Hitler called HIS term in office a new world order, to bring in a new world order. During the Cold War we had a world order and that was the so-called balance of powers between East and West.

 

Now, in the post Cold War era it’s the push to get everyone together under a standardized system. You’ll find, say Brzezinski for instance, in his two major books, one of them was Between Two Ages. He was talking about this transference of the old system into the new, the period we’re going through now. He mentioned the countries too that would be involved in it. He claimed that the countries, who all have communications now regardless of how poor they happen to be, would be incredibly angry or even jealous of the West, especially the US. He said it made the elite of the US feel very uncomfortable. What he didn’t mention of course, was the fact that the US and the Western powers, especially Britain, already had agendas FOR all of those countries that would be upset. They also agreed a long time ago to keep those countries poor. So if they are poor and they are being kept poor, then it’s no wonder they have animosity towards the West. Mind you, his books were really written for recruits from the Ivy League Universities who had studied those particular books, so he couldn’t very well tell them that he was a major player in geopolitics.

 

Geopolitics is probably one of the dirtiest games that you could imagine because it’s long-term strategy aimed at taking down countries in order to dominate them. They call it, again with their psycholinguistics, hegemony. Hegemony to THEM really means the domination of an area. That’s why we’re going through the turmoil today as the last few countries that lived in a SEPARATE system – which served them very, very well up until now – are being standardized whether they like it or not, through warfare practices and techniques. They also knew that because they’d have to go into these countries to standardize them, that there would be comeback across all the countries into which immigrants had moved. Therefore they’d have to bring in a police world state basically across the whole globe to counter this. It means that everybody becomes a suspect.

 

Then he goes even further, in Between Two Ages and The Grand Chessboard (that’s another book he wrote too) and he mentions that the elite – this elite, stressed over and over – who basically run the Western countries and he’s not talking about politicians by the way. He said, the elite become very NERVOUS at the gap, the widening gap, between the rich, extremely rich, and the poor. They also mean within their own countries. Remember, these guys at the top believe in the sequence of events that happen under MARXIST THEOLOGY. It is a theology; it’s a belief system. That you come from an agrarian age into a form of slavery, feudalism, and then you get into the industrial age. Then you demand rights and so you have big movements for rights going on, into a democratic age. Now we are POST-democratic; we’re really post-industrial and we’ve become post-democratic. We get used to specialists and agencies of governments guiding our lives for us.

 

The idea is to keep everybody managed – MANAGED is the key – as we go through this long lasting crisis up to about the year 2050 while they hope to get it all rearranged, the whole world rearranged, the whole way of living rearranged and a reduced population and a COMPLIANT, OBEDIENT population at the very end of that term. In the meantime they see riots coming up as they go through the takeover of all food supplies on the planet, all material goods that you really, really need, and as they tax you basically to pay for it all… for their exploits abroad.

 

This is all talked about in the books that they write themselves that nobody wants to read, except for students in Yale and Harvard and Oxford and Cambridge and places like that because that’s where they recruit them and they come IN to these specialized fields dealing with mass psychology and how to bring it all about. They’re quite open about it in fact. Brzezinski goes on about using other techniques and what he’s really referring to you might call SCARE TACTICS… in order to get the world to give up what were seen as personal and national rights.

 

They are INTERNATIONALISTS at the top. They’ve ALWAYS been internationalists and according to their own belief system; they were internationalists long before even the 1940s, these guys. They all – regardless of you thinking of them as being right-wing or left-wing – they all BELIEVE in this formula set out by Karl Marx. They also believe in Darwinism COUPLED with Marx. Therefore BEING an elite, it’s only natural they’re going to safeguard themselves to go on into the future while the OLD type that are now super abundant and obsolete die off. And I’m not kidding about that. That’s really what it’s all about. They’re managing us through the big period as they start to bring all of this about.

 

The whole debate about weather and global warming and all the rest of the stuff, these are all PARTS of the techniques to give up your sovereign rights over so many areas of your own independent life, like heating yourself. Getting you OFF THE ROAD is a mandate as well eventually. In a totally controlled society, you can’t have people traveling anywhere they want to go. You never have that. So the first thing is always a lockdown on where you can travel and who can travel. We see this happening now with air travel for instance, where the politician placed in charge of British Aviation came out publicly a few months ago – and I read the article from the mainstream news – where he said, we are here to DISCOURAGE people from traveling. They don’t want NON-essential travel in the future. It’s to be a world of bureaucrats traveling, CEOs and their employees traveling… and that will be that. Everybody else will be locked down into their own regional area and they call them regions.

 

Interestingly enough, Brzezinski said that it was the United States who first came up with the idea and helped to implement the startup of REGIONALIZATION. The North American Union is a regionalization. It’s a bloc like the Soviet bloc, just like the European system, the European Parliamentary system that’s turned Europe and the European countries into a new European Soviet type bloc. They used the Soviet system as the model to bring it about. Each region of the world has to get the same done to it. There’s the one for the Far East as well. Brzezinski didn’t dream that up because if you go back into Karl Marx’s writings in Das Kapital he talked about the same thing too, the great trading blocs, or regions. He said there would be 3 of them probably and they would become provinces under a super government, a SINGULAR SUPER GOVERNMENT.

 

Well, these guys have never changed their plans to date and of course no one is ever going to ask a man like Brzezinski, who is still running the show, whose son is involved in the military-industrial complex now in a big way. They’re not going to ask him why he’s this true believer in Marxist theology or philosophy, depending on how you want to look at it or label it; no one will ask him that question. Most folk will think he’s kind of right-wing but he’s not. See, there is NO left-wing and right-wing in this. The guys at the top are INTERNATIONALISTS and they do believe in this evolution of man and these stages of man, including all through the Marxian stages up through POST-agricultural, POST-technological, POST-industrial, post-everything until here we are today and we have no real function, according to those at the top.

 

The global warming is one big scam that they came up with. Back in the 1920s you’ll see that the scientists then were doing the same thing. They were screaming that all the arctic ice was melting and that around the Bering Straight they could sail from one country to another where normally there was ice. Well, it came back in the late 20s and through the 30s and all the rest of it. It came back so much that initially the same experts said we are coming into an ice age. So we went from a warming period into an ice age. I’ve read this article before. It’s very important to show you that this is part of an agenda of chaos really, to get you to give up your rights. They mentioned some of the things they plan to do to offset it, including taking over the food supply of the world… because they thought there was going to be an ice age. I’ll read from this, it’s a very good article, when I come back from this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. I’m just talking about the cons they’ve tried over the last century in fact, to get us to give up so many rights but it’s also training us to listen to experts. Remember what Bertrand Russell said? He said, we are training the public now so they will be able to do nothing by themselves; they will need the ADVICE of an expert. When he said that, it was an awful long time ago. He said, eventually mothers won’t be able to change diapers without expert advice. That happened… that has happened. Even on weather channels now they will tell you WHAT to wear because it’s going to rain, like you’re a little child or something. And we get used to this… being perpetual children, that we can’t think for ourselves.

 

Getting back to this article. Here’s what they said and I’ve read it before; it’s such a good article.

 

Scientists Considered Pouring Soot Over the Arctic in the 1970s to Help Melt the Ice – In Order to Prevent Another Ice Age

Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / WashingtonsBlog.com

 

On April 28, 1975, Newsweek wrote an article stating:

 

Climatologists are pessimistic that political leaders will take any positive action to compensate for the climatic change, or even to allay its effects. (Alan: The exact stuff you are hearing now.) They concede that some of the more spectacular solutions proposed, such as melting the Arctic ice cap by covering it with black soot or diverting arctic rivers, might create problems far greater than those they solve. (A: This is what they thought about, diverting the rivers and everything.) But the scientists see few signs that government leaders anywhere are even prepared to take the simple measures of stockpiling food or of introducing the variables of climatic uncertainty into economic projections of future food supplies. (A: Now we see them doing the same thing as they take the seeds and put them off to islands that are inaccessible to the general public, because of global warming supposedly. Any excuse will do to get their way.) The longer the planners delay, the more difficult will they find it to cope with climatic change once the results become grim reality.

 

Here is a reprint of the article in the Washington Times, and here is a copy of the 1975 Newsweek article.

 

Why were scientists considering melting the arctic ice cap?

 

Because they were worried about a new ice age.

 

Newsweek discussed the 1975 article in (A: Again… in ) 2006:

 

In April, 1975 … NEWSWEEK published a small back-page article about a very different kind of disaster. Citing “ominous signs that the earth’s weather patterns have begun to change dramatically,” the magazine warned of an impending “drastic decline in food production.” Political disruptions stemming from food shortages could affect “just about every nation on earth.” Scientists urged governments to consider emergency action to head off the terrible threat of . . . well, if you had been following the climate-change debates at the time, you’d have known that the threat was: global cooling…

 

Citizens can judge for themselves what constitutes a prudent response-which, indeed, is what occurred 30 years ago. All in all, it’s probably just as well that society elected not to follow one of the possible solutions mentioned in the NEWSWEEK article: to pour soot (A: Black soot… carbon.) over the Arctic ice cap, to help it melt.

 

Newsweek was not alone. Some scientists and the press have been warning about an ice age off and on for over 100 years.

 

For example, on February 24, 1895, the New York Times published an article entitled “PROSPECTS OF ANOTHER GLACIAL PERIOD; Geologists Think the World May Be Frozen Up Again”, which starts with the following paragraph:

 

The question is again being discussed whether recent and long-continued observations do not point to the advent of a second glacial period, when the countries now basking in the fostering warmth of a tropical sun will ultimately give way to the perennial frost and snow of the polar regions.

 

In September 1958, Harper’s wrote an article called “The Coming Ice Age”.

 

On January 11, 1970, the Washington Post wrote an article entitled “Colder Winters Held Dawn of New Ice Age – Scientists See Ice Age In the Future” which stated:

 

Get a good grip on your long johns, cold weather haters–the worst may be yet to come. That’s the long-long-range weather forecast being given out by “climatologists.” the people who study very long-term world weather trends.

 

And it goes on and on and on, as they try to get us all to give up our rights and put all foods and the handling and the growing of food into the government’s hands because of a coming ice age, just like they’re trying to do with the coming warming age that seems to have gone back to an ice age again according to this winter. So that’s the farce that we certainly do live through. It just goes on and on and on doesn’t it?

 

I’ve also talked about the incredible way that we are being TRAINED TO THINK IN A LINEAR FASHION, which is really an unnatural way of looking at things. Animals think from all kinds of directions, literally. I’ve talked about this before here; if I’ve got a tree down and the local fox is coming along and that path that he normally follows has a tree down, he will sit and study it from different angles before he decides to pass by. If it was a human being, we just say, oh there are trees down, you go right up to it and try and move it or cut it or something without checking anything else out. For an animal, they must think from different directions FOR ITS OWN PERSONAL SURVIVAL. We’ve been trained we don’t really need that because experts are always working things FOR us. We don’t have to think too much about anything, just sit back and be happy. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ve mentioned often about how we are given this linear pattern of thinking where things just go together, falling like a trail of cheese and we come to the mouse trap at the end and we think that’s all there is to it. That’s how we are trained to think. When you get into the minds of the big boys who run the world, being the good psychopaths that they are, they think from ALL different kinds of directions, all kinds of ploys, things you’d never dream of. They can take any situation and see how to make a profit out of it or how to turn it to their advantage, any situation at all, all directions; you have be BORN with a technique like this. You can’t just learn it, you are BORN with it. That’s what they say psychopaths actually are; they are born with psychopathy.

 

Unfortunately the normal folk can’t think that way. We don’t see the cons coming and we are trained, literally are TRAINED from childhood into growing up thinking that those in charge, those who have somehow worked up to the top positions of authority and government are somehow more altruistic and more honest and better then ourselves. Nothing can be further from the truth. Psychopaths are the ones who claw their way up. Psychopaths NEED the power; they have a craving for power over other people. They have a craving for status, incredible craving for status. They like people calling them ‘sir’ or bowing to them and all that kind of stuff. They really, really get off on this.

 

Who knows, maybe that’s the natural order? I’ve often wondered about that in society, down through the centuries, if the big man in a tribe ends up conquering the tribe next door and becomes the hero and starts to get treated like royalty and his offspring are the same, then his offspring marry the enemy’s daughter and you’ve got 2 basically aggressive types marrying each other – the ones who got to the top within their own tribes – and they have psychopathic traits that they then pass on to their own children and then they rule all the rest of the people beneath them. That seems to be the way in society.

 

Getting back to this respectability factor, we should know by now that there is more criminality going around the world in suits and ties, very expensive suits and ties, as opposed to street crime. It’s an area that’s seldom touched. It’s almost a taboo area for the police because politics are definitely involved in it. White-collar crime, regardless of the billions some of them will rip off the public, generally ends with them, if they get caught at all and they get sentenced and they get put into some kind of halfway house where they can play golf, and they’re only in for a few months and that’s it, over and done with. It’s ridiculous but that’s the reality. What they will say in court is well, they didn’t actually physically hurt someone. Now, if they clean the banks out and people lose their homes and maybe commit suicide or starve to death, technically, technically within their legal system, the person who caused it didn’t kill them. That was a consequence of it; it was out of their hands. That’s how they would phrase it in the legal system. So they get very, very little punitive punishment whatsoever.

 

We are taught, again, through all the ads on television which gives us a fake impression of medicine, the police, everything else, never mind all the dramas they give you, IT’S ALL PROPAGANDA. We get a fake idea of what they are really all about. You would think something to do with the medical industry is there to help you. That’s what all the propaganda tells you. That’s what every ad on television tells you. That’s what every ad for a new product tells you; smiling faces, white coats with the stethoscope around the neck, and DOCTOR recommended, and they wouldn’t do anything to hurt YOU would they? Their job is PURE, pure, pure profit. That’s their job… PURE PROFIT… for the drug companies.

 

Johnson & Johnson Facing Federal Suit for Paying Kickbacks to Nursing Homes

2010-01-15 / www.corporatecomplianceinsights.com

 

(A: Nursing homes now are like chain stores and there is a lot of money involved in them, big, big money.)

 

News is breaking today that the United States government has slapped a suit against Johnson & Johnson and two of its subsidiaries for allegedly paying kickbacks to nursing homes in an effort to boost sales for a new antipsychotic drug. (A: You know what they do when they get them in these homes? They put them on antipsychotic drugs where they sit and drool in a chair, a chair they can’t get out of by the way. That way they’re not walking around, it takes fewer staff to take care of them, so it’s bigger profits for the companies of the nursing homes.)

 

J&J has not spoken publicly on the matter as of yet, although they are expected to do so later today. The news of the U.S. suit against Johnson & Johnson comes on the same day it is being reported that the company is broadening its voluntary recall of certain over-the-counter medications that have a “musty, moldy odor”.

 

From the Wall Street Journal’s story on the federal suit against Johnson & Johnson:

 

Federal prosecutors alleged that Johnson & Johnson paid one of the nation’s largest pharmacies serving nursing homes “tens of millions of dollars in kickbacks” to increase sales of drugs including blockbuster antipsychotic Risperdal.

 

A press release issued a short time ago provides even more detail on the kickbacks that Johnson & Johnson is alleged to have paid:

 

The United States has filed a civil False Claims Act complaint against drug manufacturer Johnson & Johnson (J&J) of New Brunswick, N.J., and two of its subsidiaries, Ortho-McNeil-Janssen Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Johnson & Johnson Health Care Systems Inc., the Justice Department announced today. The complaint alleges that these companies paid millions of dollars in kickbacks to Omnicare Inc., the nation’s largest pharmacy that specializes in dispensing drugs to nursing home patients. In November 2009, the United States, numerous states, and Omnicare entered into a $98 million settlement agreement that, among other things, resolved Omnicare’s civil liability under the False Claims Act for taking kickbacks from J&J. (A: It’s quite astonishing. This is quite common, this kind of stuff, isn’t it?)

 

According to U.S. Attorney Carmen Ortiz, paying kickbacks at nursing homes as J&J is alleged to have done is a particularly egregious offense:

 

“Kickbacks in the nursing home pharmacy context are particularly nefarious because they can result in excessive prescribing of strong drugs to patients who have little or no control over the medical care they are receiving,” U.S. Attorney Carmen Ortiz said in a statement. “Nursing home doctors should be able to rely on the integrity (A: Here they go again… integrity in the pharma industry.) of the recommendations they receive from pharmacists, and those recommendations should not be a product of money that a drug company is paying to the pharmacy.” (A: This is across the board you know, this kind of natural corruption. It’s commonplace. They’re all at it, all the big companies are at it. Never mind the fact now that every country in the world that bought all the millions and millions of doses of the useless swine flu vaccine are desperately trying to give them away to any country that will take them because they don’t want to be left with all these multitudes, these mountains of syringes. It doesn’t look too good on them for the next time. But that’s the way it is, isn’t it?)

 

The con men, the psychopaths run the world and they can whip us up into a frenzy over global cooling or global warming or plagues or whatever else they want and they always seem to get their way because the politicians always go along with them. What do the politicians have in common with the big boys? PSYCHOPATHS, you see. They do recognize each other and they see no problem in making deals with each other. Quite something.

 

We’ll go to the callers now and there is Rico from Toronto. Are you there Rico?

 

Rico: I wanted your opinion on something. Immediately when I saw it, when it happened last week, the first think I thought about was like a Teutonic weapon, or HAARP, when the earthquake happened in Haiti. I just wanted to get your thoughts on it because it seems it’s too well coordinated. Clinton is like, she cancelled her trip. She was going to go and stay… and I know these people don’t do nothing for nothing, you know what I mean? And it’s a military operation. It’s so well coordinated too, the Pentagon to the rescue people; it doesn’t make sense to me. It doesn’t jive, that something is fishy, you know? Like my mom was there and she’s back now and she just said, the bodies and stuff like that. I know those people, who won’t do anything for nothing. So, I just wanted your opinion on it. Did you that that could have been…?

 

Alan: There are a few things it could have been. In fact, again, I flipped through Brzezinski’s book Between Two Ages today and that was printed I think in 1970 and he does go through the weather warfare techniques that would be employed maybe a decade, two decades from now, he said. He said it’s a great covert way where any country could literally USE such covert weapons that would be undetectable. You put it down to natural disasters but in reality you are using them for military purposes. What did get me was the US military seemed already prepared to go in there. You know yourself that even before they invaded Afghanistan, before 9/11 happened, it took them 6 months or 7 months that they were building up troops for going into the area. The military doesn’t work so quickly. What amazed me too reading through the newspapers, was some of the big staff that had to go over with the military just happened all to be in Miami at the time… so they just hopped aboard the ships and away they went. We’ll never know. This is the beauty of weather warfare, we will never know. When the tsunami hit remember, there was talk at the time of US military being in the area. In fact, they tried to land in one country and bring in the Marines, right away, they were there. The country, it was a Muslim country, refused to have them in. It was in the papers at the time. They said no, out you go. So is it being used for military purposes? I would say why not… since they’ve got it and they can use it.

 

Rico: Yeah. That’s the first thing that came into my mind when it happened. I said it’s just too well coordinated. The response time was too… it was like a grand theater. Clinton saying she cancelled her trip. I’m like, for a little island that 200 some years ago, it took some people and did a revolution and took some people out… said nobody cares that much. You know what I mean? I’m not trying to be cynical. I’m just saying…

 

Alan: Now they’re saying that part of the Southern Command for the whole of the Americas, went over there… What they’re claiming is because it’s a geopolitical area of important strategic importance and that’s why the military has gone in first, to take it over.

 

Rico: I got emails like within a few days and that’s what the people were saying. They were saying that they got shots of cams of [?], the Dominican Republic, it was the way it shook. It didn’t shake like a normal earthquake and how Cuba wasn’t affected and the other places. But the way things… I got sent things, like 13 reasons why this is probably HAARP and it had all the news, breaking it down…. and I thought that before I got the email. I got an email on Saturday and Sunday and before that, I wasn’t thinking this isn’t right.

 

Alan: I know too, I think it was 1978 at the United Nations, all the big countries signed an agreement NOT to use Weather Warfare against each other in war purposes. Now that means they CAN also use it INTERNALLY on their own people by the way. Under the North American agreement and the Southern Command Agreement, then those little islands in the Caribbean come under American jurisdiction. So technically you could use it on them. It’s just too… it’s too fortunate to happen just at this time, they were all ready to go, it’s a big show, demonstration. We won’t know YET what the true purpose of it is either. We won’t know yet what the true purpose is.

 

Rico: Well, I have a friend who basically, his family members live in Haiti, he had a lot of family members. What he told me is that this is when Clinton was going in and out of there because the last year he was in there like 7 or 8 times, Clinton. I’m interested. They are like doing a whole bunch of stuff. Supposedly, what my friend told me, his uncle who lives there saw a whole bunch of military American troops within the region and they barred the Haitians from going there and supposedly they found something, whether it be oil deposits – I know there is oil there, large oil deposits – whether it be minerals, whether it be gold, something. They weren’t allowing the people to go. I talked about it with him and said these people, these mobs don’t do nothing for nothing, these psychopaths don’t do nothing for nothing. And when he saw Bush laughing on national television, when they’re supposedly doing a charity event and they’re asking for money for it… It didn’t make sense, you know what I mean?

 

Alan: Yes. Once again too, I can guarantee you the money will never get to where it’s supposed to go, with Bush Sr. and Clinton in charge of it. That’s what happened with the last tsunami victims, they’re still waiting for the cash.

 

Rico: How would you suggest a more proactive way to donate? …a smaller organization. I already know the Red Cross usually keeps the money, 70% of it gets eaten up. How would you suggest another, a better way?

 

Alan: I tell you it’s very difficult to do now. People don’t realize that, remember, when the tsunami hit and the President of the US got up and he said there are only 2 charitable organizations that we are promoting. That was the Red Cross and the Salvation Army. Lots of other little charities went in there, the same thing happened with New Orleans. And right away when they went in, these little charities WITH the active teams to help, all the money was going into active teams going in there and the IRS came down on them within a couple of days and stopped them. The IRS! Meaning no one is allowed to compete with the authorized ones at the top, for the big boys.

 

Rico: That’s exactly what’s going on. I’m hearing they’re not letting us, people who want to help, come IN. They are monopolizing the aid. If it has to do with helping people, what does it have to do with only YOU doing it? And something else, what the hell does the military have to do with RELIEF? That’s an OPERATION. It has nothing to do with relief.

 

Alan: That’s right.

 

Rico: What does a big M16 have to do with helping somebody clean up their country? You need people… relief workers. You don’t need the military. It’s an invasion; you don’t need the military. It’s a military without firing a shot.

 

Alan: I know. They’re already fencing off the areas for the food and putting up big walls and all the rest of it. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. Just before I take the next caller, I’ll just mention that the Sovereign Independent has got an article on Haiti. France apparently has accused the US of putting in an occupational military force as well. So there’s kind of bickering over it between the French and the US, over I guess territory there. I’ll put this link up on my site at the end of the show.

 

US accused of ‘occupying’ Haiti as troops flood in

Posted by jayfromeire on Jan 19th, 2010 and filed under International News.

 

Now we’ll go to the phones again and we’ve got Dan in Massachusetts. Are you there Dan?

 

Dan: Thank you for having me. Alan, I was calling on the previous show and I love the radio Republic Broadcasting Network; I love it. I have donated and I wish other people would. I was listening to you for the last hour or so and what bothered me was you went from psychopaths to being taxed more. Yeah, people in America are being taxed more. I don’t know about where you live.

 

Alan: You’re right, here too.

 

Dan: I don’t know where you live but we are being taxed more. There is an economy down turn in America. Now, to go back and I’ll flip flop like you did, Johnson and Johnson. They are trying to save people. It’s a company, I believe, in America. They are trying to do research and so forth, save people. I don’t know why they were mentioned on the show.

 

Alan: It’s to show you that they are not just there to save people. There are there to make a lot of money. When it comes to massive profits, there are a lot of dirty things that are done to get that kind of money. They are giving backhanders, or kickbacks, to people for promoting their particular medications over other medications, NOT because they are better medications.

 

Dan: Okay. So there are people like you and me, and we live today, we don’t live in the future or live in the past, and what do we have to make ends meet? Can you give me one… you know, you have a family, what can we do to make ends meet? We work.

 

Alan: You work and you do the best you can. The problem now is they are telling us we all owe so much money because of the bailouts, your governments are telling you and they are not only telling you, they are jacking up your taxes in the meantime.

 

Dan: Yeah. I agree with that. The government, you know… do you live in the U.S. or do you live in France.

 

Alan: It doesn’t matter which country because every country got hammered by the banks at the same time.

 

Dan: We’re not getting hammered by the banks. We are getting hammered by the government.

 

Alan: The governments… and they want more because they’ve got a big world agenda to pay for and we are all paying for it right now. Thanks for calling.

 

For Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.Jan. 20, 2010 (#496)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 20, 2010:

Parliamentarians are Totalitarians:
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 20th 2010. I always suggest newcomers to the show go into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Look at all the other sites I have up there. Sometimes the big ones freeze on me, they stop me from uploading and if you have all these sites bookmarked for future use you can always get the latest audios for download… and they are for free remember. All the shows I do are up on the archives section at cuttingthroughthematrix.com. The official sites are: [listed above]. It’s customary for me to rattle a tin can at this time and remind the audience that you bring me to you. It’s something that most folk will forget because they hear all the different people coming on and they think everything is for free. That’s the way things are today. We are going into the big free trap and we WILL be in a big free trap down the road, believe you me, where governments will know everything about you and monitor everything you are doing, but they will give you lots of fun as you’re giving all your information out there. So it’s up to you to keep me going and put some coppers in that tin can there. You can buy the books, CDs, and DVDs I have for sale on cuttingthroughthematrix.com or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] A lot of people in the US don’t like banks anymore and no wonder. None of the like them anywhere and you can go to the post office to get an INTERNATIONAL postal money order. That’s the orangey/pink one for international communism and that gets to Canada. The green one is for internal use only. Those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can write to me at [address above].

 

It is a new world order. Most folk are going into it without a clue as to HOW we’re going in to it or WHY we are going into it. It’s so easy to say it’s a bunch of fascists at the top, there’s a bunch of communists at the top, or internationalists, but really it’s got such a long, long history that no one touches on and if you don’t understand the history of what’s happened, you won’t understand how we are the way we are today and where it’s supposed to all take us. The social sciences certainly do know because social scientists have been studying us for such an awful long, long time. ‘The crowd’ as they called it back in the 1800s, was widely studied; how mass man works together, right down to the affiliations of mass man. That’s what Bernays – if you want to peruse his books – will tell you; that he looked through the phone books for all existing organizations to find out what connected people inside an organization and what their common interests were. The same thing they are doing today on the internet with your data. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. This system we live in has a long, long history where private organizations were already taking over and bypassing the functions of government back in the 1700s and the 1800s. It started off really with so-called philanthropists. An interesting term because you think of them as people who go around dishing out cash to charity. These philanthropists were extremely rich men, they wanted a way to also avoid various taxes, but they also wanted to have control over the reins of power in their own countries and even abroad where they had investments and sometimes factories. That has never changed today.

 

They also combined their attitudes with Karl Marx, believe it or not. They claimed in fact at the time, that Karl Marx took over from Christianity. If you read the writings by the big boys themselves, they will tell you that in their books, like Brzezinski. Really what they are trying to say is that everything is an evolution and that therefore Marxism was an evolution of Christianity, according to these big guys at the top. They’ve got nothing but praise for the Marxian philosophies… or theology because it IS a belief system in itself. What’s also interesting too is that Adam Weishaupt talked about philanthropists. He said that by the creation of foundations and philanthropy we shall gain power over the governments. He said that in his own writings. That was also echoed by the Pope, as they call it, of Freemasonry Albert Pike. Since then they have certainly been involved in creating HUNDREDS and HUNDREDS of foundations. Sometimes they have a hundred foundations funded by one single one. So they are all front ones but they are specializing in special areas of society. A long time ago they decided that eventually their own organizations that are networking together would form a parallel government.

 

This was solidified in Professor Carroll Quigley’s time when he, as the historian for the Council on Foreign Relations, admitted in his own book Tragedy and Hope and his other book The Anglo-American Establishment. You have to read both of them, where they fill in all the blanks in history that they don’t tell you in school books. He admits that this parallel government has been behind all the major events that happened in the 20th century, including wars. They were heavily involved in various kinds of machinations and scheming and also trying to sway different dictators to go certain paths AND their own governments. They also put their own members into government. So they INFILTRATED governments, under the guise that they were a private club basically. And there has never been such a POWERFUL private club as the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the parent of the Council on Foreign Relations.

 

These organizations were set up in Britain, such as the Cecil Rhodes Foundation and the Royal Institute of International Affairs, both private organizations. They were set up by bankers. Not just bankers who lend to you from a till at the counter in some shopping mall or corner street building, but INTERNATIONAL BANKERS. They lent money to governments, even for warfare purposes… ANY government, ALL governments, and even opposing governments in warfare. They decided at the time that they’d also network with the philanthropists and FORM A PARALLEL GOVERNMENT. Well that has been done.

 

If you notice over the last few years, they bring on board the so-called speakers for the non-governmental organizations which are RUN by the foundations. They’re really fronts in a sense for the foundations and their policies. It’s a form of Sovietization. ‘Soviet’ means ‘rule by councils’ and technically and on paper at least in the Soviet Union, for every trade there was, and workplace there was, or factory or whatever it happened to be, there was always a non-governmental organization with a selected spokesman who was always picked by the Politburo. We have the same system now on board with all the world meetings at the United Nations, funded by the foundations, but these leaders are PICKED by the foundations. Often, in fact, they’re set out to set up the non-governmental organizations to get all the followers – you know the sheep – into it; the ones who stand behind and shout the slogans they are told to shout, like George Orwell had in Animal Farm for the sheep.

 

These heads are given incredible salaries and pension plans and they have office buildings and office blocks and all the rest of it, these so-called little grass roots organizations who now pretend to speak for YOU. You don’t even know them. Many of you have never even heard of all these different organizations. Their leaders get into the big international meetings. They sometimes get brought on board with various government policy sectors and advise governments and yet you don’t vote for any of them. This is the POST-DEMOCRATIC ERA which they talked about in Quigley’s talks AND the Club of Rome.

 

The Club of Rome actually stated in one of its own books [The First Global Revolution] that they’d looked at all the different systems in the world of ruling the people and of all the systems, they preferred collectivism, which is a form of sovietization. They admired the Soviet system, for the way the government literally kept track of everything that happened across the land. Everything was under observation. Everything was planned that way. Mind you, nothing worked the way it was supposed to on paper BUT they admired that power the government had over the entire country or countries which they ran. This was echoed again by even Margaret Thatcher. When she left politics she said that she would not be retiring from influencing decisions on the world. She said, I’ve now joined the parallel government – that’s the Royal Institute of International Affairs/ CFR. She says, WE all know each other, all the ex-Presidents and Prime Ministers across the world, and we work together, we have our own meetings. She says, we ARE in essence a parallel government. We can get things done without having to be responsible to the general public. They don’t have to answer to anything.

 

Going back to Carroll Quigley, the historian for the CFR, he said the same thing. He says, these people become what are called TECHNOCRATS. He says, politicians can get all the boos or all the accolades, but we can give the real power to those behind the scenes, like the Maurice Strong’s and these types of characters. Technocrats, the Kissinger’s, the Brzezinski’s, they get things done without democracy. They said democracy has TOO many factions all competing for power that there is nothing but chaos and it would never work. So we are post-democratic, but they have given you something to stand in FOR you and it’s the show of the non-governmental organizations, special interest groups as they are sometimes called as well, who pretend to speak on behalf of the general public. They demand things from governments and the governments are only too happy to hear their demands and sign it into law; in fact they are waiting for it. That is how the world really, really works.

 

Getting back to Bernays; Bernays studied the world. He studied the people. He wasn’t getting taught by Freud. He was the nephew of Freud, but he didn’t glean this stuff from flipping through Freud’s book on just the subconscious and its motivations. He was trained from a very, very early age on how the masses work basically. He looked through phone books in different cities. He says why set up an organization when one already exists? All you have to do is to start funding it with money, get in on the work angle and then come up to the top and take it over. Now you’ve got thousands of followers already there. They are already there for you, why start up something new? They’ve been very, very good at this for the last 100-odd years. Very little out there has any set resemblance to what it started out to be, today. That’s where we are today with it, post-democratic, an ORDERED society.

 

You have the Fabian Society, another branch really, of the same group of Royal Institute of International Affairs, all working towards this same goal. It’s not be a nice, wonderful world where we can go to Africa and live if we want to, and Africans can come here if they want to live and all this kind of stuff, and we’ll all be one big happy family. Far from it. It’s to be a world set up into regions. The regions are all ready… in fact they published the regions of the world during World War II… of a post World War II world. They published the maps – I have it here somewhere; I’m sure it’s up on the internet – and it had all the different regions for a European region, North American region with the Caribbean. That’s why we’re down in Haiti actually, part of the reason, apart from the oil. They also had one for the Far East, the Pacific Rim region. Everything was split into regions.

 

Brzezinski, in his own books, once again… Remember, Brzezinski was a big, big player; he still is a big player. He admits himself he is still involved in stirring up people to revolt within Iran; he’s got a hand in it. These are big, big players. He also worked with the NSA. He worked at departments of futuristic weaponry, all that kind of stuff. He talked about using technotronic warfare upon the general public and EMP type waves, HAARP technologies that can literally be used like tranquilizers to tranquilize a whole continent if need be. These aren’t little guys at the top giving wish lists with no real experience to draw on of what they’re talking about. This guy was up there and he still is up there. The world they’re bringing in is a totally controlled society run on socialist/collectivist principles, right down to birth control, who will get born, who won’t get born and so on. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just giving a little brush-up on to how we got to where we are and where it’s supposed to go. The complete nanny state, some call it, especially in Britain, where the government is into your very home checking your refrigerator to give you lectures on how long to store meat and so on, and maybe go off meat all together; that’s part of the reason… even putting cameras into your homes. Cameras in thousands of families’ homes now, by order of the government.

 

That doesn’t surprise me though because I read years ago and I’ve mentioned it on the air before. Back in the 70s, I think it was in the American Psychological magazine, they said at the time, they wouldn’t be happy until every family was monitored by professionals to look for signs of aggression. Even family arguments were to get phased out completely. You wouldn’t be allowed to get angry about anything. You can see the world that they’re bringing us into is one controlled by pharma as well, just like that THX 1138 movie. It had all of that in it, where you get drugged all day long and they test your blood and your urine all day long to see if you need to up one drug or another or if you’ve missed some altogether. That’s the kind of society they want to bring in.

 

It’s very odd. They say that all conflict must be abolished. All conflict. That’s why part of the reason they wanted to abolish marriage or anybody mating with anybody for any length of time because there will always be some kind of conflict. As two different personalities try to merge together and cooperate together and get along together there are always little conflicts that come up. Look what any school situation. Look at even Kindergarten and watch the conflicts there. Conflicts are quite normal, obviously, but they don’t want conflicts. They want to alter society in such a way that everyone is completely manageable by the governments.

 

I’ve gone into it before where Wells and others talked about this as well. That was also put in to the movie 1984 by Blair; I always call him Blair because that was his real name. In 1984, he had a television camera in every room and a TV screen everywhere so that Big Brother really is watching you, just like Britain and like it’s supposed to come to Canada and the States and everywhere else in the world, given time… once they break down the barriers, as they call it, to opposition so that they can watch you and monitor you. If you notice in 1984 the movie, everyone lived on their own. No one lived with another partner; that was taboo.

 

Then you go into the books again, by the big boys like Charles Galton Darwin in his book, The Next Million Years. He outlined the plan on behalf of the elite and he said the same thing. He said that WE, we who rule the world, we who guide the world must retain our wild capabilities because man is a wild animal with survival instincts, etc. WE must retain these, so we must remain unaltered, but the rest of the public, he said, they won’t NEED those particular survival capabilities because the State will be making all their decisions for them. We’re living through this. When these guys write these books and they belong to the biggest think tanks in the world – some of them secret, some of them semi-secret – and they’re attending world meetings at the United Nations, then you can take what they’re saying to the bank. They MEAN this. This is an agenda they’re talking about. It’s not their private wishes. We are living through that very phase now. They have accomplished much of their goals already.

 

We’ve read recently where in France – because they are so socialist now – they are the first country to pass laws that a man and a woman having an argument, anyone shouting at someone else is going to be charged under the law, just for yelling. It’s all coming to pass. These guys never go ahead without really publishing it and telling you where they are actually going to take you. They won’t always tell you the methodology of introduction of the scheme but they DO tell you where they are going to take you.

 

It’s so bad in Britain. Britain is the flagship for the world remember; that’s where they test all of these things out first. The government is in your refrigerator; they’re putting cameras up in folk’s homes, thousand of families… as a trial for the whole planet. Why do you think they are giving you reality shows? Why do you think that? Everybody wants to be on camera. You are getting TRAINED to be domesticated. TRAINED… as you think you’re actually getting more freedom. You’re COPYING what you see on TV. This article is from the Sunday Express, UK news. It’s about this nanny state, they call it, the nanny state in Britain. It’s so interesting too because you have this Fabian – it is a Fabian Labour government – all belonging to the Fabian Society of England that run Britain right now. It says here…

 

REVEALED: LABOUR’S NANNY STATE GUIDE TO BEING A GRANDPARENT

(Alan: They’ve gone down through the generations and now they’ve got to the grandparents.)

Wednesday January 20,2010 / By Nicola McCafferty for Express.co.uk

 

LABOUR has launched a nanny state guide to teach grandparents how to care for their grandchildren. (A: Fascinating really. Fascinating because those grandparents were the ones they first attacked to destroy the family unit, give them a totally different culture, the drug culture and so on. Now they’re telling them how to treat their grandchildren. Back with more after this break.)

 

Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the totally controlled society that’s coming in and where they always test everything out, in Britain first. They are so beaten down I think in that country after centuries of a very authoritarian type of society, a rigid kind of society, that that’s why they use Britain to do all of this stuff. I’m reading an article here from the Express.co.uk. All these articles I mention, go into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site and I’ll put the links up at the end of the night if XplorNet graces me with the speed to upload again. They’ve been cutting me back because they’ve been told to. It says here…

 

LABOUR has launched a nanny state guide to teach grandparents how to care for their grandchildren.

 

In an insult to Britain’s pensioners, Children’s Secretary Ed Balls (A: What a name. What a name!) hailed a new Government-funded website BeGrand.net which offers “tips and advice on getting involved in grandchildrens’ lives.” (A: It’s astonishing. Here are the Fabians at work literally reorganizing society. They worked through the 60s, 70s, and 80s to help bring in this kind of nanny-state socialist system and here they are telling grandparents how to look after children. The same Fabians that had population control as TOP of their agenda since they were founded. In fact they were terrified that the lower classes would outbreed the elite and therefore they’d have some chaos and they were working hard towards taking care of that as well. So now they’re telling grandparents how to deal with children.)

 

But the site – which is part of an initiative costing taxpayers (A: Oh that’s okay.) a staggering £60 million – instead offers a series of bizarre and unnecessary tips on childcare for worldly grandparents, most of whom have already spent decades caring for children.

 

Grandparents, according to the site, often have “strong and sometimes strange opinions”. (A: See, they don’t want your opinions or your view of the world passed on between the generations. I’ve gone on about that so many times in the past. That was part of separating the generations.)

 

Among the information is nutritional advice, including a suggestion that teenagers can be “bribed” to eat their greens with a plate of chips. (A: French fries… can you believe this? £60 million from a country that’s supposed to be bankrupted so many times over and the last budget was more than all of the accumulated budgets they’d ever had in history put together.)

 

Other indispensable tips include a guide on what a burn is…and why it might be a good idea to ring an ambulance if your grandchild collapses. (A: So if you burn yourself or if your child collapses, they tell you what to do, to phone an ambulance. £60 million… is this jobs for the boys or what? Are the elite having so many offspring they’ve got to create all these government departments to put them in, for life? Is that what it is?)

 

10 CRUCIAL TIPS FROM THE GOVERNMENT ON HOW TO BE A GOOD GRANDPARENT

 

1. Choose a name your grandchildren can call you

“Grandparents, who have strong and sometimes strange opinions, should settle on some names that satisfy all.

 

“Also, if you have ethnic roots, it could be fun to “try out the terms they’d have used in the old homeland, i.e. Babushka (Russian) or Abuela (Spanish) have a ring to them. (A: Can you believe this! Can you believe this?)

 

“Pretty much any noise your new grandchild makes can be claimed as the word for you, even if not in your own language. Try ‘Zulu,’ or Thakur-da’, which it’s Bengali for Grandad.” (A: Ah, gee… political correctness gone to extremes.)

 

You know something? There is no expense spared when it comes out of the taxpayers’ purse. Isn’t that something? There are still folk in England losing their homes because of the crash in the mortgages. The hospitals are still grabbing your house if you’re elderly and you end up in hospital, even for a brief time. They grab your home and sell it. This is a prototype for the planet by the way. Amazing isn’t it? It’s amazing how we are run.

 

There’s a caller there, Kevin from Ontario. Are you there Kevin? I’ll take you now before I read the next article.

 

Kevin: Hello. It’s Kevin from North Bay, Ontario, just down the road from where you are. We spoke a couple of weeks ago, Alan. I’m also a member of We Are Change. We are finally starting to get some political action going on here in northern Ontario. When we last spoke they were pulling every trick they possibly can to set up this whole world government thing. Of course they do like to have testing grounds for certain countries. I’m sure you’ve read about Bill C6 right, here in Canada. Where now this Codex Alimentarius program is where they are able to come into our homes pretty much without a search warrant, just to make sure that we don’t have any illegal natural medicines.

 

Alan: That’s right.

 

Kevin: It’s sad… but you know there are some people that are starting to stand up for their rights especially here in northern Ontario, like I said with the We Are Change group.

 

Alan: I noticed even in Sudbury… See, a few years back Canada and the rest of the world was told that the main cities, the other cities that were around, should all amalgamate and become Super Cities. This came from the United Nations. Then they would get a common tax base, common inspectors and all that, common laws for all the lands outlying in the different areas. Well, Greater Sudbury is having a meeting, by the government, inviting all the people and they bring in their change agents to convince the public to go along and how to lie to the public in a nice way. What it is, is a talk about what you now can and cannot do with your land, how you can use it and how you’re not allowed to use it anymore. They’ve changed drastically your own rights on your own property. Well, this is happening across the whole country. It’s coming from the United Nations, by the way. It’s going the same way as Australia where they will just confiscate your land and say your land is now a carbon sink, for Canadians’ carbon output, and you get no compensation. They just seize it like that poor guy in Australia that’s only one of many that it’s happened to. This is all coming from the United Nations.

 

Kevin: Absolutely. Another program, a presentation is going on about the Project Nanuke which was about the Northwest Passage up in the Arctic. Of course, in classical Orwellian double-speak, the Canadian Navy commander that was the guest of honor there, he was Alexander Grant. He was talking about how we were trying to fight for Canadian sovereignty… yeah, right. Then it was classic Orwellian double-speak later on. He said that the Americans were going to be helping us, help policing the north and helping with military stuff up in the northern arctic. Then I started asking him if this was something having to do with Iran and Russia, setting up a military perimeter around North American and being part of the North American Union. Oh boy, he didn’t like those questions.

 

Alan: No, but that was in the papers remember, in 2005 when it came out in the Canadian papers, it was called Fortress America, when the Prime Minister of Canada, the Prime Minster of Mexico and the US President met together to sign the first part of the OPEN AMALGAMATION Treaty for the unification of the Americas. They said at the time that this terrorism has been a Godsend to them because they wanted to go the same way a Europe and they get too much resistance and they could use terrorism as a way to integrate all forces, police forces, intelligence forces, the military and all the rest of it. Well, they actually said in the rest of the articles and I’ve even got the tape here from television. I kept it, I played it on the air because the Americans had never even heard this was even happening and their President was signing this into law. It said that already bureaucrats on the federal level in Canada can apply for equivalent positions in the US’s department and vice-versa. It also said that as of then, 2005 – actually it was 2003 that it started – they were amalgamating all the intelligence services and lo and behold in 2005, FBI offices started opening up in places like Barrie (Ontario) and across Canada. We are already integrated, they haven’t just told the public all about it yet.

 

Kevin: Yeah. Here in Canada also, we’re pretty much now under a flat-out dictatorship with Stephen Harper after he shut down parliament. By the way, this Codex Alimentarius Bill, that’s what I called in about. They call it C6, I call it the Codex Bill. When they passed it, Parliament was shut down when it passed. That tells me there is a little bit of a symbolism here, that now we are in control, we are going to pass these Draconian laws now. They are going to be testing these on Canadian soil, like I’ve been trying to warn people about and We Are Change North Bay. We are going to start bringing more awareness about this to the whole community. Hopefully we’re going to be able to get somewhere. Of course, since you are also in Northern Ontario and you are welcome to join us at any time. It’s just amazing that people aren’t waking up to this.

 

Alan: Well, you know yourself. You take the average newspaper that’s out every day and you get the front page, right on the front page their main stories are sports or they will pick some one person that something has happened to, she found her purse and blah, blah, blah, some trivia that doesn’t affect anybody else’s lives. They don’t tell you what they are really up to, what they are really going on about and neither will Harper tell you that this year he signs into law the FINAL integration part. This is the year for it, 2010. In the summer they sign the last part of this total amalgamation bill. So expect to see an awful lot more US troops and so on up in Canada. I spoke to guys who work for the Canadian military who actually patrol the northern parts of Canada and they told me they were already working with them.

 

Kevin: I’ve got a friend of mine who is also in the military here. He told me a few things also, some of the programs and that we are going to be working more with the Americans too. Not only just Bill C60, it will integrate both of our militaries of the United States and Canada. It’s pretty much going to be the North American Army itself.

 

Alan: It is. Absolutely. They’ve discussed a totally amalgamated force. I’ve got the articles here about the complete integration of the European forces, just the same thing. We are just taking after them. The prototype again was Europe, we were to come second and the Pacific Rim region was to come third.

 

Kevin: Indeed. Is there any other method nowadays? …short of like Max Decon’s idea of global non-compliance that would put an end to all this?

 

Alan: It is very, very difficult… as you know in Canada, it’s much like Britain. The people have never been an active people, getting involved in their own lives and what’s happening to them. I notice when the gasoline goes up now they don’t even complain about the prices any more; they always used to. I think they are so mind-bombed in an expertise way that they can’t think very clearly anymore. Their attitude is, oh, so what. They’ve got lots of entertainment; everybody is stuck on television with hundreds of channels. It isn’t until it hits them personally that it comes down to the crunch. People haven’t a clue how things are really run in Canada. For instance, if you have a parent here in Canada and I found this out from a listener in Sudbury. You are supposed to report if your parent shows any sign of Alzheimer’s TO THE COPS. The cops come into your home with the combat boots and so on and treat you like a suspect.

 

Kevin: Yeah and when I lived up in Iroquois Falls it was starting to get really bad up there too. I know in Cochrane it was getting really bad with the police forces there, pretty much acting like Gestapo.

 

Alan: Yes. That’s right. People are terrified now to speak to them. I mean, these guys are wearing their full combat gear here. Even the ties and their shirts are black; that’s the sign of the executioner. You see, we’re not IN a democratic system any more. You’re in a totalitarian system of authoritarianism and THAT’S the message we’re seeing all around us now. Thanks for calling. I’ve got to read this other article too, but call in again.

 

It’s astonishing what’s happening but as I say, most folk haven’t got a clue what’s actually happening. They say nothing until they personally are hit by some new law or agents coming into their land or confiscating their property or whatever. They just don’t know what’s going on… and they don’t care unfortunately because they’ve been so fragmented amongst themselves. At one time people really had communities. Everybody knew what had happened to everyone else in the community and they’d stand up together. Now everyone is sitting inside that little house of theirs with the glowing EYE – the big eye, you know, Lucifer’s eye – flickering away there and they don’t even know who their neighbors are and they don’t really want to know what’s happening around them. That’s a fact of life and this did not happen by accident either folks. Nothing does when it comes to micro-management and control.

 

We’ve all heard about Climate Gate that is to change our lives, this Climate Gate fiasco with all the lying scientists getting massive grants by churning out more lies and the United Nations putting everything into it because that is one of the main techniques they are using supposedly to bring in laws over all commerce, economics, industry and even your house as well, how you are going to live. You’ll need a permit eventually to buy fuel to heat yourself. I’m not kidding about that. That’s the world they plan. IT’S ALL A SCAM, A GIANT SCAM. The elite’s emails that we saw exposed all of that. This article here is from the National Post.

 

Lorne Gunter: First Climategate, now Glaciergate

Posted: January 20, 2010, by NP Editor / Lorne Gunter

 

Hot on the heels of Climategate — the leaking of thousands of emails and computer files that show many of the world’s leading climate scientists fudging the results of their global warming research and contriving to keep skeptics from being published in academic journals — comes what could be called Glaciergate.

 

Prominent among the claims of impending environmental disaster in the UN’s fourth report on climate change, published in 2007, was the prediction that all of the 15,000 glaciers in the Himalayas could melt away by 2035. That’s just 25 years away. Now the Times of London has discovered that this claim was not based on scientific enquiry, but rather on speculation. And old speculation at that.

 

In 1999 the magazine The New Scientist interviewed an Indian climatologist named Syed Hasnain. He told reporter Fred Pearce that it was his “speculation” that the Himalayan glaciers would “vanish within 40 years as a result of global warming.” Dr. Hasnain cautioned that the data on which his speculation was based had neither been published nor peer reviewed, Mr. Pearce noted his in his article.

 

The Hasnain interview, according to the Times on Sunday, remained largely dormant until 2005 when the World Wildlife Fund (WWF) (A: That’s Prince Phillip’s bunch.) cited it in a report it prepared as a lobbying and fundraising tool. (A: I’ll read the rest of this article to show you how they are scamming it again. Out of speculation we’ve got to change our lives. Back with more after this break.)

 

Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article to do with another con game and to show you how the cons, these lies, these scary lies, are grabbed by the big foundations and organizations AND the United Nations and stuffed in their fake reports that are supposed to get us to change our whole way of living. Mind you, they will all be in charge of how we live. That’s what the United Nations was set up to do, not to hand out chocolate bars to people who are starving. It says here…

 

The Hasnain interview, according to the Times on Sunday, remained largely dormant until 2005 when the World Wildlife Fund (WWF) (A: Picked it up because they were going to…) cited it in a report it prepared as a lobbying and fundraising tool. (A: So they picked up on this scary story.) The WWF report was not peer-reviewed either (A: And checked out.) (nor need it have been since it was produced by a special interest group to advance its cause). Nonetheless, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) — the UN’s official climate research branch — picked up on the WWF’s untested claim and, apparently without doing any further checking of its own, stated in its 2007 report that “glaciers in the Himalayas are receding faster than in any other part of the world and … the likelihood of them disappearing by the year 2035 and perhaps sooner is very high,” above 90%.

 

See how they just grab any lie that’s in with their agenda and use it and run with it and repetition… What is it that Bertrand Russell says, with repetition we can make the people believe anything. They keep repeating the same stuff. It’s also in another article too. I’ve got the Mail Online. I’ll put that link up as well to show you the same report basically on this particular story.

 

UN report that said Himalayan glaciers would melt within 25 years

was all hot air

By David Derbyshire / 18th January 2010 /

 

Now there is a caller on the phone from Ohio. Are you there Jason?

 

Jason: Pretty good show. I liked your Fall of the Republic documentary; you did pretty good in that. Since you are talking about a controlled society, I had written down some things about my geometry teacher and how she… I just wrote a few things down. It says, I know the best way to teach kids. I work for the Ohio State Department of Education and I know more how to teach than you do. I’m here to teach you critical thinking skills for an employer. One of the kids started arguing back and she yelled at him and I wanted to get your take on that, about the education system.

 

Alan: Well the education system, as you know, was one of the first tools to be used to standardize society for behavioral alteration purposes and to make them fit in to a preexisting system of being good taxpayers and good producers/consumers. If you go into the writings of Webster, the great speechmaker back in the 1800s, the guy involved with Webster’s Dictionary and read his article there about the creation of the educational system for America, he says to create GOOD, OBEDIENT citizens. Then you take it up from there to John Dewey. John Dewey came from the Frankfort school to introduce what was to be a communistic type of indoctrination that would enable the US, and Canada too by the way, to merge with the rest of the world in a Sovietized system in maybe 100 years he said. You have to go into the history of the education. Then Lenin said it too, that it is an essential tool for indoctrination and it still is, definitely. So you’re quite right. You probably do know more than your teacher does because you’ve studied more about what they’re all about.

 

That’s it for tonight folks, the time flies in here. From Hamish and myself, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Jan. 21, 2010 (#497)
Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 21, 2010:

Lucky? — Off Miami, SOUTHCOM’s Fleet Was On its Feet:Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on January 21st 2010.

 

For the newcomers out there look into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website. I always advise newcomers to bookmark the other sites I have listed there for future use because sometimes the big ones there go down and if the bookmark’s there you can pull up the latest shows and download them for free. There’s www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com, www.cuttingthroughthematrix.net, www.cuttingthroughthematrix.us, there’s www.alanwattcuttingthroughthematrix.ca, there’s also www.cuttingthrough.jenkness.com and there’s www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu. The ‘sentinel’ site is the European site and has all the same audios for download but has the addition of transcripts of a lot of the talks I’ve given over the years and you can download them for print-up and choose from quite a few languages of Europe.

And I always start off too with the tin can moment because this is the time when I remind you, that in this world where everything is ‘free’, we think, and a lot of people pay for podcasts these days this is all free to you. But, it’s only because so many of you should be donating, and only a few are donating, (the few that are donating keep me going) so it’s up to you to keep me going and help the other ones out because times are hard all round for everyone as the inflation sets in. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by buying the things that I have for sale at www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com. Go into the website and check it out yourself on how to do so. There’re personal cheques from the US to Canada which is fine, International Postal Money Orders from the post office from the US to Canada is fine. Remember it’s the pink, orangey communist one for international. The green one is for internal US only. So don’t walk away with that one and post it; can’t use it here and you can use Moneygram or Western Union. Same thing outside the Americas, you can use Moneygram, Western Union, Paypal as well for donations or ordering books or discs. Just send a separate email, if you want to do that, and I’ll get them out to you. Some people just send cash as well and that cuts out the podgy fingers of the bankers. I can’t believe the bonuses they’re giving themselves already, after the last ‘slaughtering’ of the public, but that’s how things are in this wonderful fair world. And for those who get discs burned and passed to them, who don’t use the computer, they play them on their CD players; you can get in touch with me [listed above].

 

I love reading old books. Old books are astonishing in the way they’re written. Often too lots of them have been used in universities down through the years, still are a lot of them yet, the classic books, but what’s amazing is that when you get the big players writing their own books to warp your mind into thinking that we progress along a certain path, ‘willy nilly’, by forces that just come out of nowhere, and the youth rebel and go in a certain direction and you end up with a different kind of society. That’s the way they always portray it, even the ones who are guiding the youth and causing the revolutions like Brzezinski and I’ll talk a bit about that when I come back from this break.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just mentioning how some of the big players who are still alive today who’ve been working through an agenda, all their lives in fact, like the Brzezinskis and the Kissingers, and they write their own books, would have you believe that things just happen by unseen forces by trends, trends that just build up in every generation and sort of snowball into a new type of society all by themselves and nothing of course is further from the truth, because when you look at the books and read through the books that they produce, and compare them to the plans and goals of the same organisations that picked these guys up and trained them; over a hundred years ago these organisations were on the go, it’s the same agenda; how they’d get to a planned society, how they’d get past a national kind of society across the world, how they would destroy, in fact, nationalism altogether and that’s one of the reasons they actually chose to defend Soviet Russia against Nazism.

In fact, when you read the books of the Council on Foreign Relations, the minutes of their meetings, even before World War II started, the Melbourne, Australia meeting in 1937 I think it was, the book published in ’38 from the Council on Foreign Relations, said that they’d have to save Russia at all costs.

What was Russia? Russia was for International Socialism and that’s the key to everything, International Socialism. It’s seen by different groups, different classes, in different ways.

The guy at the bottom thinks it’s going to be a society of fairness where you won’t simply be made unemployed and kicked off onto the street. They really believe that’s what it’s all about, a fair, just society where their tax money somehow comes back to them in services and of course that’s how the ones above them sell it to them, the whole idea.

At the very top of it, if you go into the Fabian Society and all the specialist areas or branches of the Royal Institute of International Affairs, you’ll find that eugenics, depopulation and blatant racism were at the top of their list. They already had the different races that they said should not survive, a very old list, by the way, going back all the way to John Stuart Mill, and they said that those races that could not adapt into the commercialised system, would have to, in true Darwinian style, die off. They couldn’t be allowed to bring down those who were further evolved than themselves.

It hasn’t changed at all and it’s done through perpetual revolution; revolution through mainly universities and academia. Now, all university students, and we’ve all been young at one time or another, hopefully. Then we’ve all had that ego where we think ‘this is us, this is our time’ and we’re fed certain ideas and run with them. We never stop to think who’s feeding us those ideas for demonstrations or for quiet revolutions and that type of thing.

Everything is fed to us. Nothing comes from our own heads. Even the music industry feeds us stuff too. We think it’s just spontaneous out there so we can enjoy it. Nothing happens by chance in the world of big business and big business that churns out ideas or music, or plays, or movies for young people, is run by very old people. Old people write the stuff. Old people manage the direction where it’s all to go. They manage the thoughts that are going to be in your heads. They manage your ideals.

 

Getting back to the books by Brzezinski, Kissinger and many other people, even Maurice Strong, these ‘technocrats’ as they’re called by Professor Carroll Quigley, these guys would have you believe it all happens by itself; and yet it just happens to go along the same path as the organisations they belong to, and the same organisations who wrote the path down a hundred years ago, generation by generation until it gets to their ideal society.

 

Now, once again we’re taught in history that everything happens by the strange, strange forces that just sort of gather ‘willy nilly’ and clash here and there and out of that comes something new, the dialectic if you will. But the true dialectic is run and managed in a scientific manner, according to Marx and Hegel of course, where if you want change, what you’re really after is: “Where do we want to go from here? Where do we want to arrive?” And so you set out your thesis; that annoys people, they set up an opposition, that’s the antithesis, and then out of the conflict you get the synthesis. The synthesis was your goal in the first place. You just guide them to it through this little game that you play and it’s been like that for an awful, awful long time.

 

Coincidence supposedly runs the world. No-one foresaw the banks collapse. No-one foresaw the banks going down. It all came out of the blue. It came out of the blue they said and ‘my God, we’re all paying for it now’ and it hasn’t hit us yet, by the way, all this borrowed, strange, abstract thing called money by international money lenders. It hasn’t hit us yet. But again no-one saw it coming. And yet back, I think it was, in the early ‘90s it was Greenspan who came out at that time and told the stock market guys to ‘cool it’, if anyone can remember that. It was all bubbles back then, and they did. It was all a con in the first place because they admitted that the US government, the treasury department, pumped money into the stock market every day to keep the top American companies up. So how could there be free competition when the government; and they wouldn’t be the only governments, by the way doing this, who were throwing money into it every day to keep their own corporations up there? It was never a free one. Then before the crash, what did they say 4 months before it, ‘we’re not pumping anymore money into it’ so it was guaranteed to fail. Guaranteed to fail!

 

These guys are not taken by surprise. These guys work out investments a hundred years from now, what they expect to have and where they want to be, even what kind of monetary system we’ll have worldwide. They don’t make mistakes like that, they don’t make them.

Again, at the bottom level, here we are, we’re supposed to believe that everything is chance, coincidence and the world’s a scary place. That’s what it is, it’s a scary place. You never know what’s going to happen.

 

When 9/11 came along, we all tend to forget, that out of all the days of the year they could’ve had for a practice for an attack on the world trade towers, it was that very, very day and Rumsfeld and Cheney were in charge of it. We forget that. How can you possibly, in the law of averages and coincidences, pick that particular day when supposedly real jets were going to fly into it? FEMA arrived the day before.

 

Then we had the 7/7 bombings in London, and lo and behold, they were having practices that same day again, on the very day that the bombings did happen, in the very 3 places where the bombs, the real bombs, went off and we swallow that one as well because we’re told to, you see? And when you bring up conspiracy: “Oh, how preposterous! How crazy! You must be a conspiracy nut.”

These are the things that actually happen and then we find out with Haiti, of course, and I wondered at the time; ‘How come all these guys were in Miami, all the guys that dealt with SouthCom? How come they were all there at the time? And then you find out, according to the media, they were there for a rehearsal, for a practice on going to Haiti if a hurricane should hit it, no kidding. It’s astonishing! It’s the same technique every darn time and most of the public will swallow it because they’re told to.

 

Like Bertrand Russell said; “They’ll believe they’re happy as well if the government tells them”.

 

This article here’s from:

 

Nextgov – Technology and the Business of Government and it’s from the 15th of January 2010, it says;

 

“Defense launches online system to coordinate Haiti relief efforts.” by Bob Brewin.

 

And when you scroll down and it says here:

 

“On Monday, Jean Demay, Defence Information Systems Agency’s technical manager for the agency’s Transnational Information Sharing Cooperation project, happened to be at the headquarters of the U.S. Southern Command in Miami preparing for a test of the system in a scenario that involved providing relief to Haiti in the wake of a hurricane. After the earthquake hit on Tuesday, Demay said SOUTHCOM decided to go live with the system.”

 

(A: So from a practice for a hurricane, they went live. I wondered how they had all these ships ready. A good fleet was already there ready to go on a practice catastrophe in Haiti, so here they were with the same story again. It’s unbelievable. I can’t believe it. It ain’t a coincidence. Then it says)

 

“On Wednesday, DISA opened up its All Partners Access Network, supported by the Transnational Information Sharing Cooperation project, to any organization supporting Haiti relief efforts.”

 

And then it goes on to other things to do with Haiti.

It’s not pushing conspiracy here. They’re just telling you what’s now the official story. They just happened to have that fleet ready to go in on a practice; a practice on the presumption that there could be a hurricane hitting Haiti one day, one day. That’s why the ships were there, for a practice run, and we swallow that. That’ll go down in history as the official story.

What else could it be? If it’s anything else, you’re a conspiracy nut, right? Amazing, it’s amazing.

 

Then we have in this other article here too, about Chavez, and I’ll put these links up on my site, www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com, at the end of the show. It says:

 

“Venezuelan leader Hugo Chavez Wednesday accused the United States of causing the destruction in Haiti by testing a ‘tectonic weapon’ to induce the catastrophic earthquake that hit the country last week.

President Chavez said the US was “playing God” by testing devices capable of creating eco-type catastrophes, the Spanish newspaper ABC quoted him as saying.

A 7.0-magnitude quake rattled the desperately poor country on January 12, killing an estimated 100,000 to 200,000 people. As Haiti looks to the world for basic sustenance, the authorities say the biggest dangers facing survivors are untreated wounds and rising disease.”

 

But there’s more people getting in on this act at least because we know they have the treaty on weather warfare, signed first at the United Nations in about 1972 or 1974 and they’ve updated it.

 

Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix, discussing the amazing coincidences that happen in our lifetimes and it’s just one after another, isn’t it? It’s a scary place out there but fortunately there’re always government agencies on hand, at the sites always, ready to deal with any emergency. They’re never there at any other time of the year, it’s just those times of the year when practices are taking place, like I’ve just read here to do with Haiti.

 

The Weather Warfare Treaty was signed back in the ‘70s first of all, the early ‘70s the very first one. They’ve updated it every couple of years since I do believe, but they admitted in there that with the HAARP technology alone, the low frequency pulsing, ultra low frequency, magnetic pulsing, they actually said that the atomic bomb was obsolete in the treaty. It could devastate whole continents so fast and they could cause hurricanes, tornadoes, drought, flood, whatever they wished by the type of frequency they used and they could also combine it with aerial spraying to intensify the HAARP effects.

That’s the Tesla technology they talk about. Old stuff, very old stuff, but they do have it. It has been tested. That’s why they put it in a treaty so they wouldn’t use it between different nations under the treaty. However, they can use it within their own countries on their own people. That’s the same with all UN treaties. And you can also use it on the umbrella of the nations that come under your domain, like the Caribbean, for instance. They said they could cause earthquakes as well with it.

Now you don’t write that into a treaty unless you can actually do it, you see, and other countries outside the US actually have the capabilities.

 

We live in ‘la-la land’. We live in a completely different reality from the Brzezinskis and the Kissingers. We really, really do at the bottom level. We see the effects of things. We have all the evidence pointing towards certain culprits but we don’t have the admissions; that’s always the way with conspiracy as they say.

In a court of law you find someone guilty by the preponderance of evidence, when everything points to them having done it. We always get to the same points but we never get the admission, you see, and we have no power of prosecuting these guys in a trial to get to even that point, where at least the preponderance of law and evidence would put them away for life, at least.

 

You can look up weather warfare for yourself. Even on Wikipedia they give you dozens of links to sites dealing with it. Or Google I should say as well.

 

Now, the induction magnetometer is a device, ‘is a time-frequency spectrogram, which shows the frequency content of signals recorded by the HAARP Induction Magnetometer.

 

I’ll put this site up for you to see. It’s run out of Tokyo I do believe, and they monitor these ultra-low frequency magnetic fields, in a specific range of frequencies, and they can actually tell when HAARP’s working. I’ve noticed it before. I’ve been sent computer images from this particular university when HAARP has been used and we’ve had earthquakes in other countries at the time.

What’s interesting too is that this time, HAARP had been pulsing away for 3 days, non-stop, and as soon as the earthquake was over, it stopped. HAARP stopped altogether getting pulsed out of different places like Alaska. They coordinate a whole bunch of them together, triangulate them. They can have half a dozen of these around the world triangulating on one little area by the way. But it all stopped right at the end of the earthquake and I have the pictures of that too, from the Tokyo university, from their induction magnetometer. I’ll see if I can find that and put it up too on the site at the end of the show, to show you how it’s monitored.

Again, that’s another coincidence, again more evidence, but you won’t get the admission. You never ever will in this world. This is the real world. You’ll never get admissions. How can they admit these things? Do you realise what we’d have to do; what the world would have to do to the characters involved if you did get an admission? I can remember when Bush, I think it was Bush senior, said that if the public knew what we’d done, they’d chase us down the street and lynch us. That was in the papers at the time. Remember that?

 

What if we got admissions of what was going on here? Supposing we got admissions, for instance, that they were crippling people, sterilising people through inoculations, poisoning people through the foods intentionally to bring up the death rate? Supposing you got that in your hands, what would you do about it? How would you feel about that?

 

Well they know how you’d feel and that’s why they’re never going to admit it, regardless of the evidence, that for the rest of your life you’d keep pouring out there, it doesn’t matter. They’re in charge.

Of course, it’s all preposterous anyway isn’t it? Preposterous, how silly, how preposterous, who would do such a thing?

 

Here’s an oddball story here and it’s from The Telegraph in England. It says;

 

“Ministry of Defence orders…”

 

(A: And here’s your typical ridiculous headline as they hype something up.)

 

“…’Bible guns’ for soldiers in Afghanistan.” It says;

 

“Hundreds of gun sights ordered for British troops in Afghanistan are inscribed with coded biblical references, it has emerged.”

 

This is a mainstream newspaper, 19th January 2010 and I’ll be back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix, reading an article from the Telegraph from the 19th January 2010, talking about an order of gun sights, for the British Army, from a US firm and they’re inscribed with passages from the Bible, and it says;

 

“The equipment was purchased from an American manufacturer which yesterday confirmed that markings carried on the same brand of sights used by US marines related to New Testament verses.”

 

(A: Quite an odd thing to do eh? You wonder if this is real or if it’s meant to turn this whole thing in Afghanistan into another ‘holy war’, another ‘crusade’ as Bush called it at the time. It says here;)

 

“The codes include JN8:12 (A: That’s John, Chapter 8, Verse 12) and 2COR4:6, (A: That’s 2nd Corinthians 4, Verse 6) which point to passages from the books of John and Second Corinthians respectively.

The former states: “Then spake Jesus again unto them, saying, I am the light of the world: he that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.”

 

(A: What an odd thing to say and have it on a gun sight, before you blow someone’s head off, eh? Is it some macabre kind of joke here? Don’t you think so? It says;)

 

“The Ministry of Defence only announced its purchase of the Advanced Combat Optical Guides (ACOG) sights from Michigan-based firm Trijicon on Monday.

 

They were ordered as an accessory for 400 new Sharpshooter rifles due to go into service later this year.”

 

(A: That’ll be for sniping.)

 

“Quentin Davies, the defence minister, praised the weapons for their “highly-precise, long-range capability.”

 

“A Ministry of Defence spokesman told The Daily Telegraph: “We were not aware at the time of purchase that these markings had any broader significance.

“Our priority is to buy the best performing equipment available on the market. In this case, Trijicon were selected as they offered the best performing optical sights. We are now exploring with Trijicon how best to proceed.

One option could be to cover up or remove the references, which are printed in small letters between sight’s model number and “Made in the USA.

News that US soldiers serving in Iraq and Afghanistan were issued with weapons carrying Christian messages provoked an outcry from Muslims and secular campaigners.”

(A: Well, no kidding. It’s quite the way to bring the gospel in eh, blasting people apart.)

“The US government has been at pains to keep religious language out of military affairs since George W Bush infamously referred to the war against terror as a “crusade” in 2001.

American troops are banned from proselytizing any faith while deployed in the two Islamic-majority countries.

The Second Corinthians passage referenced on the sights reads: “For God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.”

As I say, as they blow someone else’s face off with it. Sick, sick, sick is all I can say about that, but then again, we live in a very sick world, don’t we?

Another article that ties in with; I’ve been going over the records to do with sterilization and the big movements that were heavily funded by the foundations. I’ll put this link up on my site as well at the end of the show and it from the University of Minnesota Libraries. It says;

Association for Voluntary Sterilization Records revised by David Klaassen and Linnea M. Anderson, University of Minnesota Libraries.

It shows you how they kept changing their names down to ‘voluntary sterilization’. Now, ‘voluntary’ also included the poor people who couldn’t read or write, or were termed mentally ill, who were told “hey sign this” and they put their little scratch down on there and that was it done, but it’s quite an interesting little history there for you to peruse. Because, believe you me folks, the ones who are in charge of this world, and do the dirty across the world, also do the dirty in the countries they preside over. I don’t say they ‘belong’ to because they’re internationalists. We’ve been run by internationalists for an awful long time, and that is the parallel government, to bring in this new international society, that did not evolve by itself.

Over a long period of time it’s been forced into action with its resulting chaos in different parts of the globe and it doesn’t matter, because the peasants of one country are the same as the peasants of another country. They don’t care who’s right or wrong or who clashes, you all get treated the same way, and that’s with tasers and whatever other weapons at their disposal. That’s the facts of it.

Now, we’re all going under. We’ve been going under Agenda 21, the Agenda for the 21st century, from the United Nations, for a long time. That’s supposed to push the rest of the folk who are in all the rural areas into the big overcrowded cities. They don’t want people in rural areas being independent in any way whatsoever. Everyone in this ‘brave new world’ must be completely dependent (that’s what they mean by ‘interdependent’) on the system in which they live, for their food, clothing, heating, shelter and for everything. And eventually by the end of the century, you technically will own nothing anyway, and there will be, no private property.

All this really came out in the big push, the first Rio Earth Summit it was called, hosted by Maurice Strong, the ‘little leg boy’ for Rockefeller, and he works at the United Nations, and they’ve had different updates to it ever since. Big, big players, it’s a very important summit that’s coming up, the new one, 2012, has just been announced as “towards a world summit on ‘sustainable development’ ”.

That means you too folks. You’re part of sustainability and they claim there’re too many of you, way too many. They gave all the animals and insects rights but in their treaties there are no rights for human beings, by the way, and this was signed into law by every country that attends. It says;

“The United Nations General Assembly agreed to a new Earth Summit in December. The Summit will be in 2012 and will be hosted by Brazil. The themes are the Green Economy…”

(A: Well you see it’s all to go under this ‘greening’. Your whole life, your reason for being, will be under this ‘green economy’ as they call it.)

“ …in the context of sustainable development and poverty eradication,…”

(A: That’s where the ones who still have a few pennies to rub together must give it away to the charities that pretend to give it to the poor overseas.)

“…the institutional framework for sustainable development, emerging issues and a review of present commitments. This site will keep you abreast of all the developments and latest news.”

“Since the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro in 1992 and the World Summit on Sustainable Development in Johannesburg in 2002, there has been a dramatic increase in threats to peace and security caused by social, environmental and economic crises.”

(A: No kidding. When we send armies off you see, it’s just social, environmental and economic crises.)

“In light of the new and immense challenges faced by the sustainable development agenda,…”

(A: It’s an ‘agenda’ and they say that themselves.)

“…Stakeholder Forum was active from the beginning in supporting the call for a World Summit in 2012.”

So, as I say, keep tuning into these sites. They tell you where your life is going to go, how you’re going to live, who’s going to rule over you and all the agencies they’re going to dream up for you to oversee you in everything you do, in the near and ongoing future.

Because that is how we’re really run today. We’re ‘post democratic’ remember, ‘post democratic’.

Now there’re a couple of callers. I’ll try and grab them before I go on. There’s Tom in Ohio. Are you there Tom?

Tom: Hi Alan. This fellow Brzezinski who was the creator of this ‘Manchurian Candidate’, President Obama, he also has Gates, who is Secretary of Defence, who should be called Secretary of Offence. But anyway, this morning or yesterday, he mentioned that the Al Qaeda could cause a war between Pakistan and India and I’m thinking, ‘here we go’. You know, he’s encouraging a war between those two countries. And who would back Pakistan? Probably China and who would back India but Russia? Well this is Brzezinski’s major plan. You know, have the warning, cause a crisis, another war and I’d like to get your take on that. And the other thing Alan, I’d like your take on Engel’s dialectical material. There’s a lot of truth in that. It’s used by the major enemy in their arguments, but I’d like to hear your comments on that. Thank you.

Alan: Ok, well you’re quite right with Brzezinski. He’s up there on You Tube from the ‘70s and you’ll see him, I’ve got the link here, and I’ll try to get it, find it and put it up tonight, where in the ‘70s, there he is talking to the Taliban in Afghanistan, telling them to go to war against the Russians. And he says, you’ll hear him saying in his own words. He says, “Yours is a ‘holy war’.

This is the same guy who knew they were going to use them to fight the Russians. He admits later on in his own books that he wanted Russia to be ‘bogged down’ in a Vietnam scenario, to exhaust them. But he also admits that they’d have to then go against the very organisation, the Taliban, which the CIA and the Pentagon helped set up in the first place. They’d be a problem down the road.

So you’re quite right. He’s also the guy who wrote another book called ‘The Grand Chessboard’. He sees the whole world as a chessboard where he uses one pawn against another, for his own ends, and he boasts about it quite openly. He admits right now, in fact, that he’s got a hand in bringing the regimes down across the world which aren’t quite ‘democratic’ yet. He admits that he is helping organize the revolts and revolutions from the students from inside Iran.

So you’re dead on with that and this man sees the world as a playground and he’s untouchable because, see, unless you catch these guys in the act of doing something at the time, you have nothing. After the events, they boast about how they did it and then they go and do it again. So you’re quite right.

Now India is all on the side, they’ve been backed by the so-called ‘democratic’ Western countries for a long time, even though India you can hardly call ‘democratic’ in a sense. There’s a very strong movement in there within the Hindu community, which rules India, which is akin to Nazism and they’ve had mainstream BBC documentaries on them, believing in superior types and all the rest of it and everybody else, especially Muslims, they’re drumming up this right now, are inferior types.

This technique’s been used down through history. It’s being used again to foment troubles in the region and it’s interesting too, that even the heads of Pakistan have admitted that the CIA had also run their top generals in Pakistan for years. So neither country has a chance when these guys, when the same boys are in charge of covert actions against both of them at the same time, generally for a goal that the general public will never fathom until it’s over and done with. That’s what geopolitics is. It’s utterly covert and hidden from public view as to the real reasons and techniques that are being used. We see the fallout, the killings, the drone bombs going and killing people, but we never get the truth until it’s all over.

Remember, these same guys are doing the same thing within your own cultures, within your own countries for their international goal for the future. But you’re quite right.

There’s also Dave from Arizona. Are you there Dave?

Dave: Hey Alan. How are you?

Alan: Not so bad at all

Dave: It’s always good to talk to you. I just wanted to get your two cents on something. There’s a very interesting show on Wednesday night called ‘Conspiracy Theory’. I don’t know if you’ve ever seen it but it’s very good.

Alan: No, I haven’t seen it, no.

Dave: I guess the question I have is, the kind of stuff they go into is HAARP, they go into eugenics, they go into the flu shot scam, mind control, Manchurian candidates. Why would they want this information going out to millions that might not know about it?

Alan: It’s simple. It’s very simple. You see, the people who would never enquire into anything for themselves, this is 87% of the public they generally quote, never question mainstream. And if mainstream calls people ‘kooks’, they will then call them ‘kooks’ as well without even looking into any topic. So when you put it out by fictional episodes of drama, coupled with emotion, it’s called predictive programming by the way, and everyone copies the heroes within it etc, it’s in the realm of, it’s being presented as fantasy, pure fantasy even though it’s based on people’s accusations and data, to show you that conspiracies certainly do exist.

Dave: One of the things that’s funny about that is the show, actually basically says that all these things are true.

Alan: It will say that but still present it in a fictional manner and what it causes in the person is called ‘cognitive dissonance’ they call it, where you hold these two different opposing views, like doublethink, in your head at the same time and it ends up being entertainment. And if you follow any series that comes on, I don’t know how long this one’s been on but, follow it and you’ll see how more and more ridiculous something will become and crazy it’ll become. And in the mind of the person that’s getting downloaded, over a period of time, then even the more real episodes become crazy to them when they think back on them. It all gets tarred with the same brush.

Dave: So basically they just use it to disprove it?

Alan: Absolutely. They understand human psychology so perfectly and they do work with mainstream writers, authors and movie makers and series makers for television. They do.

Dave: Awesome, ok thanks Alan.

Alan: Thanks for calling.

You’ve got to understand there are incredible sciences behind this and these guys really know what they’re doing. They know how to manipulate millions of people. They’ve been at this for an awful long time, awful long time.

Cognitive dissonance is where eventually you have opposing ideas in your head. You battle it in your head to a standstill until you just throw it all out into the air and say ‘I can’t believe any of it, the real or the unreal’, and so you’re completely neutral on everything and you’re guided by the people at the top.

Here’s an article here from the Mail Online by the way. It says;

“Girl 19, left battling blindness after taking Tamiflu.”

(A: Remember the great saviour, telling them all to take this stuff to prevent you getting the flu that never was? And it says;)

“…(and she didn’t even have swine flu)”21st January, 2010.

“A teenage girl left disabled by the swine flu treatment, Tamiflu, did not even have the virus, it was revealed today.

Samantha Millard, 19, became critically ill after suffering a severe allergic reaction to the tablets, which she took on the advice of the controversial National Health Service helpline.”

(A: That’s what they set up. The government set it up and they told everybody to take Tamiflu. It says;)

“Within 72 hours of taking 3 pills, doctors put her on life support. Samantha spent a month in hospital after developing the life threatening Stevens Johnson syndrome, which causes the skin to peel off,…”

(A: That’s nice isn’t it?)

“…and later developed toxic epidermal necrolysis syndrome, which has damaged her sight. But tests at the hospital have since revealed that she never even contracted the swine flu virus.”

“Her devastated mother, Debbie Von Horenbeeck, is now seeking legal advice about the information given out by the NHS helpline. She believes that Tamiflu has not been tested enough.”

(A: Well, we already had dozens of reports from other countries of folk dying from the stuff, children especially.)

Back with more after this break.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix, reading an article about a young girl, one young girl, I’m sure there’re many of them who end up disabled after taking Tamiflu almost killed her. And it’s astonishing really because she didn’t even have the swine flu. They were diagnosing everybody by telephone from the National Health Service, these hotlines they set up.

Anybody with a sniffle, anybody with a bit of hypochondria because they were terrified of all the media hype that was put out there, everybody thought they were dying of something and they were stocking up and buying Tamiflu like crazy. It already had a bad name in other countries before all this happened, such as Japan. They tested it on children there and it gave them terrible problems too with their central nervous system and that kind of stuff.

Getting back to the media, I was asked to go on a show with Jesse Ventura, I think it was, at least I had the enquiry by the directors. There were two of them. It was months ago. Their particular show they wanted me on was about ‘global warming’ and I got the impression that they were after my feelings on it. Well, I didn’t give them feelings. What I hit them with, for an hour or more, were facts about, quoted facts from books that I have from the Club of Rome and other big organisations working with the United Nations, and how they would use global warming as an excuse to unite the world under a new economic system and all the rest of it, and I quoted fact after fact after fact. At the end of the hour or so, I realised that they didn’t expect to have someone that had all the facts. They were after someone who would give more emotion and feelings than facts and so they didn’t bring me on the show.

So remember, what they do put on this show isn’t necessarily what they could have put on this show and that means there is a good reason they didn’t want someone like myself coming on and presenting hard facts and that’s for the general population. So always remember that. Whatever you’re shown on television, be it fact or fiction, or how it’s presented to you, there’s always another alternate or ulterior reason behind the presentation.

Now, there’s a great article here too. I don’t have much time but I’ll put it up on the website. It’s called,

“Who’s afraid of the HPV vaccine?”

And it’s a study into the psychology of people by Dan Kahan, the guy who also knows Sunstein, it says, of Yale University to find out how different groups perceive what governments want them to do in different ways. And they’re trying to find ways of getting around the opposition to inoculations etc and to find out how to get the right kind of experts, according to ethnicity, class category, to give out positive affirmations about whatever the government wants them to do because you’ll trust them more. And they show you how they go through these psychological studies to alter your perception on something, not the facts that they give you. Not facts, they don’t give you facts, but just to alter your perceptions so that you’ll do what the government wants you to do.

And it’s from the FierceBiotech. That’s an in-house medical magazine, to show you how your minds are warped and twisted, even to make you take vaccines, by giving you someone that you’ll trust to tell you it’s ok, the right kind of expert, who won’t give you facts just you’ll like him more.

From Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God, or your Gods, go with you.
Jan. 22, 2010 (#498)
Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 22, 2010:

Darwinian Thriving Means ‘The Fittest’ Surviving:Hi folks, I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on Friday the 22nd of January 2010.

 

I always suggest to newcomers to the show to go to the site www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com. Bookmark all the other sites I have up there for future use in case the big ones go down and that way you can always download the latest shows. It’s always a good idea to try these other sites for downloading once in a while because everyone tends to go into the ‘com’ site at the same time and it can be kind of sticky, you might say, on download. Now, the official sites I have are www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com, www.cuttingthroughthematrix.net, www.cuttingthroughthematrix.us, www.cuttingthroughthematrix.ca, there’s www.alanwattcuttingthroughthematrix.ca and there’s also www.cuttingthrough.jenkness.com. The European site is www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu. That’s a good site too. It has all the same audios. It’s a very dependable site for download but it has the addition of the transcripts of a lot of the talks I’ve given over the years and you can download them and print them up and choose from the languages of Europe.

For those who get the discs burnt and passed to them, and don’t use computers, they play them on CD players, you can get in touch with me [listed above].

 

The tin can time is at the start of the show where I rattle the tin can, and I’ll do it figuratively here, use your imagination, but basically it’s for you to keep bringing me to you, you the audience.

I don’t get backed by any foundation, any big organisation, any big company that’s selling anything at all and the ads you hear on the show are paid directly by advertisers straight to RBN to broadcast the station on satellites and so on. It pays for their staff, their board time, their board operators and their bills. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can go into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website, you can see how to pay for the books I have for sale. Remember personal cheques from the US to Canada are fine. You can also use an International Postal Money Order form your post office. Make sure it’s the pinkish, orange international communist one, not the green one and that can be cashed in Canada. Moneygram is good and Western Union. From outside the Americas, it’s the same thing again, Moneygram, Western Union or cash or Paypal. Now, you can donate through Paypal. You can also purchase through Paypal.

If you want to purchase the books and discs I have for sale, then you can send a separate email to me and I’ll get the order out to you.

 

We adapt in our lives to all the new things that come along. Adaptation itself is a very old science but we’re so studied as human beings. We’re the oldest and most studied species really on the planet. It wasn’t until about the 1800s they started to go into the deep study of even insects. They already knew how humans behaved especially to do with nations, keeping the people occupied, keep us busy working, producing and obedient. Ancient sciences and yet it took off with the various humanitarian and social studies that broke out, more openly, in universities round about the 1800s and onwards and more so than ever, ever today.

 

Really, academia is a big part, a very, very big part of helping plan the future on behalf of their masters; the ones who fund them, the big foundations and the government itself. They’ve always been in beds with planning the future for society and really, we’re in an age, we always think of technological advances and electronics and so on that we forget about psychology itself and behavioural psychology.

 

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix just talking about how we’re the most studied species on the planet and never more so than in modern times when incredible money goes towards even more intricate studying of human behaviour on individual levels, on group levels and societal, and even the coming world level. They’re already studying the international types themselves, the ones who are the crème de la crème in their own areas, who travel internationally, work internationally for the new society that’s to come up in the future. This is already underway and we tend to forget that we’re always managed in some way or another, by many different techniques, never mind the beginning of your indoctrination, at school especially, where they say they must get you in early by a law, to socialise you. What they really mean is to standardise you. That’s what school’s about; standardisation and again, more so today than ever before.

 

In the 1800’ and early 1900s it was really individuality really that was stressed at school and how well you could work up to the best you could be on an individual level. Today it’s all groupthink to make you more sociable. See, we’re being managed now more so than ever. This tied in with what Charles Galton Darwin said, and others have said in the past, that the public won’t need to retain their ability for self-preservation because the state will be making all their decisions for them. We’re at that stage. We’ve been at that stage for an awful long time in actuality.

 

For everything you can imagine there’s a government agency looking over it, especially looking over you. We don’t live in a static society. We don’t live in a society where things just evolve by chance. You have 10, 15 maybe a 100 major world projects to do with bringing in a planned future, on the go at the same time, in any moments of the day. We forget that.

 

We’re taught at the level of the media indoctrination that we get, we’re taught that things just happen by chance and sporadically, and governments go off and deal with the problems at the time. Hence you have sudden terrorism and you suddenly have to go off with massive armies over to those countries, and dominate those countries to pacify them. We suddenly have to change our whole ways of living because of terrorism. It’s everywhere apparently and it can go on for as long as they wish it to go on for. A hundred years if need be.

 

Society’s being changed all the time in a planned direction. We never really see; most folk don’t see where they’re going. We live such short life-spans. We’re consumed often with just getting by, getting through the day, getting through the week for work and we’re consumed as well with our own little personal problems, your family interactions or whatever it may be. These basically eat up your time, worrying about money, worrying about rent or mortgages or taxes or whatever. This is how you’re kept occupied through your entire life and the big boys like it that way.

 

When you go back into the history books, you’ll find that before people could get an 8 hour day, they could work 12-16 hours a day. That was normal, in fact, right through the industrial revolution in countries like Britain. And when the ‘Chartist Movement’ and other movements came forward to try and get more rights for the people, who were living in awful squalor, at pittance wages, no welfare there if you were injured, no social security or benefits at all. In fact, often your family would have to go down the mines, for instance, if you were off sick to keep your job open. Otherwise you lost it until you recovered. It was the same in factories too.

 

The elites at that time wrote lots of books about what would happen if they went through with this. They thought it was a ridiculous idea to give the peasantry such time off because they might get up to ‘no good’. Because, you see, that’s the class system that truly did exist and it still does exist today. People don’t like to talk about it but it’s still there.

They’ve always looked on the bulk of the populace, the working groups, as villeins, and that’s where the term ‘villain’ came from and it meant, a ‘peasant’ really, a ‘serf’. So if you had time off you could maybe communicate to other people in your spare time and you might start thinking of ways that you could start getting some power into your own hands.

 

In the old ‘laissez faire’ liberalist, capitalist societies that they had, that was a ‘no-no’. It was a rather ridged, fixed society. In those days there were also other groups that had planned a particular type of future, such as the Marxist types and so on and through all the propaganda that they put out, in reality, they’d stand up for anybody’s rights only so that they could gain more power for their organisation for themselves, to overthrow the existing structure which was pretty bad and technically to bring in an even worse system. Because, who cares, to the guy at the bottom, who your master is really? A master is going to be a master.

 

So never you fall for the groups that say; “Yeah, we’re championing your freedoms for you”. Unless you’re involved, you see, don’t give your power to someone who’ll say; “We’re doing it for you”, and do your homework as well, because it’s a very old technique.

It’s for the psychopaths to come forward in a time of crisis and say; “We’ll do it. I know what to do. I’ve got the plan”.

You back them up and find that you’re often in a worse state than you started off; pretty well standard as I say. But these movements, especially one of them, did succeed in staying behind the scenes and promoting the big Marxist movements. It was odd to me to find that Marxism was taught across the whole world as a good thing because it can only be a good thing if you take half of the rest of the writings away and only read the other half. In other words, it’s been censored, because Marxism was to be a totalitarian type system. It also had within its context, Darwinism, pure Darwinism and the survival of the fittest and they did believe in Marxism (and Karl Marx said this himself) that Darwin was one of their champions.

 

He said that eventually, a ‘super elite’, an ‘elite’ of intelligentsia would rule the world and rule everyone else. And part of their problem, they saw at the time was overpopulation, even back then, in the days of Karl Marx.

 

It’s odd to see that this combining of overpopulation, this fear that the previous elite already had always, was combined into Marxism. What they really meant by that was the wrong kind of people were becoming too numerous; the wrong kind, and the wrong kind were just ordinary folks who were uneducated and were pretty poor, the working types themselves.

It’s hard for most folk to imagine that Marxism was an elitist organisation that went into the Soviet Union eventually, which in itself, was a totalitarian organisation with a small clique at the top, living very high on the hog, in a very rigid, conservative manner, very conservative. Everybody had to adapt into this rigid, monolithic system that had been created.

And these were the same guys remember who had blasted previous organisations and helped fight against them, like the Catholic Church. They complained that the Catholic Church was a monolith that couldn’t be moved so it’d have to be destroyed and they became the very same thing themselves once they were in power. It became a rigid society.

 

All you had to do in school in the Soviet Union was to keep ‘learning’ what Lenin said and what Marx said and eventually what Stalin said, just learn what they said and parrot it and parrot it and it became static.

Most movements, in fact, all movements become static and rigid and ruthless when they’re questioned in that static phase.

 

However, in universities across the world today, they’re teaching it was a good thing. They say it took over from Christianity, which is a bit of a nonsense because there were many movements on the go, back in the 1800s, to do with giving people more freedoms, and they were outside of Marxist philosophy or theosophy, and it is a religion really, a belief system and we’ll never ever know what would have happened if these other systems had risen to a good height.

 

We find the same thing with the Fabian Socialists that were set up by multi millionaires, in Britain, and big players like George Bernard Shaw. They always hire the authors because the authors, through fiction, give you your ideals. They alter your behaviour and perception of things through emotion. They tie emotion with hard political facts, and they’ll put it in such a way like a computer language that you follow to the end, and you will have the very opinion at the end they want you to have. In fact, they know you’re going to have it.

 

Wells and Shaw and many other writers, novelists of fiction and non-fiction were hired by the hundreds to write the stuff that they put out for nearly 50 or 60 years to shape the minds of the public.

The Fabian Society had direct (and this is from their own writings) they had a direct line, communications, to the Kremlin for years and years. And the only problem they had at the Kremlin, with the Fabian Society, was that they were always waiting for the time for revolution as Fabianists, because Fabians believe in doing a slow takeover from within. You get into every organisation. You gradually take it over, including government itself, and that was done very successfully.

Fabians agreed with all of the Soviet system in fact that they had in place. They were going to take a longer time to get there, thinking that if they could change the whole structure and perception of society, in a way that those living through a 100 years, wouldn’t even notice. They’d simply adapt and adapt. They’d have nothing to fight against.

 

Back with more after these massages.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix, just going over a little bit of history and a little bit of fact to do with the real world, the real society in which we live and how it’s not a happenstance society just fumbling along but it’s actually planned in the direction it’s going.

 

The Fabian Society was funded by the Astor family and many other big foundations at the time. You’ll find that the big foundations, these private; private non-profit they call themselves, organisations, that are really owned by either international bankers or international industrialists, and sometimes both, and who fund other front foundations, hundreds of them, (who) run the world.

They’re unelected but they get the voice of every news media across the world, generally because their owners also own the media and they get on television whenever they need to say their latest, and it becomes the facts of life to us all and they’re not responsible to the public. We don’t vote them in. They run all the non-governmental organisations that are out there, the big ones that are funded.

 

Look into the United Nations and look at its umbrella organisations and try and count them and I’ll talk to you in a month’s time, after you’ve added them all up. These are the organisations that attend the international meetings, in the exotic, faraway places that most folk can’t attend, but they’ve got the cash to do so, these poor grassroots organisations.

They don’t go round the doors with tin cans. They get paid salaries from these foundations. They have pension plans. They have office towers some of them and floors in the office towers and stacks of computers and staff. And we think that we have power when we vote politicians in. It’s such a laugh.

 

Rockefeller himself said years ago, when he was thanking the media, after one of his big meetings, I think it was a Bilderberg meeting, and he said that; “we couldn’t have done this without you”, without the media’s help keeping silent about what the big agenda was and he said it was far preferable, and I’m paraphrasing here, he basically said it was far preferable to have the world run by bankers and financiers and intelligentsia than have the direction of the world run and go along the road directed by national, sovereign nations.

 

Private organisations run us. If you notice since before 9/11 happened in fact, the public/private started to be mentioned for the first time. I think Prince Charles was one of the first guys to make this new term known to the public where basically, private companies, they said, were far more efficient in handling the big institutions we’ve set up like power companies.

 

Canada, for instance, had a lot of its own taxpayer-funded power companies, same with the roadways, all these kind of things, but it was just all too inefficient and it would be far more efficient if we sold them off, for peanuts obviously, to selected organisations, private companies. And then you find out that departments within governments have been doing the same darn thing for years, giving them off to private companies.

We find that parts of the military are run by private companies.

 

Technically, you see, we’re already run by private companies. The new system that Professor Carroll Quigley talked about was to be a new ‘feudal’ system where the CEOs would be the new feudal overlords. That’s where we are today and they want a world society to rule over in their feudalistic manner.

 

I’ve mentioned the movie, quite a few times that ‘Rollerball’, James Caan was the actor in it. But it was one of the first movies to come out and show you a system in the future, techniques that would be used to keep the crowds happy, how information would be limited to the general public, who would not really have much interest in getting information, even if they had access to it, as to what reality was. And the whole point to the movie was to destroy individuality. Everybody had to be a team player in this world run by corporations. That was the whole point of the plot of the movie. It’s worth seeing.

 

It’s astonishing, as I say, how we’re given so much predictive programming from Hollywood and through novels but then again not so when you go into the writings of various books I’ve mentioned, such as the one ‘America’s Cultural Cold War’ where the CIA, and this is declassified stuff that went into the book, the author got access for the first time, and said that the CIA had run American culture since its very beginning of the set up of the CIA, at really the end of World War II, right through the whole pop/rock nihilistic art phase, all that stuff, the pushing of promiscuity. It wasn’t the left that was doing it, it was the CIA.

 

Who does the CIA actually work for? What is their mandate? What’s their long-term goal? You think you know because you never question it. You never question it.

These societies, these organisations all work towards a common global agenda with other services or secret societies across the world like MI6, MI5, Mossad and many, many others.

It’s completely different from the people the bottom from their perspective and it’s onboard with a unified world in a particular type of unified world which is under an authoritarian managed control. That’s what it’s about.

 

Back with more after this break, but they funded all the authors.

 

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix talking about how the world really, really is and how nothing’s left to chance when it comes to managing the direction of the world, either in the economy or banks and where they’re going. And don’t believe for a minute that no-one looks after the banks and the bubbles in the stock market. Of course they do.

 

When Greenspan came out in the ‘90s and told the stock market to cool it and they did, it was because it wasn’t time to crash it. That’s why he came out. It wasn’t time to crash it then. We’ve been through the planned crash and what it does to governments is give them far more power over the public who now owe even more and more and more and their children and grandchildren down to their seventh or whatever are going to pay off this debt supposedly; supposedly. And they can bring in inflation. They can make things so expensive that you stop purchasing, which is part of the agenda, because we’re over, we’ve gone past the age of consumerism. They’ve told us that over and over again. Consumerism is bad. Production is bad.

 

The guy in charge of NASA who’s an activist for all the ‘greenies’ who has got a political position obviously in NASA, said they should destroy all their existing factories, blow up the dams he actually said, and advocated violence by all the greenie groups to bring the US back to a state of what was called its ‘natural state’, its pre-human state, you might say. These are the fanatics that are used, on a lower level; mind you, not the high ones, the lower level. He’s maybe the top at NASA but it’s still a lower level from the guys who plan it. So be very careful what you push for and be very careful who leads you.

 

There’s a movie called ‘Land of the Blind’. It’s a good exposé on this very thing where a totalitarian regime runs a small country. You will see the psychopathic personalities and how they behave amongst themselves at the top and how they control the public. And then they get overthrown by the revolutionaries who end up being exactly the same once they’re in power. As I say, there has been a group going down through the centuries, which have stood up as the champions for many other groups, but always kept themselves quiet. However, once systems are overthrown, they move in and occupy the top positions.

That’s what happened with the Bolshevik Revolution too in Russia. There already had been a revolution. The Bolshevik was a really a coup, an overnight coup, by just over a dozen specially trained people, in the middle of the night and they and their offspring ran the Soviet Union right up to the recent times.

Be very, very careful.

 

And getting back to this public/private deal, where: How can you have a ‘democracy’ when so many of your institutions now are ‘farmed out’ to private companies? It’s beautiful in a sense because, you see, in the feudal times, you didn’t have any recourse to rights of any kind. You really didn’t.

 

When governments came along, and so-called democracy, the sham of democracy, with a glimmer of hope once in a while over the last 100 years, but not very long, people had to answer to the public for their actions, for their governmental actions and politicians could be tossed out eventually or voted out the next time when you got in a new government. And of course politicians themselves will play to the crowds and they’ll play to the gallery at the same time. Politicians will grab anything that seems to be popular. They’ve got pollsters on the go all the time. They’ll grab a topic and run with it. They feel nothing themselves because they are themselves psychopathic. Personally I think that’s the only kind who go into politics in the first place, judging from my own experiences and watching them all my life.

 

However, they know where they’re going at the top level, the ones who rule all of this. And the public/private deals are better because, as I say, they can do certain things and you have no complaints department. The general public has no-one to complain to. If they complain to their governments, they’ll say ‘well, we don’t deal with that, it’s farmed out to so and so’, and they leave it at that. Well maybe if you try to get a lawsuit against this big multi-national corporation, and borrow your country’s savings, to take them on in court, then you don’t have a chance of getting addressed at all. That’s why they’ve done this, you see. It’s part of the reason they’ve done this.

 

It’s funny to think, and I’ve read the articles before, to do with game theory and how each one of us that had ever been mentioned on a census or had a birth certificate in the world, was put through the Rand computers as a number, for predictability purposes, with all the information they had on you at that time and they tried to limit you down to an organism who played games and you only played games where you could possibly win and benefit personally. We’re all reduced to a psychopathic level which shouldn’t surprise us, because the guy who dreamed it up, was a paranoid schizophrenic with massive psychopathic traits as well. That’s what was used during the whole Cold War to run the Western world via The Rand Corporation.

 

Now, who is the Rand Corporation? It says on its own website:

 

“The RAND Corporation is a non-profit…”

 

(Alan: Here we go, non-profit.)

 

“…research organization providing objective analysis and effective solutions that address the challenges facing the public and private sectors around the world.”

 

(A: Who do they work with? Well, I’ve got the PDF here for Obama’s ‘healthcare system’. It’s all about copying the British system and where they can cut back on all expenses for the basic minimum care. But they also do all the projections for how the government should run its security for the next 100-odd years or more; this private remember, private, non-profit research organisation. Now, do we vote them in? No.

Do we have access to what they’re really up to? Not at all! In other words, they’ve got a free hand to work out these manipulative techniques to get the whole world to go along with that plan that they’ve sold the government on.

 

This document here too is a PDF, now I’ll put this link up for you to download it yourself, about their latest one, or one of their many latest ones actually. They’re doing ones all the time for the governments and it’s for the creation of a ‘Stability Police Force’ for the United States, a ‘stability police force’. It goes through all of reasons why they’re going to justify it, the justification and options for creating US capabilities. And if you go through it, it’s about the fact that the US is going to be for a 50 to 100 years involved in going into countries, we can call them invasions, they’ll call them policing, to standardise them basically, to totally destroy the old culture. So there’s going to be a lot of flak and comeback. It’s what they call ‘insurgency’, for a long time to come. So what they want to do is get this big police force, a rapid response police force, based in the US, using US troops and different departments of security and policing to work together in this. They’ll always be on standby.

 

It says they can also work with similar organisations in other countries, but it can also be used at home as well and I’ll put the link for this one up. You can peruse it at your leisure. It’s the usual dry, boring stuff and you’ve got to glean from it what it really is. This, remember, is available to the public, which means that a lot of hard stuff is taken out, harsh stuff I should say, is taken out. It’s made more palatable but you can still read between the lines. It’s what they’re hinting at all through it. So I’ll put that one up as well.

 

They’re a private, non-governmental, organisation that advises. They’re one of the top think-tanks that works problems out on behalf of the governments; quite something. And that’s how all the governments are run by the way.

 

See, in the old days they used to go to the astrologer and courts used to compete. Different courts or kingships and kingdoms used to compete for the best astrologers who could command incredible, high salaries.

You can take it from two points of view. You can take it from the fact that (when) a king is in power, he’s always afraid of his position. His courtiers around him are all living high on the hog and they want to keep their positions too, for themselves and their families and so in those days they got the magic guys in, the guys who would read the stars or read crystal balls or do your charts and all that stuff and say “well this is a good time to attack Spain”, or it’s not and all that kind of stuff, you see, because governments love to be pretty certain about staying in power. That’s what it’s all about, staying in power. Now they use these Rand-type think-tanks to do the same thing. What do you project for the next 50, 80 or 100 years?

 

So these private think-tanks, they’re paid incredible money, by YOU, the taxpayer, that most folk are oblivious of. They have one project after another to look into, like crystal gazers doing projections on current data, media trends, world trends and all this kind of stuff. But they also know obviously, the kind of world their masters want to be brought in.

 

We’re so far, so far out of the loop at the bottom, because we work through our lives, we’re worrying, we’re scurrying, we’re kept up and down through price increases, high taxation, everything goes up every year, the quality goes down and we’re running all the time.

The more that we’re kept running, you see, the less time we can sit and think and converse with each other on any recourse to do with what’s actually happening. That suits the big boys quite merrily and that’s why they love this terrorism stuff. If you’ve noticed, whenever you get a lull and nothing much happens, suddenly they have a threat of terrorism. Or remember when Bush was in. Each time his poll rating would drop or nothing happened?

 

They’re changing the whole of the United States of America. They’re trashing the constitution and the rights of the public and nothing’s happening. Then bingo, a fuzzy video, supposedly of Osama Bin Laden, would come out of nowhere. Then the CIA would translate it and then nationals from those countries would then give us the correct translations, which were totally different from what we were hearing from the CIA translations.

They were always on queue for when the polls for Bush were dropping and it’s the same thing with Obama because Obama is no different. He serves the same masters. He proved it by the way. Did he change anything to do with the banking laws? No, he made sure that the guys who claimed they’d lost all this dough were given your tax money to bring their kitty back up to what it should be and now they’re giving each other big fat salaries.

Then you look at the string of socialists behind him; that should scare the blazes out of us, because these are hardened, hardened Fabian types, who truly believe in the rule of the elites over the masses, the intelligentsia over the masses to do with a planned society, depopulation, for this Orwellian; it’s not even Orwellian. It’s H.G. Wells’ vision of the future that he wrote about in ‘A Modern Utopia’.

 

And all of this is put through predictive programming through movies; everything through movies often years before the actual thing will come out in reality in your real life. You’ve had maybe 10 different movies about the same kind of thing which imbed in your brain the possibility that this could be normal, so when it does happen, it is normal to you.

 

Hollywood and novelists have always been used and that’s what it said in ‘Americas Cultural Cold War’. They mention lots of the novelists, and even poets and the guys who were doing all the art, in the US, Britain and France because they had offices all across Europe as well. They ran the culture. Everybody, as I said, thought it was the ‘lefties’ that were doing it. Everyone thought it was the ‘lefties’ that were pushing promiscuity and all that kind of stuff.

 

Meanwhile, we knew darn well who was bringing in all the LSD and pushing it all over the place. Bags used to appear over university walls, garbage bags of free LSD, thrown out of limos, to get it all going. Then the BBC, the Etonians, it was all staffed by Etonians, promoted the use of it. “Aren’t we naughty, tee-hee-hee”, program after program after program, as they’d interview pop stars who were falling off and out of their seats, and that was happening literally, and the laughter, “isn’t this fun”, and the promiscuity, and everybody thought it was the ‘lefties’ that were doing it; quiet fascinating really.

 

You have to really look into reality to find it and it’s not an easy thing to find, and even when you find a lot of information, you’ll never have all of it; you’ll never, never have all of it. How can you have all of it when the main countries have official secrets acts? When they can sign anything they don’t want the public to know, into law that it won’t be spoken about, for 50 years, and, they can reclassify it at the end of 50 years?

 

We’re kept in the dark; as they tell us, in Russellian style, that ‘you’ve never had it so good. You’ve never had so much openness. You’ve never had so much freedom and such access to communication.’ Yeah, we get lots of data but how much fact are we given in anything? That hasn’t changed at all and often people get confused between facts and data.

99.9% of all the data you’re bombarded with daily is totally irrelevant to you.

 

Part of the plan too, years ago, was to start using communications data, television especially, not just to change the culture through comedy and shows, and propaganda like detective stories, making you think that that’s what the police are all about, or hospital stories on how the hospitals really are, as they dramatise it in fiction. It was also to make you see aspects of other cultural values across the whole planet to bind you together, across the planet. In the mean time, what it leaves you with is a feeling of disassociation because you can’t relate. You see it on television but you can’t relate to people over in Iraq getting bombed, or people getting blown up, or Afghanistan, or all the previous wars before it.

 

Vietnam was a TV show, a TV dinner time show. That’s what is was to the average person across the world who’d come home and eat their fast foods or whatever they were forced to eat at that time, a la Bernays style and they’d watch this stuff.

Initially, they were kind of shocked when they saw some real graphic stuff over in Vietnam, but eventually they could see bombs going off, napalm burning people and they’d sit and munch away. It became surrealistic and unreal to them, as everything on television must.

Desensitization, desensitization.

 

We’re never given the open books to anything at all. In Canada for instance, when Gouzenko, the first Soviet to cross over to Canada, actually the whole Western world, the first Soviet to come across, with whole lists of operatives within the Canadian, US and British governments, in high bureaucratic positions and in the military, when he came across, the Prime Minister of Canada told the RCMP to ‘leave him out in the cold. Maybe the communists that are looking for him will pick him up and whisk him back home’, because at that time it was the end of World War II. We were still great pals with Uncle Joe. They hadn’t turned him into the ‘bad bear’ in the dialectic process yet.

Eventually he managed to write some books himself, but they said they wouldn’t declassify his stuff for 50 years, and Trudeau put another 50 years on it.

 

Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix.

I thought I’d just let that guitar wail on there because sometimes you feel like wailing and this is the end of the week, so I’m doing my wailing stuff.

It’s so important really, to understand that we’re living through a script and all the fallout and chaos and all the personal chaos that’ll hit us too, because of the changes. We’re all considered and factored in before we’re even born and how to deal with the chaos was factored in before we were born. Even the timetables of the integration of different parts of the world into this United Nations system, was all predetermined, again, before we were born.

 

If you were to take a company of strategists, say like, the Rand Corporation, or the one who advises the Canadian military or government, same with Britain’s department of defence, they will propose a plan when they’re told; “This is what we want to do. Your job is to find out how to implement it”. And they’ll do studies, all these studies on how the public will probably react; different sections or factors of the public. And on paper, they’ll figure out ways of overcoming the reactions that will come against them, and remember, they haven’t even started rolling out the process to start it yet, to begin it.

So they’ve covered every possible base before it even happens.

 

Britain was famous for this; famous for it. It would even train some of the leaders for the top of unions, before they created the unions, and then they’d promote the creation of the unions, knowing their boy at the top was their own and the people all followed them.

 

The techniques of manipulating the public are endless and very old. So be careful as I say. You know, if you stand up, you should really stand up for yourself. It’s the only power you really have. You can only really be responsible for yourself, no-one else.

 

I’ve mentioned it before about the Milgram experiments to do with obedience and obedience to authority. So many books have been written over a 100 years on obedience to authority. That’s also what those who advise governments go by; all of these studies and experiments they’ve done.

 

The reason that the majority of the public go along to get along is because it’s almost through osmosis, as Jacques Ellul said. That’s how they’re downloaded, through osmosis, they learn through osmosis, through vagueness, through all the little things that come filtering through their mind, from radio, television, newspapers and magazines, because they’re all telling you what is the standard way to be and everyone knows it. This is the authorised way to be, to behave. Here are the authorised dresses for the different age groups. Here are the authorised topics of conversation and so on.

 

If you were to ask them, “Why don’t you talk about other aspects of society?” you’ll see them getting a bit scared at times and they couldn’t explain to you why they’re nervous. It’s because it’s outside the authorised media induced and promoted norm, and even that is changed and updated when it suits the masters, and you update with it, until you’re all normal again together.

 

From Hamish and myself, in Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.
January, 25th 2010
Alan Watt on “National Intel Report” on RBN

Title Copyright Alan Watt January, 25th 2010:

“A Brief Debriefing on Reality”Hi folks, I am Alan Watt, and this is Cutting Through the Matrix, standing in for John Stadtmiller on the 25th of January, 2010. I’ll be on for the next couple of hours, and there are so many topics, so many topics to cover because, as you know, we’re going through the greatest changes in history for hundreds of years actually, it’s actually been akin or linked by the Big Boys themselves, like the Brzezinski’s and Kissingers, to the greatest changes since really the beginning of the Industrial Revolution, and the massive changes it caused across countries, as they moved people into the big cities to take over the industry and produce in the factories, get them off the land. Today, it’s much, much bigger. It’s literally a global enterprise. We’re in a big global system, planned an awful long time ago, and all the mayhem we see with money crashes going up and down, all this kind of stuff, the deculturalizing of nations, denationalization of nations was all factored into it, and planned that way, an awful long time ago. It’s just that the ordinary people don’t read the reports put out by the big think tanks, by the global meetings that the United Nations has, and that’s because really, the media keeps us distracted. Their job is not to focus us into what’s happening in our time. Their job really is simply to give you the results of the happenings as they happen, the effects if you like, without telling the public the causes. They don’t want the public to be involved, in fact they actually call it a post-democratic system. In a post-democratic system, think tanks, elites, academia run the show. That’s what we’ve had in fact for an awful long time. And it really took off back in the 1960s as academia stepped in, big corporations, big foundations with their parallel government, as they call it themselves of thousands of non-governmental organizations, pretending that they’re all specializing in different parts of society, took over and have had their annual meetings at the United Nations, or one of the exotic countries they travel to.

 

We simply get little bits out of the paper, which really have nothing much to do with the meetings themselves to be honest with you. I can remember when the 2005 meeting of the President of the U.S., the Prime Minister of Canada, and Mexico were shown on Canadian television, down in Waco Texas, signing the first open part, the first open part, they had signed many parts which were not open to the public, but the first open part to the integration of the countries. That was integration in security, integration in economics eventually, taxation that was mentioned as well, and commerce. So much so, that the newspapers the following day mentioned the fact that bureaucrats in Ottawa could apply for similar positions in Washington D.C. and vice versa. I taped that show. I had all the comments made by the CFR journalists who attended, who talked about, this was the first part of a five-part signing. One part every year up to 2010 for total integration. I played that on the air to listeners that year, because it hadn’t been broadcast in the U.S. Incredible, incredible, and the U.S. just saw the three leaders having a barbecue and a walk along a field somewhere, I think it was down at Bush’s ranch or something, but they didn’t show you the meeting at Waco. They didn’t show you what as actually happening.

 

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix, standing in for John Stadtmiller who is off today. And I was talking before the break about how the whole century we’ve been living through was planned. It was planned just like today’s society and where it’s to go is planned. What’s happening today, in fact, was planned before I was born to be honest with you. When you read the writings from the Council on Foreign Relations, the Tri-Lateral commission, all the big meetings that the United Nations has had since 1946 or so, and you find that they plan to bring in this integrated society, through conflict, in a sense, through conflict. Everything according to them is a science of conflict. And by understanding conflict you can guide the conflict, you can guide the outcome of conflict, or the synthesis, or the combination of the two conflicting parties, the synthesis. You can guide it, and sometimes the synthesis is actually what you’re after. We want to take the public or the world here, how do we do it? Well, you need two opposing sides, you get them to go head to head, and then you get negotiations, then you get a form of amalgamation, which is the synthesis, and you’ve changed society. You’ve guided society. The theory being, in the Darwinistic sense that these characters go by, and they really do believe in Darwin, the theory of evolution, not just man himself, but the societies or ages of man as they call it. And they claim that if a stagnation period comes in, because there’s no conflict, then they start to lose control, and things break out of the control, and everyone goes their own way, which doesn’t sound too bad an idea, at times for me, when I look at what’s been planned for us. And therefore, they guide conflicts; they create conflicts, and guide them.

 

Now remember what Carroll Quigley, Professor Carroll Quigley talked about in his book Tragedy and Hope, and his other book The Anglo American Establishment. These are two books, which are utterly necessary, if you want to understand how this system has been, where it is, where it’s going, who runs it, the techniques that they use, and it also fills in all the blank spots in history between the dates of battles and all the rest of it. It tells you why they actually happened, who was behind it, who benefited from it, and he was rather proud of this, and the techniques that they used, being the historian for the Council on Foreign Relations, he thought the world should know. And he thought actually that most folk wouldn’t mind being guided in a post-democratic system by a super elite crew of intelligentsia, and very wealthy people. He thought that was a natural order, being a natural snob himself. He also thought, that left in the people’s hands, you’d have utter chaos. That’s a belief shared by all tyrannical type systems, that the masses themselves are simply incapable of managing themselves, and that there would always be chaos. That only the ones that have better education, you might even say better breeding, if we’re to use feudalistic terms, are the ones who can manage life and their laws and follow them, live in a sort of harmony. But for the peasantry, it could never be so.

 

Don’t ever believe that the Cold War was just about two systems going head to head, that was not the case at all. In fact they needed a Cold War period between an enemy, two enemies, after WWII to bring in the changes that they needed, to also give them their reasons to tax the public, really put the money into research and development, for a post Cold War society, where people would be monitored from birth to death, and give them all the technology, including the satellites up there, all the tracking mechanisms that are now being put into place, and we’re seeing what they’re up there for. They’ve been up there for years, as I say, put up during the Cold War, for this particular time in history. Fifteen years before the Berlin Wall went down, it came out that Rockefeller led a team over to talk to the President of the Soviet Union, fifteen years prior to it, and told them, you know, what are you doing here? Europe will be totally amalgamated, the European Union, totally integrated within the next ten years or so, and you’ll be left in the cold. You see, the Russians supposedly were after a European Bloc themselves. They ran on blocs, remember, that’s the term that they used, the Soviet Bloc. Europe did the same thing that the Soviet Unions were doing. They amalgamated them all, and it’s called the European Union Bloc today, under the European Union. And therefore, it would only leave the U.S., which didn’t seem likely to amalgamate with the Soviet system, and other countries, even though, even though America or the U.S., Canada, had already in a sense been Sovietized.

 

We had already been very liberal, as they call it. Khrushchev called it liberalism, the Communist term that was used in the Americas. He says, it’s liberalism in America for the Communist system. They’d been really liberalized for so many years, and adopted so many of the Communist policies, that there wasn’t much difference between them. And remember the Reece Commission, I mention this so often, because Norman Dodd is up on youtube, giving a talk. He was the representative who went to, who was sent from the Congress to look into foundations, their power and influence. That’s also the name of a book that came out about it. And they wondered why the big foundations, owned by the richest men in the world, big international bankers, big magnates of power and industry worldwide, why these foundations based in America would be funding what seemed to them to be left wing or ultra left wing or really Communist non-governmental organizations with agendas that were definitely Communistic. And he was told by the CEO of the Ford foundation, and others, that their job was to so alter the culture within the United States, and Western Europe that down the road, years down the road, they could blend it seamlessly with that of the Soviet Union. And to be honest with you, I think they pretty well achieved that goal.

 

If you go into the writings of Lenin, Lenin did not say that the dictatorship over, I call it over, the proletariat, the people, would last forever. He didn’t say that at all. He said that maybe seventy years down the road, he said, the Soviet system, this dictatorship will merge into a new system, because of the conflicts with the West and capitalism. And it would merge so well that it would be neither communistic nor capitalistic. Well the term they’re using now, openly, is really what they were after in the first place, a World Socialist Society. In Socialism, the big banking boys, the big richest people in the world, can still be part of the system, and still help run it in fact, and they can still get all their Socialistic policies in, that sound really nice on the surface, and some of them certainly have helped public who have been put on unemployment or lost their jobs, that kind of stuff, basic stuff, that was definitely necessary. However, it was really for control over entire societies. If we remember that the Marxist system demanded centralization of power, and we saw that happening not only in the Soviet system, we saw it happening too, across Europe. Centralization of power as the main capital of each country took over all policing rights over all police. Rights of sole taxation. Rights to do with travel across the country. All your departments for instance, in Canada, are federalized. Travel. You have a tax sticker for to travel in your car. You have a registration form to fill out for the federal government to do with travel. It’s all federalized now. And all the provinces, which are just states in Canada, just like the U.S., are now answerable to the Federal governmental system.

 

That was all planned as I say. And once they had set up a centralized system, they said over a hundred years ago, that eventually they would start making treaties between those centralized governmental systems of power with each other, and then they would start integrating each other’s centralized system under a unified command. That’s what they meant by a New World Order, run from a world governmental system. The League of Nations was set up initially to be the embryo of it. They knew they wouldn’t have all the full powers of it. That blossomed into the United Nations, and today, everything goes through the United Nations. People don’t know, that if you build a house, every building code to do with the foundations to do with the foundations, the plumbing, the electricity, everything in that house, every building code comes from the United Nations. They’re responsible for the same codes now across the whole planet. For every department that you have in your federal government, every single department, you have an equivalent department set up at the United Nations that deals not only with your government, and liaises with those department in your government, but also liaises with all the other departments, similar ones, across the world in every other country. That’s what it was set up to be. And yet, if you go into the long-term projections by think tanks, the big think tanks, the Futurist ones, the ones that work again with the Club of Rome and all the biggie boys, the ones that work with the Department of Defence for Britain, NATO, and for the US government, and look at the projections for the next fifty years or so, which they’ve published, and are on my archives at cuttingthroughthematrix.com, you will find that they talk about this integrated system that’s to come in, and the chaos it would cause in the meantime. And it also talked about the fact that a World Government won’t last for more than probably twenty years, and they already have it set up, where they’re going from there. Back after this break.

 

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt, and this is Cutting Through the Matrix. Just discussing how we get led along a path, in a lifetime. Each one of us lives this “x” amount of years. We’re fed information of the reality we think we’re living in, but most folk never realize, and they’re certainly not encouraged to realize that every major event in their life was planned that way by people in think tanks and organizations, which they’ll sometimes never hear of if they don’t look up and do their own self-education. And I’m talking about major things. I’m talking about even the wars that they have. Sometimes if you go into the writings of the think tanks for the Department of Defence for instance, they’ll talk about wars that will come along in ten or twenty years time, in certain areas or what they call regions now. They broke the world up into regions at the United Nations. And that’s why all this war on terror is all part of a strategy to not only guide us through, bring us through by force actually into this new system, where we’re not going to have democracy as we ever knew it, or the rights that we ever had before, that’s not going to come back. In a sense, it’s a form of perpetual war, and it has been called perpetual war by the United States military themselves in their own publications, and again I have them on my archives section on cuttingthroughthematrix.com. Perpetual war. Only under warfare tactics do the public allow themselves to be guided or ruled under authoritarian systems, only then do you sacrifice by having less income, perhaps even rationing of food, restriction of travel, ID cards, that kind of stuff.

 

And the guys who dreamed up this idea for this time, we’re going through, were the Club of Rome boys. They were given the task by the biggies, those internationalists who rule the world through finance and commerce, working with governments. They were given the task of finding ways to get the public to basically give up all the values that they used to hold near and dear such as private property, the right to decide what kind of work or employment they would like to study and go towards. Where they’d like to work. In which countries they’d like to work, especially their own, and basically carve out a place for themselves in the world doing something that they would like to do. In this new system, a totalitarian system, we’re not going to be allowed that. We’re under a war scenario. You will sacrifice, we are sacrificing, and because they keep shouting terror, terror all the time, we’ve given up more rights then probably 12 revolutions down through history in different areas have ever given us. They’ve taken them all literally away from us. They’ve created so many layers of authoritarian military style organizations that you can’t even keep up with them all. We are at a stage that Lenin talked about, where he said, in the West, towards the end of the year 2000, he said there would be so many departments, authority type departments in the Western World, that they’ll all be standing on each other’s toes in their own territories. Like too many of them. We already are there. You’ll find even when it comes to major terror alerts and so on that maybe a dozen types of SWAT teams will turn up, so many different agencies will turn up, it’s happening in Britain as well, where thirty cars at one point turned up with helicopters for a domestic dispute. And then they start squabbling amongst themselves to see who’s going to do the kill. Literally, this is what it’s come down to.

 

Not only that, they’ve been given the authority to do this. This is the projection, as I say of the Club of Rome, done back in the 1970s, when they did their second book, called The First Global Revolution. And they said that they were given the task of finding ways to get the public to give up their rights, and that’s what they picked on, a war on something, or an outside threat of something, so they picked on terror obviously. But they also picked on another one, another beauty, which is almost in the realms of religion where you cannot prove or disprove, you have to just believe. And that’s what it always comes down to with Global Warming, or now they’re calling it Climate Change. The Club of Rome in that same book also came up with the idea of using Global Warming, and they said that. When they looked at all the different scenarios to bring in sort of a war type situation and people to give up their rights and all that, they said that they looked at Global Warming, famine, terrorism and the like, they said that would fit the bill. That’s in their own book. That was then presented to all the big top government departments across the world. They all agreed to go along with it, and lo and behold in 2001, to kick off the century of change, that’s what we got introduced. That’s what it was all about. They could not have brought in this integrated system without 9/11 happening in 2001. Couldn’t have done it. They needed something to kick it off. And I’ve always said too, these guys, you know, if they were to put money on lottos, they’d win every one of them. Isn’t that amazing? Because whenever they talk to their think tanks about what they would need to happen, to accomplish different parts of their goals, it always happens. Which is obviously against the law of averages. At least half the time, if you toss a coin, it should end up heads or tails. Not with them. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt, and I’m generally on Cutting Through the Matrix, and I will be tonight at 8pm Eastern Time, standing in for John Stadtmiller, talking about the big world which is not mentioned very much in the newspapers. We get the effects of things, but never the causes given by the media. And we have to get to realize, eventually to the stage to realize that we’re living through a script. A script that many big authors actually wrote about in their own biographies, many years ago. If you go into the books written by those who were appointed to the United Nations back during WWII, and immediately after WWII, they were quite open about the kind of society they were bringing in. They also knew the problems they’d face. They’d have to destroy cultures basically, in order to then refix the world and amalgamate the countries together, under this new super culture. Some authors back in the early 1970s, actually wrote about it, too. And even the late 1960s. I think Desmond Morris was one. He was a zoologist. And he talked about creating the Super Tribe, as he called it, and how it was inevitable through the conflicts and through the resolution of conflicts through the United Nations and with a massive travel they had envisaged as the creme de la creme of those in academia and other different countries across the world, all competed and moved across the world to the best jobs, creating forms of Super City-states, and how all the rest of them left back in their countries would feel kind of left out, so they’d have to be given a common culture that would take an awful lot of time to introduce, maybe quite a few generations before you’d have this strange new culture we haven’t been told exactly what it’s supposed to be. And they talked about too the creation of a world army a super army, where they’d find a new type of nationalism, something to replace nationalism, and that was to be based on sustainability, the world itself is our goddess type thing idea, and how that would have to be substituted for the traditional means of nationalistic governments.

 

So nothing is new. There’s nothing new under the sun, and academia plays a very, very big part in all of this. When you see that professors across the world all belong to their own categories of think tanks you might call them or international organizations, all involved in political change, and global change. Not just academia for academia’s sake, but for political change, and how they all work together with governments too, then you understand how this post-democratic system as they call it is actually working. To get seen or heard by any government, you have to have access to the government. The average person today literally is as close to government as the serf was to the London king in the Middle Ages. In other words, you have no access at all. You might be able to send a letter off, now it’s an email, but you’ll never get even to the person you’re after, even the representative is so remote, so far removed from redress that we haven’t got a chance. The ones who get immediate access to governments are those with the big money, the ones who are authorized, non-governmental organizations. They’re all lobby groups, including the big lobby groups that work for the corporations, and they literally have buildings all around and without and through the central governments of every country in the world. They have immediate access. So money talks, power talks, and that’s also what they meant by post-democratic systems. I noticed that recently, which is no surprise, and really it’s just an after-the-fact admission, through a legal system. They do things without bothering to change the legal books. They do it for maybe twenty, thirty years, forty years, and then they eventually put it through the books to make something legal. No one really cared beforehand if it was or wasn’t

 

They’ve now allowed corporations to give unlimited funding to their own candidates, which means in this new feudal system as Professor Carroll Quigley called it, and he did call it a feudal system, the corporations would run the world. Technically they’ve already been doing so. And I myself would classify the United Nations as a corporation, with its own agenda. I’d classify all the foundations as corporations, not just charities but corporations. They have the same funding, they have trillions of dollars of funding. Some of them have trillions of dollars of funding alone, single ones, to do their bidding, and thousands of non-governmental organizations. We don’t vote for any of them. We don’t even get into their meetings to be honest with you. They’re always held in faraway exotic places, with lots of security, and you have to get tickets to get in, authorized tickets, and ID checks. They don’t want the general public involved in these kinds of things.

 

Democracy, as people thought of democracy, has been circumvented completely, and it falls in with the old snobbish idea, the general public really don’t need to know what’s going on. They’re irrelevant in a sense. It’s along the techniques or the mentality of Hamilton, who was probably the only one in the U.S. early government, who ever came out with his true belief. And he said, the people, sir, is a beast. He said it. The ordinary people he believed were too chaotic to put any adequate input into how governments should be run, and therefore should be completely ignored. Academia with all its snobbery, believes in the same thing. We have to face the facts that nothing changes in human nature. It really doesn’t change. I’m always so surprised when we think, or we’re conned into believing that somehow we’re far more civilized as a human species then we ever were. And that’s utter nonsense, utter nonsense.

 

In the Middle Ages, when feudalistic systems ran all over Europe, the serf had no rights whatsoever. The serf could be killed with impunity, just because the lord was in a bad mood. There was no inquiry, and nothing happened about it. It was okay to do. It wasn’t favored all the time, but it was okay. The serf was bought and sold with the land, and the only thing the serf would be asked was where do you belong, and he would name the area owned by his feudal lord, by its place name. And if he said that, therefore, he basically admitted, I come from this place, and he was bought and sold with this place. And so was his family, if he had one too. They were chattel, basically.

 

With the rise of academia, taking part in governments, with all of its think tanks, myriads of think tanks working, and all of its political organizations of professors and NGOs working with the UN, you have the same system back in place again. Part of the depopulation program agenda, is to do with this new feudal system as well. They want a tidy world, so that the right kind of people can breed and get along, the ones fittest to survive, but they say that all of the post, you would call it, industrial type society people, are just useless eaters now. They have no function. And being academics, and trying to work on logic, they really believe that the general population today really has no function, except to pay taxes and then eventually to die off, because we’re all consuming what they see at the top, as their future resources that will keep them alive, so it will sustain them and their offspring.

 

Remember, they truly are Darwinists at heart. And this, even though I’m saying it on this show here, and people will be saying, I don’t believe that. It’s nothing to do with believe it. Check it out yourself, there’s lots of articles put out by professors on this very topic. Tonight at 8pm I’ll be reading some of them, and you’ll find, yep they really are like this, and this is what they really say, and not only say, but they belong to the powerful institutions that are involved in bringing it all about because they create public policy, through what you think is your government. That’s how it’s really run. It’s not good news. It’s not good news, but you cannot fight in any kind of situation or any kind of war unless you understand what you’re fighting. You can’t do it. You can’t do anything unless you know what you’re fighting. Not only that, you must understand the enemy’s techniques. You must also understand your own weaknesses.

 

And you have to be honest about your own weaknesses because your enemy will know them, and he will exploit them. And our weaknesses have been used against us since the end of WWII, steadily. It’s no accident that we had such an explosion of entertainment since the 1940s, speeding up in the 1960s until today, even getting more, and more, and more entertainment, more TV channels, more internet stations and so on, more and more and more, as the system is being taken apart. People are so into fantasy, they can’t tell the difference between reality and fantasy anymore. Many of them can’t. And when they go in and switch on their favorite TV station or comedy or whatever, and on come their familiar faces, it doesn’t matter if they just heard on the news that ten old factories have just closed or moved to China, or the unemployment is up by so many million, or whatever, it means nothing to them, as long as those same familiar faces come on, and then everything, obviously must be all right. In their life, that is true. Everything in their life, at that moment is still the same. And there’s nothing you can watch on television, there’s nothing you can enjoy in a movie, or a comedy, that is not completely full of political correct ideas. That’s how you’re upgraded, all the time. You don’t consciously think through any particular problem, it’s presented through a drama format or a comedy format, and you’re simply sitting back, and they show you what the resolution to that is, and you will copy that resolution without ever consciously figuring it through yourself.

 

During the 1970s, the late 1970s, there were years across Europe, especially in Britain, and I traveled all over the place, and I ‘d come back to Britain, and I couldn’t believe the news. Every day it was a series of factories closing down, closing down, closing down. Millions of people unemployed. There wasn’t a family that didn’t have member affected by unemployment. Britain overtook Sweden for the capital of the world for suicides, and there wasn’t a street in Britain that somebody did not commit suicide, lots of young people too. And older people. And yet, you turned on that media, and there’s the same old faces on television. People did not want to sit down and talk about the disaster that was happening all around them. They preferred to go into the world of fantasy. Why? Because they were afraid. And those that give us the fantasy know that. They understand that. They understand that. And people wouldn’t talk about it, because it’s almost like talking about it you bring on bad luck, and maybe you would be unemployed tomorrow.

 

The one big difference from the U.S. and Canada that Britain did, a different technique was, they didn’t tell them that their factories were all being moved offshore. Here, at least they told us that it was all being moved off to China, there were bits in the newspapers. Even then most folk didn’t know, because they didn’t read anything. Their world was always switched into, their spare time was switched into fantasy. They didn’t really care what was happening. Most of them flitted through the transportation of all their factories to China that whole period, without knowing that the GATT treaty helped set it all up. The big international conferences went on, talking about how they would transfer it all. Who’d pay for it all, which happened to be the taxpayers, and the US taxpayers are still paying for their factories, for ten years after they were set up in China. Or even longer, it could be extended for twenty years, if the companies claim they haven’t gotten the adequate profit that they expected, because of the move. What a deal, eh? Couldn’t lose there. But most folk are oblivious, because they are never in reality. They live in fantasy. And they’ll talk fantasy to each other, or trivia, because just again, as I said before, if you talk about the real stuff, it’s almost like bringing on bad luck on yourself, maybe bad things will happen.

 

The same thing happened in the Soviet Union, when the different agencies would raid homes at night, and grab people out of their beds, and all the streets would be turned out. They turned out the streets, the locals, to witness it under the Soviet law. Partly to terrify them, this might happen to you. And sure enough, they’d grab a family, and off they’d go. And nobody would talk about that. They were all there together the night before. No one would talk about it the next day. Our nature is so well understood, it’s used as a tool to manipulate us, to keep us out of any kind of action whatsoever. It’s used to control us by those who understand it. We’re the most studied species on the planet, unfortunately.

 

The Rand corporation, amazing too, another non-profit, non-governmental organization, this Rand operation basically ran for the governments this project during the whole cold war, right up to the present, they’re still churning out reports for governments on projections and how to manage people. And they fed everybody’s data, every citizen they could get a hold of in the U.S. and outside the U.S., in the Western countries, putting you down as numbers, and putting you through computers to try to find out how predictable you are. And they were putting that through from at least the 1970s right through under the form of what they call game theory. And what they’d come to believe through a paranoid schizophrenic who came up with the idea, but who was a Professor, and therefore he was listened to, was that everybody was basically out for themselves, and everyone would turn everyone else in under pressure to save themselves, but with the collection of data on everyone’s daily life, what they did, what their hobbies interests were, what they worked at, who their friends were, they could find patterns of behavior in little groups, clusters they call them. And therefore they could be utterly predictable in their behavior. And the governments you see, they like that. They like predictability. They don’t like people who come up with ideas, and do different things every day of the week. They might not go to this club on a Thursday night, they might go somewhere else. They like the people who phone up so-and-so on Tuesday, who go to this meeting on Thursday, and attend this poetry class on Friday, or whatever else it happens to be. That’s predictability. Those are classed as safe people. They’re out the running, they’ll have no problem with them at all. That’s also why, when they brought out the fake guise of terrorism, they labeled the lone wolf as the person who you should be worried about. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt, and this is Cutting Through the Matrix. Just talking about how we’re so predictable, because we don’t realize that so much data has been collected on us, since really about 1950s onwards. I watched a documentary on Britain, from the 1980s to do with the police powers that were being expanded at that time in Britain. And the police chief that was in charge of the Home Office for the whole of Britain, was being interviewed, a very arrogant character too, with a uniform. Always be wary of guys in uniforms who are arrogant. Very arrogant. Remember, they’re supposed to be public servants. And he was asked about the data collection on the citizenry, and he was asked too, was it true that every street in Britain, and other countries too, had people who were informers, who updated the police with everything that was happening, all to do with gossip, and that records of all this gossip was kept. And he said, well, he didn’t deny it. And he said, he actually wished he had a lot more of it. Well, guess what, we do today.

 

Jacques Ellul as well came out with the same thing in one of his books. And he says, since the 1950s, everybody in the U.S., Canada, Britain, and across Europe, has had a Cardex system, that’s how they used to do it, Cardex systems, before they used the big computers, eventually blossomed into computers, where the same thing was happening. The police had people everywhere who fed the data to them on different customers in restaurants, cafes, people you’d pop in to see in the morning, grab a cup of coffee, off you go. That kind of stuff. You have no idea how we’ve been spied on, and we think it’s only since 9/11 happened in 2001, that all of this started. Utter nonsense. Utter nonsense. Power doesn’t run by any kind of free democratic principle. It does not keep power that way. Power is pretty well tyrannical. And to be honest with you, there has never been a system created where the public had the input to find out what was going on, or the access to it. Never been a system. Because you’ve always had these powerful institutions and money boys running the show. Let’s be honest, if the Bank of America, the CEO or something, or the Bank of Canada CEO wants to talk to a prime minister, and you happen to somehow under some miracle, and God knows how many letters you’ve written, and agreements you’ve made, and checkups you’ve had to make sure you’re fit to get in, actually sat in a waiting room, who do you think they’re going to take first? And you know that you wouldn’t even get in there to see them, so, so much for democracy.

 

The Club of Rome said, and Margaret Thatcher said the same thing when she left politics. She said, I now belong to a parallel government. She said, the parallel government can get all the work done, get the plans done, not just debated, but actually put into action, because they’re not responsible to the public. The Club of Rome said the same thing. They said democracy had too many competing parties, all fighting and vying for power, that they could never get anything done with the big agenda. They already had an agenda, how do you get it done, which tells you it was above democracy of any kind. But they couldn’t get it done. Now I think I hear music coming in. It’s very, very faint, if there is, it might be the break, so we’ll be back after this break.

 

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt, and this is Cutting Through the Matrix, standing in for John Stadtmiller, who I think will probably be back tomorrow. Going over the big changes really, rather than go into specific stories that are happening today, because there’s so many of them, that simply confirm what I’m talking about here. Nothing happens by chance. Nothing happens by chance. Even the presidents as far as I’m concerned, and people think this is extreme, but I really do believe that they know years in advance what the formula is. Who’s getting in when, and when it’s going to be their turn to be put in. I really believe it’s that rigged. I really, really do believe it’s that rigged. And since there’s only one agenda, and every single president, regardless of the party he belongs to, is all on board with the United Nations and their agenda, then there is only one agenda obviously regardless of the president. It’s interesting that Jefferson himself said that when you see basically an agenda going through, continuing through between changes of houses, meaning changes of Congress, parties, he says, then you’ll know you’re under tyranny. And to be honest with you, as far back as I can remember about the U.S., that’s what I’ve seen. In fact, everybody who signed on to the United Nations, and even the League of Nations as far back as that, really was under a new system, without telling the public.

 

When the League of Nations was set up, and it was set up by the way with those who formed the Council on Foreign Relations, and the predecessors, it’s actually the Lord Milner group and the Cecil Rhodes Society, run by Rothschild in Britain, that was the co-founder of Cecil Rhodes for World Government, by the way, that’s what it was, and also to take over the resources of all the World, that was also part of their stipulated agenda, they blossomed into the Royal Institute for International Affairs, but they couldn’t call the branch of the US “Royal,” so they called it the Council on Foreign Relations. They had another name before they called it the Council on Foreign Relations, but it’s the same thing. Always working towards a Global Government, and Professor Carroll Quigley was the official historian for them for a while. He had access to all their records. He was updating them. He was all for the World Agenda. And he said the same thing, he says, there is a parallel government, that’s not responsible to the public. In other words, they can work towards whatever they desire, unimpeded. There’s no inquiry into what they’re up to. There’s no public input or demands made on them whatsoever. They simply make the agenda, go along with it, and work it into being.

 

And he said the technocrats, now what’s a technocrat? A technocrat really is a worker who runs across the globe to make these things happen, with big finances backing him. Like Maurice Strong is one of them. Zbigniew Brzezinski of course, everyone knows of, and the same with Kissinger, but there’s many, many more. They are given their mandates, they go out to the world with unlimited financing, and they make it happen. All to bring in this new society. Now all being Darwinists, all using the big think tanks and futurist societies, or the trend reports that they’re always getting in, on what they see with all these trends that are happening, how will the future be. They came to the conclusion an awful long time ago, believing as I say in the Darwin type of belief of evolution, that only an elite should survive in an unsustainable world. Back after these messages.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt, standing in for John Stadtmiller, who I think is back tomorrow, talking about the real world, the world that the media doesn’t go on about very much at all. Tends to ignore in fact, because the media’s job is to keep you in a different reality. Media is an essential arm of government. In fact, they couldn’t have got to where they’ve got to today without the aid of the media, complicity of the media, keeping the big picture out of their papers, so that you will think that things are just happening by chance and terrorism happens by chance and all of this kind of stuff. I mentioned before, about how they said that the lone, the lone person, the loner is a danger, because you see, the loner is unpredictable. Groups are very predictable. Very predictable. But the loner, who knows what he’s thinking? Who knows what he’s even studying perhaps? Who knows if he’s got the ability to go out to the public and say the king has no clothes in such a way that the spell is broken. That’s what they’re terrified of. They’re not afraid of guns or revolutions.

 

If you’ve noticed, if you’ve noticed across the Western World, since the 1980s especially, they’ve built up internal armies of police, specialized units, that are military units, with all the latest combat gear and weaponry, to deal with the fallout down the road in case it happens. It might happen, it might not, but just in case. And they’ve got of course unlimited funding to do so. Why? Because the taxpayer pays for everything. We pay so that the elite themselves can go on into a glorious future as they bring down the populations of the old type that are no longer necessary, they’re just using up resources. That will be needed by those who are going to go on for the next million years. The better types, the Darwinian types, those fittest to survive, who’ve proven it by getting wealth and power and holding onto it through generations. That is one of the definitions of it in fact. Whereas the rest of you, you see, well you’re just the useless eaters as Lord Bertrand Russell says. And why, why as I say, do you have this impunity for the big foundations that have been working towards this, going around, again, in a parallel government system to bring all this about. Why have the governments even allowed it? It’s because government is the show for the public. It’s been a show for an awful long time for the public. It’s only the legal arm to sign into law that which the big technocrats and the big foundations want.

 

The new Soviet system, and that’s what they call this, in fact by the way, a long, long time ago. As I say, during the Reece Commission, when they would amalgamate the Soviet System with the West, not quite Communist, not quite Capitalist but Socialist. A Socialist system where the big international bankers will still pull the strings, for power. And they said that it would be a completely different new order of things. A New World Order. That’s what Socialism really is. It’s all order in fact with Socialism. In Socialism you have a planned society, a society where you decide eventually who will be born, who will not be born. You’ll only be born it if they have a function for you to fill, If not, You won’t be born. And eventually it will be who can mate with whom and so on.

 

That’s why George Orwell could put all of that in his book Nineteen Eighty-Four, written or at least published in 1948. Now he was picked to work towards this system, when he was at Cambridge University, and he really believed what he was indoctrinated with by his professors. He went off and fought in the Spanish Civil War in fact until he found out what Communism really was, came back to Britain and elsewhere, gave lectures to the Socialist clubs, and they turned their backs on him, because they wanted to believe that Communism was just the same thing. And he says, no, it’s not.

 

A Sovietized system means rule by councils. Rule by councils. And theoretically, every group of society will have a spokesman, who will be giving complaints to the Politburo and having them answered and dealt with. That’s the theory of the Soviet system of democracy. Today, you have the same system all across the Western World, they’re called non-governmental organizations. For everything in society, they speak for you, most of you have never even heard of them, you certainly haven’t seen the hundreds, actually the thousands of them, that are out there. Thousands of them. Unelected bodies, all paid for by the foundations, with unlimited financing, who can even take groups of them, every year, across the world to all their global meetings, and pay for it all for them. Who then put in their demands to the United Nations, who then take that Treaty that they drew up and go around to all the national governments and get them to sign it into law. That’s how it happens. Well, what’s that got to do with you? Nothing, because you’ve got nothing to do. You have no input whatsoever. That’s how it’s been my whole life, and yours. The big decisions have never even been put to you. In fact, you don’t even know what they’ve been. A sustainable world for sustainable development, the planned society, the Darwinian idea.

 

In the Soviet Union, the Politburo picked the NGO leaders, it wasn’t the people. So it was the same sham. The leaders would demand exactly what the Politburo wanted them to demand and then pass it into law. We have the same thing here. The NGOs demand, and the governments are only so happy to listen to them they pass it into law, and they say, oh, the people have spoken. That’s the new type of what they’re calling democracy. Well, as I say, you have never seen an NGO on the ballot box as an NGO, or as a party. And you never will, it’s a parallel government we live in. That’s the reality of it.

 

Rockefeller of course is so well known in the US because, and I don’t go by just the names like Rockefeller, Rothschild. There was a massive organization that put Rothschild in his place, believe you me, and all the other sons in the banking world. It was already in existence to put them in and protect them. And it was the same thing too with the Rockefellers. One old man did not suddenly become a benefactor because he got a couple of PR specialists in after he had gunned down lots of miners during a strike, and suddenly just had a change of heart. No, they brought in, and one of them became the Prime Minister of Canada, that was his reward in fact, PR specialists to remake him, give him a total makeover, and suddenly he was a benefactor. But he didn’t sit there and decide all of the different areas that he was going to put money into. He didn’t sit and decide all the levels of really what was another miniature government, actually, maybe it’s bigger than your own government, that was going to work a new system into the world. No one person could deal with all of that. And yet in no time at all, in the early 1900s, all of that was set up. Unlimited financing. Now it’s trillions of dollars they’ve got to play with. Non-taxable too, by the way, so they’re untouchable.

 

And each generation of the Rockefellers has been working towards this global agenda. Remember the Rockefellers too are the ones who set up mandatory sterilization in the U.S. back in the 1920s-1930s, and it went right on into some U.S. states into the 1970s. And guess what, they’re bringing it back. It was the Rockefellers and the Carnegie foundation that funded the Cold Springs Harbor bunch, who brought in the Cattleman’s Association to see if they could breed people like cattle, for certain qualities and traits, along the lines of Plato. It was the Rockefellers who put out the Better American magazine, where they showed you the best families for the month, eugenically speaking, and would show you all the inferior types that should really be eradicated. Adolf Hitler didn’t start up that idea, he borrowed it all from the West. And that actually came up in the Nuremberg trials by the way. That was one of the defences, well, the U.S. was already using it. And who again is it, who was using it, who promoted it, Rockefellers did.

 

Who are these Rockefellers where every generation works and doesn’t go off to be a pianist and says, I don’t want nothing to do with it? No, he’s in the same business of getting richer and richer, and keeping his foundations going, and taking part in the foundations. Here’s a Rockefeller today at 94, going across the world at all the global meetings, demanding sustainability. Who’s up on youtube at 94 saying, we’ve got to reduce the world’s population by any means possible. Are these people, or are they monsters? What are they exactly? And how come they have such prestige apart from their cash? Or is it their cash that gives them their prestige? Is it solely that? How come that when they declassify information from the CIA after forty or fifty years, you find there was a Rockefeller in WWII, and the Cold War period, who literally, although he wasn’t technically a member of the CIA, he was allowed access to all their records. And actually funded a lot of their operations when they couldn’t get straight funding from their governments. Who are these characters that wield so much power? Or, as I say, is it simply the fact that they have so much money that that is power, and that’s all that’s necessary? What is it? How come that every generation is just like their dads before them, with an utter fanaticism with this agenda? They’re more like clones of themselves than anyone out in society. Predictable. Here’s what one of the Rockefellers said, remember. He said, “This present window of opportunity which a truly peaceful interdependent world order might be built, will not be open for too long. We’re on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.” That was September 23rd, 1994. Back after this break.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt, and this is Cutting Through the Matrix. Standing in for John Stadtmiller, who I think is back tomorrow. And remember too, and this is a thing too that Canadians can’t appreciate, I think, or maybe they can appreciate. I don’t know if Americans appreciate it very much because the U.S. is the last country on the planet, and that’s dwindling fast as far rights go, where you can actually speak out on radio shows like this one. This isn’t just internet, it goes galaxy wide, through satellite and so on. It’s the last place where you can actually say something. In the other countries, it’s taboo, it’s forbidden. You have the authorized licensed big boys who are in with big commerce and so on, only, and that’s it. You don’t have, yeah they do have the internet where they can twitter to each other and complain, but they don’t have talk shows like this, because really, the time will come when it’s forbidden, and I read articles last week on my own show, of how the information czar as they call him, it’s interesting how everyone is called a czar now, isn’t it? Isn’t it? Do you think it’s all coincidence in Obama’s administration? That information czar has said they’d have to come down on conspiracy theorists. They like to tar you as conspiracy. I don’t use the word conspiracy. A conspiracy is something which is left to what you believe because it cannot be proven. We use the facts here. The facts are what you use. Checkable facts. So, appreciate what you have, and people should support them, because honestly, there’s not much left. I get so many emails from across the world, New Zealand, Australia, Britain, different parts of Europe, where they really are so envious of the fact that there are places in the U.S. where you can speak out on the airwaves with your own voice, not just typing something to someone else, but actually speaking out. So, you’ve got to stand up or it will dwindle away.

 

And getting back to what I’m saying. The other thing they also knew after the American Revolution was that the bankers would take over if you did not keep them in check. That was so widely discussed, I won’t even bother mentioning the books to read about it, but that was the cause of big, big debates at the very beginning because they understood what had happened in Europe. They watched Europe. They knew the history. There’s one thing about people back then, they had better educations. Those at least who had the private educations, as all education was back then in the 1700s, they had better educations than the average person has today. They could read Latin and Greek. They knew the histories of ancient cultures. They knew the histories down through to their present time. And they knew that tyranny always existed. It’s the nature within society of struggle for power between dominant people. In every generation more are born, they want dominance and power. Everybody else suffers because of it down through the ages, but nothing has changed up to the present time, and when you get leagues of them, combinations of the same characters, who have money and power, and seek more power, you’re in big trouble.

 

They talked about the ability to do it simply through money manipulation and the ownership of money and the distribution of money alone. Thomas Jefferson talked to or wrote to John Taylor in 1816, and it’s in the letters of Jefferson, and it says, “The principle of spending money, to be paid by posterity (Alan: Meaning future generations) under the name of funding, is but swindling futurity on a large scale.” It’s nothing but a swindle, all this borrowing money stuff. Always has been a swindle. Why should the governments be borrowing anything from anywhere when they supposedly run the whole country within on everything which they collect on taxes? It used to be export and import taxes only. That was enough to run the countries, especially the U.S. But of course, once the good times roll and folk are getting happy, they stop watching what’s going on. And the big boys know it, and away they go. And wars are fantastic for this. Under war, you give up all these rights thinking you’ll get through it, and things will go back to normal. Well, Professor Carroll Quigley said again, the historian for the Council on Foreign Relations, he says, wars have different purposes, but one of the main purposes is to change society. He says, you can get more done in five years of war on a governmental and bureaucratic level of change, than you can in 50 years of peace and propaganda. We give up our rights and we never go back to where we were. Never. And you’re always left with a massive debt. It was only two or three years ago that Britain admitted it had just finished paying off the debt for WWI. They’ve still got WWII, Korea, and a whole bunch of other ones to go since then. Plus the so-called present war on terror, that’s costing more then any of them. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt, and I’m standing in for John Stadtmiller, who’s off today, for another half hour. And then I’ll be back on again at 8pm, Eastern time. But really, not so much giving you what’s happening today from news articles, because I have thousands of them I could go over. Really it ends up being an endless stream as we follow what’s been done to us. And I’ve used the analogy so many times in the past, where, it’s like being laboratory rats, and you’re in big cages in the laboratory and at night the lights go off and you have some peace and you can chat to each other, and then you fall asleep. And in the morning, you wake up early, and you sit and natter amongst yourselves about what they’re going to do to you today. What do you think they’re going to? Will they stick the electrodes in their brain today or is it going to be the injections, and so on and so on. That’s all we do is repeat the news and repeat the news. We’re repeating the effects of things, but never getting into the causes of things. Why? Why is that? Because we don’t want to believe in a sense that it’s really that bad. We don’t want to believe that yeah, this is actually been done on purpose. And until people can cross that barrier, yeah they are doing this. They have got to a stage where they really want to depopulate. They have gotten to the stage, and if you read their global meetings you’ll find out about sustainability. If you go into the archives from the Optimum Population Trust, and I have some of them on my own website. Go into them, and these are bigger players on the World Field, talking about depopulation by every and all means possible. Until you cross that barrier and say, my God they’re actually doing it, they’re serious, then you’ll still be left, in la-la land, in a no man’s land of irritation, anger, and agitation because of “Look what they’re doing to us today.” Well, guess what, I could pick up another hundred articles tomorrow and read them, and the next day, and the next day. And you know something, yapping about it doesn’t do a darn thing.

 

It’s a mental leap you’ve got to take and cross over and accept the fact that war has been declared upon you, on every level, a long time ago. And all these articles are just the effects of that war. Can you believe for an instance those at the top don’t know these things? Look at who is behind Obama, but never mind Obama. I always say the Presidents and Prime Ministers are nothing but front men. It’s the ones behind them that’s important. And here you have a lineup of ardent, ardent globalists. Some of them were Communists not so long ago, openly. They all talked about the need to depopulate. I’ve gone over the articles written by them, and some of them wrote books about it back in the 1960s and 1970s and later even. We should be very, very afraid. Here they are in power, and we think, well they’re different once they’re in power, it’s like a religious conversion I guess. They swear allegiance, they go through all that stuff, and they’re converted into just normal Americans now. Do you really, really believe that? Do you really believe that? God help you, if you do.

 

They can bypass all the democratic principles, and they’ve been doing it for so long now you can’t even keep up with the executive orders. Britain has the same thing, executive orders. When they want something on the global agenda to go through, rather than have it debated in public, Instant Parliament, that’s what they call in public, and argued upon, they want to rush something through, they put off a diplomatic expert to the Queen and she signs it into law and that’s law. That’s what they call democracy in Britain. The most important things that we should know what’s happening are kept secret from the public under official secrets acts. Not to be published. You know the free trade negotiations for the amalgamations of the Americas, that was really the precursor for NAFTA, it set up the foundation for NAFTA, is buried outside Ottawa, underground in an archive, and hasn’t to be opened for another, I think thirty to fifty years. That’s a great democracy, that’s democracy in action. Why would they have to keep that secret from the public? Because we see in thirty to fifty years, there will be no Canada. There will be no United States of America. Certainly not as anything that you could possibly recognize. That’s what they do. And we think we’re voting people in? We go through that farce. We think we’re voting people in for us? People who are vetted through an institution, way so high that you don’t even know they exist. They vet every one of those guys long in advance.

 

Here’s a good example of what’s kept from the public. You know must of the stuff that happened during the Cold War by the way is still reclassified for fifty years. Pierre Trudeau, what a character this guy was. He was an ardent Communist, not just a sympathizer or fellow traveler, an ardent Communist. He led the Comintern, the young Communist party for Canada over to the Comintern meeting in Moscow in 1952. During WWII, he went up and down the docks at Halifax on a motorcycle with a German helmet on, yelling at all the troops and barking to go off and fight the Germans, because at that time you see, Moscow and Germany had an alliance to fight together. Of course, he threw away the helmet as soon as he was ordered to and was against Germany once Germany and Stalin fell out. But he eventually became Prime Minister of Canada. And he altered totally the face of Canada for internationalism. Just like Mr. Brown did the same thing and Mr. Blair did the same thing in Britain. And Pierre Trudeau reclassified a document that was written and put under official secrets act, in 1947, I think it was, for thirty-odd years. On his last day of being in office, he reclassified it for another thirty to fifty years. What was that list? It was a list of all the Communist members from the first defector from the Soviet Union, of all the guys who were working in the Canadian and American bureaucracies, hundreds of them. Reclassified it again from the public. We’re not supposed to know. Why? Because you see, they take care of their own. That’s why. It was already Communist back then. And their offspring are now working in the same jobs and governments too.

 

Here’s what happened in Britain. Now David Kelly was a top scientist who spoke out against Blair going into Iraq. He said it was all bologna. He said there was no weapons of mass destruction. David Kelly was also a scientist who worked with Israel on ethnic specific diseases, viruses for warfare purposes. This is a very important guy. He worked for the British government in collusion with Israel for future wars, and here’s an article here. He was murdered. Before he was going up to a high court of inquiry to expose this stuff he was found dead. And everybody took the official version, oh, he committed suicide, even though his wife said it was bologna. Even though he said two days before, they’ll find me in the forest with my arms slit. And the official version came out and a bunch of doctors got together and demanded a second autopsy, and they got it, and said this guy was murdered. Well, guess what, this is from the Mail Online. And it’s from January 2010, 23rd.

 

David Kelly post mortem (A: That’s autopsy) to be kept secret for 70 years (A: This is your freedom and democracy. It says:) as doctors accuse Lord Hutton of concealing vital information

 

Vital evidence which could solve the mystery of the death of Government weapons inspector Dr David Kelly will be kept under wraps for up to 70 years.

 

Why would we possibly say we’ve got democracy? We’ve been dragged into wars that were utterly contrived. Completely lied to. Whole nations were lied to over and over and over again, ad nauseam, if we can all remember it, by our government leaders, for geo-political purposes, and big finance. We were told nothing of the truth. And by using that technique, well, they might have weapons of mass destruction, or they have them, they can invade anybody they wish to. So what do they do when anybody comes up with vital evidence? They kill them. And then when the autopsy comes up, oh, they put it under the official secrets act. Nobody is to know the results for seventy years. Well in seventy years no one will care. And that is the world that you live in, and it happens in the U.S. just the same, with orders in council and executive orders. All the same thing. No public input, nothing. No explanations to the public either. Why bother. And you know something, it’s quite true. 87% of the public don’t care what’s going on, at any particular time. They really don’t. They really, really don’t.

 

There was a survey done in WWI, by the big marketing companies, and it was one of the first big polls they did. It was to do, it was to find out how people really thought about the war and getting into the war and involvement in the war and all the rest of it. And they found that 87% of the public didn’t really care what was happening, really much about anything up there. It was Plato that said it thousands of years ago. That a Public who doesn’t watch government is under tyranny, or will be under tyranny. You’re encouraged not to look into government, in fact, you’re encouraged to feel that you’re somehow alienated from it, and it’s an autonomous thing that just runs above you. It’s autonomous, it’s like gravity, it just exists, you know. And you’re trained now to believe that specialists somehow run the world to our advantage. You don’t have to worry your little head, go and play. Go and play and be happy. They have all kinds of ways to make you happy. If you’re not happy about things, go and get pills from a doctor and make you happy. As long as you’re happy, that’s all that matters. But whatever you do, don’t get involved in what’s going on. Whatever you do, don’t do that. Apart from that, what can you do about it? Who are you? You’re told this, you’re felt to feel small, and useless. But then again, think of the incredible show that’s put on for you; the show of politics, the show of elections, this constant show of speaking to the people. It’s a big show. They need you to believe in this. They need you, because they need you to cooperate, don’t they. How do you cooperate? By your compliance to everything that’s done to you. That’s how you cooperate. And we’re cooperating into the grave.

 

When Ronald Reagan was in, a commission came to him to talk about the project for long-range wars, future wars. And the reason that Ronald Reagan brought in Jean Kirkpatrick was, she’d spoken to the American Jewish Congress it was, and it leaked down into a magazine, and she was talking about long-term projections for an American policy that they were going to have all these conflicts down the road with emerging nations or newly emerging nations, and all their conflicts. And therefore it was more practical to put permanent bases across the world in advance, rather than going over to every war, setting up temporary bases and pulling them apart as you leave, and going back home waiting for the next one. So Ronnie apparently got word of this, put her on his board of experts and they worked out this project at the same time they’re working out the Star Wars project, for long-range wars. And guess what? All that time ago, they had the lists drawn up of the countries they’d probably have to go into, for geopolitical and economic reasons. And you know what America is building so many, these aren’t just bases abroad, these are cities, permanent cities across the world. Trillions of dollars worth of cities, where at one point, yeah they’re used by the military on the perimeter, but they have all these civilians and bureaucratic staffs in the center. And one day, these will be the supercities that the elite will gravitate to, surrounded by their protection. Their gated communities you might call it of the future. All being set up, because they’ve said themselves that eventually as this new system comes into being, the old system crumbles. As it crumbles, guess what? All those goons that you see that have been trained through video games and movies, that wear the black ninja outfits and the machine guns and the masked face – something like the characters out of the Star Wars movies, not by coincidence by the way, where they’re all faceless – will be keeping you all in check as everything goes down and the depopulation begins, etc.

 

Because they’ve said themselves, the future will be unsustainable. Now, it could definitely be sustainable, but they don’t want it this way. They’re using it as an excuse. They use the weather, climate changes for an excuse as well. Every excuse under the sun, or under the clouds, depending on your point of view. Especially the ones they make. Anything will do to bring in this New World Order society, and they use it to the maximum. Meanwhile, the existing cities in Canada you’ve noticed and the U.S. and Europe are crumbling. They’ve said themselves, it would cost more, in a survey done two years ago, it would cost maybe ten to twenty times as much to repair, say for instance the city of Toronto, to upgrade its infrastructure, the sewage systems, the lines under the city, all that stuff, than to build a new city. Well, again, that was discussed way back in the early 70s, when they talked about setting up these bases across the planet, where the elite certainly could live as all the system back home is getting taken down. And what’s interesting too, you’ll notice that these cities across the world, these super cities that they’re building are very high tech. They’re wasting, there’s no expense that’s spared for the best quality everything, every kind of material. These are long-term cities, not just bases for the military. But they’re on leased land. Why is that? Well, look into Britain and how it always went with a strange 99-year lease program. Same with Hong Kong, you see. Remember they handed Hong Kong back over to the Communists, with all the non-Communistic people who lived there, handed right over to the Communists. Do you think they’re still around today? Thank you, Great Britain. There are no enemies at the top here. They’re all on board together. But these cities are on 99 years. Why is that? Because when they take the world down, and you, all of you out there are responsible for the debt. These private places that are leased are under a different corporation. They won’t be going down, but you will. That’s how it’s set up, and I kid you not. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt, we’re Cutting Through the Matrix, standing in for John Stadtmiller, and I’ll be back on remember too, at 8pm, eastern time. We’re run as I say by institutions that most people haven’t even heard of. If they hear of them, very few will look into them, even if they have their own websites up there and they proudly announce everything they’re working on, and yet none of these organizations, these NGOs, these big think tanks are elected by any of us. They’re not responsible to us for anything that they do. And governments simply take what they recommend and put it right into governmental policy, and we’re only told about it after the fact. That’s how government has been run for an awful, awful long time. Think tanks, academia, intelligentsia as they call it. And we’ve been trained, we’ve been trained to be happy little children. Just play. Leave the big problems to your betters, those invisible forces above you that you just know are there, even though you’ll never meet them, and most folk never even know their names. Nor the organizational names. They just don’t know. Just enjoy yourself and be happy. No matter what’s happening, be happy. And they also know that we’re the most adaptable species on the planet. We adapt into everything. Whether it’s pat-downs at airports, security checks to get on buses now across Europe, and taxes, show your ID cards, all this kind of stuff. They’re a traditional warfare scenario. We’ve still got the rationing to come, and if you look into the Council on Foreign Relations own website, you’ll see that they’ve been working on that with their own personal think tanks. They work, they have think tanks on every part of social life that you ever could imagine, and many that you couldn’t imagine whatsoever.

 

And the Club of Rome keeps you updated as well with their new website. They’re the premier think tank for World policy. Do any of you vote for them? Nope. How could you vote for them? You can’t. You can’t even just apply to be a member. But they make the big decisions with their big think tanks and academic professors from all over the world, who get two salaries often. Often from their too. They get different tenures from both, plus the universities they work for. And this is how it’s been for an awful long time. The Club of Rome recently put out a report. It says that

 

“Redefining and reorienting economic growth
The present path of world economic development is not sustainable (A: You’ll hear that over and over and over. That means all of you folks should not be alive.) in the longer term. This implies that explicit strategies must be put in place to restructure and reorient economies onto a sustainable path.
(A: And they’re talking about depopulation if you can’t really get it.)
This is a major challenge but also a huge opportunity (A: Because every disaster to them is an opportunity, and it says) to lay the foundations of the new economies of the 21st Century which will be innovative, resource efficient, environmentally sustainable, and more inclusive and socially just. (A: Socially just to whom? To themselves. “And more inclusive.”)
This will require new models of growth, development and globalisation, new policies, and adapted and flexible institutions.
EU2020 (A: This it go up to the year 2020) should have the ambition to initiate the internal partnerships (A: That’s outside of our range, again, outside of voting) and processes (A: That’s all the intergovernmental departments working together) to lay the base for such a fundamental breakthrough and to provide leadership in the world community in this direction.”

 

The world community. Sounds wonderful, like something out of the end of a Disney cartoon, doesn’t it? Well folks, it’s time you did something. Learn. Teach. Get involved. And Know Your Enemy. And then you can fight back in the right kind of way. From myself and Hamish, Hamish is the dog, from Ontario, Canada, Good Night, and may your god or your gods go with you.
an. 25, 2010 (#499)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 25, 2010:

If You’ve Got the Nerve, Let’s Make Government Serve:Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 25th 2010. For newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, scroll down, look at all the other sites I have up there and bookmark them for future use because you’ll find that the big sites go down once in a while and this way you can always download the latest shows by using the alternate sites. [The official sites are listed above.] Remember, you bring me to you. You are the audience that brings me to you. I’m probably the only host that doesn’t, I call it, flog stuff. In other words, you sell stuff or push stuff. The ads on the show that you hear are paid directly by the advertisers straight to RBN; I don’t have anything to do with it, I don’t even know them. That pays for the air time, the staff, the board operators, their equipment, bills, and getting a transmission out. So it’s up to you to keep ME going and you can do that by buying the things I have for sale at cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donations options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them at meetings, they play them on CD players rather than use computers; you can get in touch with me at [address above]. Remember, it’s up to you to keep me going because no one else is supporting me. There is no foundation behind me. There is no big corporation selling stuff behind me. It’s up to you to keep me going. The reason I do it this way is because it gives me free scope to move in different directions and my arms aren’t tied. This way you can’t be compromised in any sort of way at all.

 

I was on the John Stadtmiller show earlier; he was off today so I filled in. I just did a ramble on the reality that we live in. I didn’t read so many articles; in fact, I mentioned that every day I could read hundreds of articles if I was on all day long because all we’re doing is reading off a list of the effects of the big system as they just change the system by the day. I explained that nothing happens by chance at that time, every decision that is made now was actually thought about and even the times for implementation were probably done years ago by think tanks. That’s how the world works. It doesn’t matter if they change houses of Congress and parties, the same agenda goes on. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning at the very start that reality is never how it’s presented to you. Most folk live in a fantasy land, through their training and their education, so they will only see things in one direction basically, linearly. You are trained to think in one direction only and that way you generally never think out of the box.

 

You are also incredibly indoctrinated through entertainment like never before; in fact, it’s an essential arm of indoctrination, pacification and keeping you OUT of the world’s affairs or even keeping you out of participating in what’s happening even locally around you. You’re in a different world, a world that many have been trained that they want to go into. They want to go into the virtual reality. That’s not by chance or by accident either. In fact, the more tough they can make it outside in the big, bad world, the more scary it becomes, the more people will want to escape – so they’ve got that covered as well – right up until eventually you’re chipped and you will be in it and you’ll be a happy little drone. You could be shuffling some dung on a farm somewhere and thinking you are bouncing around on the moon in a James Bond movie, with a lovely blond by your side. They could make you believe anything once the chip is there… and remember, you are not in control of the program. Someone else programs YOU so it’s out of your hands. I’ve actually heard youngsters – because of all the stuff they’re following on the internet – looking forward to getting the brain chip, really thinking they could fight it from within like Neo in the Matrix. Remember, someone else programs the whole system, you don’t. Whoever programs it means that you are totally predictable. Every situation you could encounter, every solution that you think you come up with, it’s already programmed into the computer. The idea is to stay OUT of the matrix. Don’t get to the stage where they’ve tapped into your brain, because once they’ve done that it’s no longer yours.

 

I mentioned on the earlier show today that the public have no idea what’s really ever going on. I mentioned as well that the system as it stands is meant to fall apart gradually; in fact they are dismantling the institutions that kept it together for an awful long time. They are dismantling them slowly through, oh, it’s too much crisis, with under-funding and yada-ya, things are falling apart, and IT’S unsustainable. That’s the term they’re using. But they’re already setting up their Super Cities across the world, in the forms right now of permanent military bases. These are Super Cities, HUGE enterprises, high-tech buildings, high-tech equipment and the materials they’re putting into them are meant to last for 100 or 200 years. So this where elites can travel across the world into their Super City, exactly as Jacques Attali mentions in his last couple of books on the world in the future, according to their trend reports, etc.

 

It’s astonishing that we are so bankrupt. If they were going to keep the system going they would need another 100 generations or 200 generations to pay off the existing debts. Meanwhile, they have already told us they don’t WANT continuing generations, they want depopulation massively… which should clue you in to the fact that money is not so important to the elite, after all, they’re the guys who create it and create the fiction of it and run it all. They have already planned the future with a different system of reward for themselves. Money is a means to an end. It’s a tool by the elite. It’s only important that WE all believe in it and we are all made to use it for everything that we need. In fact, we’re INTERdependent with it. They have taken all the loopholes of getting around it away from you and they’re in the process of closing the last ones so you’ve got to be in their money system. But they’ll write it all off one day when they bring in a new system AFTER they’ve brought down the population. Meanwhile they’re using us all to work towards creating more weapons for them, creating Super Cities, and finishing off their global system for the future.

 

There’s an article that came out from Global Research on the Nuclear and Conventional Arms Pact that the governments are all involved in. It says here it’s about the US mainly.

 

Dangerous Crossroads:

U.S. Moves Missiles And Troops To Russian Border

Nuclear and Conventional Arms Pacts Stalled

By Rick Rozoff / Global Research, January 23, 2010

 

On January 13 the Associated Press reported that the White House will submit its Quadrennial Defense Review to Congress on February 1 and request a record-high $708 billion for the Pentagon. That figure is the highest in absolute and in inflation-adjusted, constant (for any year) dollars since 1946, the year after the Second World War ended. Adding non-Pentagon defense-related spending, the total may exceed $1 trillion. (Alan: This is the official report by the way.)

 

The $708 billion includes for the first time monies for the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq which in prior years were in part funded by periodic supplemental requests, but excludes what the above-mentioned report adds is the first in the new administration’s emergency requests for the same purpose: A purported $33 billion.

 

Already this month several NATO nations have pledged more troops, even before the January 28 London conference on Afghanistan when several thousand additional forces may be assigned for the war there, in addition to over 150,000 already serving or soon to serve under U.S. and NATO command.

 

Washington has increased lethal drone missile attacks in Pakistan, and calls for that model to be replicated in Yemen have been made recently, most notably by Senator Carl Levin, Chairman of the Senate Armed Services Committee, who on January 13 also advocated air strikes and special forces operations in the country.

 

The Pentagon will begin the deployment of 1,400 personnel to Colombia to man seven new bases under a 10-year military agreement signed last October 30.

 

This year the U.S. will also complete the $110 million dollar construction of new military bases in Bulgaria and Romania to house at least 4,000 American troops. (A: For the time being – I’ll say – because it’s to be used for other purposes, as I’ve mentioned, on down the road.)

 

The Pentagon’s newest regional command, Africa Command, will expand its activities on and off the coasts of that continent beyond current counterinsurgency operations in Somalia, Mali and Uganda and drone flights from a newly acquired site in Seychelles.

 

But this month has brought even more dramatic and dangerous news. The Pentagon has authorized the completion of a $6.5 billion arms deal with Taiwan with an agreement to deliver 200 Patriot Advanced Capability anti-ballistic missiles. The People’s Republic of China is infuriated, as Washington would be if the situation were reversed and Beijing provided a comparable arsenal of weapons to, for example, an independent Puerto Rico.

 

As though that action was not provocative enough however, on January 20 the Polish Defense Ministry announced that a U.S. Patriot missile battery, and the 100 American soldiers who will operate it, would not be based on the outskirts of the capital of Warsaw as previously announced but in the Baltic Sea city of Morag, 35 miles from Poland’s border with Russia. (A: This is like George Orwell’s 1984 with perpetual war, remember. And it is… it’s perpetual war.)

 

The missile battery and troops are scheduled to arrive in March or April. As part of the Obama administration’s new missile shield project, one which will be integrated with NATO to take in all of Europe and extend into the Middle East and the Caucasus, the Patriots will be followed by Standard Missile-3 (SM-3) interceptor deployments on warships in the Baltic Sea and, for the first time ever, a land-based version of the same. “The Pentagon will deploy command posts of SM-3 missiles, which can intercept both short- and mid-range missiles…” An SM-3 was used by the Pentagon to shoot a satellite out of orbit in February of 2008 to give an indication of its range.

 

Further deployments will follow.

 

The new, post-George W. Bush administration, interceptor missile system will employ “existing missile systems based on land and at sea… Deployment of the revised missile defense would extend through 2020. (A: Oh, we’ve got a lot to look forward to here.) The first step is to put existing sea-based weapons systems on Aegis-class destroyers and cruisers. (A: It’s astonishing.)

 

“Subsequently, a mobile radar system would be deployed in a European nation… More advanced, mobile systems would be put in place later elsewhere in Europe. Their centerpiece would be… Lockheed’s Terminal High Altitude Defense interceptor missiles and improved Standard Missile-3 IB missiles made by… Raytheon.”

 

Last December Washington signed a Status of Forces Agreement (SOFA) that formalizes plans for “the United States military to station American troops and military equipment on Polish territory” and “opens the way for the promised Patriot missiles and US troops to be stationed in Poland… as part of an upgrading of NATO air defences in Europe.” (A: Quite something, but there you go.)

 

Perpetual war… I’ve read the article before from the US military on perpetual war. It’s ongoing. It’s to be that way for the rest of our lives as they change the entire world, not just militarily but also as they bring down the populations across the world by forced systems eventually, including the Chinese systems to be used across Europe and the United States of America. The UN has said that China is the model state for the world; I’ve said it over and over again. I won’t even bother going in to all the articles I’ve read ad nauseam in the past from the Optimum Population Trust and all the other various non-governmental organizations funded by the think tanks which have the ears of all governments. There’s just too many to count actually right now but that’s that one.

 

We are living in a plan. We live in a big, big business plan and the big boys knew exactly where they are taking us. I’ve read all the articles, again, ad nauseam and I won’t go through it again, to do with the reasons they are giving us for changing the world, what’s politically incorrect or correct today, as the weather warming and climate change. I’ll be back with more of this stuff and the scandals after this break.

 

I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. It does get monotonous really, as I know, showing you or exposing to you the techniques that are used upon YOU to make you go along with what the big governments of the world want, which is depopulation, a managed society, an ordered society, in other words, a dictatorial society where agencies run you from birth to death. They also want to vastly reduce the population and they’re using CLIMATE CHANGE – which are just changes in the weather and has always happened forever, always will – and all this bogus stuff to scare us into compliance along with sustainable development. That’s the whole point of it. They’re blaming US for global warming or changes in the weather, which is such a farce; it’s too funny to even think about.

 

So much has been exposed about their nonsense – I’ll put it that way and be very kind and say nonsense – and their fudged figures being exposed over and over again, but it doesn’t matter. It won’t matter; they’ll keep on it because the Club of Rome dreamed up this plan. They are the PREMIERE think tank for the UN and they won’t change it no matter what happens. Even though we’re under deep freezes across the whole planet right now, it won’t make any difference about global warming. That’s the mandate and the bureaucratic prostitutes will parrot this until they die… as long as their paychecks come in. This article here is from The Mail Online.

 

ANOTHER climate change blunder:

First it’s melting glaciers, now natural disaster claim is debunked

By Daniel Martin / Daily Mail / 25th January 2010

 

The world’s leading climate change scientists have been caught out making unfounded claims about global warming for the second time in just over a week.

 

Experts appointed by the United Nations said rising temperatures were to blame for an increase in the number and severity of natural disasters such as hurricanes and floods.

 

But it has emerged that the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change based the statement, made in 2007, on an unpublished report that had not been properly reviewed by other scientists. (A: Not reviewed… it was just a bogus claim… but it fitted the agenda.)

 

The report’s author has since withdrawn the claim, saying there is not enough evidence to link climate change to worsening natural disasters, and criticised the use of his data as ‘completely misleading’. (A: Actually, this guy stood up at the meeting in Copenhagen when Al Gore was reading it and using it, and says I never wrote that. That’s what he said. [Alan laughing.])

 

It follows the IPCC’s admission that it was wrong to state in its influential 2007 Fourth Assessment Report that Himalayan glaciers could melt by 2035.

 

That assertion was based on ‘ speculation’ featured in an eight-year-old article in New Scientist magazine. (A: New Scientist magazine is on board completely with all the agendas.)

 

The latest revelation means more embarrassment for the climate change lobby because worsening natural disasters were a central plank of arguments at the recent UN climate summit in Copenhagen. Barack Obama used the claims when he said last autumn: ‘More powerful storms and floods threaten every continent.’

 

Climate change minister Ed Miliband has claimed that floods such as those which devastated parts of Cumbria last year could be widespread if global warming goes unchecked.

 

He said last month: ‘Events in Cumbria give a foretaste of the kind of weather runaway climate change could bring. Abroad, the melting of the Himalayan glaciers (A: So here he is reading this utter fiction again…) that feed the great rivers of south Asia could put millions of people at risk of drought.’

 

The IPCC’s 2007 report said the world had ‘suffered rapidly rising costs due to extreme weather-related events since the 1970s’, suggesting global warming was to blame.

 

But the claim was taken from a then unpublished report by Robert Muir-Wood, head of research at London-based consultancy Risk Management Solutions.

 

When Dr Muir-Wood released the report he added the caveat: ‘We find insufficient evidence to claim a statistical relationship between global temperature increase and catastrophe losses [damage caused by natural disasters].’

 

The IPCC said it would investigate the false claim and could withdraw it.

 

Professor Jean-Pascal van Ypersele, vice-chairman of the IPCC, said: ‘We are re-assessing the evidence and will publish a report on natural disasters and extreme weather with the latest findings.’

 

Dr Muir-Wood attacked the way his evidence was used. He said: ‘The idea that catastrophes are rising in cost partly because of climate change is completely misleading. We could not tell if it was just an association or cause and effect. ‘Also, our study included 2004 and 2005 which was when there were some major hurricanes. If you took those years away then the significance of climate change vanished.’

 

So here you go. They take reports, push them out of all reality and use them as fact to get their political agenda through… and that’s what it is. It’s a political agenda. I hope you all realize it’s a political agenda.

 

Also, in the American Thinker there is an article on a similar thing.

 

Climategate: CRU Was But the Tip of the Iceberg (A: …on Climategate.)

By Marc Sheppard / January 22, 2010 / AmericanThinker.com

 

Not surprisingly, the blatant corruption exposed at Britain’s premiere climate institute was not contained within the nation’s borders. Just months after the Climategate scandal broke, a new study has uncovered compelling evidence that our government’s (A: That’s the US.) principal climate centers have also been manipulating worldwide temperature data in order to fraudulently advance the global warming political agenda.

 

Not only does the preliminary report [PDF] (A: Here’s the PDF and you can download it.) indict a broader network of conspirators, but it also challenges the very mechanism by which global temperatures are measured, published, and historically ranked. (A: Back with more after this break.)

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article about the global warming scam and how those in the US also got in on the act, all the big OFFICIAL centers. It’s from the American Thinker and it says here…

 

Last Thursday, Certified Consulting Meteorologist Joseph D’Aleo and computer expert E. Michael Smith appeared together on KUSI TV [Video] (A: Here is the video link and I’ll put these links up on my site at the end of the show.) to discuss the Climategate — American Style scandal they had discovered. This time out, the alleged perpetrators are the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and the NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies (GISS). (A: I shouldn’t be surprised that NASA is in on it because Hansen, the head of the NASA bunch, is actually an environmental, not just activist, he’s the greatest pal of Al Gore. In fact it was his first claims that put Al Gore up in the limelight about the global warming issue. Mr. Hansen is also backing greenie movements to do TERRORIST acts at home by knocking down dams and stuff like that, and wrecking factories – no kidding – to turn it all back to this natural green world that should have been in the first place. But they themselves of course won’t be living, eating grass, I’d imagine.)

 

NOAA stands accused by the two researchers of strategically deleting cherry-picked, cooler-reporting weather observation stations from the temperature data it provides the world through its National Climatic Data Center (NCDC). D’Aleo explained to show host and Weather Channel founder John Coleman that while the Hadley Center in the U.K. has been the subject of recent scrutiny, “[w]e think NOAA is complicit, if not the real ground zero for the issue.”

 

And their primary accomplices are the scientists at GISS, who put the altered data through an even more biased regimen of alterations, including intentionally replacing the dropped NOAA readings with those of stations located in much warmer locales. (A: You see how they can fudge it all…)

 

As you’ll soon see, the ultimate effects of these statistical transgressions on the reports which influence climate alarm and subsequently world energy policy are nothing short of staggering.

 

NOAA – Data In / Garbage Out

 

Although satellite temperature measurements have been available since 1978, most global temperature analyses still rely on data captured from land-based thermometers, scattered more or less about the planet. It is that data which NOAA receives and disseminates – although not before performing some sleight-of-hand on it.

 

Smith has done much of the heavy lifting involved in analyzing the NOAA/GISS data and software, and he chronicles his often frustrating experiences at his fascinating website. (A: You’ve got a link to that as well.) There, detail-seekers will find plenty to satisfy, divided into easily-navigated sections — some designed specifically for us “geeks,” but most readily approachable to readers of all technical strata.

 

And it goes on and on to show you how they scammed and fudged all the statistics. It’s astonishing. You know, even the top people at the IPCC, in fact the top person at the IPCC was taking THOUSANDS and THOUSANDS of dollars in grants for his own private studies on the fudged statistics AND the fudged glacial melting nonsense. They’re all making such incredible money off this. It’s just astonishing that people are so naturally corrupt… at least that’s how I feel anyway.

 

Now we’ll go to the callers and there’s Charles from Toronto there. Are you there Charles?

 

Charles: Yes I’m here Alan. I just wanted to thank you again for all the things you’ve done. I’ve bought all your stuff and I’m hoping to become a regular contributor. I wonder if we can maybe set something up where there are 200 or 300 people that send you something every month. You could have something on your web site that says there’s X number of people. You know, I don’t want to turn it into a PBS thing but just so that people know that they are making a contribution that makes a difference. That aside, I’ve got a couple of questions. Do you know of an example of the when the elites have been overcome by a popular uprising or has it just been the elites being overrun by other elites?

 

Alan: Unfortunately in history it’s generally elites battling amongst themselves. That’s what all the feudal era was about, right up until the so-called democratic era. Then you have an early substitute where the Whigs and Tories would battle it out for supremacy for their own personal gain. Every politician in the 1700s and 1880s in Europe was filling his own pockets because he was really a spokesman for the lobby groups. Nothing much has really changed. There was a popular uprising of course in the United States of America but it was quickly corrupted. In fact there were so many divisions right after it and within 100 years they’d really found the bankers were moving in again for centralizing the cash. You can’t stop them if you are going to use a monetary system. You can’t stop them coming in unless you truly coined your own stuff. Even then you would have to have civilian overseers that you elect from the public and change them every year to oversee what’s happening. And I mean ORDINARY people, not people belonging to associations, just to watch what they are really up to. The nature of the powerful people is always corrupt; they are corrupt in personality and power does corrupt. Ambition in itself is a terrible mistress and these characters can’t help but corrupt everything that they touch for their own personal gain.

 

Charles: Sure. Are there any major disagreements among the elites today that might foster some type of overthrow or something that might make a major shift?

 

Alan: Well, not really. See, what they’ve been doing for the last 50 years, with all the international meetings of the ULTRA elite, like the Bilderbergers and so on, is to basically cement in stone their belief that they are the superior types. They believe in Darwinism. They do believe that the world can not sustain forever on a consumption basis, especially the type that Bernays gave us, this system, and therefore they do believe that old types must die off. They really do believe that obsolete man must perish or he’ll bring down the superior. This was made perfectly clear in Charles Galton Darwin’s book The Next Million Years and he was a descendant of Charles Darwin. In the 1950s, I think 1956, he wrote The Next Million Years and he states it. He puts it all out there. He said, we must eradicate and bring down the inferior types in our society so that we the elites, the rightful heirs of the future, must go on. He was cheered by all the biggies for putting that book out there. So really, the only way to take things back would be incredible mass demonstrations worldwide that are nonstop, nonstop and accept the fact that you’ve already got internal armies built up to take care of the chaos that they know is coming and that’s going to get put against you. But you know something? There’s no gain without suffering in this world for the ordinary folk. It’s never happened without suffering. It has to happen sooner or later.

 

Charles: Sure. Just one last question. I’ve heard about a lot of the various methods they use, the HAARP, the GMO foods, the fluoridation in the water, the media, and our educational system. All of them basically are to take our higher degree of consciousness and turn us into pliable slaves. Is there anything that’s happened that you are aware of in the last 6 months to a year? Because I see a general level of lethargy increasing, including myself. I have to take steps to increase my exercise and watch my diet and so on. It just seems that people seem to care less and less and they are more into sports and entertainment than they’ve ever been before.

 

Alan: Yes. Part of it is to be expected with a lot of people because as I said on an earlier show today, as the tensions increase, the worries that are dished out by the regular media wear us down, most folk will escape into fantasy where they have a nice safe world and everything turns out all right in the end. On the other hand, I do believe Bertrand Russell was quite right when he said they would use the needle and different techniques – the water supply, the food supply – to basically dumb down the public. I also know they’re using spraying to use HAARP on the public. Also within the spray there are sedative effects as well to be used and I think they’re using it. Rumsfeld came out after 9/11 and it was on a Canadian television station in fact. He was asked by a reporter what do they have ready to go, how will they pacify another city that gets in panic and chaos ensues? He said, we have aerosolized valium and Prozac ready to spray on the public. I thought, well that’s got to be awfully big quantities. Then of course, when they were doing the incredible daily spraying, and they still are up here and everywhere else, I thought why not just add it to that in times of extreme stress and dumb us down even further. But you are right. HAARP itself can make you tired, just the HAARP effect, the pulsation, because they can go along a certain frequency length. They can make you actually hyper and aggressive, as they found out with the test subjects which were used in Maine. Maine had a lawsuit in against the US Pentagon for using this stuff. They can also make you incredibly lethargic and tired, and tiredness is the most common complaint you find when you are getting heavy spraying.

 

Charles: Well, you know, I find with this type of material because it’s such a… it’s not happy, upbeat material. You have to try and find a positive, so the way I look at it is the number of things that are not going their way right now. The fake flu epidemic has been exposed; the people have said no to that. Then Climategate came out in Copenhagen so people became aware of that. I know they did sign AN agreement but it was much less, from what I understood, than what they wanted. And it looks like the health care system in the United States is teetering on the one they wanted to bring in, which everybody was so against, who was aware of what’s going on. It looks like it won’t pass. So it’s not all going their way. It looks like people may have to suffer great losses but I believe that there is cause for hope.

 

Alan: There is cause for hope. You can actually delay them a little bit but they always come back with the same agenda. In fact they’ve just announced they’ve got another meeting, a Copenhagen style agreement to sign in about 6 months time. This one they were after was the basic agreement to sign ANYTHING that they put on the next bill. That’s really what they were agreeing to. So technically they won; they’re not stupid. You’re right with the health care system. I just read that Britain’s health care system is to get billions of pounds slashed beginning with the hospitals in London, down to… I don’t know how they will even keep open to be honest with you.

 

Charles: Yes. Yes. Well, keep up the good work. Thanks again.

 

Alan: Thanks for calling. Yes, there is always hope, but the hope really comes BEFORE you hit the wall. You’ve got to start with mass demonstrations BEFORE it all starts.

 

Charles: So you have some energy and some resources at your call.

 

Alan: Absolutely. Thanks for calling. There is also Kevin in Ontario. Is Kevin there?

 

Kevin: Hello Alan. Yes. It’s been a couple of days since we last spoke. You spoke about how they are going to continue this whole never-ending war. This whole war on terror, it’s just so perfect because you are conducting a war on military tactics not on an actual nation or a person and therefore you can keep it going. Of course, you use the media; the mass media can make the masses believe any kind of nonsense.

 

Alan: Yes. It can.

 

Kevin: So we’re here to fight terror? Yeah, we’re going to fight terror, fight terror.

 

Alan: I know. It’s beautiful but again, they said they would use this technique long, long before, 30 years before they actually introduced this time. It’s an old technique. It’s been used many times in the past. By putting patsies forward, or maybe even actors for all we know, wearing fancy underwear, you can convince the public of anything and take more rights away. Personally I don’t fancy being bombarded with x-rays going through scanners. I don’t care what they say about it, I know what x-rays eventually do to you. They could do anything to the generally public who will believe this is all for their safety.

 

Kevin: There’s a saying your way that us French-Canadians like to say and that’s “Il y a un bout à tout”, “there is an end to everything.” When is it going to be enough for the people? You know there is a…. it’s boiling underneath the surface. Another radio show was down in the States and it’s based out of Phoenix, Arizona. He tells me that the people down there are – excuse my language – they are pissed off. And big time.

 

Alan: Yes. Canadians as you know, Canadians especially are too placid. They start to get angry when it really hits them in the pocket when they have to cough up more money and they simply don’t have it, or if they can’t buy their food. That’s when they’re against the wall and that’s when they start basically screaming and they’re unorganized because of it. You’ve got to organize before you hit that phase and get into action and start demanding rights. I tell you though, we need the whole structure of society restructured and all these lobby groups would have to be banned from lobbying. No more lobbying in any governmental position. You’d have to restructure the whole governmental system to be honest with you.

 

Kevin: Like a good old reboot, like you do with a corrupt computer system. You know, there was a luncheon lecture at Nipissing University earlier today on the prorogation of Parliament, the second time, in what, a year that Harper pulled that stunt off. With the thousands of students that go to both Nipissing University in Canada or college, of course with this being a political town, you would have expected more people to show up there. There were only about 70 people that showed up. But a lot of people know about this whole new world order agenda. They know about the agendas. This whole new world order thing, that’s all I talk about. It has consumed my life.

 

Alan: Yes. It does.

 

Kevin: What I find with most people is that most people are apathetic.

 

Alan: Yes. Apathy, mind you, this is a technique that’s been used on the public. Again, Bertrand Russell said that, we shall create apathy within society so they do not react to our proposed agenda and they are doing it. They are doing it. In fact, this is my little joke but it’s always true as well. Canadian TV is the most depressing stuff you’ll ever get on the planet. They make movies that are so depressing, about crippled lesbian whatever and stuff like that. It’s right out of the Soviet Union. And at the end of it all, you’re just blah… you know. That’s what they feed you time and time and time again. It’s interesting too, that there’s a defector from Russia who’s up on YouTube, from the Soviet Union KGB, who worked in the CBC. He came over and was given a job at the CBC and he did tell the truth. He said there are more communists within the CBC, true believers, than he’d met over in Russia… and that’s still the same today.

 

Kevin: Again, you try to find people that actually know what’s going on… It’s to get people to actually get up and do something about it.

 

Alan: Yes. I’ll tell you what can change things and this was found even in the demonstrations against the atomic warfare buildup back in the 60s, the 70s, and through the 80s. It’s when you get the older people AND the families demonstrating. You’ve got to get the families. When it’s just students, the public perceive it as a young rebellious thing. When you see the families involved with the children – the police can’t very well attack you that way either – that’s when you get a show of force. Back with more after this break.

 

I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I think we’ll try and cram in Sam from Australia if he’s there. Is Sam there?

 

Sam: Hey Alan. How are ya?

 

Alan: No so bad. Hangin’ in here. How are you doing?

 

Sam: I’m alright. It’s Australia Day here so all the socialists are out. It’s interesting what you’ve said about getting the families out and the old people out. There’s a pretty effective technique that they’ve got out here against families and just anyone coming out to protest, is actually to tell them, built up in the news, how violent an event’s going to actually be. Then the Apex Summit was on here a couple of years ago; it was just amazing that the media channels here were just absolutely rabblerousing, just saying look, watch out families, stay away… and closed down all the businesses. Basically the center of the city was just emptied. So we had the most hard-core, little activists coming out. There were some sporadic sort of things of violence but the police were so aggressive. There was a father that was crossing the road that was crush-tackled by police in front of his own son. They just really went out of their way to actually create a pretty violent situation and families aren’t going to go. That’s the thing. I think regardless, people still need to go out and show…

 

Alan: They’ve got to. I tell you, there’s no gain without pain and that’s true through the history of humankind, for the general populations. They have to go through this and it’s only through that, that people will start being so horrified that they demand action and they are forceful about it. You have to be FORCEFUL about it until the big boys start getting through their heads that we mean business. Then, literally, when you get in, you’ve got to start changing the entire system and all of these militarized police units have to be completely and utterly disbanded. These are not policemen anymore, these are thugs, these are the king’s men. In the old days they just pulled out the swords and slashed you. Today they have fire extinguishers full of pepper sprays that they spray on peaceful protesters. It’s the same THUGS that are employed through all the generations. Man doesn’t change so the techniques have to be used, that they’ve used in the past. I’m telling you, the people are going to suffer one way or another. You either suffer this way and try and GAIN something for yourselves and a new system, or you let the elites come out and do exactly what they want to do, which is depopulate you by force until one day they are pulling your wife off to have a forced abortion, just like China, because it’s her second child and all of that kind of stuff. We’ve got to put the foot down now and say we’ve had enough… because there is no democracy here to be seen anywhere.

 

Sam: Absolutely. I think we need to start asking the right questions as well. There’s a great documentary by PBS called The Meltdown and it sort of details basically the global financial crisis. It’s interesting because you look through it and they talk about Bear Stearns and all of this and how Bear Stearns is actually doing quite well and this rumor started. The question is this… Where did that rumor come from? I mean if you or I went out there and said this company is about to crash, no one would believe us. Someone who is in a position who people listen to obviously went out and said this company is in trouble and that’s all it took. That’s all it took was someone spread a rumor and it’s called a global financial meltdown.

 

Alan: Exactly and of course, when they put the President of the United States to come out and say, we’re going to have a crash and it’s going to be worse than the 1920s, that’s the word for them all, it’s to make it happen. That is their first law of economics; never give the public bad news. The whole system is based on optimism; it’s a bubble anyway. That’s what the stock market is. Thanks for calling.

 

For Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Jan. 26, 2010 (#500)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 26, 2010:Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 26th 2010. For the newcomers to the show, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. You’ll notice all the other sites I have up there, bookmark them for future use. In fact it’s a good idea to use the alternate sites once in a while for download because everyone goes into the .com site at once at it tends to give you a slow or a sticky download. The official sites are: [listed above]. These sites are only the ones that are mine so anything else you see isn’t mine, if it’s pretending to be and there are quite a few out there that do pretend to be. Sometimes you get them in spates in fact, they come and go. I should remind you that I am the only host really where the audience brings the host to themselves. You do that by donating or buying that which I have for sale at cuttingthroughthematrix.com. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those that get the disks burned and passed to them, you can write to me at [address above]. As I say, it’s important that you buy the materials that I have for sale or you can donate to me. Don’t wait for other people to donate, everybody does and money doesn’t come in. I don’t make much of a… It’s not a living here, believe you me. It’s not a living I’m making here. If I wanted a living I’d get the sponsors on for the talks during the show and I’d get paid for doing so, but then I’d be compromised in some ways. The ads you hear on the show are paid directly by the advertisers to RBN for this air time. It pays RBN for their staff, equipment and their bills and all the rest of the stuff. So YOU have to help me pay my bills by donating. It’s up to you what you want to do.

 

I go on and on sometimes about different ways that people perceive reality. It’s generally the uniform one and that’s the one of our own indoctrination. It’s a standardized indoctrination we’ve had. We’ve had it really since UNESCO was set up and then they put out their mandates via National Educational Associations and Teachers Associations to make sure the world and the youth of the world all got the same indoctrination so we’d all see things the same way. That’s why you can go to other countries and you can chat on the same level never realizing that you’ve all been indoctrinated into seeing the world in a specific way. We never really get a hold of reality. How can you get reality when they can spray the skies daily for 12 years now and use HAARP along with it, cause floods, droughts and all the rest of it, and they won’t talk about it? Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning that we are never let in on reality because no one will talk about it. They certainly won’t talk about it in any government circles, at least not to the general public. In fact that was admitted in Canada when a politician from Sudbury went to the federal government and asked to know why they were spraying the skies so heavily, all these jets – this was about 2 or 3 years ago. The reply from the Minister of Defence, who spoke up, said that we don’t have to answer that question because obviously it comes under some sort of official secrets act or national security. That’s how they get away with this. We are told to deny our senses and of course, it takes complicity of the media to make it all work that way. There is nothing new about that, believe you me.

 

It’s the same too with David Kelly. David Kelly was the scientist who came out against Tony Blair. Tony Blair was the one-man band in Britain to go ahead with the Afghanistani and then the Iraq war. He was all for it. He was like a wind-up toy, the little rabbit with the drums and the cymbals just clashing away with his mantra on they have to go to war. David Kelly came out and spoke out and said that it was all nonsense. He had all the data and he told Tony Blair there were NO weapons of mass destruction in Iraq and so on. This article is from the Mail Online.

 

David Kelly post mortem (Alan: That’s the autopsy.) to be kept secret for 70 years as doctors accuse Lord Hutton of concealing vital information

By Miles Goslett / Mail Online / 23rd January 2010

 

Vital evidence which could solve the mystery of the death of Government weapons inspector Dr David Kelly will be kept under wraps for up to 70 years.

 

That’s under the Official Secrets Act. Isn’t that incredible? Isn’t it amazing too, that this man was killed, murdered, just before he was due to testify before the Supreme Court on what he knew, with all the nonsense to do with Blair and this phony war they were drumming up. Quite something. Now they’ve put it under wraps for 70 years. 70 years… because they know darn well it proves that he was murdered, you see. That’s the REAL world. That’s the real world in which we live. It’s nothing to do with the farces the media feeds us generally. It’s the real world. Believe you me, down through history, at the top of power there are always assassination squads. Always. There always have been and always will be assassination squads… in every country.

 

I always think we really haven’t changed at all, not really. We have this idea that somehow we’re more genteel today, we’re more civilized today, and all that nonsense but that really is nothing more than a great propaganda exercise which has been very successful… to conceal the harsh realities of the world. With power comes absolute terror at times and with power comes the right to kill, to destroy… and then lie to the public. In the old days, they didn’t have to lie; they’d just kill people, assassinate them and say well, so what; what are you going to do about it? Today, they have to go through the lying game and it’s just astonishing. This is so common, this kind of thing happens, that it’s utterly disgusting.

 

I’ll put these links up for you to read at your leisure at the end of the show on cuttingthroughthematrix.com. I read articles across the world to show you how this global society – this wonderful global society they’re calling it, or the global plantation as the rest of us call it – is coming together. I’ve said for many years, eventually you will pay for everything, for water, food – food will be rationed, so will water – and all the rest of it. This is from The National News from Ireland. It’s from the Independent.

 

Homes face annual €400 water charge in meter plan

By Fiach Kelly Political Correspondent / Tuesday January 26 2010 / Independent.ie

 

(A: That’s about $700. Now, Ireland is one of the wettest countries in Europe. One of the wettest countries… it’s always raining. It’s like the North of Scotland, it’s always raining. That’s why we’re so short, you grow until you are 20 and then you start shrinking again. It’s always darn well raining. There is no LACK of water. So here they go with putting meters on your water supply and charging you all this money for it. It’s going to go up too. See, it’s a PRIVILEGE to have water. It’s a privilege to have anything in this socialist, Marxist, brave new world… run by bankers.)

 

HOUSEHOLDERS face the prospect of steadily increasing water charges once a metering system is introduced.

 

The Department of Finance has already proposed an interim charge of €175per annum, which would yield €200m for the Government.

 

But Environment Minister John Gormley yesterday raised the possibility that the final bill for householders could be substantially higher, after he revealed he ultimately hopes to raise €1bn.

 

A Department of Finance briefing document prepared for An Bord Snip last summer said a flat-rate charge of €175 per house would bring in €200m even before metering starts.

 

It’s all to do with cash of course. Remember too, they’re putting in meters for everybody’s electric bills in the houses, as well as these meters. Smart meters, they are called. They can actually read it remotely and they can cut you off remotely as well. Eventually, once they’re up and operating, they’re going to go into giving you a set amount, according to how many live in that house, and if you go over it they will cut you off until you agree to pay extra. This is all on the cards. You know, blackmail is blackmail. That’s all it is, extortion. Extortion.

 

There is a site here and it says,

 

Happiness in Slavery

January 25th, 2010 / revoltoftheplebs.wordpress.com

 

“America’s Impending Master Class Dictatorship”, Mr. Dougherty crunches some numbers for us and finds: “According to the Federal Reserve’s most recent report on wealth, America’s private net worth was $53.4 trillion as of September, 2009. But at the same time, America’s debt and unfunded liabilities totaled at least $120,000,000,000,000.00 ($120 trillion), or 225% of the citizens’ net worth. Even if the government expropriated every dollar of private wealth in the nation, it would still have a deficit of $66,600,000,000,000.00 ($66.6 trillion), equal to $214,286.00 for every man, woman and child in America and roughly 500% of GDP. If the government does not directly seize the nation’s private wealth, then it will require $389,610 from each and every citizen to balance the country’s books.”

 

Quite something eh? And yet they’re spending like crazy. Why? Because you see, the system isn’t intended to go on forever. It’s only important that we keep working for this thing called money while WE bring the new world order IN for them. WE work it out. WE go into the army. WE basically make up the army. WE are the workers who build all their weaponry. WE build their cities of the future for them. THEN they pull the plug. They will be living elsewhere in these Super Cities. THEY are not left with the tab, WE are. We’ll have a completely different system by then too, all rations no doubt.

 

Here’s what coming too, for the US and Canada because Britain is the PREMIER, it’s the flagship for the whole planet. This article actually comes from New Zealand but it’s happening elsewhere as well, in the British Commonwealth.

 

Rates unpaid? Councils dip into mortgages

By ESTHER HARWARD – Sunday Star Times 24/01/2010

 

(A: Councils are dipping into peoples’ mortgages DIRECTLY.)

 

COUNCILS HAVE taken millions of dollars in unpaid rates directly from homeowners’ mortgages in the past year.

 

A little-known legal clause gives local authorities the right to force people’s banks or finance companies to cover unpaid rates – at worst this can put mortgages into default, with the ultimate sanction being the sale of a home from under the owner’s feet. (A: This is for back taxes.)

 

Instances of councils dipping into mortgages have climbed since the global downturn hit in late 2008. The Sunday Star-Times has obtained figures which show that in the 12 months to July 2009:

 

Auckland City Council took $5.34 million in unpaid rates out of 3840 mortgages (up from $1.86m out of 2205 mortgages in 2005/2006).

 

That’s going straight into your bank account… and just taking the cash. Then he gives a list of other cities where it’s happened as well and different Councils doing it. THAT’S what we have to look forward to. This is the NEW freedom that Mr. Bush mentioned. Don’t believe there is any difference between Bush’s regime and Obama’s regime; it’s the same regime. This is the new freedom where they have the freedom to go into everything, do everything TO you, with you, including going into your bank account, as they up your taxes and your property taxes and everything other kind of tax. They just go straight into your bank account, grab the loot and steal it basically. It’s called stealing. It doesn’t matter what other fancy word they give it. Stealing is stealing; it’s a simple as that isn’t it. That’s the brave new world we are in to.

 

We talk about rights. Do you know in Britain too, that they have done away with the trial juries… something that they’ve had for about 800 years? Poof… they just put it off the books, with the Fabian government that’s in right now. Yep. You get tried the old way. The old magistrate used to come out with his big wig and he’d meet all the people who were condemned before they went into his courtroom and they’d all give him bribes. They would take gold and cuts and stuff in the Middle Ages and various bribes and that’s how you would get a leaner penalty. In fact, that’s how, I think, it was Francis Bacon lost his job as a magistrate, for taking bribes at the Court of Queen Elizabeth the 1st. And here it’s all back again. Isn’t that wonderful… this progress? Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You often wonder just how stupid people can get. Unfortunately you always find out, there is no end to it really because marketers know how to switch them on, as a herd basically. They don’t go for individuals in marketing, they tend to go for the whole herd and they KNOW what turns them on and off. They know how to manipulate their unconscious desires, dreams, hopes and all the rest of it, even their jealousies or envy. Bernays went all through that in his own writings, as he created the commercial society for the US, but it didn’t stop with him. It didn’t start with him either.

 

Here’s an article to do with the next step of putting up info on the net, voluntarily of course. It’s called CNet News and it came out in 2009.

 

Blippy launches the Twitter of personal finance

by Rafe Needleman / December 14, 2009 / cnet.com

 

Blippy is one of those ideas that at first sounds so hilariously misguided that you’d be forgiven to think it a joke: It’s a service (A: Ha!) that hooks into your credit card so everything you buy gets broadcast to your friends. Eventually you’ll even be able to Twitter your spending. Ack!

 

Fortunately, the real story is more nuanced, more interesting, and more intelligent than you might think if all you read is the knee-jerk Twitter posts from people like me.

 

I talked today to Blippy co-founder Philip Kaplan about the service. He admits, “When we launched it, we thought we were kind of crazy.” But I do believe he is on to something, and it has more to do with collecting your financial data than sharing it.

 

Blippy lets you hook credit and debit cards into the service, as well as accounts at online stores like Amazon, Zappos, and Apple’s iTunes store. Eventually it may even connect to physical retail, like Safeway. Blippy’s very useful trick, which the company is still working on refining, will be collecting your financial transaction data at a very granular level. It will tell you not just where you’re spending money, but what products you’re spending it on and–if you set up the privacy settings appropriately–who else is buying the same stuff as you. (A: Ha. So you can find out. Ha-ah!) It will combine all your spending data into one big stream and let you compare your purchase data to that of other people (A: You know, your friends, your friends… are you one up on your friends.), again at a granular level. (A: That’s the nonsense that they are doing. And you know something? Well, I don’t have to tell you, it’s going to work, right. You’ve seen enough of what’s happening today so I won’t go into that.)

 

As I said before, we have this illusion that somehow we’ve become civilized today. We live in a scientific age and we’re not so superstitious. Although they created the new age to replace all the other religions, but science really rules. We are MATURE now, very mature and people treat us maturely and they don’t have that class distinction do they? You don’t notice any of that do you? No. I’m sure you don’t. Then every so often out comes a statement like this… which is said and made sport of by the media because it’s being said in public. Believe you me, I’ve heard enough of the bigwigs talk amongst themselves and this is EXACTLY HOW they talk about the poor, when they go into their little eugenical rants. This is from someone who is running for the governorship.

 

‘Don’t feed the poor, they’ll only breed’

January 25, 2010 / Times Online

 

(A: That’s quoted straight out of, I think it was one of the HG Wells’ books. HG Wells said the same thing: if you feed the poor, they will only breed. In fact what he said was, if you help them and you feed them more and you give them work, what do they do? They turn around and breed. So here’s this guy running for governorship and he says, don’t feed the poor, they will only breed.)

 

And now for a message from Andre Bauer, a South Carolinian gubernatorial candidate.

 

In a town hall meeting over the weekend, and in the presence of state lawmakers and more than 100 residents, he expressed his view that:

 

“My grandmother was not a highly educated woman, but she told me as a small child to quit feeding stray animals. You know why? Because they breed.

 

“You’re facilitating the problem if you give an animal or a person ample food supply. They will reproduce, especially ones that don’t think too much further than that. And so what you’ve got to do is you’ve got to curtail that type of behavior. They don’t know any better.” (A: So in other words, you starve them eh?)

 

Afterwards, he told the State newspaper that ‘he could have chosen his words more carefully when he compared people who take public assistance to stray animals [but]… a furor over his comments doesn’t change this fact: South Carolina needs to have an honest conversation about the cycle of government dependency among its poorest residents.’

 

So there you go. Yep, we’ve really become more humane and civilized. Mind you, I guess in the Marxist/Fabian society if they euthanized you, because you’re poor, then – and I’m not kidding about this – they would say that’s humane. I’ve read other books from Fabians in the early 20th century and further beyond in fact, who actually advocated that and said it was a very humane way to do it. Put them out in their sleep so they don’t feel any pain… that was humane, after all, if they’re going to go through a life of suffering, being poor. Boy, oh boy. So that’s the world that we live in, as I say.

 

I mentioned last night that the top characters in the IPCC at the United Nations, the guys that make their living on scaring the public of the world to give all their rights away to the global warming scam, get grants, even personally. They’re on a winner, they can’t lose; it’s cash, cash, cash. This is from The Times Online.

 

UN climate chief Rajendra Pachauri (A: This is the chief, right.)

‘got grants through bogus claims’

From The Sunday Times / January 24, 2010 / Jonathan Leake, Science and Environment Editor

 

The chairman of the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), has used bogus claims that Himalayan glaciers were melting to win grants worth hundreds of thousands of pounds.

 

Rajendra Pachauri’s Energy and Resources Institute (TERI), based in New Delhi, was awarded up to £310,000 by the Carnegie Corporation of New York and the lion’s share of a £2.5m EU grant funded by European taxpayers. (A: It went to his own Delhi based corporation, so he’s got a couple of jobs on the side. Back with more after this break.)

 

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix reading an article about Rajendra Pachauri who got an awful lot on money in grants for his personal company on the side and through the bogus climate/glacier melting scam that’s been exposed as a PURE SCAM recently; I’ve read the articles on the radio this last week or so. It’s admitted to that it was a scam BUT that doesn’t stop the cash from flowing in to these crooks. I also mentioned too, that the UN had stopped investigating itself, there’s that much corruption within it, they just gave up and stopped rather than finding more. It says here…

 

Rajendra Pachauri’s Energy and Resources Institute (A: That’s his own company.) (TERI), based in New Delhi, was awarded up to £310,000 by the Carnegie Corporation of New York and the lion’s share of a £2.5m EU grant funded by European taxpayers.

 

It means that EU taxpayers are funding research into a scientific claim about glaciers that any ice researcher should immediately recognise as bogus. The revelation comes just a week after The Sunday Times highlighted serious scientific flaws in the IPCC’s 2007 benchmark report on the likely impacts of global warming.

 

The IPCC had warned that climate change was likely to melt most of the Himalayan glaciers by 2035 – an idea considered ludicrous by most glaciologists. Last week a humbled IPCC retracted that claim and corrected its report. (A: Because it was made on speculation. There was no investigation at all, just speculation by ONE person and they all ran with it. Isn’t that wonderful? What they should do too, since the IPCC has retracted the claim, maybe they should give back the money to the tax payers of Europe. How about that Mr. Pachauri? Hmm? I doubt you’ll do that though. I doubt you’ll do that, Mr. Pachauri, you’re utterly corrupt.)

 

Since then (A: They are still putting in grants for TERI.), however, The Sunday Times has discovered that the same bogus claim has been cited in grant applications for TERI.

 

One of them, announced earlier this month just before the scandal broke, resulted in a £310,000 grant from Carnegie. (A: And on and on it goes.)

 

The Carnegie money was specifically given to aid research into “the potential security and humanitarian impact on the region” (A: That’s where the Himalayas are and it’s been admitted that no, they are not melting at all.) as the glaciers began to disappear. Pachauri has since acknowledged that this threat, if it exists, will take centuries to have any serious effect. (A: So… aarrgh. What can you say, eh? What can you say?)

 

Corruption rules the world, you see; all these big international organizations… utterly, thoroughly corrupt. You’ve got to understand too, the temptation, when all these other blocs, like the Soviet EU bloc that we have today, is throwing millions in grants all over the place and there is little oversight into it. The temptation at the United Nations must be awfully high just to fill your pockets. I think it’s more than their pockets. I think they bring their whole wardrobes along to stuff it in there… and their underwear, even their spare underwear perhaps. They certainly are making a killing on all of this stuff and this scare mongering is good for business.

 

People don’t realize that this global society is to get taxed into the grave. It already is being taxed into the grave but they don’t realize that Europe has for a long time – for many years, even before they officially were joined together – were paying a Value Added Tax [VAT] on every purchase. I can remember when it was like 15%. They brought it out and said it was only for LUXURY items that you don’t really need, like binoculars and things like that. Before you knew it, it was across the board on everything, as we all knew it would be. But it’s going up to 20% now on EVERYTHING THAT YOU BUY. 20% Value Added Tax… because Britain is so broke, as they’re spending billions on warfare and all that kind of stuff.

 

20% VAT ‘looming’ as ministers (A: That’s politicians.) face mounting debt crisis

22nd January 2010 / Mail Online

 

A hike in VAT is ‘inevitable’ after the election as the government grapples with a mounting debt crisis, experts warned yesterday.

 

The Treasury will have to lift the tax from 17.5 per cent to 20 per cent to raise an extra £12 billion of revenue a year, according to analysts at consultancy Oxford Economics.

 

The next Government may also have to delay the state retirement age to 68 (A: So here they go again. They’re hoping you die before you can retire.) in order to cope with the biggest debt crisis since the Second World War, the report said. (A: Oh, these bankers are amazing eh? They’re all getting billions in bonuses, dishing it out right now, divvying it up, and the schmucks down below are all paying for it and are going to get taxed more and more to give FUTURE bailouts to the same bankers.)

 

The warning came as official figures revealed the UK government has borrowed almost £330 million a day so far in the current financial year – the most on record.

 

Figures from the International Monetary Fund show the UK has seen the sharpest increase in its debt burden of any Group of Seven nation since the start of the financial crisis.

 

Neil Blake of Oxford Economics said: ‘There appears to be a political consensus that spending cuts should form the bulk of the tightening but we can’t see how the necessary adjustments can be made without further tax rises too.

 

They’ve also gone in…. What was it Blair – first Fabian Blair, now Fabian Brown – have just declared that they’ve got to start giving all your money to the third world to help them cope with global warming and to help THEM put filters on smoke stacks and all this kind of stuff. You know, the communist plank that said the redistribution of wealth. Well, they’re going ahead with all of that and then jacking up everything back home as well. See, we all work for the government. That was the ideal state remember, for the Fabian ideology and Marxism too; everyone ends up working for the government and it’s going to come across the board. In Canada they brought it in under the guise of the general sales tax, with Brian Mulroney. He said at the time, this will help pay off the national debt you see; no comment. Then when he was leaving he was asked if the national debt was going down because of the GST and he says, well, not one penny, actually, has gone towards that; no comment. And that was that. That’s how it was done.

 

Lies, lies and more lies… and we go along with this… because we are trained to go along with it. We adapt and adapt and adapt, the Fabian style adaptation. See, if they gave you a hundred things at once we’d RIOT, but they can get you bending over at airports, they can have cops coming into your homes and officials checking your refrigerators to see what you’re eating and giving you little lectures, and all that kind of stuff, they can put cameras up IN families’ homes and watch what they’re up to and all the rest of it. And we adapt and adapt, because it’s all done SEPARATELY a BIT AT A TIME. That’s how you do it in the Fabian style – it works very, very well – until you’ve adapted into a completely new way of living, completely UNRECOGNIZABLE to your predecessors. That’s how it works.

 

Now, in Britain there is another thing that’s going on too. It’s happening all over the UK but it’s happening in Canada as well. We’ve got drones coming over. These spy drones, they are MILITARY spy drones. I have photographs of some of them getting launched in some of the Great Lakes, off a Special Forces boat. It says here…

 

CCTV in the sky: police plan to use military-style spy drones

(A: Well, let’s chuck out the ‘style,’ they ARE military spy drones.)

Arms manufacturer BAE Systems developing national strategy with consortium of government agencies

Paul Lewis / The Guardian, Saturday 23 January 2010

 

Drones could be used for civilian surveillance in the UK as early as 2012. Source: BAE

 

Police in the UK are planning to use unmanned spy drones, controversially deployed in Afghanistan, for the ­”routine” monitoring of antisocial (A: We’re right into the Marxist thing here folks.) motorists, (A: That’s why they’ve got cameras in the streets, to monitor ANTISOCIAL behavior. Like sticking your tongue out, things like that.) ­protesters, agricultural thieves (A: Agricultural thieves…) and fly-tippers (A: and people who are dumping their garbage because of all the laws and rules and money you’re paying to get rid of your garbage now.), in a significant expansion of covert state surveillance.

 

How do you stand it? How do you stand it? And these little control freaks, all the way from the top right down to the people that your local councils send out… that strut and stare at you. As Robert Burns would have said, Wha struts, an’ stares, an’ a’ that. How do you stand them? Hmm? I tell you, I couldn’t. I couldn’t. They were already using these things because I remember last year I read an article where the people at the Stonehenge meeting, you know, the guys that wear all the funny gowns and stuff and the protesters and the guys that go for fun. They had spy drones going around them; at the top of the crowd, these things flew back and forth. It was admitted in the papers then. So this article here is just getting you used to the idea of more of them coming.

 

The arms manufacturer BAE Systems, which produces a range of unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) for war zones, is adapting the military-style planes for a consortium of government agencies led by Kent police. (A: The police ARE the military now folks. If you can’t really quite get that, never mind the way they dress, the way they talk to you even, and all the toys they’re getting. That’s the military.)

 

Documents from the South Coast Partnership, a Home Office-backed project in which Kent police and others are developing a national drone plan (A: A national drone plan.) with BAE, have been obtained by the Guardian under the Freedom of Information Act.

 

They reveal the partnership intends to begin using the drones in time for the 2012 Olympics. They also indicate that police claims that the technology will be used for maritime surveillance fall well short of their intended use – which could span a range of police activity – and that officers have talked about selling the surveillance data to private companies. A prototype drone equipped with high-powered cameras and sensors is set to take to the skies for test flights later this year.

 

The Civil Aviation Authority, which regulates UK airspace, has been told by BAE and Kent police that civilian UAVs would “greatly extend” the government’s surveillance capacity and “revolutionise policing”. The CAA is currently reluctant to license UAVs in normal airspace because of the risk of collisions with other aircraft, but adequate “sense and avoid” systems for drones are only a few years away.

 

There is no end to how they can spend your cash when you don’t have it eh? There is no end to it at all. And yet, here’s an article from Wise Up Journal. They also have The Guardian article in here, especially all the motorists and all the rest of it. I’ll put this link up as well, at the end of the show, with all the rest. It goes into a bit more detail…

 

CCTV in the sky: police plan to use military-style spy drones

Guardian / 23.01.2010 / By Paul Lewis

 

Behind closed doors, the scope for UAVs has expanded significantly. Working with various policing organisations as well as the Serious and Organised Crime Agency, the Maritime and Fisheries Agency, HM (A: Her Majesty’s.) Revenue and Customs and the UK Border Agency, BAE and Kent police have drawn up wider lists of potential uses.

 

One document lists “[detecting] theft from cash machines, preventing theft of tractors and monitoring antisocial driving” as future tasks for police drones, while another states the aircraft could be used for road and railway monitoring, search and rescue, event security and covert urban surveillance. (A: Covert urban surveillance. So science fiction is actually here folks. It’s definitely here.)

 

Alan: There’s Stephan in Germany. Are you there Stephan?

 

Stephan: Thanks for taking my call Alan. I’ve got a big question. I wrote it down so please stay with me. After you elaborated on some of the esoteric origins of some of the beliefs of the so-called elite, some years ago you stated in more direct words, not of the time of last year’s. I would like to show you that books and quotations you pointed out are slowly but surely discussed in emerging and assessable shows all over the net. My question is, because there are emerging time lines all over the world, who try to understand all about the roots and then about the branches and because you seem to have such a profound understanding of these matters, shouldn’t you feel urged to supply your insight into these matters more frequently, it’s sad for me to see you ranting while you could explain more?

 

Alan: Well, the trouble is that it’s hard to, in one-hour shows, take even one particular topic and put so much into it, so much detail. So that really needs a whole lecture series to be done, which I would certainly do if I had the time or staff or something. I don’t have any staff. The people themselves, what I would tell them would be so new to them that they tend to shut off their mind. That’s how it is. There’s a technique in getting information through to the public into areas that they never… actually, their minds are barred from. You have to gradually weaken that barring process and open it up by a technique so that they can actually sit and listen and crucially think, even critically think, about what you are actually saying, rather than just cut you off because it’s out of what they call their normal ken, what they are understanding. There are so many sciences involved in all of this that you’d have to take it very carefully and introduce them into it very carefully. Another thing is that people, having egos – everyone has an ego – and you have to go into areas where you have to be very careful with fragile egos. You’ve got to understand how human ego works and how our personal ego works. That means being more honest with yourself, to understand how all of society is being manipulated with scientific technique by professionals. Most folk are not quite ready, to be honest – even with themselves – as to who they really are, how they really behaved with other people, etc. So I’d LOVE to do a series about that and to go into all these different techniques as well. Another thing I can’t do is to go into certain areas to do with well-known people. I’ve said before that quite often you have leaders presented. Now, some leaders out there that put a lot of information out, on web sites mainly, in an academic format, very academically minded, are actually World Marxists. I know this because they attend World Marxist meetings. The public in America and Canada and elsewhere are oblivious to that. They don’t know this. There is so much I do know that would cause so many ripples because once people tend to start following someone and elevate them onto a pedestal, it sounds like sour grapes when someone comes along and knocks that pedestal from underneath their feet; you can be attacked heavily for doing so. But I have the facts about it, this kind of stuff, and I can’t really use it. Back with more after this break.

 

HI folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Just to finish off what Stephan had asked. I definitely would love to get into giving lectures to classes again because it’s the fastest way, the BEST way in fact, and the most precise way of going through a whole, not just one science but many different sciences, to show you how they all fit together so that you can go out there and help get engaged in this big battle for humanity and do it in such a way that you can be of real import. But at the same time you won’t be blasted out of the sky by saying too much at the wrong place or at the wrong time. You have to be very, very careful what you say. You must remember too, that the public are fickle. They each have CHOSEN… most folk choose the area of belief they want to believe and they are not open to go into deeper areas to be shown the big picture. There is a fear, obviously, in seeing the big picture because it’s not a good picture at all. It’s a kind of horror show under so-called humane tactics that are being brought in. I even have an article here where an author who’s involved with Dying With Dignity – as they call it, the euthanasia boys – has advocated that euthanasia BOOTHS be set up across Britain and elsewhere for pensioners just to walk in and be euthanized on the spot; just like Soylent Green. That’s meant to stir controversy; that’s why the book is out there obviously, to get this into the public awareness and then to get it through Parliament. That’s how they do it. These are the techniques that they use.

 

We’ll go to Dave in Arizona. Are you there Dave?

 

Dave: The cashless society is set up for control right?

 

Alan: Yes.

 

Dave: The credit cards were put out so we got used to not having cash?

 

Alan: That was a big part of it but it was also to tide us over in the 70s and 80s and into the 90s when people were going out of work and all the rest of it. Often the credit cards were the only thing that got people through, plus they could buy impulse purchases and reward themselves and feel they were still alive, because they’d been trained to do that kind of stuff, reward yourself.

 

Dave: How long do you think we have before they go after the currency all together?

 

Alan: Well, they already are. What will happen eventually down the road – this is what they plan to do – is to go into another few crises with money that they are just spending like crazy. It’s being used for US to use, to build their machinery for war, for the future structure that they will rule over for their Super Cities abroad and then they will start collapsing the cities back home. They already are actually. Then they will bring in a new crisis system of credits… HG Wells went through this and so did Lord Bertrand Russell. He said, eventually money will be replaced by credits. The government will issue them to every citizen on the Monday of every week. It will start off with the same amount. You can’t save up the credits; that will keep the classless society at the bottom. He said, you have to use them up or they’ll simply disappear when they renew your credits. The governments will be in charge of it. See, money is anything that they say it is. It’s only us that must have to accept it and really believe it works.

 

Dave: Right. So, I guess my point is that eventually there will be no form of ulterior currency or anything?

 

Alan: There will be for a while, I’m sure, an ability to sort of transfer credits into certain banks. The bankers will survive because they are a big part, if not one of the major parts, of this globalized control system. It was the bankers who formed the Milner Group that formed the Royal Institute of International Affairs/CFR and helped bring about a whole bunch of wars. They are still behind it today. They are all involved and we’ll go into that maybe tomorrow.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Jan. 27, 2010 (#501)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 27, 2010:

For Kerry Robertson, Mark McDougall and Baby Ben:Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 27th 2010. For the newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Bookmark all the alternate sites you see up there for future use because sometimes the big ones go down and if you have them bookmarked you can pull up the latest shows when they do go down. The official sites are: [listed above]. This is the tin can minute where I rattle my tin can and remind you that you bring me to you, you the audience. You’ll find that I’m probably the only person out there who doesn’t get paid directly or indirectly through advertising and so on for this program. So it’s up to you to keep me going. The ads you hear on this show go from the advertisers go straight to RBN to pay for this air time and RBN’s staff and their bills, equipment and all the rest of it. Stuff that we all have to deal with and you know how expensive it is, especially in the radio station where you are dealing with satellite broadcasting as well. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by going into cuttingthroughthematrix.com and buying the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale or you can donate. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Cash gets through… that cuts out the guy with the three chins and little fat fingers and the big diamond ring on his podgy little finger. It’s up to you.

 

I need it to keep me going because some days nothing comes in at all here. This is not a job. It’s not something I want to do. Believe you me, I’d be doing something else and raking in the cash and living a good life as the rest of the world goes down. But it’s time and I knew it was time years ago to come out and share the knowledge that I had accumulated over my lifetime to show the people how the world really works and where it’s all designed to go. And it is designed; it’s not by happenstance. It’s not because conflicting parties are at war. In fact, these parties are all working together through conflict to get to their ideal ending, this lovely utopia they’ve planned with a depopulated planet. Meanwhile, we have to go through the transition phase of a vastly reduced population and that will take time as well. While we’re getting reduced, we’ve got to still produce and MAKE the future, build the future, build the cities, build the infrastructure for those that are ‘fittest to survive’ to go on. That really is the agenda. All the Marxists and those who you think are right-wing at the top, the big bankers and all the rest of it, all believe in Darwinism. They are all Darwinists. We’ve all done our job in previous generations by keeping them living the lifestyle they wanted to and now we have to build the future for them and then simply die off along the way. Nice and tidy. Back after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Just to mention, there’s a lot of people who get the disks of these shows burned and passed to them and they play them on CD players because they are no too enthralled with computers. I really don’t blame them. I know why they were put out there. We all are beginning to know that now. We know where it’s all supposed to go too, this nice Borg society. We help them to observe all of us and keep up personality profiles on every single one of us for a predictable society. All tyrannies have to have predictable societies. Gathering info on citizenry is nothing new, but they’ve gone all out this time to make sure they have a long-lasting tyranny. So, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

It’s important, as I say, that you keep me going because everyone else expects everyone else to throw in a few pennies once in a while and therefore it doesn’t happen at all, especially in a system today where especially the youngsters are taught that everything is free. There is nothing out there that is free. Everything that’s free is put out with an ulterior purpose and I’ve read them on the air, Facebook and all the rest of it, what its real true purposes happen to be, collecting all your data, getting a young generation trained that privacy is, well, who needs it; who needs it? Because we’re so civilized now, and our benefactors and overseers are SO altruistic, that they’d never do anything wrong with all this information. So they’re training them all to put everything up on the net. That’s why they gave them reality shows and all the rest of it; everyone can be a star. Children are not too swift at these things. They have no experience of life. History to them is a vague thing. Movies are more real to them, therefore they are indoctrinated much more easily. It takes years before you start to wisen up, as to how this world runs.

 

I’ve mentioned so many times about the time was to come, according to Lenin, where so many governmental agencies, that would start off as services in the West, would eventually get built up to semi-official status and then purely official status and they would be authorities. That was part of the health service because pharmacology and science is a prime tenant, really, of Marxist thought that all science should RULE SUPREME over the lives of people and the academics should really run our lives for us. We see that happening today. Children’s Aid really started off as a kind of, again, non-profit charitable organization that had some credence from government given to it. Now it’s an authority. We’ve had the instances in the States where they’ve gone into places with SWAT teams. So much for a nice charitable organization that provides a service, if you want it; now you’ve got to take it whether you like it or not.

 

It’s getting worse and worse and worse. I also said too, in this new EUGENICAL society, you’ll be tested for your IQ and all the rest of it, and your physical history, to see if you’re fit to have children. That’s already happening if you don’t know it. It’s already happening. That’s why they’ve been taking your DNA for 30-odd years in EVERY country across the planet, in every so-called first world country and checking back on your family histories for mental aberrations and physical hereditary diseases. They don’t want you to be… you’re not good breeding stock, you see. You could be a burden on this wonderful socialist society and they don’t want that. They want more money left over for wars and plunder and robbing stuff out of other people’s ground across the water somewhere.

 

Here is an article to prove this point. It’s from the Mail Online. Do you know the problem too, is when it doesn’t happen to you directly, you don’t think much of it. It’s like an aberration, a weird one-off type thing. You don’t realize that this is happening every day. You don’t realize that eventually the gun sights will point to YOU. You will be in the gun sights of Big Brother on something or another, one of the many things they can get you on. Again, Britain being the flagship of all of this for the whole world, as far as the social agencies go and the authorities go, it always breaks out there first.

 

Mother ‘not clever enough to raise child, has baby snatched by social workers after running away to Ireland to give birth

By Alison Smith Squire / 22nd January 2010 / Daily Mail

 

(Alan: This is the 21st century and now young couples have to flee, they have to flee their homeland to try and get sanctuary somewhere because government agencies, these wonderful charitable organizations that are backed by SWAT teams, are chasing them because they say you are not bright enough. Well, WHO defines what’s bright enough? Hmm?)

 

A couple who fled to Ireland after social workers threatened to remove their baby at birth have had the newborn snatched after all.

 

Kerry Robertson, 17, who has mild learning difficulties, (A: Mild, I wonder how many would fit into that already?) and Mark McDougall, 25, went on the run after British social services said she was not clever enough to raise a child.

 

But just four days after Ben was born, Irish social workers marched into the maternity ward and forced them to hand him over.

 

They were told they were acting at the behest of their British counterparts. (A: Because under the EU, this wonderful Soviet bloc, all information is shared and that’s how they were caught, through information sharing through the medical authorities.)

 

The couple, from Fife, Scotland, have been on the run for three months.

 

In September, their wedding was halted just 48 hours before the service when social workers claimed Miss Robertson was not bright enough to understand the marriage declaration. (A: Can you believe this?)

 

Then in November they were told that her ‘disability’ meant their baby would be taken away at birth.

 

With Miss Robertson 29 weeks pregnant, they fled their house in the middle of the night and travelled to Ireland.

 

Ben was born healthy and weighing 7lb 3oz last Friday.

 

Last night Miss Robertson said: ‘When the Irish social workers said I had to give the baby to them, I felt sick.

 

‘I didn’t want to hand him over and I started crying because I couldn’t believe what they were saying. I thought I had misunderstood. (A: She sounds very, very retarded doesn’t she, to you… doesn’t she?)

 

‘I had just been breastfeeding him.

 

Just before they took him away, I told Ben I loved him and gave him a kiss.’

 

Mr McDougall added: ‘Kerry let out a dreadful cry when she realised what was happening – it was terrible. She is just in pieces.

 

‘We believed that the Irish had more traditional values than social workers in the UK. We found a two-bedroom cottage in a beautiful village in Waterford overlooking the sea.

 

‘Kerry booked herself in with the local GP and at last we began to feel as if we were safe.’

 

An anonymous benefactor has been funding the couple after they left home with just £200, and has even paid for the house.

 

Artist Mr McDougall has also been selling pictures while friends and family have donated clothes, baby gear and further money.

 

Miss Robertson has been cared for by her grandmother since the age of nine months after her own parents were unable to look after her, with her care overseen by Fife Council.

 

She began getting contractions last Friday and the couple went to the local hospital, where she gave birth after a natural labour.

 

‘Both of us were overjoyed,’ said Mr McDougall. ‘Ben was absolutely perfect.’

 

But on Tuesday morning two Irish social workers – a man and a woman – came to the hospital and delivered the bombshell.

 

Mr McDougall added: ‘It seems that through Kerry’s medical records – although we have been on the run she has always ensured she had all the checks and scans on the baby – Fife Council had been alerted. (A: So if you get a medical checkup somewhere – I told folk this years ago too – they will find you. Everything is being used. There is nothing private anymore.)

 

‘The social workers said that now Ben was born, Fife (A: This is the Council area, the shire [county] in Scotland.) had put him on the at-risk register and he was subject to a care order. (A: etc, etc. She is also breastfeeding the child which obviously is very retarded these days where everybody prefers the scientific poison that you’re supposed to feed them at birth.)

 

This is where we are going today and this is happening all over. What eventually will be the IQ level where they will ALLOW you to have a child? What level will it be? Hmm? You’d better think about all of this. You’d better think about all of this. As I’ve said before, you can’t fix a broken tower, a Babel that’s all held together with paste and glue and band-aids, with rotten foundations. You can’t fix something like this; it has to crumble… totally. It’s quite something, the world we live in. Quite something. It makes you wonder if people will ever, ever learn.

 

You know, EUGENICS is a big part of this whole agenda. It won’t go away. It hasn’t gone away. We are in big, big trouble. I’ve read the articles before where the big foundations, especially the ones to do with the Rockefellers, who started off and put the money up for the eugenics experiments in the United States of America, they had FORCED abortions, FORCED sterilization on those they declared were medically UNFIT. They also had it down that chronic unemployment was also a sign of retardation and therefore you would be sterilized. No court orders, nothing. Just in front of some kind of judge, no jury, nothing, and bang, in you go and they snip away and that’s you for life… no apologies. State after state used this. It’s just an absolute mess. It lasted until about the 1970s. Now they want to bring it all back. Actually, when you think about it, THEY HAVE brought it all back… but they did it in a scientific way. They convinced the public to get it themselves. That’s how they did it. They convinced the public to get in done themselves. Don’t you want a vasectomy? Don’t you want a tubal ligation? We’ll do it for you; it’s under the National Health Service. Just don’t want appendicitis that’s all. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. This whole thing is to do with information gathering that we are going through, this period, something that Zbigniew Brzezinski talked about back in the 70s, I think back in 1970 when he brought out one of his books, Between Two Ages. In that book he outlined how all these different factions, all the different conflicting parities, were causing a movement and through their conflict they would bring out this new system.

 

We’ve heard of ‘trend reports’ and stuff like that. He goes into all the trend reports. That’s to make you think that, really, everything is by chance and that these are all legitimate groups all battling each other for power and to bring in the system that each one of them thinks should dominate the rest of us, but nothing is further from the truth, again. After all, there is always a dominant minority, as the Huxley’s both said. Then therefore, the dominant minority are well aware of the different conflicting parties. Even when they are embryonic and they want to start up and take over, they could nip them in the bud before they even started, each one of them. They want all the different parties there. They want the Marxist parties and so on. They want all of them there.

 

Through it all, through this strange use of nature, as they like to call it, where they use the old, old esoteric terms of how conflict brings change… as autumn is battling with winter and then winter comes in, then winter battles with spring and then it comes in. That’s how they used to word it. Now they simply call it the dialectical process where conflicting parties, generally opposed head on with diametrically opposed opinions, clash and out of it comes a kind of compromise and so you have a third way and sometimes they even call it ‘the third way’ when they’re talking amongst themselves at these big meetings. He came out with all of this stuff and where it was supposed to go.

 

It’s interesting too when you think that these people – the pinnacle of the advisory committees for nations like the United States – it’s interesting to see that they never, ever put down or throw Marxist theology out the window. And it is a theology. They all use it. They believe it is a necessary part of progression of society, since, again, they do believe that we are going through some kind of progressive system all the time. To me it’s different. I see us adapting to its scientific items that are put out into the public arena. That’s more like it. Even those items are, you might call it, censored as well. We don’t get everything that we could be given and could be made available to the general public. Everything that’s given to us is completely vetted so that we can’t run away with power away from the controllers. That also includes the computer and the internet. That’s always been like that too, for everything in every age, every society. You are always given only what they want you to have and generally it’s to serve those at the top.

 

People should go through books like Brzezinski’s. You’ve got to go through them. I know it’s dry and I know it’s boring and often repetitive as they go over the same things again. But always take note when they go on about the ‘trend reports.’ What they’re really telling you is this is their agenda; this is where they WANT to go. These trends could be nipped in the bud, at the start. If it was any danger to a ruling elite, they would be nipped in the bud at the start. There isn’t an organization that starts up that cannot be penetrated, taken over and then taken off into a different direction. I’ve seen that my whole life long with grass roots movements that start up. But they allow the big ones – the big ones – the Marxist types, to keep going. You’ve got to ask why. Why is that? Why is Marxism so important?

 

Marxism too, I should really say, is always run through deception. They knew that they had to get out there into mainstream media. They could never come out and say we’re Marxist. It immediately switched people’s minds off from them. So what they do is they start up organizations, and even the foundations, and start to distribute information TO those foundations along popular topics. Generally with the intent of hammering at the system as it stood at that time. Sometimes they would have inside information and therefore they would become a big grabber – you called it a grabber. So when stuff was sent to you from them, you’ll say that’s good stuff… and you don’t think beyond that. You don’t know they are even Marxist. There is a big one out there handing stuff out there to all the Patriot Movements and they haven’t a clue. The guy that runs it belongs to World International Marxist associations… and talks at their international meetings.

 

This article is from the UK Column. It’s quite a good site to go into, the UK Column. They go into how the changes are being brought about in Britain by BIG movements, well funded foundations, and how they are SO well organized. They’ve gone through the military and the police. They’ve got members in all these different departments at the top, which is illegal by the way because you’re not supposed to bring in the top military and so on, into these private foundations that are down for policy making. They will talk about things like the Common Purpose organization that came out of nowhere… heavily funded, IN with all the politicians AND they have members in top military and they have members in governments and so on, for a completely integrated Marxist type Europe. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the UK Column. It does a good job on the showing up the big players that work openly but still partly covertly as well. They are very secretive of what they are up to. Part of the job of the movements that Brian Gerrish talks about, for instance, part of the job of these movements, like the one I just mentioned before… I’ve got freezing computers here, so that’s why I’m thinking in three directions at the same time. Anyway, Common Purpose is the name. Common Purpose is so HEAVILY funded and no one will say where all the cash comes from, although they do get grants from government as well. So the governments are giving grants to an organization bent on destroying the last vestige of a national country, a national unification of countries called the UK to total submerge it completely within the UK AND to pick young children at school and train them to be the future leaders. This sounds very much like the ideals of Marxism… very much like that. It says here,

 

British Democracy On A Knife Edge

EU Marxists Penetrate Westminster

January 22, 2010 / Brian Gerrish / The UK Column

 

Whilst British troops die and are maimed in the wastes of Afghanistan, supposedly protecting their families and country from ‘international terrorists’, the very people who created the world wide terror programme are hollowing out democracy at home. Marxists have penetrated the EU and Westminster, (A: That’s true. They are full of them.) and they are building a dictatorship in Britain and Europe.

 

Further critical evidence of Marxist penetration of the European Union is emerging. A string of communist placemen, all associated with oppressive regimes are being exposed within the EU Commission. Working with well informed Russian dissidents, with access to Kremlin and KGB records, Gerard Batten UKIP MEP (A: Member of the European Parliament.) has recently bravely challenged the EU to remove this malign influence. His words will of course fall on deaf ears since the EU is itself a creation of Fabian Marxism. (A: And that’s the truth, folks. The Royal Institute of International Affairs was full of international bankers who were also believers in the Marxist theology. Yep. You think they’re not compatible? No. They’re absolutely compatible… a controlled world, run by intelligentsia, a managed monetary system to control the public. I’ve gone through the history of the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations and all their different offspring that work with them, such as the Fabian Society. They created the European Union.) A slow creeping ideological cancer that has now spread within the western world including the UK. It is coupled to Marxists and other communists now blatantly visible within Westminster. (A: That’s the British government.) We ignore this spread of cancer at our peril.

 

Whilst many still believe the EU is democratic, with a free vote in the European Parliament, the truth is that a secretive and powerful Commission drives the agenda for the creation of a massive European superstate. (A: They call it ‘the bloc,’ just like the Soviet bloc… the European bloc.) This body is anything but democratic. In fact the European Commission acts as an powerful secretive executive of the European Union with 27 Commissioners. (A: It’s like commissars… commissioner is commissar.) It is responsible for proposing legislation, implementing decisions, upholding the Union’s treaties and the general day-to-day running of the Union.

 

Only those who have lived through cold-war communism both in the Soviet Union and East Germany for example can appreciate the fear and oppression. Secret police, hidden gulag prison camps, arrests, spies, mistrust amongst neighbours, propaganda and a life of serving the State. (A: That’s what we’ve got right now. I hope you realize that this is the same thing… under the GUISE OF TERRORISM. Under the guise of terrorism… what was it they used too, in the Soviet Union, once the coup had taken place and the Bolsheviks took over and ran it for all those years? Oh, there were terrorists within; there were anti-revolutionaries, counter-revolutionaries and terrorists. SAME STUFF! And paid spies all over the place, even children. Here we are, reading the same stuff happening all over Europe and the States and people can’t connect the dots. Argh. Incredible.)

 

I’ll put these links up on my site at the end of the show for those that want to look into it, cuttingthroughthematrix.com , IF XplorNet – awful satellite company – will give me the speed to upload. It takes me a day now to upload just this one-hour show to the sites. Again, that’s intentional and they don’t even bother acknowledging me anymore. They wish I’d just go away. They still take the cash though, that I pay them for the high speed that I’ve never had.

 

We’ll go to the callers now and there is Matt from Ohio. Are you there Matt?

 

Matt: Hi Alan. Great to speak to you. I really admire what you are doing. I used to live in Lindsay, Ontario; I don’t know if you are familiar with it.

 

Alan: Yes.

 

Matt: I came to the States about 4 years ago and I’m just blown away with what’s going on. I just never realized. To hear that somebody so influential, like yourself… I used to live way up there. It’s just great to know that what you are doing is just helping everyone. I’d just like to say, I was watching the movie Surrogate with Bruce Willis that came out about a year ago. I’ve been listening to what you’ve been saying about Plato and the beehive. I did notice that a clip in the film, it’s a futuristic movie, it singles out a scene and it says ‘bee’ and it keeps saying ‘bee’ and in the background of this futuristic advertisement it has the honeycomb shapes. I don’t know if that’s related but I just found that interesting… hearing what you’ve been saying about the beehive mentality and how we are shaped like a hive.

 

Alan: You find too that even Napoleon wrote about it. In fact, when Napoleon took his boys off to Egypt on a jaunt between wars, he went through different tombs of Egypt and opened up one of the pyramids. He found in one of the tombs around the pyramids, near the pyramids, someone who had been buried with a lot of golden, solid gold bees on the mummy. He took the bees and had it made into… he put it on his cape. He made that the symbol of his army, the beehive. He believed that was the perfect system to run the whole world. So you are quite right.

 

Matt: Doesn’t the Pope wear something similar on his head? A crown? It’s like a hive?

 

Alan: There is the tiered hat; there are 3 tiers on it. It symbolizes the beehive.

 

Matt: I just think that’s amazing. That shows a connection to the ancient and how it’s come up all these years, I think. Amazing.

 

Alan: It is. Even in ancient Egypt too, they kept the bees; they were kept by the monks. That was a symbol of Cleopatra as well, the beehive and the Queen at the top, everybody serves the Queen; that was your purpose. It’s a very ancient symbol, the beehive for the perfect society. Remember too, when a bee gets kind of older, a certain age, they kill it off and it’s replaced by a new one. Nothing is wasted. The control freaks today love that system. That’s why they’re bringing in euthanasia booths and all the rest of it for the elderly.

 

Matt: Okay, Alan. I really thank you for what you are doing and I’m going to be sure to donate to you as much as I can. Great job.

 

Alan: Thanks for calling. There’s Cullen from California. Are you there Cullen?

 

Cullen: Hi. I’m 20 years old and I’m from California and would just like to let you know that a few of us are out here listening to you and I’m trying to get as many people as I can to open up. Here in Southern California we are having a lot of problems. People are not awake. There are surveillance cameras on nearly every corner of my community today. I went on a bike ride not too long ago and I was taking pictures, kind of counter-surveillance, trying to show everyone that this is bad and you know, no one is really waking up to it. I wanted to get your two-cents on that, about the surveillance cameras.

 

Alan: It’s astonishing, again, that people can ADAPT to anything. Remember what Skinner said, if you want to change the behavior of people, you put something in their environment and that will alter their behavior by the very knowledge that it is there. People are adapting to these cameras because of all the hoopla on security and terrorism, etc. I’ve been keeping up on the articles in California. You are quite right. I’ve even read a couple of them about a month ago where they were putting them up big time in a couple of areas there. What happens when you’re on camera, your behavior does change. They found this out in Britain too and the guys that put them in knew it beforehand, of course. You’re never spontaneous. You won’t have a carry-on with your pals, for instance, knowing you’re on camera; you tend to watch your expressions, etc. It’s the same in a scientific survey of something. They’ll say, that which is under the experiment, under the microscope, behaves differently than when it’s not under the microscope. We are exactly the same. It alters your behavior.

 

In the Soviet system, it’s exactly the same; it takes away spontaneity and what we used to say, gayety… when we had a natural meaning. You can’t be so spontaneous; you become fixed, rigid, you try to look mature, somber. Eventually, like George Orwell said in his own book 1984, you watch every expression on your face because those that watch you were looking for various signs of aggression, anger, pent-up frustration, and they will pull you in. That’s not a joke because they’re actually using this technique throughout the airports. They’re training people to look for all these little symptoms that you have. They’re creating a hell on earth, is what they’re doing with it. Once we get used to all the cameras, then they start doing what they did in Britain. They will put them in your streets and the next thing you know, they are putting them looking in your window and then in some of the houses, they start putting them INSIDE the houses and watching the people themselves. They are actually doing this throughout places like the UK. It’s astonishing.

 

California itself has had more propaganda pumped into it. The place of the good time, where everything is fantastic and the weather is easy. They’ve got a harder time to realize the system truly is changing and not for the better. There will still be a lot of money in some areas and as long as there is that kind of money in certain areas they’ll pretend that things will get back to normal eventually. I’ve had people in Beverly Hills contact me and say the same thing, that so many people think and hope that somehow they’re going to revert back to a previous time, maybe 20 or 30 years, maybe the 70s era, where things were just hopping and good and let the good times roll, and that’s just not going to happen. It’s not going to happen. They’ve declared bankruptcy again.

 

Schwarzenegger, when he was over to talk to the military over in the East, wants to bring back military type armies, SWAT teams, for California because there are so many groups now, rival groups, well organized, organized gangsterism, in California. They’ve got a lot of Russian ones moved in from Russia too. They’re all vying for power with the Latinos and so on, organized crime. It could be a powder keg in the near future and they know what’s going to happen. Personally, I think its being set up this way. It’s the same thing with Britain. If you don’t want to lose your way of life, your culture, where you have a lot of freedoms and then bring in other cultures that don’t appreciate them, put them all together and watch the fun times roll, because it will happen. They’ve done this across the world to destroy nationalism everywhere, which is a prime tenant of this whole global order. Thanks for calling though.

 

There’s Maggie from Texas. Are you there Maggie?

 

Maggie: Hi, Alan. Earlier this evening you spoke about a large group that has infiltrated just about all of the Patriot groups, led by a man who belongs to one of these new world order organizations… I don’t remember what you said. Of course I’m dying of curiosity. Can you please name it?

 

Alan: I’ll tell you, to be honest with you, if I named it, hell would break out… right now. Absolute hell. You can email me and I’ll let you know. This person has dished out so much stuff to the Patriot organizations. They’ve all got lists. Some of them have even got lists of their different talks, or their exposés, up on their web sites and they haven’t got a clue… beyond the guy’s credentials, what he actually is.

 

Maggie: Okay. Alright. Thank you for that information. My other question, very quickly, you’ve been talking about euthanasia booths. Have these already been set up and where do you think they’ll first appear and are they voluntary? Are they supposed to…

 

Alan: Well, what it is, and it’s part of a propaganda campaign with the various groups. There are a whole bunch of them that have gotten together now for this. They call it Dying With Dignity and various other names. One of the main authors came out with a book – I mentioned the name of the book maybe late last week – and in the book he wants eventually these booths to be set up on street corners where the elderly and pensioners can just say, I’ve had enough of life, I’ll go and finish it, just like Soylent Green.

 

Maggie: Wow. Like Soylent Green, yeah.

 

Alan: Of course, this is to raise what THEY call ‘public consciousness’ and ‘public awareness’ and also to get the politicians yapping about it so they’ll go forward with this. There’s a big battle right now in Britain AS they’re introducing legalized euthanasia. The whole thing with euthanasia, to be honest with you, all down through the ages family members have helped people who are really suffering and really in awful pain, end their lives the way that the person wanted to. THAT’S how things must be left. If you put anything like this in the hands of governments, that has political agendas, and it has an economic agenda as well, you can’t do it. They’ll go further, as they always do… further and further until they are euthanizing people for no reason whatsoever, OTHER than the recently retired. I’m not kidding about that. That’s how far they will go. If you are classed as a burden on society down the road, you are going to be eliminated just like the Nazi regime did in Germany under their various hygiene laws. They brought in one for those who were crippled, etc, etc. They had hygiene teams that went around different places and literally euthanized them, from place to place to place.

 

THAT’S what’s going to come in because life is being devalued at such a rate right now, by design, and people are falling for it as well. No one should really live in pain. There is no need for anyone to die in pain whatsoever. The medications are out there. You hear this ridiculous stuff over and over again, well, we don’t want to give them opium or morphine or something because they might get addicted. Well, they know the poor character has maybe got 4 days to live… who cares if he gets addicted in 4 days? It’s utterly ridiculous! This is what they’re coming down to; they want to bring in eventually these EXIT booths, as I call them. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. We’ll go to Steve from Connecticut. Are you there Steve?

 

Steve: Yes. I want to thank you for your December 25th show. That was really good. You did that song there, that was pretty cool and you had a lot of good things to say about Christianity there. Last week you were talking about the origins of the word ‘villain,’ as it relates to the words ‘serf.’ I was wondering if you could go into that in a little more detail.

 

Alan: The Nobility used to call anybody who was a serf… a serf was one description of their PLACE in life. A villain was what they were also called because you couldn’t trust a serf, so they called them villains. You’ve heard about ‘villainy.’ Villainy is something which a person does, who is always up to no good, in other words, and that’s why they called them also ‘villains’ as well. They had no ‘virtue’ in them, as they called it, because they were simple peasants that were uneducated, illiterate, and BASE. In those days too, the Nobility truly believed – in fact they still do believe – that intellect and the higher qualities of life, as a good citizen, come through breeding and if it’s lacking at the start, in the base population, then they are base themselves. This is really blatant class distinction in the early times. It was very overt and they didn’t hide it in any way whatsoever.

 

Steve: Very interesting. I also have a question on the dialectic that you talk about a lot. Do you think dialectic groups are secretly joining forces? Or do you think that they are genuinely, separately believing and furthering their own agenda?

 

Alan: You have to look at every particular group, for instance, and understand how it works. The truly organized groups such as Marxism, Marxism taught 3 different understandings of Marxism to its members. There was the bottom level for the followers, the ones that would be the low level workers. Then there was another meaning for the middle management group. Then they had the higher agenda for the top groups. Each one was completely, pretty well different. A lot of these organized groups work the same way. You’ll find they don’t believe in telling all their followers the TRUE goals of their aims. You need numbers to get forward and approved and accepted by the public… the numbers racket. Really, all these different groups NEED EACH OTHER to oppose. You understand? That’s how the dialectic works. If you don’t have opposition you are just a voice yelling or complaining about things and no one can understand what you are on about. You actually NEED an enemy, an opposing group.

 

Steve: How can opposition between two different forces or beliefs not exist?

 

Alan: If you were to look at some of the more modern politically-correct movements that are out there and what they’ll always say that, under this philosophy, all minorities must come to the top and eventually rule over. Basically, we are getting run by minorities of all kinds and descriptions. We are almost at the stage where we are running out of minority groups to put up there, until it gets more and more ridiculous, if you understand what I’m saying. This is the farce of it all. It’s an ongoing process PLUS they are well funded. Without an opposition, there’s no funding coming in.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.Jan. 28, 2010 (#502)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 28, 2010:

Fabians — Nothing They Won’t Try, Your Brain They’ll Modify:Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 28th 2010. For the newcomers out there, you should look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, bookmark the other sites I have up there for future use because the big ones do go down once in a while and that way you’ll be able to pull up the latest shows for download. The official sites are: [listed above]. For my tin can minute, this is where I rattle the tin can. I’ll have to find a tin can and rattle it with a few pennies in it. This is when I try to wake you up and remind you that while you’re thinking that everybody else is going to donate or help me out here, you’re all thinking the same thing at the same time and waiting for someone else to do it. So it’s up to you to keep me going. Remember, I’m not getting paid by the advertisers here. The ads on this show are paid by the advertisers straight to RBN for the air time. It pays for their staff and their equipment and the transmission through satellite and all the rest of it. So you have to help me out by donating to me or buy the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale at cuttingthroughthematrix.com. If you go into that site you’ll find out how to pay for the books and so on or donate. [Ordering and donations options listed above.] For those that get the disks burned and passed to them – they don’t like to play them on computers, you play them on your CD players – you can write to me at [address above].

 

It’s important that you do that because pretty well all the hosts out there make their money FROM advertising and they get payments every time they mention the advertisers or bring them on as guests. I am the exception to the rule. That way I’ve got a free hand to say and do as I wish, but it really puts the onus on YOU to keep me going. It’s expensive doing what I’m doing from this place here. It’s not one hour per night. This takes hours and hours into the next day to upload to my site, after the broadcast show, because XplorNet the satellite company got the word from someone up in the government to give me a hard time of it. They don’t like what I’m saying apparently. They’ve cut me down to almost above dial-up speed, down to 6 kilobits per second the other night there; no kidding. That’s what it crawled down to and anything below 50, it drops your upload and you’ve got to start all over again… over and over and over again… very frustrating. But that’s how the real world is and that’s how the dirty tricks are really carried out, with plausible deniability on the server’s part. So it’s up to you to keep me going and I depend on your help. Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ve talked before about politicians – we’ve all talked ad nauseam about politicians – and how, really, studies were done in the past on psychopathic personalities.

 

They used to think the psychopaths were the lowly street crime type that could see something in a window and they have no tolerance of frustration so they smash the window and steal it. That’s what they used to find very, very often but of course, because psychiatrists themselves tended to come from an upper class, it never dawned on them to look into, is it possible that psychopaths go all the way up into the upper class? Lo and behold, studies were done back in the 60s and the 70s and they were shocked to find there certainly were psychopaths in the upper class, lots and lots and lots of them in fact. They found that many of them went into politics… which shouldn’t surprise us because the psychopath is addicted to power and an easy time of it. He likes conning people. He gets off on the con, manipulating people. In fact that’s the talent of the psychopath. They have no real convictions on anything BUT they become great leaders of convictions when they smell the wind is going off in a certain direction; they pop up all over the place as leaders. The general public never catches on to it, how this personality really, really is.

 

I can remember when Blair was talking about his time in office and it came up during the interview about Iraq and he says, oh, that hassle, he says and it was missed and just went onto something else. Well that hassle that he pushed so hard for, this one-man band that wanted to go to war with Iraq… who knows how many people were killed. But to him it was, oh, that hassle. Now he’s on to bigger and better things for his career. That’s the average politician, to be honest with you. They are lifelong politicians and they are psychopathic. They have no empathy for others. They are egocentric, the world revolves around them and all they have to do is save their ego. It doesn’t matter what they’ve done or the circumstances they are found in; they will deny everything to save their ego. This article is about the psychopath Blair and it’s from The Herald in Scotland.

 

Blair ‘selling his soul’ with six-figure speeches deal

(Alan: This is what they do when they come out of politics, they go around and just rake in the cash. A lot of it is paybacks, mind you, for things they did during their time in office. This is a legal way of giving their payback, either through books or whatever, where they are offered millions of pounds or dollars in advance. That’s how you pay them off, you see, and directorships on companies which they don’t even have to attend, and so many shares.)

Blair ‘selling his soul’ with six-figure speeches deal

(A: Personally, I don’t think he’s ever had a soul to sell it. Maybe that’s what a psychopath is.)

Blair is set to receive a six-figure sum for giving a series of talks

ALISON CAMPSIE / 25 Jan 2010 / HeraldScotland.com

 

Tony Blair is set to receive a six-figure sum for giving a series of talks to a hedge fund (A: Now listen to this…) that reportedly made millions by betting on the collapse of British banks. (A: There’s integrity for you, eh? He’s going to give a series of talks to a hedge fund that reportedly made millions by betting on the collapse of British banks. Of course the taxpayers of Britain had to – and still are and for an awful long time to come – paying back all that stuff that was lost.)

 

Critics have accused Mr Blair of “selling his soul” after details of his forthcoming private speeches to Lansdowne Partners emerged.

 

Reports claim that company made £100 million on the demise of Northern Rock and £12m on the fall in value of Barclays by short-selling shares.

 

Mr Blair, whose “light-touch” regulation of the financial industry is criticised for having aided the credit crunch, (A: It certainly did.) will give four talks on geo­politics to executives at the firm. (A: I guess they teach them how to do it better and getting more money the next time.)

 

He has become one of the world’s highest-paid public speakers, with a string of engagements organised for him by the Washington Speakers Bureau. The former prime minister can command more than £150,000 for a 90-minute talk.

 

He is estimated to have earned at least £15m since leaving office, with highly-paid lobbying jobs (A: There you go. You see, lobbying, he knows all the guys in government.) and a £4.5m advance for his memoirs.

 

(A: Here’s another good part too.) He joined JP Morgan, the third-largest bank in the US, as a senior adviser on global politics with a reported salary of £2m. It is understood Mr Blair will not be taking on a similar role at London-based Lansdowne Partners.

 

Last night Peter Kilfoyle Labour MP for Liverpool Walton, said: “Blair seems obsessed with making money. (A: Well, he’s a good… he was a Labour man wasn’t he… this rich Oxford boy that all the schmucks voted for thinking he was a Labour man, you know, the workers.) It is not something I would associate with Labour politics, at least not to that degree. It is rather depressing that he seems to sell his soul.”

 

Mr Kilfoyle said he did not think that Mr Blair’s latest round of money-making activities would surprise many Labour members. (A: Well see, they should understand what Fabians are. Fabians have no problem about getting stinking rich themselves. They’re just obsessed about making everybody else dirt poor and allowing themselves to be bossed by the Fabians… you see. But there’s psychopaths for you.)

 

Talking about psychopaths, here’s another one here. This one is from Global Business from the New York Times.

 

At Davos, Sarkozy Calls for Global Finance Rules

By KATRIN BENNHOLD / New York Times / January 28, 2010

 

DAVOS, Switzerland — France wants to use its presidency of the Group of 20 next year to create a new international monetary system, President Nicolas Sarkozy said on Wednesday, adding that he believed the dollar should no longer be the primary reserve currency in the global economy.

 

In an expansive and lofty speech to the business and political leaders gathered here at the annual World Economic Forum, Mr. Sarkozy also called for a “revolution” (A: Whenever you hear that word, these guys mean business.) in international regulation that would make labor, health and environmental standards as enforceable as trade rules. (A: We’re really in for it. This is the whole biodiversity stuff here, environmental standards and so on.)

 

Like Prime Minister Gordon Brown of Britain, (A: Another Fabian.) he backed a tax on financial market transactions. But Mr. Sarkozy, pursuing his call for a more moral form of financial capitalism, suggested the proceeds be used to combat climate change (A: So we’re going to pay through the nose for this nonsense, this rubbish.) and create a World Environment Organization as powerful as the World Trade Organization.

 

Mr. Sarkozy also took a hard line on bankers’ bonuses, saying that lavish rewards should be denied to those who destroy wealth and jobs. (A: Oh, what a liar this guy is. He’ll never touch his banking pals.)

 

But before an audience that contained many Americans and many Chinese, his comments on currencies may have had the greatest resonance.

 

(A: What he says… and I told you at the very beginning they want Bretton Woods Part 2. So this is what he told the Chinese…) “We need a new Bretton Woods,” Mr. Sarkozy told a packed auditorium. “We can’t have on the one hand a multipolar world and on the other a single reserve currency on a global level.”

 

In a thinly veiled reference to China keeping its currency at an undervalued level, he added: “We cannot on the one hand laud free markets and on the other tolerate monetary dumping.”

 

During its 2011 presidency of the Group of 8 — the leading Western industrial powers plus Russia — and the wider G-20, which includes several important developing nations, France “will put the reform of the international monetary system on the agenda,” Mr. Sarkozy said.

 

Remember, I told you before and I read some of the parts from the speech given by the founder, really, the creator of Bretton Woods Part 1, John Maynard Keynes. He said in it – it’s almost like this new world order speech that Bush Sr. gave – WE shall have this system that we’ve DREAMED of for generations, but not in our lifetime. He says, this Bretton Woods agreement is part 1. The rest of this agreement – a whole shake-up and reorganization of financial institutions AND society in general – he says, it won’t happen until the end of the 20th century and into the 21st century. Well, here we are, bang on, and everyone will think this is just coincidence that Sarkozy and others are taking up the cudgel basically, to keep it all going. There is nothing by chance that happens at all. Plans are made by these characters, the organizations they belong to. Some of them are 50-year plans, some are 100 and some are 150, some are 200. That’s what they do; they work steadily, intergenerationally towards it. And WE, who live along with it, adapt to every step never thinking about it.

 

An article too, on the climategate nonsense, it says here…

 

University scientists in climategate row hid data

The university embroiled in the ‘climategate’ scandal refused to make its scientific data available to the public in breach of freedom of information laws, it has emerged.

By Nick Collins / telegraph.co.uk / 28 Jan 2010

 

John Beddington: the chief scientist says climate change skeptics should not be dismissed.

 

Scientists had previously conceded that the speed with which glaciers in the Himalayas are melting had been greatly overhyped. (A: Greatly overhyped… I read the article yesterday where it was all bogus.)

 

In an email, Prof Jones requested that a colleague delete correspondence regarding a report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), published in 2007

 

The University of East Anglia rejected requests for information relating to claims by academic staff that global warming was being caused by man-made emissions.

 

The Information Commissioner’s office ruled that UEA was in breach of the Freedom of Information Act – an offence which is punishable by an unlimited fine. (A: Back with more after this break.)

 

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. In this article it mentions that they can’t prosecute these lying scientists that hid and destroyed data to prove a POLITICAL agenda. That’s what it’s all about, a political agenda and we all know what it is. It was too late, you see, the complaints were made too late. They can’t prosecute after 6 months… after they’ve destroyed data and all that. Now they’re trying to change the laws so’s the next time they lie to us, which is pretty well constantly, they can charge them. But that won’t happen either, so don’t hold your breath.

 

But it said it was unable to prosecute the people involved because the complaint was made too late.

 

The ICO wants the law changed so that complaints made more than six months after a breach of the act can still result in prosecutions, it was reported.

 

On the same topic, this is from the Telegraph.

 

After Climategate, Pachaurigate (A: Remember Pachauri and his own private company raking in millions of bucks.) and Glaciergate: (A: The dream that somebody made up that they all ran with as though it was fact. Then…) Amazongate

By James Delingpole / January 25th, 2010 / telegraph.co.uk

 

AGW theory is toast. (A: Man-made warming is toast.) So’s Dr Rajendra Pachauri. So’s the Stern Review. So’s the credibility of the IPCC. But if you think I’m cheered by this you’re very much mistaken. I’m trying to write a Climategate book but the way things are going by the time I’m finished there won’t be anything left to say: the battle will already have been won and the only people left who still believe in Man Made Global Warming will be the eco-loon equivalents of those wartime Japanese soldiers left abandoned and forgotten on remote Pacific atolls.

 

Here’s the latest development, courtesy of Dr Richard North – and it’s a cracker. It seems that, not content with having lied to us about shrinking glaciers, increasing hurricanes, and rising sea levels, the IPCC’s latest assessment report also told us a complete load of porkies about the danger posed by climate change to the Amazon rainforest.

 

This is to be found in Chapter 13 of the Working Group II report, the same part of the IPCC fourth assessment report in which the “Glaciergate” claims are made. There, is the startling claim that: (A: Then he gives you it here, what the claim was. Then he shows you how to look through it and see what’s actually there.)

 

It gets even better. The two expert authors of the WWF (A: World Wildlife Fund.) report so casually cited by the IPCC as part of its, ahem, “robust” “peer-reviewed” process (A: Do you realize that this peer-reviewed process is other SPECIAL INTEREST GROUPS that aren’t scientists at all. Prince Phillip is at the head of, I think, the WWF. The only thing that HE is a specialist on is sniffing wines and telling them what they are.) weren’t even Amazon specialists. One, Dr PF Moore, is a policy analyst:

 

My background and experience around the world has required and developed high-level policy and analytical skills. (A: This is one of the guys that came out with the ‘Amazon is dying’ stuff.) I have a strong understanding of government administration, legislative review, analysis and inquiries generated through involvement in or management of the Australian Regional Forest Agreement process, (A: A lawyer, right.) Parliamentary and Government inquiries, Coronial inquiries and public submissions on water pricing, access and use rights and native vegetation legislation in Australia and fire and natural resources laws, regulations and policies in Indonesia, Vietnam, Thailand, South Africa and Malaysia. (A: This is the specialist that comes out and tells you the glaciers are melting and the Amazon is disappearing. He’s a lawyer! Then he gives you another one too, another green activist… for the Guardian newspaper that is all for this, by the way.)

 

And the lead author Andy Rowell is a freelance journalist (for the Guardian, natch) and green activist:

 

Andy Rowell is a freelance writer and Investigative journalist with over 12 years’ experience on environmental, food, health and globalization issues. Rowell has undertaken cutting-edge investigations for, amongst others, Action on Smoking and Health, (A: Ha, ha… he’s one of these guys who go around dampening the spirits of everybody else.) The Campaign for Tobacco-Free Kids, Friends of the Earth (A: That’s the group that wants to depopulate DRASTICALLY. They really hate humanity.), Greenpeace (A: Another… what can you say.), IFAW, the Pan American Health Organization, Project Underground, the World Health Organization, World in Action and WWF. (A: These are all of the PEER-REVIEWED guys, the guys that peer-review all this stuff… the SPECIALISTS, you know. Not one of them is a scientist. They’ve all got political interests. They’re all on board with the same agenda.)

 

But the IPCC’s shamelessness did not end there. Dr North has searched the WWF’s reports high and low but can find no evidence of a statement to support the IPCC’s claim that “40 per cent” of the Amazon is threatened by climate change. (Logging and farm expansion are a much more plausible threat).

 

Watts Up With That provides a further, worryingly long list of the non-peer-reviewed papers from the World Wildlife Fund cited as evidence in the IPCC’s Fourth Assessment report. Time, it asks, for the IPCC to be stripped of its Nobel Peace Prize? (A: I’d say.)

 

We can but dream.

 

UPDATE: If you want cheering up, I highly recommend this fascinating article about 12 More Glaciers Which Haven’t Heard The News About Global Warming. (A: And you can go into that site too and have a good chuckle.)

 

Do you realize how they are using fear and crisis and utter LIES to ram-road the world into a new way of living, that’s already pre-planned, not a very pleasant way of living, with government agencies running our lives from birth to death and they’re all working together? All these different, what you think are different, unassociated groups, are all working together on the SAME agenda, HIGHLY FUNDED, HIGHLY, HIGHLY FUNDED by the big foundations and all in coordination with each other by organizational bureaucracies. Amazing isn’t it? Back with more after this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, trying to make sense of all the corruption and the planned corruption, the deceit and the lies that we are fed every day on a MASSIVE SCALE. This is TRUE organized crime, when you understand it. There is nothing more organized on the planet than all of these thousands of groups funded by the foundations, which are simply tax-break outlets for the big international bankers and the richest people on the planet. They run the world. The politicians take money from them certainly, in fact I just call it bribes. If a corporation obviously gives you money to run for office, you’ve got to pay them back somehow; that’s a bribe… that’s obvious to me. Of course, all the nonsense when they say, well, you know, this is with no strings attached is utter… that’s for a different dimensional reality somewhere, but not this one.

 

You understand, this thing about right-wing and left-wing is just a game that we go through. It’s a dialectic process. True far right-wing organization would end up in utter anarchy because there would be NO government at all. The extreme of right-wing would be no government. The idea of having right-wing at all was supposed to be the least government interference in anything as possible. That’s how it used to be. That was the idea of it. Whereas the Fabianists and the Communists – which are all the same thing really, all funded by the same bankers – want a world run by rules and regulations from top to bottom, just stacks and stacks of rules, laws and regulations. If you’ve ever read the writings of Sydney Webb, who was the writer for the Fabians, he did all the minutes and so on. He worked out all the different rules they should go through, the formulas that bureaucrats now use. You should read his books. It’s better than any sleeping medication. I guarantee you, you will fall asleep; you might have nightmares but you will fall asleep. That’s what the left-wing is all about. A CONTROLLED society by the control freaks and there are lots of them that join it. It had nothing to do with helping the poor. You don’t help the poor by putting everybody in a straightjacket. It’s the same too, with the so-called liberals in the US; it’s the same darn thing.

 

This is an article from The Telegraph.

 

Labour invents 33 new crimes every month

(A: The Labour government in Britain right now, which are Fabian. Blair is a Fabian member and so is Brown. Look them up in their Fabian web site and you’ll see it for yourself.)

Labour has introduced 14,300 new offences since taking office in 1997, with Gordon Brown’s administration inventing crimes at a rate of more than one a day.

By Nick Collins / Telegraph.co.uk / 23 Jan 2010

 

Thanks to Labour, it is now illegal to swim in the wreck of the Titanic (A: Isn’t that a fantastic law. Did you know that was on the books?) or to sell game birds killed on a Sunday or Christmas Day – eventualities overlooked by previous governments. (A: Because no one had thought of them.)

 

Labour has made 4,289 activities illegal since the 1997 election, at a rate of about one a day – twice the speed with which the previous Conservative government created crimes. (A: And they say that crime doesn’t pay. It certainly does for the guys that make them up and draft them up.)

 

Gordon Brown was the worst offender, with his government inventing 33 new crimes a month. Tony Blair’s administration made 27 new offences each month.

 

Some of the more inventive crimes dreamt up by Labour include “disturbing a pack of eggs when directed not to by an authorised officer” (A: That’s illegal, you understand.) and reporting the door of a merchant ship to be closed and locked when it isn’t.

 

Labour also introduced laws against activities which would already have been covered by previous legislation – such as “causing a nuclear explosion.” (A: Just in case anybody had ever thought of it. It’s actually illegal, so now you know.)

 

Liberal Democrat home office spokesman Chris Huhne, who brought the figures to light, will criticise the government’s administrative binge in a speech tonight. (A: I hope you realize that each one of these laws cost thousands and thousands of pounds for the procedures to go through and all the committees involved.)

 

He will say Labour has spent 12 years “suffering from the most acute and prolonged bout of legislative diarrhoea”, calling the rate of 69 new Home Affairs Bills in 12 years “staggering”. (A: I’d call it staggering alright.)

 

That’s something eh? This is how they pass their time up there. It’s all jobs for the boys, mind you, and they have commissions for this kind of thing. Commissions and commissions and commissions… they go on for years. Generally they pick a guy or a judge who can’t sit still on the bench anymore because he’s keeling over because of the booze and give him a commission to look after. He’ll do this commission for a few years and get paid a few million pounds for doing so, per year. Then they write some silly little law into the books. This is how the British Commonwealth works as well.

 

Britain is in an absolute, utter mess. Here’s the outcome of the Fabian forced, FORCED – I call it forced – multi-culturalism. Remember, the whole idea of the British Empire, because of the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations, was eventually to bring ALL of those peoples together. They could travel freely to each member state and live there. Well naturally, all the ones from the poor countries want to come to where they think is a richer country and they just flood in. This is why they are flooding in. This is why they are allowed to flood in it. It’s the policy of the government to flood them in, under this plan that was set up over 100 years ago beginning with the Milner Group that merged with the Cecil Rhodes Foundation and became the Royal Institute of International Affairs… a FORCED integration. Not just of one country, but of the world. Not just one Commonwealth group of nations, but the whole world. They said that the British Commonwealth was to be the NUCLEUS for the United Nations to follow for a united world.

 

Britain, a United Nations of crime: Offenders from 160 countries are in our crowded prisons… one in seven inmates

By James Slack / 27th January 2010 / Mail Online

 

Labour’s (A: This is their government.) open door immigration policy has turned Britain’s jails into a ‘United Nations of crime’ – holding inmates from 160 countries.

 

The foreign criminals represent one in every seven inmates in our prisons – which are so packed that British convicts are being released early to make space.

 

They range from murderers and rapists to burglars, paedophiles and drug dealers.

 

There are only 192 member countries of the United Nations, meaning all bar 32 are represented in the British prison system.

 

The top ten nationalities of the inmates are Jamaica, Nigeria, the Irish Republic, Vietnam, Poland, China, Somalia, Pakistan, India and Romania.

 

There is no evidence to suggest that foreign nationals are more likely to commit crime. Rather, the huge number of overseas convicts – 11,546 out of 84,000 people in jail – reflects the large number of immigrants living in the UK.

 

Tory immigration spokesman Damian Green, who uncovered the figures, said: ‘Britain has been reduced to the United Nations of crime. (A: Well, no kidding. Like they didn’t see this coming. Who’s kidding who? Who is kidding who?)

 

You cannot force people together. The whole idea… and the US used to have that right idea, was the people would trickle in a bit at a time and adapt into the prevailing culture and become American. Now everybody is told to come in and KEEP their culture and you have them all living in different areas. It’s the same in the big cities in Canada. Then you have the inter-racial strife. They’ve already had that in Britain, and roving gangs. It’s the same across France as well, from the riots they had a couple of years ago back there. This is all planned, as I say, 100 years ago. They will use all this mayhem to say, see, none of you can behave; none of you are safe; you’re not safe from each other so we’ve got to put laws on YOU ALL to change the whole way that you live. This is what it’s being used for. Here’s what happened in Britain. This is what happens…

 

Boy, 13, who raped woman in front of his friends is jailed for just three years… because he said ‘sorry’

(A: There’s the new way, you see, I’m sorry. Yeah.)

By Daily Mail Reporter / 26th January 2010

 

A boy of 13 who overpowered a woman then raped her in front of his two friends will spend just three years locked away for his crimes. (A: He’ll be out in a year, and he’s getting special treatment.)

 

Balal Khan (A: Balal Kahn, ha.)- thought to be one of the youngest convicted rapists in Britain – targeted the 20-year-old as she walked home.

 

He subjected her to a severe beating then screamed at her ‘Do what I say or I’ll kill you’, (A: Of course, he didn’t mean that, you understand.) before putting her through the ordeal of a terrifying sex attack. (A: He’ll be a big guy too for his age; you’ve seen quite a few of them.)

 

Then he stole her bag and phone and even took a call from his victim’s boyfriend to whom he bragged about what he had done.

 

But after pleading guilty to charges of rape and robbery (A: That’s because he was caught, right… because he made this phone call to the victim’s boyfriend on her cell phone. He gets the Darwin award too, obviously.) the teenager was sentenced to just three years because of his age – and because he said ‘sorry’.

 

A judge at Stoke-on-Trent Crown Court lifted a restriction preventing the publication of Khan’s identity after hearing details of the horrifying attack.

 

The judge heard how Khan ran up behind his victim and grabbed her around the neck as she walked through a secluded area near Cobridge, in Stoke-on-Trent one evening in September last year.

 

He punched and kicked her as she lay on the ground before raping her.

 

Robert Price, prosecuting, said: ‘She started screaming and attempted to get to her feet.

 

‘He responded by punching her in the mouth and knocked her back on the ground.

 

‘He stood over her and kicked her to the side of her face. He started shouting at her and warned that if she struggled he would “kill” her.’

 

The court heard two boys, aged 10 and 11, who knew Khan, stood nearby and shouted at him to stop.

 

Afterwards Khan, of Cobridge, Stoke-on-Trent, took the victim’s bag, containing an iPod and mobile phone.

 

He then answered a call from the victim’s boyfriend. When asked why he had the phone, Khan bragged about what had taken place.

 

He later sold the phone (A: Definitely a Darwin award here.) and iPod, but not before making a call to his parents’ home. The mobile’s call records led police straight to Khan’s address.

 

In a police interview he told officers he had tripped the victim and stolen her bag.

 

The court heard scientists later found Khan’s DNA on swabs taken from the victim.

 

Naomi Perry, mitigating, said he had shown remorse for what he had done. (A: Oh, there you go. I’m gonna kill you… yo, gonna to kill you… he showed remorse for what he’d done. That’s remorse… I’m sorry, okay, I’m sorry.)

 

He apologised after finally admitting his offence to police and also when he entered his plea at court.

 

‘We are dealing with a very immature young man,’ Miss Perry said. (A: Immature… this guy’s a potential murderer here and a rapist. He is a rapist.)

 

‘He has been having anger management classes and he feels these have helped him.’ (A: No kidding.)

 

Judge Paul Glenn told Khan, now aged 14, that his offences were ‘grave’ and that an adult convicted of the same crimes would have been jailed for eight or nine years.

 

He added: ‘It was a terrifying experience for this young woman and she will be left psychologically scarred.’ (A: Well, no kidding eh?)

 

By law, anyone under 18 years old faces a lesser sentence for rape than an adult, and for those aged 14 or under the term is reduced further.

 

Judge Glenn took the unusual step to lift a restriction preventing the publication of Khan’s name because of the grave nature of his offences. (A: In other words, the world is going to be hearing an awful lot more of Khan and that’s rather evident.)

 

That’s the world we live in today. You know, in the old days, they had their ways of dealing with things themselves, even locally. It was very, very efficient. You didn’t have to worry about crimes being recommitted because they simply didn’t happen… and I’ll leave it to your imagination why. But when the state is involved all hell breaks loose and these characters are allowed to reoffend and reoffend and reoffend. It’s good for their business. It’s also good for them to say, you see, society isn’t safe; you need more police; you need a police state to take care of all these problems; that’s what you need… make you safe.

 

I get SO SICK of this Communist, this Communist, this world Communist/Marxist system that they’re bringing in, where you can’t say what you want to say because there are all these laws and rules and all the rest of it. Well, you’ll OFFEND somebody; someone will be offended somewhere, ooohhh; you mustn’t hurt someone’s feelings. Even though they admit at the United Nations that no one has the right to be offended anymore, in a multi-cultural society. How can you? I mean, technically, someone from some part of some jungle CAN, technically, do some dance in front of you stark naked in the middle of some busy city center and if that’s their religion you cannot be offended because that is their religion! I’m not kidding. This is the craziness it all comes down to. Utter madness. Utter madness. And there is no end to it is sight, you know. Then eventually nothing works anymore because nothing CAN work anymore. You can’t even hire the people that have good qualifications anymore. Here’s an article from the Mail Online.

 

Employer told not to post advert for ‘reliable’ workers because it discriminates against ‘unreliable’ applicants

By Ryan Kisiel and Andrew Levy / 27th January 2010 / Mail Online

 

When it comes to hiring staff, there are plenty of legal pitfalls employers need to watch out for these days.

 

So recruitment agency boss Nicole Mamo was especially careful to ensure her advert for hospital workers did not offend on grounds of race, age or sexual orientation.

 

However, she hadn’t reckoned on discriminating against a wholly different section of the community – the completely useless.

 

Nicole Mamo, director of Devonwood Recruitment was stunned when a job centre in Thetford, Norfolk, said she could not include the phrase ‘reliable and hard working’ in her advert.

 

When she ran the ad past a job centre, she was told she couldn’t ask for ‘reliable’ and ‘hard-working’ applicants because it could be offensive to unreliable people. [Alan laughing.] (A: Oh dear… all the unreliable ones go into politics by the way.)

 

‘In my 15 years in recruitment I haven’t heard anything so ridiculous,’ Mrs Mamo said yesterday.

 

‘If the matter wasn’t so serious I would be laughing out loud.

 

‘Unfortunately it’s extremely alarming. I need people who are hardworking and reliable (A: Well, you’re darned right. Especially working… you’re wanting hospital workers where life and death matters and all the rest of it. You tend to want efficient and reliable people. The patients feel a bit better about that too.) – and I am pleased to discriminate in that way. (A: Discriminate means ‘to choose, use your judgment.’ That’s what it means. Oh, dear, dear, dear. Argh. Back with more after this break.)

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just going through how ridiculous it is today because of all the political correctness, which is all Marxian political correctness under the guise of equality. It’s nothing to do with equality. It means breaking everything down until nothing works anymore. It causes angst and frustration where there should be none at all. So the simplest things just get you all tight and hot and bothered because of all the rules and regulations and silliness and stupidity of it all. This article I’m reading here is about a woman who was told that she couldn’t put in the word ‘reliable’ in an ad because it was discriminating against folk who were not reliable; they were unreliable. No kidding! It says here, when she put through the ad, through this particular firm – and she wanted people to work in hospitals, cleaners and so on – she was transferred to a woman who said the wording was unacceptable. So she had to change it and put out ‘reliable’.

 

Mrs Mamo, a divorced mother of two, added: ‘I had to battle to have “must speak English”, which they also said was discriminatory.

 

‘In the end, I had to write “must speak English due to health and safety reasons” because they’re dealing with hazardous materials.’ (A: So you’ve got to go into the books and get a lawyer so they can find some other law they’ll put on the books that can get around THAT law that they’ve put on the books so that you can just go and get an ad out there.)

 

The diktat was widely criticised yesterday. A spokesman for the Campaign Against Political Correctness (A: Thank goodness there is a campaign against political correctness.) said: ‘This is absolutely ridiculous.

 

‘Of course people want reliable workers and employers should be able to ask for them. If they can’t advertise for what they want then the system is broken.’ (A: Well, that’s the whole point of it isn’t it… it’s to break the system.)

 

The Equality and Human Rights Commission added: ‘This is in no way in breach of any discrimination law.

 

‘Mrs Mamo should consider very unreliable any advice that she may have received implying that this aspect of her advert was discriminatory.’ (A: Of course, they would be the first one to come down on her.)

 

Yesterday the Department for Work and Pensions said it could not comment on the conversation Mrs Mamo had with the member of staff at Thetford.

 

However, a spokesman insisted her original advert had run on the Jobcentre Plus website and on computer terminals in branches.

 

That’s how silly it gets. And how it gets even sillier is people become scared of all the laws and regulations and they start to CENSOR THEMSELVES and DOUBLE-THINK EVERYTHING. So simple logic goes into NON-logic, you see, to try to make things work… in a politically correct society.

 

It’s like I said yesterday, if you want to change society, place or change something in the surroundings of the creature and you alter their behavior. TV, radio, iPods, cell phones, whatever, you alter the behavior of the creature. Put in cameras everywhere, they alter the behavior themselves; they start to SELF-POLICE. Self-policing is very important. It’s a term used at the United Nations for their brave new world they are bringing down. They are brining in a world where we all POLICE OURSELVES because we will know we are BEING WATCHED every second and every minute of every day. We are being TRAINED as animals by something being put into your environment that wasn’t there before. It’s not just to watch you, believe you me. We’re being trained like animals… and nothing is working anymore… things are getting crazier and crazier. And folks, hold on to your hats because it’s going to go in a rollercoaster, into an even crazier time ahead as they really get going.

 

From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Jan. 29, 2010 (#503)

Alan Watt “Cutting Through The Matrix” LIVE on RBN:

Poem Copyright Alan Watt Jan. 29, 2010:

Bankers’ Logo — Where’d Money Go? — Why, We Don’t Know:Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on January 29th 2010. For the newcomers out there, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com, scroll down on the front page and bookmark all the other sites I have up there for future use because sometimes the big sites go down or they stop me from uploading the recent shows. If you have them bookmarked you can pull down the latest shows if this happens again. The official sites are: [listed above]. As always, I start off with the tin can moment where I rattle the tin can to see if there are any pennies in it because I’m dependent upon you, the listeners, to support me and to keep me going. I don’t take money from advertisers. I don’t bring people on as guests that are often there just to sell a product. Although a lot of their news is good, the end result is selling something. The ads you hear on this show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN for the air time, their staff, equipment, and their bills and for their transmission. So it’s up to you to keep me going. You can do so by looking into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site, see what I have for sale there – the books, CDs and DVDs – or you can donate to me. It’s up to you. [Ordering and donations options listed above.]

 

Its imperative you keep me going because this isn’t just an hour a night. That’s how people seem to think about it, I do one hour per night and I’m off playing during the day and there is nothing further from the truth. This is more than a 7 day a week job. It’s not a job either. It’s worse than a vocation. It’s literally… it’s a drive. It’s something that HAS to be done. It’s a must be at this time in history. Those that have information and have studied this through their whole life, this whole sort of mechanism of what’s called the new world order, the transition phase into the new, they have to share it. It’s time to share it with people and while we share it, remember too, there is a lot of DISinformation getting put there. There is a lot of good information getting put out there too by interested parties who simply want to replace the old system with the new. So be very, very careful. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, who don’t like using computers, they play them on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

 

Reality is something I prattle on about quite a bit because it’s the hardest thing to find, in all ages I suppose. Ultimately, the only reality that can be is by going by your own experiences, your OWN observations and I’ll be on about that when I come back from this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about reality once more, something that we always think we are IN and we understand but we really, really don’t. Most people are born into a system – we are all born into a system – but most never really question it from birth. If they do very early on, it’s crushed out of them by the educational system which is really meant to standardize them and to produce a standard TYPE that can be depended upon by the government to basically obey and go along with the basic rules and so on.

 

That’s what education truly is for, more so today than ever, ever before. I’ve got so many articles in fact, from teachers associations in the US, Canada and abroad, ALL complaining about the political correctness. I’ve got articles too, from their own magazines, from the top, telling them that their job really IS social engineering. Their job IS to turn out a new generation equipped to handle the social changes in the new society. In other words they are being engineered into being politically correct, to accept whatever has been decided from on high. And because our lives a so short – they really are short – you grow up, you rush off once they let you out of school, you get a job, you have a good time, your hormones are raging, then you get stuck into the paying for debt for rent or mortgages, then before you know it you’re burned out or older and you can’t be bothered participating in anything, you just sit and watch that TV every night. That happens to millions and millions of people. The life literally can be knocked out of you.

 

We’re given a carrot to chase after, you know, the old stick and the carrot idea. It’s always in front of your face but you never get it. You’re never told that either at school; everybody is taught that they can be anything they want to be if they just try hard enough. Then they give you all these examples of multi-billionaires of the past and how they came from rags to riches and it’s always a confabulated story. There is no truth anywhere in these particular types of stories. It takes organization, organization and POWER, not just one person. Organization to put ONE person IN power in any particular institution whether it’s banking or whatever else it happens to be. Takeovers require power, organization, and a lot of tough guys as well who will help implement it, and I’m talking about ruthless people.

 

Other people think as they get older that they can go back to a nicer gentler time, but we really haven’t had much of that. I used to think that the most exciting time really, and nicest time to be alive, would be when the Americas were first opened to settlers who could get lost if they wanted to. Bureaucracies and governments hadn’t come in behind you, so far, and built all their offices, got all their rules set up, all the committees set up and church committees and all the rest of it. That’s probably the only time that man has had for an awful, awful long time, those few years, to really be free and decide his own destiny. Outside of that, it’s the powerful and the rich who have dictated the direction that every country goes, and everybody in the country for that matter too.

 

Other folk think it was better after World War II. It wasn’t so bad, really, considering what’s happening today, when at least most countries in the Western hemisphere had industry; they made things. Every economist knows that the country that actually produces the articles is the one that benefits financially; it spills down and it trickles down to the workers and all the rest of it. Just prior to that, all you had to do was put up an occasional World War and little things like that. There really is no great time to go back to, except those little bits after World War II, maybe a 20-year span where industry was still going.

 

In Canada itself, Canada went into World War II with not so much industry. All its industry was into raw resources; we’re now back to that again of course, since we’re deindustrialized. But it was one of the fastest up-and-coming industrial countries right at the end of World War II because of all the factories that had been built to get us through the war. That’s all gone now too, by deliberation. It was all sent off to China. So we’re back to selling lumber and raw ore and stuff like that, a service economy.

 

None of us participate in these decisions. We are outside of the box; we don’t know what goes on inside that box, that little room, and there are lots of little rooms where powerful guys meet and plan the future all the time. Now, of course, it’s up in the big think tanks. It’s in the big foundations, like the Club of Rome, who advise governments what to do and advise them on policy. In other words, they write out the policy and hand it to them and everyone knows this is the way you are supposed to go, at the top, if you want to keep your job. That’s the reality of the world.

 

We are living through a symbiosis right now of the old system, where money still rules your lives because we have to obey it and those who run money can decide how much its worth, how much its purchasing power is worth, and they can increase the value of purchasing power or they can decrease it. They can also tax us out of existence. They’ve got so many… it’s a great TOOL for controlling whole nations, billions of people. Great tool, only because we believe in it of course. That’s why they put on it, In God We Trust. They have their own particular deity, it’s called Mammon, and we all believe in it. As long as that dollar gets us something back we’re not too peeved, even when the dollar keeps buying less and less all the time.

 

We adapt, we adapt and adapt and adapt into pretty well everything, at least a good portion of society does. The majority simply adapt into everything. Really too, we have this vagueness about who runs our lives. There is a vagueness amongst the average people. Not so much the people who listen to this show but in the average people who maybe glance at a newspaper once in a while. All news guys know that the average person looks at the photographs and the headlines. That’s about it really; that’s what they go for. We’re living in an audio/visual world today so they go for the talking heads on TV mainly. That’s where they get their information from and they have no reason to question it really. They don’t understand it or the whys of it. They don’t think to ask why. They’ve been trained, you see, that there are special people above them, a layer or maybe parts, a whole pyramid above them of special people who are somehow brainier than they are and have the right to lead them, and lead them like a good shepherd. They are never, ever taught that there are lots of nasty people up there running their lives along a different direction than they would ever suspect. That’s what reality is.

 

So as I say, you have to go by your own experiences and what you need too, is to have memory. You’ve got to have memory to go back in your mind to all the different articles written about different changes, the up and coming changes that now have all passed, remember what was said at the time, and then compare it to what’s happening today. You’ll also see the same techniques – if you live long enough – that they use over and over on the general public as they rush things through that are going to affect all of our lives.

 

As I mentioned at the beginning of the show too, not everyone who hammers the present system is out to hammer it because they feel there is no justice in it, or that they feel that it’s just simply crooked. There are also VERY interested parties in hammering the present system so that they can replace it with their own, which is basically Marxist. People think that Communism just went fizzle, just fizzled out one night. Just fizz and it was no longer there, just like that. Just like that and you don’t have to worry about it. Remember the speech that Gorbachev made to the Politburo before he stepped down as the President of the Soviet Union? He said to them, shortly you will hear that communism is dead; don’t believe it. To sum it up, basically he said, we are moving in to the next PHASE, where they were to blend with the West, with the system of the West, not quite Capitalist, the outcome of it, not quite Communists. A NEW SOCIALIST, SPECIALIST DRIVEN SOCIETY; that’s what it really was about and we are going in to that today.

 

The ones who are still very organized as Marxists – they are generally through academia and they’ve been there forever – they are helping push us towards this goal. They have to train the up-and-coming managerial force coming out of the Universities. They’ve got to train THEM into the PROPER mindset to take care of the public that they will be ruling over. That’s what it’s about. That’s really what it’s about. That’s what’s happening today.

 

The world is run by secrecy. To those at the top, it’s the only way it can possibly run. They really believe that. When you go into the writings and the philosophies of many of the people who ADVISE governments and set down policy – in fact the heads of the governments run off to them for advice all the time – you’ll find that they really are totalitarian in their mindsets. Some of them call themselves philosophers. Some of them basically still teach at universities today, like Leo Strauss, for instance. He was a guy they all ran off to when Bush Jr. was in, for advice. Leo Strauss believed that the world was very simple. He loved Gunsmoke because in Gunsmoke the good guys always wore the white hats, literally, and the bad guys always wore the black hats and you just had a shootout with the bad guys and that was it. It was very, very simple. He also believed that in perpetual war, to bring about this utopian society, the scientifically run society, you would have to go through a long period of perpetual war. War takes many fronts. It isn’t just what we see on TV, the occasional village getting blown up in Afghanistan or something. War also takes place back home. I’ll finish this off when I come back from this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning about Leo Strauss who lectured at MIT, I believe, and he was a mentor of a whole bunch around George Bush Jr. who believed in a form of perpetual war that the public must never be let in on what’s happening. He also believed in the ‘Noble Lie.’ They all believe in that at the top. It’s nicer for a psychopath to call it ‘Noble,’ it makes them feel a little bit better and they always must boost their ego. They call it the ‘Noble Lie,’ whatever lie is plausible enough for the public should be used. It’s always for a good purpose, you see, which is whatever their agenda happens to be.

 

That’s the reality of the world in which we live. We are OUT of the picture… and we are in the 21st century. The 21st century – and when you think about it – you’ve still got cabals of bankers running everything… cabals of them IN SECRECY. At one time you were called a conspiracy nut if you talked about the bankers, etc, and how they ran things in secrecy. Even though there is official history books out there TELL you how they run things in secrecy, including how even the Rothschild’s went in and took over the Bank of England. They made a deal with the British government and wrote it into law that their books would never be opened; they’d never pay any taxes and no one would have a look at what they brought in or put out. That still holds good today. What a deal eh? It’s good work if you can get it eh? Here is an article from Bloomberg on this topic in fact, of bankers. The 21st century and we’ve got secret cabals running whole nations.

 

Secret Banking Cabal Emerges From AIG Shadows

Commentary by David Reilly / Bloomberg.com / January 29, 2010

 

Jan. 29 (Bloomberg) — The idea of secret banking cabals that control the country and global economy are a given among conspiracy theorists who stockpile ammo, bottled water and peanut butter. (Alan: That’s what he thinks of people, I guess, outside himself, who talks about conspiracy.) After this week’s congressional hearing into the bailout of American International Group Inc., you have to wonder if those folks are crazy after all.

 

Wednesday’s hearing described a secretive group deploying billions of dollars to favored banks, operating with little oversight by the public or elected officials.

 

We’re talking about the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, whose role as the most influential part of the federal-reserve system — apart from the matter of AIG’s bailout — deserves further congressional scrutiny.

 

The New York Fed is in the hot seat for its decision in November 2008 to buy out, for about $30 billion, insurance contracts AIG sold on toxic debt securities to banks, including Goldman Sachs Group Inc., Merrill Lynch & Co., Societe Generale and Deutsche Bank AG, among others. That decision, critics say, amounted to a back-door bailout for the banks, which received 100 cents on the dollar for contracts that would have been worth far less had AIG been allowed to fail.

 

That move came a few weeks after the Federal Reserve and Treasury Department propped up AIG in the wake of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.’s own mid-September bankruptcy filing.

 

Saving the System

 

Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner was head of the New York Fed at the time of the AIG moves. He maintained during Wednesday’s hearing that the New York bank had to buy the insurance contracts, known as credit default swaps, to keep AIG from failing, which would have threatened the financial system.

 

The hearing before the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform also focused on what many in Congress believe was the New York Fed’s subsequent attempt to cover up buyout details and who benefited.

 

By pursuing this line of inquiry, the hearing revealed some of the inner workings of the New York Fed and the outsized role it plays in banking. This insight is especially valuable given that the New York Fed is a quasi-governmental institution that isn’t subject to citizen intrusions such as freedom of information requests, unlike the Federal Reserve. (A: See how it’s all wangled out… so that they always do everything in secrecy?)

 

This impenetrability comes in handy since the bank is the preferred vehicle for many of the Fed’s bailout programs. It’s as though the New York Fed was a black-ops outfit for the nation’s central bank. (A: Well, he’s getting closer to it.)

 

Geithner’s Bosses

 

The New York Fed is one of 12 Federal Reserve Banks that operate under the supervision of the Federal Reserve’s board of governors, chaired by Ben Bernanke. Member-bank presidents are appointed by nine-member boards, who themselves are appointed largely by other bankers.

 

As Representative Marcy Kaptur told Geithner at the hearing: “A lot of people think that the president of the New York Fed works for the U.S. government. (A: And that’s the impression they try to give you right.) But in fact you work for the private banks that elected you.” (A: Private banks, that’s who they work for.)

 

And yet the New York Fed played an integral role in the government’s bailout of banks, often receiving surprisingly free rein to act as it saw fit.

 

Consider AIG. Let’s take Geithner at his word that a failure to resolve the insurer’s default swaps would have led to financial Armageddon. Given the stakes, you might think Geithner would have coordinated actions with then-Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson. Yet Paulson testified that he wasn’t in the loop. (A: Meaning, in the know.)

 

“I had no involvement at all, in the payment to the counterparties, no involvement whatsoever,” Paulson said. (A: And they didn’t waterboard him either; they don’t get that.)

 

Bernanke’s Denials

 

Fed Chairman Bernanke also wasn’t involved. (A: Nobody is involved, you see.) In a written response to questions from Representative Darrell Issa, Bernanke said he “was not directly involved in the negotiations” with AIG’s counterparty banks. (A: Quite something eh? What’s the point in having the hearing at all? Back with more after this break.)

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article by Bloomberg on the Federal Reserve and the shenanigans that they got up to and are still up to, they get up to all the time, and how they keep everything so secret in this 21st century where they control trillions of dollars and we are all jumping at their whims and we all suffer for every action that they do. It’s all secretive because we are SO progressive in this day and age.

 

You have to wonder then who really was in charge of our nation’s financial future if AIG posed as grave a threat as Geithner claimed.

 

Questions about the New York Fed’s accountability grew after Geithner on Nov. 24, 2008, was named by then-President- elect Barack Obama to be Treasury Secretary. Geithner said he recused (A: That means you cut yourself off from your previous affairs.) himself from the bank’s day-to-day activities, even though he never actually signed a formal letter of recusal. (A: It’s the same when politicians run for office. You are supposed to leave all the financial dealings and stock shares and all that in the hands of a lawyer and not ever to discuss it with him until their term is over… but then, of course, they do.)

 

That left issues related to disclosures about the deal in the hands of the bank’s lawyers and staff, rather than a top executive. Those staffers didn’t want details of the swaps purchase to become public.

 

New York Fed staff and outside lawyers from Davis Polk & Wardell edited AIG communications to investors and intervened with the Securities and Exchange Commission to shield details about the buyout transactions, according to a report by Issa.

 

That the New York Fed, a quasi-governmental body, (A: That’s a public/private.) was able to push around the SEC, an executive-branch agency, deserves a congressional hearing all by itself.

 

Later, when it became clear information would be disclosed, New York Fed legal group staffer James Bergin e-mailed colleagues saying: “I have to think this train is probably going to leave the station soon and we need to focus our efforts on explaining the story as best we can. There were too many people involved in the deals — too many counterparties, too many lawyers and advisors, too many people from AIG — to keep a determined Congress from the information.” (A: That’s what the guy said.)

 

Think of the enormity of that statement. A staffer at a body with little public accountability and that exists to serve bankers is lamenting the inability to keep Congress in the dark.

 

This belies the culture of secrecy obviously pervasive within the New York Fed. Committee Chairman Edolphus Towns noted during the hearing that the bank initially refused to disclose even the names of other banks that benefited from its actions, arguing this information would somehow harm AIG.

 

‘Penchant for Secrecy’

 

“In fact, when the information was finally released, under pressure from Congress, nothing happened,” Towns said. “It had absolutely no effect on AIG’s business or financial condition. But it did have an effect on the credibility of the Federal Reserve, and it called into question the Fed’s penchant for secrecy.”

 

Now, I’m not saying Congress should be meddling in interest-rate decisions, or micro-managing bank regulation. Nor do I think we should all don tin-foil hats and start ranting about the Trilateral Commission. (A: I don’t see the connection.)

 

Yet when unelected and unaccountable agencies pick banking winners while trying to end-run Congress, even as taxpayers are forced to lend, spend and guarantee about $8 trillion to prop up the financial system, our collective blood should boil.

 

You know, I’ve got to laugh at inquiries because they go nowhere. I’ve seen so many inquiries in my lifetime; apart from what they spend, a lot of tax money, they really don’t go anywhere. They copied this system from Britain and the British Empire because they still have these inquiries going on today. Endless inquiries, some of them will take 10, 12 years and by that time everybody has forgotten what it was and nothing comes of it. It’s just a farce.

 

Right now there is one of these famous inquiries going on to with who was to blame for getting the Iraq invasion started. Well, everybody knows – who’s got a memory – what happened. But they have an inquiry about it now. It’s so interesting too, that David Kelly who was one of the main witnesses there to testify… He was part of the group for inspections and all that in Iraq; they had NO weapons of mass destruction. He was ‘suicided’ in a field and the second autopsy proved that he did not commit suicide. Now that that information has officially, by the British government, been classified under the Official Secrets Act for 70 years; so we can’t know what killed him for 70 years. And it happened just 2 days before Tony Blair, who was due to go up on the bench and give his part of the testimony as to what happened in the war. How fortunate for Tony. No wonder he’s always smiling. This article is from the Guardian.

 

Wanted: Tony Blair for war crimes.

Arrest him and claim your reward

Chilcot and the courts won’t do it, so it is up to us to show that

we won’t let an illegal act of mass murder go unpunished

George Monbiot / guardian.co.uk / Monday 25 January

 

The only question that counts is the one that the Chilcot inquiry won’t address: was the war with Iraq illegal? If the answer is yes, everything changes. The war is no longer a political matter, but a criminal one, and those who commissioned it should be committed for trial for what the Nuremberg tribunal called “the supreme international crime”: the crime of aggression. (A: Then they go on and on and on and they prattle out their venom, naturally, but the inquiry will go nowhere. Tony’s career is made for him. It was made for him before they made him Prime Minister and they do like to look after their own. That’s a given.)

 

There is another article about the same inquiry from the Telegraph.

 

Iraq inquiry is being ‘gagged’ after secret documents withheld

Crucial evidence about the reasons Britain went to war against Saddam Hussein is being kept secret it has emerged – leading to accusations that the Iraq inquiry has been “gagged”. (A: Well, why have it then?)

By Rosa Prince, Political Correspondent / Telegraph.co.uk / 28 Jan 2010

 

Chairman of the Iraq Inquiry Sir John Chilcot (left) and former British Attorney General Lord Goldsmith (A: They ask: Is the inquiry being gagged?)

 

In an apparent breach of the Inquiry terms, Sir John Chilcot, head of the probe, expressed his “frustration” that he was unable to refer to key documents while questioning Lord Goldsmith, the former Attorney General, about why he gave the “green light” for war.

 

Lord Goldsmith also said that he was unhappy at being denied the opportunity to discuss documents including a letter from Jack Straw, then-former foreign secretary, about United Nations negotiations.

 

Gordon Brown has pledged that the inquiry team will have access to “all Government papers,” but the exchanges over Lord Goldsmith’s testimony make clear that they will be barred from discussing classified documents during evidence sessions. (A: Well, without that there is no evidence and what’s the point of having the inquiry. But they like everything to look good for the books… so future historians can always say, yep, they had an inquiry and found nothing. That’s really how it’s done.)

 

Then again, Britain is the model state for political correctness and for Big Brother, absolutely. That’s why 1984 was published in 1948 by Orwell. He knew then that Britain was the flagship for this whole new world system. In fact, the whole UN agenda is based on using Britain and the Colonies – as they call the Commonwealth or the Empire – as the nucleus for creating it. The US was to take over and pay for it mind you, and they have been for an awful long time. Here is an article to show you how stupid it gets when you get all these laws and rules and regulations… and it’s coming here. This article is from the Daily Record.

 

Motorist receives £50 on the spot fine…

(A: They fine you on the spot there and you’ve got to pay up on the spot. That’s just called extortion isn’t it? Highway robbery… when a guy with a gun stops you and says hey, you can’t travel unless you pay me this. Well, that’s exactly what this is. We’ve got to stop and look and see what the actual events are, what are you seeing. Extortion is extortion. A heavy is a heavy… whether you want to call him a policeman or not…

It’s a heavy.)

for blowing his nose in stationary car

(A: I’m not kidding you. This is how dumb it is there.

Folk are petrified now to go outside.)

Jan 28 2010 By Craig McDonald / DailyRecord.co.uk

 

A BUSINESSMAN has been fined by cops for blowing his nose in a car.

 

Dad-of-two Michael Mancini pulled out a tissue while he was stuck in stationary traffic – with his handbrake on. (A: Over there you’ve got to make sure you go by every single rule. You’ve got to have the hand break on if you’re driving a standard vehicle, and he had it on. So he wasn’t going anywhere, he was stuck in traffic; all the traffic was stopped there.)

 

But he was given a £60 fixed penalty notice for “not being in control of his vehicle”. (A: Because he took a hand off… to blow his nose eh?)

 

The cop who handed out the ticket was PC Stuart Gray – dubbed PC Shiny Buttons for his zealous approach to the job.

 

He was exposed last year after he issued a £50 fixed penalty to a man (A: He was a pensioner, I read it at the time.) who accidentally dropped a £10 note (A: Some money.) in the street. (A: From his pocket… when he was putting a receipt in it he dropped his £10 note. So this prune, this idiot Shiny Buttons here, gave him a littering fine for dropping a £10 note. I think it was £50 fine for a £10 note.)

 

Last night, Michael, 39, who’s never been in trouble with police, said: “I was in total shock. I was stuck in traffic with the handbrake on and my nose was running.

 

“It’s beyond a disgrace.

 

Well, it’s beyond ludicrous. That’s what I mean. If you want to change a system you’ve got to look at ALL that’s wrong with it and generally it’s pretty well everything… and you can’t fix a system like that. I’ve said before, if you wanted to get back, or at least back to a time when police obeyed the citizenry and called you ‘sir’ and all the rest of it and went through at least a formal set of rules when they negotiated with you on anything, you’d have to disband the entire police forces of the US, Canada, Britain and elsewhere because we don’t have policemen anymore. We don’t have them. You’d have to fire the whole lot of them and start from scratch. And YOU would have to give them sensitivity courses in dealing with the public. And you’ve got to stop putting out all these movies where they show the cops are the heroes, as they smash through doors with flack jackets on and Darth Vader masks on and all that stuff, and machine guns. That’s got to go… because this is hell and people are terrified. This is what you end up with, these pinhead bullies who’ve got authority to back them. That’s got to be done away with all together… all together.

 

I know that Special Forces – I’ve talked to different ones in Special Forces – and what they teach them is basic medicine, in-the-field medicine, and basic, very basic surgery and stuff like that. I know what they used to do was to put them into a field where sheep were. They would machine-gun a whole bunch of the sheep with their sub-machine guns. They they’d have to go in and try and save the ones that weren’t dead, by extracting the bullets and doing what they called field dressings and that kind of stuff. That’s also how you desensitize people from any semblance of normal behavior, as far as I’m concerned. But that’s what they do with them. This article is from the Telegraph.

 

Live pigs blown up in government terrorism experiments

(A: Who hates pigs? What’s wrong with the pig? He’s quite a nice creature.)

Live pigs are being blown up as part of a series of government terrorism experiments at Porton Down, the government’s secret military research laboratory.

By Amy Willis / Telegraph.co.uk / 24 Jan 2010

 

Eighteen pigs wrapped in protective Kevlar blankets were blasted in a bid to help scientists understand more about the effects of bomb blasts on victims. (A: Do you think they don’t have enough victims by now? How long have we been blasting people to pieces? You ever think about it? I mean, there are people who read this and they’ll probably take the plausible… well, you know, I guess they got to. How long have we been blowing people to pieces? They have to do it with pigs? How many troops wear Kevlar and have gotten blown up? …over donkey’s years… and a donkey’s year is an awful long time.)

 

The animals were placed less than three yards from an explosive. Before being blown up, tubes were inserted into their blood vessels and bladders, and their spleens were removed. (A: Uuuhhh, argh.)

 

A wire was also put into a major abdominal blood vessel to ensure the vessel became lacerated (A: That’s shredded to pieces.) in the explosion.

 

The Kevlar blankets were used to protect the animals from minor bomb debris and the animals were anaesthetised throughout. (A: Well, that’s kinder isn’t it?)

 

Scientists wanted to find out how long the animals survived when more than a third of their blood had drained from their bodies. (A: Ah, they’ve got a billion ways to spend the tax money don’t they?)

 

Medics hope the experiments will help British soldiers in Afghanistan as well as casualties of terror attacks like the July 2005 bombing of the London Underground and a double-decker bus.

 

In particular these results should help them understand how to control haemorrhaging in bomb blast victims. (A: We had World Wars and everything you know? WORLD wars and oh, we’ve had everything you could imagine. But no, they’re going to blow up pigs. Jobs for the boys, you know, for the… I guess that’s for the new scientists that are coming in; they are the relatives of the old ones. They really breed all right and they’ve got to find jobs for them and something to do. I guess pork is cheap right now too.)

 

But Norman Baker, the Liberal Democrat MP for Lewes, questioned the use of live animals in military experiments.

 

Talking to the Sunday Times he said: “These are revolting and unnecessary experiments. Sadly, we are too familiar with the effects of terrorism. It is perfectly possible to find out things we don’t know without blowing up pigs to find out.”

 

A spokeswoman for Porton Down (A: That’s the public relations. That’s your PERCEPTION manager, they alter perception… and they are professionals; they are trained in this.) said anecdotally there was already evidence that the research was helping to save lives. (A: ALREADY EVIDENCE… it was helping to save lives. Maybe they stopped eating pork.)

 

She said: “This work is part of our broad combat casualty care programme. Anecdotally, we are seeing evidence of people surviving because of this work.” (A: Oh, dear. You know, they could rationalize anything, anything at all.)

 

The facility at Porton Down, in Wiltshire, was originally set up during the first world war to research chemical warfare.

 

No pigs survived the experiments. (A: Argh… It really does make you wonder doesn’t it.)

 

I’ll put this up on my web site. Remember, all these articles I put up at cuttingthroughthematrix.com at the end of the show so you can go in there for the links and it will take you to them.

 

You know, it was debated 100 years ago how long children should really stay in school. I think John Lenin sung in one of his songs that you go through school and they expect you to make you mind up what you want to be for the rest of your lives, before you are 10! And it’s pretty well like that isn’t it? Then you’ve got parents fretting over it, what are you going to be? What are you going to be? Here you are in this big, strange world that’s so exciting and massive and huge and you are supposed to decide what you want to be for the rest of your life. Every year they keep upping the school leaving age, to keep people from the unemployment lists; that’s the reason it’s done. It’s also admitted from the educational authorities that it’s also to give them more indoctrination on a higher level. Now that they are more mature, you can give them more SOCIAL indoctrination, by the way. That’s also why they keep them in school. The music is coming in and I’ll read this when I come back from this break.

 

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article here about school, really, and how they keep upping the school years. There is always a plausible reason for things and then there is the truth. The plausible reason is that they have to get a better integration for a more bewildering and complex world. The reality is that they want them off the unemployment figures; they don’t want them joining the queues. At the same time they want to use that time to give them a higher indoctrination into political correctness because they are more mature then. You learn differently when you’re 18 or 19 and than you do when you’re 5 or 6. When you’re 5 or 6 you can get a very FAST download, you don’t question it too much, from an authority figure. As you get older, you are a bit rebellious, so they have to put over more psychology, etc; that’s a fine art in itself. They are paying children now in some countries to stay in schools. This is from the Telegraph.

 

£35 million paid to teenagers to attend school

Teenagers were paid soaring amounts of taxpayers’ money to stay on at school last year, with more than £35 million handed out in total.

By Simon Johnson, Scottish Political Editor / Telegraph.co.uk / 27 Jan 2010

 

About 39,000 pupils aged between 16 and 19 received weekly payments and bonuses for good attendance, under the controversial Education Maintenance Allowance scheme.

 

The total bill to the public purse of £35.4 million in 2008-09 represented a nine per cent increase on the previous academic year and included £7.9 million in bonuses. (A: So you get a bonus as well, for good attendance. [Alan laughing] Isn’t that something? Isn’t that something?)

 

Here you go again with the children… because they love the children, you understand. This article is from The Mail Online.

 

Normal children’s toothpaste (A: You thought it was bad enough with the fluoride. It’s…) not strong enough to prevent tooth decay, study finds

By Daily Mail Reporter / 20th January 2010

 

Parents should use toothpaste with stronger concentrations of fluoride to prevent tooth decay in their children, a new report says.

 

Researchers found that toothpaste that contained fluoride concentrations less than 1,000 parts per million were only as effective at preventing tooth decay as non-fluoride products. (A: So it’s all been a waste of time, they’re trying to tell you. It does affect your brain… but they won’t mention that here.)

 

The study, carried out by the Cochrane Oral Health Group, based at the University of Manchester, has previously shown that fluoride toothpastes reduce dental decay by 24 per cent. (A: So they’re back and forth like a ping-pong ball because that’s not the point of it at all. After all, if there’s not enough in the toothpaste, you are drinking it in water all the time; that’s loaded with it too. They don’t mention that here.)

 

The group’s latest research, which involved 79 trials on 73,000 children worldwide, also suggested that brushing a child’s teeth with a fluoride toothpaste before the age of 12 months could lead to an increased risk of developing mild fluorosis. (A: That’s when you get those little specks in your tooth. Then it prattles on and on about more and more and why they’ve got to up the amount level, as I say, even though it’s in all your water and your pop that you’re drinking and guzzling down and all that stuff as well.)

 

Everything is a farce really, but the US is now changing the way it cleans its water and it’s starting off with Washington DC and Virginia as well. I’ve got a whole list of ingredients and stuff they are putting in the water there. It’s kind of terrifying when you look at it. Maybe next week I’ll go into that and read it. Amazing stuff that they are putting in the water nowadays.

 

Well, from a 20 below zero Fahrenheit Ontario, Canada, from Hamish and myself, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.